The URL can be used to link to this page

1989-732 (Plans 2) General Building Construction ( -- a Name : Location : LLSTyi t` �.�Q Type of Bldg : c Date : Reviewer A Required _ y Topic y Code Section or Allowed Actual 1 . Occupancy Classification Part 760 [� Part 701 2 . Type of Construction Part 704 g 3 . Eire Hazard Class Part 702 .J `-'C61Ao ------------- 4. Height & Fire Area (Basis ) Tables I-IX 705 Accessibility 705 . 4e �} Sprinklers 705 . 4f 5 . Light - Artificial 763 . 1 Natural 763 . 2 ' 6 . Ventilation - ASHRAE 62-73 763 . 3 ASHRAE 62-73 7 . Exits a. Number 765 . 1 ` '2, (one exit permitted ) Table X-765 b . Distance of travel Table VI-765 c . Dead end corridor 765 . 1j J d . Enclosure Table III-704 "Y e . Corridor width Table I-765 f . Door width Table V-765 g. Smoke stops 765 . 2a h. Opening protectives Table III-771 i. . Panic hardware 765 . 5a-4 L-7 j . Interior 'fable IV-765 k. Exterior stairs 765 . 4c }-x 1 . Handrails 765 . 4a-11 r a . Physically Handicapped Part 1102 Facilities Table ANSI-117 . 1 ( 1 ) Required Topic Code Section or Allowed Actual 9 . Design Loads a. Snores Map 803 . 3 _.�. b . Floor Table III-803 C . Wind Table V--803 r d . Roof drainage 903 . 2a ram ({ 10 . Foundation Part 800 � l �} 110 Distance Separation Table I-716 I-770 12 . Fire Separation Table II-771 (mixed occupancy) 13 . Firestopping 771 . 5c 14 . Finishes 772 . 2 15 . Fire Protection Equip . a. Fire alarm system 774 . 2 b . Fire & smoke detecting 774 . 3 —� system c . Sprinkler system 774 . 4 d. Standpipe system 774 . 5 e . Automatic vents 774 . 8 f . C,-: , -dinated fire 774 , 9 16 . Plumbing Fixtures 900 . 2 17 . Heat Producing Equip . Table I- 1000 a. Prohibited locations 1000 . 2d b . Air supply 1000 . 2g Co Enclosure 771 . 4j 18 . Chimneys , Flues , and Gesvents a. General 1005 . 1 b . Outlet locations Table I-1005 II-- 1005 (2 ) 19 . Electrical Equip . a. Emergency light Table 1-1032 L. b. Emergency poorer 1032 . 2 c . Exit lights 1033 . 1 20 . Refri eration/A. C. Part 1004 210 Enerxv/Insulation Part 611 . 1 NYSECC Code Legend : NA - Not Applicable NR - Not Required NS - Not shown on drawings NC - Non conforming R - Required C - Conforms (3 ) RICtiARD E. JONES ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS 0 INTERIOR DESIGNERS 119 AVIATION ROAD QUEENSIBURY, NY 12804 (518) 793-1015 JOB #8910 GREATER GLENS FALLS TRANSIT FACILITY QUEENSBURY AVENUE QUEENSBURY , NEW YORK 12804 ADDENDUM NO * 1 July 13 , 1989 The Contract Documents are revised as stipulated herein . This Addendum No . 1 , consisting of Addendum Items No . 1 through 9 on two pages shall became a part of the Contract Documents for the above project and its receipt shall be noted on the Contractors Bid Forms . PROJECT MANUAL ADDENDUM ITEM NO . le Section 00310 , BID PROPOSAL , CONTRACT FOR - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION . Page 00310- 3GC , Paragraph 6 , change to read : 6 . BIDDER agrees that the work will be substantially completed on or before January 15 , 1994 . 2 . Section 00310 , BID PROPOSAL , CONTRACT FOR - PLUMBING WORK , Page 00310 3P , Paragraph 6 , change to read : 6 . BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed on or before January 15 , 1990 . 3 . Section 00310 , BID PROPOSAL , CONTRACT FOR - HEATING , VENTILATING & AIR CONDITIONING WORK , Page 00310 - 3HVAC , Paragraph 6 , change to read : 6 . BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed on or before January 15 , 1990 . 4 . Section 00310 , BID PROPOSAL , CONTRACT FOR - ELECTRICAL WORK , Page 00310- 3E , Paragraph 6 , change to read : 6 . BIDDER agrees that the work will be substantially completed on or before January 15 , 1990 . ADDI-1 f a , 5 . Add Section 01800 - Alternates consisting of 3 pages to the Project Manual . 6 . Add section 11030 - Cash Drop and Vault consisting of 2 pages to the Project Manual . 7 . Add Section 16700 - Telephone System consisting of 2 pages to the Project Hanual . DRAWINGS ADDENDUM ITEM NO , S . Drawing A-1 , Storage Bays #019 and Service Hays #018 : the precast concrete catch basins with heavy duty grate and frame shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor . 9 . Drawing P-1 , the precast concrete catch basins with heavy duty cast grate and frame shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor . Units to be 2 ' 6 " x 2 ' 6" inside dimension by Fort Miller or approved equal . END OF ADDENDUM NO . 1 ADD1-2 SECTION 01800 - ALTERNATES PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . 01 PROPOSAL FORM A . Each Bidder shall indicate in the spaces provided on the Proposal Farm the amounts to be deducted or added if the changes are made as described in the Articles that fallow . B . All materials and methods of installation to be per contract documents . 1 . 02 GENERAL CONSTRUCTTON CONTRACT A . Alternate Nov 1 : 1 . Deletes from the work all trees and shrubs as specified and indicated on the drawings . B . Alternate No . 2 : 1 . Deletes from the work the flagpole as specified and indicated on the drawings . C . Alternate No . 3 : 1 . Doors 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , 10 , 11 , 12 , 13 , and 14 : Delete the 2 top glass sections on the sectional upward-acting overhead doors and supply solid insulated panels . Provide two 8 "x24*" glazed lights with insulating glass in gasket type frame for each door in third section above floor . D . Alternate No . 4 : 1 . Deletes from the work the building letters as specified and indicated on the drawings . E . Alternate No . 5 : 1 . Substitute a custom sized pre-engineered steel structure x 80 " -0 " with a 20 ' eave height for the storage bay area and service bay area of the building . 2 . Bay spacing shall match the center line dimensions as indicated on the drawings . 3 . All exterior and interior doors shall remain as indicated on the drawings . 4 . The full height masonry fire wall separating the storage and service brays shall remain . 5 . The lV -4" high masonry wall separating the wash area from the lift shall remain . 6 . The full height masonry fire wall (east wail ) , separating the garage from the offices shall remain . 7 . Substitute the specified metal wall panel , insulation and liner panel for the exterior masonry walls of the garage area (North , Hest and South walls ) . 8 . Substitute the specified metal roof panels and insulation for the flexible sheet roofing system on the garage portion of the building . 01800-1 a . This substit"tion deletes the requirement for roof drains , therefore the 8" diameter storm drain as shown on the site plan including the flared end headwall and stone fill area shall be deleted . 1 03 PLUMBING CONTRACT A . Alternate No . 1 : jo Deletes from the work the vehicle wash hot water system as specified and indicated , including WH-A , mixing valve , wash rack 1 & 2 , spray wands , master control station and remote station including all piping and accessories . B . Alternate No , 2 : 1 . Deletes from the work the sump pump ( lift pit drain ) as specified and indicated on the drawings , including all piping , fittings and accessories . C . Alternate Nov 3 : 1 . Deletes from the mark the sink as specified and indicated on the drawing , located on the East wall of the service bays including all vent , waste and supply Piping . D . Alternate No . 4 : 1 . Deletes from the work the 2 stage air compressor as specified and indicated on the drawings . The air line system will remain as indicated . E . Alternate Nov 5 : 1 * should the garage portion of the building be changed to a pre-engineered metal building , the roof drain system as specified and indicated would be deleted in its entirety . 1 . 04 HEATINGr VENTILATING & AIR. CONDITTONING CONTRACT A . Alternate No . 1 : 1 . Deletes from the work the flue and oil burner piping as specified and indicated on the drawings , for WH-A . B . Alternate No . 2 : 1 . Deletes from the work the 2 ceiling fans as specified and indicated on the drawings . C . Alternate Nov 3 : 1 . Deletes EF-6 including retractable type hose reel , hose and tailpipe adapter as specified and indicated on the drawings . D . Alternate No . 4 : 1 . Substitutes a 1000 gallon underground oil storage tank for the 2500 gallon underground oil storage tank as specified and indicated on the drawings . 01800- 2 E . Alternate No . 5 : 1 . Deletes from the work the complete leak detection system as specified and indicated on the drawings when the tank is reduced to 1000 gallons . 1 . 05 ELECTRICAL CONTRACT A . Alternate No , 1 : 1 . Deletes power circuit including , disconnect conduit , cable and breaker for WH-A and vehicle wash system as specified and indicated on the drawings . B . Alternate No . 2 : 1 . Deletes power circuit including disconnect conduit , cable and breaker for lift , sump pump as specified and indicated on the drawings , C , Alternate No . 3 : 1 . Deletes from the work power circuit , variable speed switches , conduit and cable for 2 paddle fans as specified and indicated on the drawings , D , Alternate No , 4 : 1 . Deletes from the work power circuit , disconnect , conduit , cable and breaker for EF-6 as specified and indicated on the drawings . E . Alternate No . 5 : 1 , Deletes from the work all alarm , signal and detection systems as specified and indicated on the drawings . 01800- 3 SECTION 11030 CASH DROP AND VAULT PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification sections , apply to work of this Section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION A . Work included : the work of this section includes but is not necessarily limited by the following : 1 . Depository 2 . Vault 3 . Installation 4 , Shop Drawings B . Work specified elsewhere : refer to the sections indicated for the following related work to this section : 1 . Interior Metal Stud Partitions - Section 09250 2 . Gypsum Wall Board Systems - Section 09260 1 . 03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Acceptable Manufacturers : products of the following manufacturers meeting specification requirements will be acceptable : 1 . Inter Inovation - LeFebure 2 . Diebold Inc . 3 . Mosler Inc . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Refer to Section 01030 Special Project Procedures and Paragraph 4 . 12 of the General Conditions . B . Submit shop drawings and samples as may be necessary for the proper performance of this work , including , but not necessarily limited to , and specific requirements that may follow . C . Shop Drawings ; showing complete assembly detail . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 DEPOSITORY A . Provide where indicated on the drawings a Model 201 Unit as manufactured by LeFebure . 11030- 1 1 . High quality stainless steel (No . 304 ) facing . 2 . Lack mechanism , heavy duty corrugated pin tumbler lack . 3 . Chute as required . 4 . Unlighted plexiglass lettering panel ( "DEPOSITORY" ) . 5 . Omit envelope drop and install full stainless steel facing panel . 2 . 02 VAULT A . Provide where indicated on drawings a Model #SD-1504 square door heavy chest as manufactured by LeFebrue or approved equal . 1 . Right hand door . 2 . Adjustable shelf & brackets . 3 . Bottom padding . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Install in accordance with manufacturer ' s written instructions . 11030-2 S ~ PROJECT MANUAL for GREATER GLENS FALLS TRANSIT FACILITY QUESNSBURY AVENUE mom QUEENSBURY . NEW YORK 12804 RICHARD E . JONES ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS - INTERIOR DESIGNERS 119 AVIATION ROAD QUEENSSURY , NEW YORK 12804 518-793-1015 �&to pas jp,4L AR ,,xy Q159?� J� rc, of im SEPARATE CONTRACTS : GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK _ f PLUMBING WORK HEATING , VENTILATING AND AIRC+ONDITIONING WORK ELECTRICAL 'PORK JOB #8910 DATE : JUNE 2 , 1989 SST # y woo 6 5 GREATER GLEN'S FALLS TRANSIT FACILITY QUEENSBURY AVENUE QUEENSBURY , NEW YORK 12804 PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Section 00020 - Advertisement to Bid Section 00100 - Instructions to Bidders (AIA Document A701 ) Section 00110 - Supplemental Instructions to Bidders Section 00310 - Bid Proposals Section 00320 - Supplements Bid Bond Other Certificates Section 00505 - Appendix A : Standard Clauses for all New York State Contracts Section 00500 - Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor (AIA) Document A101 Section 00510 - General and Federal Supplementary Condition of the Contract for Construction (AIA) Document A201 & A201SC ) Section 00600 - Bonds Y Performance Labor and Materials Payment Section 00800 - Supplementary Conditions Including Wage Rates DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01010 - Summary of the Work Section 01020 - Soil Borings Section 01030 - Special Project Procedures Section 01045 - Cutting and Patching Section 01060 - Regulatory Requirements Section 01070 - Definitions and Standards Section 01200 - Project Meetings Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services Section 01430 - Workmanship Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities & Controls Section 01640 - Product Handling Section 01700 - Contract Closeout Section 01800 - Alternates DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Section 02100 - Site Preparation Section 02200 - Earthwork Section 02400 - Drainage Section 02480 -- Landscaping Section 02500 - Paving and Surfacing Section 02717 - hater Systems;= DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE WORK Section 03200 -- Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete - TC-1 DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04100 - Mortar Section 04200 - Masonry DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05100 - Structural Steel Section 05312 - Steel Roof Deck Section 05400 - Cold-formed Metal Framing Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTIC Section 06101 - Rough Carpentry and Framing Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION i Section 07190 - Vapor Barriers Section 07200 -- Building Insulation Section 07240 - Insulated Plastic Veneer Section 07530 - Flexible Sheet Roofing System Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal Section 07900 - Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 - Steel Doors and Frames Section 08360 - Sectional 'Upward-acting Overhead Doors Section 08600 - Clad Wood Windows Section 08700 - Finish Hardware Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09250 - Interior Metal Stud Partition Systems Section 09260 - Gypsum Wall Board Systems Section 09510 - Acoustical Ceilings Section 09650 - Resilient Flooring Section 09680 - Carpeting Section 09900 - Painting Section 09950 - Wall Covering DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section 10350 - Flagpole Section 10420 - Building Letters Section 10500 - Lockers Section 10522 - Fire Extinguishers Section 10800 - Toilet Accessories Section 10900 - Wardrobe and Closet Specialties DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT Section 11030 - Cash Drop and Vault Section 11450 - Appliances DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Section 13122 - Metal 'Building Systems TC-2 DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14400 - Vehicle Lift DIVISION 15 - MECHANICALS Section 15100 - General Requirements Section 15200 - General Equipments Materials and Methods Section 15300 - Plumbing Section 15500 - Mechanical DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16010 - General Provisions Section 16100 - Basic Materials and Methods Section 16110 - Raceways Section 16120 - Conductors Section 16130 - Wiring Devices Section 16400 - Service and Distribution Section 16500 - Lighting Section 16700 - Telephone System Section 16720 - Alarms Signal & Detection System Section 16800 - Heating , Cooling , Ventilating TC-3 ' E SECTION 00020 - ,AD„V_ERTISEMENT Tv HID GREATER GLENS FALLS TRANSIT FACILITY QUEENSBURY AVENUE QUEENSBURY, NEW YORK 12804 The City of Glens Falls and the Greater Glens Falls Transit System , invites separate sealed bids for : GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK , PLUMBING WORK , HEATING , VENTILATING & AIRCONDITIONING WORK , ELECTRICAL WORK for the construction of a new Transit Facility located off Queensbury Avenue , Queensbury , New York . Bids will be received at the office of Richard E . Jones Associates , 119 Aviation Road , Queensbury , New York 12804 , until 1 _ 00 P . M. Eastern Daylight Savings Time on August 2 , 1989 . Bids will be opened and read aloud at Glens Falls City Hall , 42 Ridge St . , Glens Falls , N . X . 12801 on w August 2 , 1989 , at 2 . 00 P .M . Eastern Standard Time . The work is to be accomplished under separate contracts as follows : 1- GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK , 2- PLUMBING WORK , 3- HEATING , VENTILATING & AIRCONDITIONING WORK , 4- ELECTRICAL WORK and in conformance with the Contract Documents prepared by Richard E . Jones Associates , Architects . Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined free of charge at the office o€ e. Richard E . Jones Associates , 119 Aviation Road , Queensbury , New York 12804 , 518-793-1015 , at the Plan Room of F . W . Dodge , 4 Airline Drive , Colonie , New York and at the Plan Room of Eastern Contractors Association Inc . , 6 Airline Drive , Colonie , New York . Bidders may obtain one copy of complete Bidding and Contract Documents upon deposit of $100 . 00 , from the office of Richard E . Jones Associates , Architects . Checks shall be made payable to Richard E . Janes Associates , Architects . All Drawings , Specifications and associated documents shall remain the property of the Architect and must be returned in good condition within ten ( 10) days after the contract award at which time each bidder will be refunded $75 . 00 of his deposit . If Contract Documents are not returned within said period , or are returned but are marred , changed , or are in poor condition , the deposit will not be returned and will be considered forfeited to the Owner . Any non-bidder will forfeit his deposit in its entirety . 00020-1 Each Bidder must deposit with his bid , security in the amount of not less than 5% of his base bid in form and subject to the conditions described in the Instructions to Bidders . Attention of Bidders is particulary called to the requirements as to conditions of employment to be observed , to the minimun wage rates to be paid under these contracts , to equal employment opportunity requirements and other provisions as set forth in the Bidding and Contract Documents . The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and waive any informalities or defects in such bids before or after opening . No Bidder may withdraw his Bid within 45 days after the actual opening thereof . Date : June 30 , 1989 00020-2 SECTION 00100 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL _ 01 SCOPE A . AIA Document A701 , Instructions to Bidders , 1987 Edition , is included herewith and is part of this Project Manual . Aa 00100 - 1 T H E A M E R I C A N I N S T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T AIA I.ocurnent A 701 Instructions to Bidders 1987 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 . DEFINITIONS 6. POST-BID INFOR,'vIATION 2 . BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 7 . PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 3 . BIDDING DOCUMENTS 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES AND CONTRACTOR 5 . CONSIDERATION OF BIDS Copyright 1970, 1974. 1979 ,NOc 198' by The American lnstnUte of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue. N.W.. Washington, C1.Cu 2tK)iA6. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will he subject to legal prosecutiom AIA EXK;A)MEHT A701 . INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • FOURTH EDITION . AIA* • +5} IK"47 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINC,TON, D-C. 2(w"k] A701-1987 1 , INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 has correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the DEFINITIONS requirements of the proposed Contract Documents, 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and sys- 1 .1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and tems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions ARTICLE 3 to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid Form, and other sample bidding and contract forms, The pro- BIDDING DOCUMENTS posed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Con- 3.1 COPIES tract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Draw- ings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of 3.1 .1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Doc u- the Contract. merits from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement 1,2 Definitions set Forth in the General Conditions of the Con- or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if tract for Construction, AIA Document A201 , or in other Con- any, stated therein. The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona tide Bid and return the Bidding Documents tract Documents are applicable tea the Bidding Documents, in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids. The 1 .3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modit}- deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder's clarifications or corrections. deposit will be refunded, 1 ,4 A Bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the 3.1 .2 Bidding Documents will nor he issued directly to Sub- Work for [tic sums stipulated therein, submitted in :accordance bidders or others unless specifically offered in the Advertise- with the Bidding Documents. ment or Invitation to Bid. or in supplementary instructions to 1 .S The Buse Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bid- bidders. der offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Docu- 361 .3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in merits as the base, to which Work may be added or from which preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes Work may be deleted for sums stated in alternate Bids, responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 1 .6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the base 3.1 ,4 In making copies of the Bidding Documents available on Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the Bidding Documents. is accepted, the purpose of Obtaining Bids On the Work and do not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding 1 .7 A Unit trice is :In amount stated in the Bid as a price per Documents. unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents, 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF 1 .8 A Bidder is a person or entity whey submits a Bid- BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 .9 A Suh-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bid- Bidder for materials. equipment or Iabor for a portion of the '-ling Documents with each other, and with ether work being Work. bid concurrentiv or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report ARTICLE 2 to the Architect errors. inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.2-2 Bidders and Suh-bidders requiring clarification or inter- pretarlon of the Bidding Documents shall snake a written 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: request which shall reach the Architect at least Seven days prior to the date: for receipt of Bids. merit merits and the Bid Is anode in accordance therewith. o nn The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding llueu' 3.2.3 interpretations. crrecos and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum, Interpretations, cor- 2.1 .2 The Bidder has read anti understands the Bidding Docu- rections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any merits or contract docuritents, to the exrcm that such docu- other manner will not he binding, and Bidders shall nor rely mvntation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, upon them. for other portions of the Project, if a ily, being bid concurrcntly or presently undo r contiuuctiun. 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS 2.1 .3 The Bidder has visited the Site. become familiar with 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment de-scrihed in the local conditions under which the Work is to be perfOrrued and Bidding Documents estahlisla a Standard of required function, AIA DOCUMENT A701 A IV!, F14% ( .Tl( )%'ti To 1 H11at1E:RS • Vol 'ia'I'll H)ITIoN .i IA ! • 199s • Fnr , Al.1JF.RI[ :,%,Nd J SI'11_VTF:' ( * AR[ :It11't CTS. I 'Ai* NI':\Y N ( )RK Aya':'tiI -r, v �u . WA1arINt :Tt I.N. Ile �I>+,Ix A701-1987 2 dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed of the bid security, state the Bidder's refusal to accept award of substitution. less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall include the legal name of the Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or Bidder and a statement that the Bidder is a sole proprietor, part- equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete nership, corporation or other legal entity. Each copy shall be description of the proposed substitution including drawings, signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the performance and test data, and other information necessary for Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall funkier give an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other relate- the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A tials, equipment or other portions of the Work including Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of attorney attached certifying the agent's authority to bind the the proposed substitution would require shall be included. The Bidder. burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect's decision of approval or dis- 4,2 BID SECURITY approval of a proposed substitution shall be final. 4,2.1 If so stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, ' 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior or supplementary instructions to bidders, each Bid shall be to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Adden- accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount dum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other required, pledging that the Bidder will enter into a Contract manner. with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents. the ShouuldldContract th eand payment of all obligations arising thereunder. the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or Fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security 3,4 ADDENDA shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the hid security shall not be forfeited to 3.4.1 Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Sub- known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of paragraph 6.2. 1 . Bidding Documents. 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will he made available for inspection Document A31 O, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. Bidding Documents, and the attomcy-in-fact who executes the 3.4.3 No Addenda will be issued later than four days prior to bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing and current copy of the power of attorney. the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid securiry the date for receipt of Bids. of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either 3,4,4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall been furnished. or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that acknowledge their receipt in the Bid, Bids may he withdrawn, or (c) all Bids have been rejected. 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS ARTICLE 4 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be BIDDING PROCEDURES enclosed in a scaled opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder's name and address and, if 4.i FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 1 applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the 4.1 .1 Bids shall be submitted on forms identical to the form Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope included with the Bidding Documents. shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the nota- tion "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. 4.1 .2 All blanks on the bid form shall be filled in by typewriter or manually in ink. 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the 4.1 .3 Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. shall be expressed in both words and figures, and in case of dis- crepancy between the two, the amount written in words shall 4,3,3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely govern. delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 4.1 .4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must he initialed 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will by the signer of the Bid, not receive consideration. ® 4.1 .5 All requested Alternates shall be bid, If no change in the Base 'Sid is required, enter "No Change." 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 1 4,1 ,6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by i Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without forfeiture the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time AIA DOCUMENT h701 • INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS • FOURTH EDITION • AIAd . G) 1997 * THE 3 A701-1987 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEV4' YORK AVENUE. N.W. WASHINGTON, D.G. 20UU6 and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bid- agrees in submitting a Bid. ding Documents- 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Did submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to 6.2 OWNER'S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of 6.2.1 The Owner shalt, at the request of the Bidder to whom Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the ll award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written confirmation seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked Bids Furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original under the Contract_ Unless such reasonable evidence is fur- Bid. nished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agree- 4,4,3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and mere between the Owner and Contractor. time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 6,3 SUBMITTALS 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient 6,3,1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable after notification for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing: .1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the ARTICLE 5 Bidder's own forces; CONSIDERATION OF BIDS -2 names of the manufacturers, products and the sup- pliers of principal items or systems of materials and 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS equipment proposed for the Work; and .3 names of persons or entities (including those who are 5.1 .1 Unless stated otherwise in the Advertisement or Invita- to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a tion to Bid. the property identified Bids received on time will special design) proposed for the principal portions of be opened publicly and will be read aloud. An abstract of the the Work. . Bids will be made available to Bidders. When it has been stated that Bids will be opened privately, an abstract of the same infor- 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfac- mation may, at the discretion of the Owner, be made available tion of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibil- to the Bidders within a reasonable time. i`tv of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. 5,2 REJECTION OF BIDS 6.3.3 Prior to the award of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, 5.2.1 The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or reject a Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has other data required by the Bidding Documents, or reject a Bid reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder which is in any way incomplete or irregular. may, at the Bidder's option, (1 ) withdrawthe Bid, or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents forfeited. and does not exceed the funds available, The Owner shall have 6,3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable Owner's own best interests. and accept the Sid which, in the Owner's judgment, is in the objection must be used on the Work for which they were posed and shall not be changed except with the written con 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in sent of the Owner and Architect_ anv order or comhinatton, unless otherwise specifically pro- vided to the Bidding Documents, and to determine the tow Bid- der on the hasis of the sum of the 'Base Bid and Alternates ac- ARTICLE 7 cepted. PERFORMANCE BOND AND ARTICLE 6 PAYMENT BOND POST-810 INFORMATION 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS 7.1 .1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall 6.1 CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Con- 6.1 ,1 Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under con- tract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds sideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a prop- may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources.erly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor's Qualification 7.1 .2 if the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bid- Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously ding Documents, the crust shall he included in the Bid. If the AiA ON=UMENT A701 • 1NPS TR I:f:Tl ONS TO lil D1)RRS . FO(;RTH F.D I TIC)N * A1A e • ,� 1987 • Ti IF AM F.R I CAN fNSTITUTF. f )F AR['HIT ECTN, I - 3di NF.W YOR is AVEN 1:F. N W., WASH INo;TO N, D.c:. 20HP(i A701-1987 4 1 furnishing of such bond~ is required after receipt of bids and 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall Contract. be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fart who 7.1 .3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix than the Bidder's usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. _ as provided in the Contract Documents. 7.2 T1ME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS ARTICLE $ 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN of the Contract. If the 'Work is to be commenced prior thereto OWNER AND CONTRACTOR in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to com- mencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in 801 FORM TO BE USED accordance with this Subparagraph 7.2. 1 . ¢ 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written 8.1.1 Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, s,-c1n AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment the Agreement for the Work will be written on AlA Document Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Con- A101 , Standard Form of Agreement Between owner and Con- tract Sum. tractor Where the Basis of Payment is a Stipulated Surn- • y b 1 ALA DOCUMENT A701 + INSTRL34CTIONS TO BIDDERS + FOURTH EDITION + AIAS " ®1967 THE - 5 A701A987 AMERIC:AN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W'., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20001G SECTION 00110 -SUPPLNMENTAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS PART 1 . 00 GENERAL ImO1 BIDDING PROCEDURES " A . Unless otherwise provided in any supplement to these Instructions ' to Bidders , no bidder shall modify , withdraw or cancel his bid or any part thereof for forty-five days after the time designated for the receipt of bids in the Advertisement or Invitation to ' Bid _ B . Bidders shall indicate in space provided on proposal form the number of Addenda received by them prior to submitting their Bid . 1 . 02 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A . Materials , products and equipment which are the recognized equals or equivalents of those specified will be accepted subject to the approval of the Architect or his consultants . B . Formal requests for approval of proposed equivalents will be w considered after execution of the Contract . The process and conditions for consideration of proposed equivalents for approval are specified in Section 01030 _ Special Project Procedures , Ce The Contractor offering the substitution shall be financially responsible for all extra costs in full resulting from such substitution , including structural changes , dimension changes , revision of drawings , or by changes in the work of other contracts grade necessary by the substitution insofar as this substitution may affect other trades or affect his own work or affect the design of the project . No extra cost resulting from the substitution shall be borne by the Owner , the Architect , or ' another Contractor . 1 . 03 TAXES A . In computing their Bids , Bidders are not to include the sales and compensating use taxes of the State of New York or any city or ' county in the State of New York . 1 . 04 INTERPRETATIONS A . Each Bidder shall examine the bidding documents carefully and , not later than seven days prior to the date for receipt of bidso shall make written request to the Architect for interpretation or correction of any ambiguity , inconsistency or error therein which he may discover . Any interpretation or correction will be issued as an Addendum by the Architect . Only a written interpretation or correction by Addendum shall be binding . No bidder Shall rely upon any interpretation or correction given by any other method . 00110 - 1 , • . . ' 'a+ fi} ... v -.+ C4 e e�'.+i .r{..n v%.w�.—sw . .;. 4.3da^e. t. .lM : G .2.W$'l+.Nav,-- ' v .6`♦N/♦:w:Mo'.i 1905 BID SECURITY A . Each Bidder must accompany his bid with a deposit payable to the Owner in the form of Cash or Certified Check , or a Bid Bond executed by the bidder as a principal and having an accepted ,surety company , approved and authorized by and under the laws of the State of New York , in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of his Base Did amount , as a guarantee that in case the contract is awarded to him he will within fifteen ( 15 ) days thereafter execute such contract and furnish satisfactory bonds . 1 . 0fi BONDS A , The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Surety Bond in the full amount of the Contract , covering both Performance of the Contract and Labor and Material Payment , I . o7 CERTIFICATE OF NON COLLUSION A . The Bidder shall submit with his Bid , an executed copy of the Certificate of Nanm-Collusion in the form included with these documents . The Certificate shall be executed by a principal authorized to make contracts and the bidder ' s legal name must be fully stated . 1 . 08 METHOD OF CONTRACT AWARD A . If at the time these contracts are to be awarded , the lowest base bid submitted by a responsible bidder does not exceed the amount of funds than estimated by the Owner as available to finance the contracts , the contracts will be awarded on the base bid only. If such bid exceeds such amount , the Owner may reject all bids or may award the contracts on the base bid combined with such deductible alternates which are listed in Proposal Form , as produces a net amount which is within the available funds . 1 . 09 REJECTION OF SIDS A . The Bidder acknowledges the right of the Owner to reject any and all bids and to waive any informality or irregularity in any bid received . In addition , the bidder recognizes the right of the owner to reject a bid if the bidder failed to furnish any required bid security , or to submit the data required by the bidding documents , or if the bid is in any Way incomplete or irregular . ImIO SUBMISSION OF POST-BID INFORMATION A . Upon request by the Architect , the selected bidder shall within seven days thereafter submit the following : 1 . A statement of costs for each major item of Work included in the bid . 00110 - a 2 . A designation of the Work to be performed by the bidder with his own forces . 3 . A list of the names of the subcontractors or other persons or organizations ( including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for such portions of the Work as may be designated in the bidding documents or , if no portions are so designated , the names of the subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the work . The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability and responsibility• of 1 the proposed subcontractors to furnish and perform. the Rork described in the Sections of the Specifications pertaining to such proposed Subcontractors ' respective trades . Prior to the award of the Contract , the Architect will notify the bidder in ' writing if either the Owner or the Architect , afte due investigation , has reasonable and substantial objection to any person or organization on such list , if the owner or Architect has a reasonable and substantial ~ objection to any person or organization on such list , and refuses in writing to accept such person or organization , the bidder may , at this option , withdraw his bid without forfeiture of bid security, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Paragraph 3 . 3 . If the bidder submits an acceptable substitute with an increase in his bid price to cover the difference in cost " occasioned by such substitution , the Owner may , at his discretion , accept the increased bid price or he may disqualify the bidder . Subcontractors and other persons and organizations proposed by the Owner and the Architect must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and accepted and shall not be ® changed except with the written approval of the owner and Architect . 00110 - 3 SECTION 00110 -- BID PROPOSAL GREATER GLENS FALLS TRANSIT -. CONTRACT FOR -- GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TO: City of Glens Falls Greater Glens Falls Transit 178 Dix Avenue Glens Falls , New York 12801 1 . The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees , if this bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the fore included in the Contract Documents to complete all Rork as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this bid and in accordance with the Contract Documents . 2 . BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders , including without limitation those dealings with the disposition of Sid Security . This bid will remain open for forty-five (45 ) days after the day of bid opening . BIDDER will sign the Agreement and submit the Contract Security and ether documents required by the Contract Documents within fifteen ( 15) days after the date of OWNER ' S Notice of Award . _ 3 . In submitting this bid , BIDDER represents , as more fully set forth in the Agreement , that : (a . ) BIDDER has examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following addenda : DATE NUMBER (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged) and also copies of the Advertisement of Invitation to Bid and the Instructions to Bidders . 00310 - iGC (b . ) BIDDER as examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed , the legal requirements ( federal , state and local laws , ordinances , rules and regulations) and the conditions affecting cost , progress or performance of the work and has made such independent investigations as BIDDER deems necessary_ (c . ) This bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person , firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group , association , organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDEN, to submit a false or sham bid; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person , firm or sought by collusion to obtain for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner . 4 . BIDDER will complete the work for the following base price . Lump Sum Base Contract Price : (in words ) ( in figures ) 5 . Deductive Alternates : The Bidder , if awarded the Contract , agrees to delete the following item or items of work as described in Section 01800 herein for the sum indicated hereinafter . Said sum or sums to be deducted from the base lump sum price . ALTERNATE NO. 1 Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words ) fin figures ) ALTERNATE NO . 2 Delete from the Base Bide fin words ) (in figures ) ALTERNATE No . 3 Delete from the Base Bide fin words ) ( in figures ) 00310 - 2GC 1 ALTERNATE N4. 4e Delete from the Base Side ' (in words) (in figures) ALTERNATE NO. 5e Delete from the Base Bid ; ( in words ) ( in figures ) 6 . BIDDER agrees that the 'Bork will be substantially completed and completed on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement . 7 . BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time . 8 . The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this bid : - (a ) Required Bid Security in the form of W A tabulation of subcontractors an other persons and 1 organizations required to be identified in this bid . (c) Required Bidders Qualification Statement with supporting data (Certificate of Experience) . M Non-Collusive Bidding Certification . 9 . Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to the address of the BIDDER indicated below: 1 ' Telephone No . e low The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions . 00310 - 3GC 1 r 4.> .. . .c. xv!w.a . d i.n C'Mn'-. . - . n. .� - • .- n �45�'Swc .. ...R ^ . . M ' .• vikiwi_n If BIDDER is : An Individual by ( Individual ' s Name) doing business as Business ,Address : Phone No . . A Partnership (rirm Name) by (General Partner ) Business Addresso Phone Na . : A Corporation (Corporation Name) by ( State of Incorporation) (Name of Person authorized to sign ) (Title) ATTEST0 ( Secretary) Business Address : (CORPORATE SEAL) Phone No . s A Joint Venture by (Name ) (Address) by (Name) (Address ) (Each joint venturer must sign . The manner of signing for each individual , partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above . ) 00310 - 4GC SECTION 00310 -_ DID PROPOSAL GREATER GLENS FULLS TRANSIT CONTRACT FOR - PLUMBING WORK TO: city of Glens Sails Greater Glens Falls Transit 178 Dix Avenue Glens Sails , New York 12801 1 . The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees , if this bid is accepted , to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the fora included in the Contract Documents to complete all Mork as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract ' Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this bid and in accordance with the Contract Documents , 2 . BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the „ M Instructions to Bidders , including without limitation those dealings with the disposition of Bid Security . This bid will remain open for forty-five (45 ) days after the day of bid opening . BIDDER will sign the Agreement and submit the Contract Security and other documents required by the Contract Documents within fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER ` S Notice of Award . 3 . In submitting this bid , BIDDER represents , as more fully set forth in the Agreement , that . 1 (a . ) BIDDER has examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following addenda : ' DATE NUMBER ( receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged) and also copies of the Advertisement of Invitation to Bid and the Instructions to Bidders . ' 00310 - 1P I (b . ) BIDDER as examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed , the legal requirements ( federal , state and local laws , ordinances , rules and regulations ) and the _ conditions affecting cost , progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as BIDDER deems necessary . (c . ) This bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, farm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group , association, organization or corporation ; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham bid ; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person , firm or sought by collusion to obtain for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner . 4 . BIDDER will complete the Work for the following base price . Lump Sum Base Contract Price : ( in words) (in figures ) 5 . Deductive Alternates : The Bidder , if awarded the Contract , agrees to delete the following item or items of Work as described in Section xxxxxxxxx herein for the sum indicated hereinafter . Said sum or sums to be deducted from the base lump sum price . ALTERNATE NO , 1 Delete from the Base Bad ; (in words ) ( in figures) ALTERNATE NO . 2 Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words) ( in figures ) ALTERNATE NO . 3 Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words ) ( in figures ) 00310 - 2P ,.. . 1 ' ALTERNATE NO, 4 : Delete from the Base Bid : ' ( in words ) ' (in figures) ALTERNATE N4. 5 ; Delete from the Base Bid : ' ( in words) (in figures) G . BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement . 7 , BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on tine . S * The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this bid ; ' (a) Required Bid Security in the form of ' (b) A tabulation of subcontractors an other persons and organizations required to be identified in this bid . _ (c) Required Bidders Qualification Statement with supporting data (Certificate of Experience) . (d7 Non-Collusive Bidding Certification . 9 . Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to the ' address of the BIDDER indicated below : 1 Telephone No . ; 10 . The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions . 00310 - 3P 1 y If BIDDER is : An Individual by (Individual ' s Name) doing business as Business Address : Phone No . : A Partnership (Firm Name) by (General Partner) Business Address : Phone No . . A Corporation - (Corporation Name ) by (State 4f Incorporation) (Name of Person authorized to sign) - (Title) ATTEST ; ( Secretary) Business Address : (CORPORATE SEAL) Phone No. . A Joint Venture by (Name) by (Address ) (Name) (Address ) (Each joint venturer must sign . The manner of signing for each individual , partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above . ) 00310 - 4P .. .. .- SECTION 00310 - BID PROPOSAL GREATER GIBERS FALLS TRANSIT CONTRACT FOR _ BEATING, 'VENTILATING & AIRCONDITIONING WORK "£ ro. City of Glens Falls Greater Glens Falls Transit 178 Dix Avenue Glens Falls , New York 12801 1 . The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees , if this bid is A accepted , to eater into an Agreement with OWNER in the fore - Included in the Contract Documents to complete all Rork as 1. specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this bid and in accordance with the Contract Documents . 2 . BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders , including without limitation those dealings with the disposition of Bid Security, This bid will remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of bid Y4 opening . BIDDER will sign the Agreement and submit the Contract Security and other documents required by the Contract Documents within fifteen ( 15) days after the date of OWNER ' S Notice of Award . r 3 . In submitting this bid , BIDDER represents , as more fully set forth in the Agreement , that : (a . ) BIDDER has examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following addenda : ' DATE NUMBER (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged) and also copies of the Advertisement of Invitation to Bid and the Instructions to Bidders , 00310 - INVAC .. -•..� a:=x:. _ �a.w ^-, - .i.:.w�.,t:_:. ., :.,.-s:.r.,f��::ii s... ... -._, . _ .. _ . .-.e.w.e.,.- ar. (b . ) BIDDER as examined the site and locality where the work is to be performed , the legal requirements (federal , state and local laws , ordinances , rules and regulations ) and the conditions affecting cost , progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as BIDDER deems necessary. (c . ) This bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person , firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham bids BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person , firm or sought by collusion to obtain for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or over Owner . 4 . BIDDER will complete the Work for the following base price . Lump Sinn Base Contract Price : { in words ) (in figures) 5 . Deductive Alternates : The Bidder , if awarded the Contract , agrees to delete the following item or items of Work as described in Section 01800 herein for the sum indicated hereinafter . Said sure or sums to be deducted from the base lump sum price . ALTERNATE NO . 1 Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words ) ( in figures ) ALTERNATE NO , 2 Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words ) { in figures} ALTERNATE N4 . 3 Delete from the Base Hid : ( in words ) ( in figures ) 00310 - 2HVAC i ALTERNATE NO . 4 : Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words) (in figures ) ALTERNATE N .. 5 Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words) (in figures) 6 . BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement . 7 . BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time . r $ . The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this bid : T (a) Required Bid Security in the form of (b) A tabulation of subcontractors an other persons and organizations required to be identified in this bid . (c) Required Bidders Qualification Statement with supporting data (Certificate of Experience) . M Non-Collusive Bidding Certification . 9 . Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to the address of the BIDDER indicated below : Telephone No . . 10 . The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions . i 00310 - 3HVAC i If BIDDER is : An Individual by (Individual ' s Name) doing business as Business Address : Phone No . : -------------------------- A Partnership (Firm 'Name) by (General Partner) Business Address : Phone No . : A o o anon _ (Corporation Name) by ( State of Incorporation) (Name of Person authorized to si4n) Y A {Title) TTEST : ( Secretary) Business Address : (CORPORATE SEAS,) Phone No . : A_ .paint Vernture by (Name) (Address) by (Name) (Address ) (Each joint venturer must sign . The scanner of signing for each individual , partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above . ) 00310 - 4HVAC SECTION 00310 - -BID PROPOSAL GREATER GLENS FALLS TRANSIT _ , •sr CONTRACT FOR - ELECTRICAL ' TO: City of Glens Falls Greater Glens Falls Transit 178 Dix Avenue Glens Falls , New York 12801 1 . The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees , if this bid is accepted , to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Contract Documents to complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Contract ' Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this bid and in accordance with the Contract Documents . I ' 2 . BIDDER accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders , including without limitation those dealings with the disposition of Bid Security. This bid will remain opera for forty-five (45) days after the day of bid opening . BIDDER will sign the Agreement and submit the Contract Security and other documents required by the Contract Documents within 'fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER ' S Notice of Award. . + 3 . In submitting this hid , BIDDER represents , as more fully not forth in the Agreement , that : (a . ) BIDDER has examined copies of all the Contract Documents and of the following addenda : iDATE NUMBER 1 ' (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged) and also copies of the Advertisement of Invitation to Bid and the Instructions to Bidders . 00310 -^ 1E i (be ) BIDDER as examined the site and locality where the Work is to be performed , the legal requirements (federal , state and local lags , ordinances , rules and regulations) and the T conditions affecting cost , progress or performance of the Work and has made such independent investigations as BIDDER deems necessary. (c. ) This bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person , firm or corporation and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association , organization or corporation; BIDDER has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other BIDDER to submit a false or sham bid ; BIDDER has not solicited or induced any person , firm or sought by collusion to obtain for himself any advantage over any other Bidder or , over Owner . , 4 . BIDDER will complete the 'Rork for the following base price . Lump Sum Base Contract 'Price : ( in words) (in figures ) 5 . Deductive Alternates : The Bidder , if awarded the Contract , agrees to delete the following item or items of Work as described in Section 01800 herein for the sum indicated hereinafter . Said sum or sums to be deducted from the base lump sum price . ALTERNATE NO . 1 Delete from the Base .Bid : ( in words) ( in figures ) ALTERNATE NO. 2 Delete from the Base Bid : (in words ) { in figures} ALTERNATE NO, 3 Delete from the Base Bid : ( in words ) (in figures) 00310 - 2E 1 ALTERNATE NO. 4 : Delete from the base Bid : (in words) (in € (gores ) ALTERNATE NO, 5 : Delete from the Base Sid : ( in words) ( in figures) 6 . BIDDER agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement . 7 . BIDDER accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work on time . 8 . The following documents are attached to and made a condition of ' this bid : (a) Required Bid Security in the form of (b) A tabulation of subcontractors an other persons and organizations required to be identified in this bid . ( c) Required Bidders Qualification Statement with supporting data (Certificate of Experience) . ' (d) Non-Collusive Bidding Certification . 9 . Communications concerning this Bid shall be addressed to the address of the BIDDER indicated below: Telephone No . : 10 . The terms used in this Bid which are defined in the General Conditions of the Construction Contract included as part of the Contract Documents have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions . 00310 - 3E 1 If BIDDER is : ,r An Individual by (Individual ' s Name) doing business as Business Address : Phone No . : A Partnership (Firm Name) by (General 'Partner) Business Address ; Phone No . : -� A Corporation (Corporation. Name) by (State of Incorporation) (Name of Person authorized to sign) (Title) ATTXST : (secretary) Business Address : (CORPORATE SEAL) Phone No. : A Joint Venture by (Name) (Address) by (Name ) (Address) (Each joint venturer must sign . The manner of signing for each individual , partnership and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above . ) O0310 - 4E � i SECTION 3 UPPLEMENTS FART 1 . 00 _ GENERAL 1901 SCOFF A. AIA Document A310 , Bid Bond , February 1970 Edition , is included herewith and is a part of this Project Manual , D . Pon-Collusive Bidding Certificate and Resolution , is included herewith and is a part of this Project Manual , e _ 00320 - 1 ' THE AMERICA'N INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A310 Bid Bond ' KNOW ,ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we {Here insert lull name and address or least title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety) a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Move insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of Dollars ($ ), I for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by - these presents. ' WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for (Mere insert full name, address and description of project) NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding ' or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract ' with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this day of 19 T fPrincipal) [Seal) (Witness) (title) (Surety) (Seal) (Witness) (Title) AIA DOCUMENT A3.10 • BID BONO • AIA 40 . FEBRUARY 1970 ED • THE AMMICAN ' INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D. C. 20006 00320 — 2 I NON-COLLUSIVE BIDDING CERTIFICATE By submission of this bid , the bidder certifies that : , (a. ) This bid has been independently arrived at without collusion with any other bidder or with any competitor or potential competitor ; (b . ) This bid has not been knowingly disclosed and will not be knowingly disclosed , prior to the opening of bids for this project , to any other bidder , competitor or potential competitor ; (c . ) No attempt has been made or will be made to induce any other person , partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit a bid ; (do ) The person signing this bid certifies that he has fully informed himself regarding the accuracy of the statements contained in this certification , and under the penalties of penalties of perjury, affirms the truth thereof , such penalties being applicable to the bidder as well as the person signing in its behalf ; (e . ) That attached hereto ( If a corporate bidder) is a certified copy _ of resolution authorizing the execution of this certificate by the signator of this bid in behalf of the corporate bidder . Dame of Bidder • By : Title : Dated • i 00320 - 3 1 RESOLUTION RESOLVED that be authorized to sign < r and submit the bid of this corporation for the following project (Project Description) and to include in such bid the certificate as to non-collusion required by Section 139-d of the State Finance Law as the act and deed of such corporation, and for any inaccuracies or misstatements in such certificate this corporate bidder shall be liable under the penalty of perjury . 1 The foregoing is a true and correct copy of the resolution adopted by �. Corporation at a meeting of its Hoard of Directors held on the day of 19 F T Secretary ( Seal of the Corporation) 1 i 00320 - 4 STATENSNT of BIDDER S ORMALIFIGATIUNS 1 . Name of Business : 2 . Years in Business : 3 . Identify three ( 3 ) construction projects similar to that for which a proposal is sbmitted which have been started and completed in the past five ( 5) years . Identify the name of the owner . Architect , the type of work , length of time for completion and the cost of the same . 1 . ik 2 . 3 , +Mr (BIDDER ` S SIGNATURE) (TITLE) ( DATE) 00320 5 ..<_ I- d I d SECTION 00500 - STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL -4011 1001 SCOPEAe Fi F .. Ae AIA Document A101 , Standard Farm of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor , 1987 Edition , is included herewith and is part of this Project Manual . Arm ra 00500 - 1 14 o-. . . .. -. ,.: -.. _ :. _,3�,,.a'oar:w:'i2•, _��..aX,:.,:<ka.G... .... ... . ...,....� ; .:-: _�...,..,:... .< ; -. :._, ... -._._ :;; T" H E A M E R I C A N I Nf 5 T I T U T E O F A R C H I T E C T AIA Document AI+QI standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the bases of payment is a1 STIPULATED SUM 1987 EDITION THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCO URA GEL) WITH RESPECT To ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION. The 1987 Edition of AIA L3ocument A2oi, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted in this document by reference. L7o not use with otber general conditions unless this document is modified. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America, AGREEMENT _ made as of the day of in the year of Nineteen Hundred and BETWEEN the Owner: (Name and address) ' and the Contractor: (Name and address) The Project is: (Name and locatton,} The Architect is: (Name and address) The Owner and Contractor agree as set forth below. Copyright 191 5, 191 So 1925, 1937, 1951 , 1958, 1961 , 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977. C) 1987 by The American Institute of Archi- tects, 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, D-C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AIA violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. I A41A OCICUMEM A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION a MAa • (019s7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N-W-, WASHIN[,TON, D-C. 21)006 A101-7987 I ARTICLE I E THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Condkkw s)I Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement-. these form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if a[gdaed, to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than Modific=ions, appears in Article 9. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK. OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall execute the entire Work described in the Contract Documents, except to the extent specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others, or as follows: ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 3.1 The date of commencement is the date from which the Contract Time of Paragraph 3.2 is measured, and shall be the date of this Agreement, as first written above, unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert rbe date of commencemenr, if it differ$from the date of rbds Agreement or, if appucable, stare that :be crate will be fixer[ in a not[ce to proceed) Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed issued by the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 3.2 The Contractor shali achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than {Insert for calendar date or number of calendar days after the date of Commencement, Also insert any requirements for earlier 5utiatant"Completion of cer. Jaen portions of the Wor*r. of nor Stated elsewbere in the conlracr Documents-) subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (lnsert prororstons. Jf an_v, for liqutuared aamages relating to failure to Complete on time-) AIA DOrXJENT Al01 + OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT + TWELFTH EDITION + AIA'f : (01997 THE AMERIx:AN INSTITirm OF ARCHITECTS I735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASH INGTON, D.C. 20006 - A1014987 2 .. ' <.. .. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor in current fiends for the Contractor's performance of the Contract the Contract Sum of -. Dollars tract Documents.is ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Con- 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the Contract Documents and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (Stare The numbers or other raemificartion of accepted atremates. if decision on other alrernares are to be made by rbe oumer stab egteent to rbe execution This .agreement, attacb a scbedule of sucb otber abet airs sbowms the amount for each and the dare unra robich rbat amount xs vtIIja } i 1 of 1 s 4.3 Unit prices, if any are as follows: ' 1 r - 1 1 1 1 AtA DOCUMENT A101 + OWNER-C:ONTRAC:TOR AGREEMENT + TWELFTH ELlMON + AIAO • Q19M17 , THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OFARCIIITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENIIE, N.W., W'.�ASHINGTON. D7 C. 2000() A101_1987 3 ARTICLE 5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS SA Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 5.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending, on the Last day of the month, or as follows: 5.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the day of a month, the Owner shall trlake payment to the Contractor not later than the day of the month. if an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. 5.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based upon the Schedule of Values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Schedule of Values shalt allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work and be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This Schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 5.5 Applications for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment. 5.6 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows: Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined b multi 1 the y p ying percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the total Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the Schedule of Values, less retainage of percent %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute may be included as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7 of the General Conditions even though the Contract Sum has not yet been adjusted by Change Order; 5.8.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the , site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the Site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of percent ( %); 5.6.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and 5.6.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Para- graph 9.5 of the General Conditions. 5.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Paragraph 5-6 shall be further modified under the fallowing circumstances: 5.7.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to percent ( %) of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work and unsettled claims; and 5.7.2 Add; if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Subparagraph 9. 10.3 of the General Conditions. 5.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows: (if it is inrended, prior to suhstaratw compierton of the enrrre work. to reduce or Umia the re manage resulting from the percentages inserted in Suhpara. graphs 5. G. 1 and 5-6-2 alo(nv. and this is not explained a/sett Kerr in the contract Docum etas. insert here prrn wir»rs for such reduction or timrratronj AIA DOCUMENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT + TWELFTH EDITION + A[AO + C 19117 THE AMER[CA N INSTITUTE OF ARC IIITECTS. 1735 NEW PORK AVENSIE, N.W_, WAS HINGTON, D) C. 20006 A101-1987 4 ARTICLE 6 r FINAL PAYMENT Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when (1)the Contract has been fully performed by the Contractor except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct nonconforming Work as provided in Subparagraph 12.2.2 of the General Conditions and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which necessarily survive final payment; and (2) a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect; such final payment shaft be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment, or as follows- a ARTICLE 7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS _ 7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of the General Conditions or another Contract Document, the ref- erence refers to that provision as amended Or Supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. - ' 7.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interes[ agreed upon, if any-.l (Usury tauPs and requirements under the Federal Trurb in Lending Act. similar state and local consumer credit to u)s and otber regulations or the Owner's and Contractor"s pri acipai places of bus:ness, the lxatinn of the Pmject and elsea-here may affect the r alidi tv of this proe-iston. Legal ade ace should be obtained witb resprct to deletions or modifications, and atso regarding requirements such as written disclosures or user-ers.J 7.3 Other provisions: r ' ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION ' 8.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. S.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions. ' MA t10CUMENT A101 * OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION • AfAa . Qt9*17 THE AMERWAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORH AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON. 17.C:. �CIt1116 A1fl1-i'9S7 gi ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS r 9.1 The Contract [documents, except for Modification, issued aster execution of this Agreement, are enumerated as follows: 9.1 .7 The Agreement is this executed Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, AIA Document A101, 1987 Edition. 9.7 .2 The General Conditions arc the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AEA Document A201, 1987 Edition. geln3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract are those contained in tie Project Manual dated and are as follows: Document Title pag 9wl &4 The Specifications are those contained in the Project Manual dated as in Subparagraph 9. 1,3, and are as follows: (Eitber list the Spec jtcatiom here or sayer to an exbibir attucbed to tbts Agree»rerrr.) Sectla>n Title .Pages AUA DOCUMENT Al IH + OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT • TWELFTH EDITION r AIA0 + C471987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W. WASHINGTON. D-C. 20006 A101A987 B 9.1 .5 The Drawings are as follows, and are dated unless adiffer[.-nr dare is shown below: (i"it6er 1"I the Drama tags here or refer xo an exbsbix assacsred to sbLs .igreervoens.J r Number Title D2te 1 1 9.1 .8 The Addenda, if any, are as follows: ' Number Date Pages 1 ' Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents uraess the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9. ' AIA LIDCUMENT A101 + OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT + TWELFTH EDITION • ALA* • C01987 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1795 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASH[N(iTON, D.C. 20(X)6 A1014987 T 9.I m7 other documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents are as follows: as tse or�trtvttat ft Iu*fC*arp intended to form pa"of the Gommact Documsentw ConftvmCgor. 7'7he C.sstewSpal C'. 'mrAftie�s Proe ide ttust bdddtr 9 nUP Me+rae,srs SUCb a Ibis AgmsnesM. 7bey shusitd tstswr Doty rt Y m dr�pfmr�of c and�a+ttr iliu�x.nce�rs.}� ftW PO"aJ't4*C'w.mar D�Srtgarru w.stesa e,wnsa ouraf - i S This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year first Written above and iS executed in at least three original copies of which one iS to be delivered to the Contractor, one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract, and the remainder to the Owner. OWNER CONTRACTOR (Signature/ (Signature) . (Printed manic and title) (Pn'med name and rrtho ALL t3LYMMIENT A101 • OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT TWELFTH EDITION 0 AIA'O r 0I9$7 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE. OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W„ WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 '- A101-7987 8 SECTION 00505 - APPENDIX A . STANDARD CLAUSES FOR ALL NEW YORK CONTRACTS PART 1 . 00 GENERAL 1001 SCOPE A . Document CONR 335e (9/88 ) , is included herewith and is part of this Project Manual . y ' 00505 - 1 CONR 335e (9188) APPENDIX A STANDARD CLAUSES FOR ALL NEW YORK STATE CONTRACTS The parties to the attached contract, license, lease, amendment or other agreement of any kind (hereinafter, "the contract" or "this contract") agree to be bound by the following clauses which are hereby made a part of the contract (the word "Contractor" herein refers to any party other than the State, whether a contractor, licensor, licensee, lessor, lessee or any other party): Id T. EXECUTORY CLAUSE. In accordance with Section 41 of the State Finance Law, the State shall have no liability under this contract to the Contractor or to anyone else beyond funds appropriated and available for this contract. 2. NON-ASSIGNMENT CLAUSE. In accordance with Section 138 of the State Finance Law, this contract may not be assigned by the Contractor or its right, title or interest therein assigned, transferred, conveyed, sublet or otherwise disposed of without the previous consent, in writing, of the State and any attempts to assign the contract without the State's written consent are null and void. The Contractor may, however, assign its right to receive payment without the State's prior written consent unless this contract concerns Certificates of Participation pursuant to Article 5-A of the State Finance Law. 3. COMPTROLLER'S APPROVAL. In accordance with Section 112 of the State Finance Law (or, if this contract is with the State University or City University of New York, Section 355 or Section 6218 of the Education Law), if this contract exceeds $5,000 ($20,000 for certain S.U.N.Y. and C.U.N.Y. contracts), or if this is an amendment for any amount to a contract which, as so amended, exceeds said statutory amount, or if, by this contract, the State agrees to give something other than money, it shall not be valid, effective or binding upon the State until it has been approved by the State Comptroller and filed in his office. 4. WORKERS' COMPENSATION BENEFITS- In accordance with Section 142 of the State Finance Law, this contract shall be void and of no force and effect unless the Contractor shall provide and maintain coverage during the life of this contract for the benefit of such employees as are required to be covered by the provisions of the Workers' Compensation Law. - _ - 5. NON-DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS. in accordance with Article 15 of the Executive Law (also known as the Human Rights Law) and all other State and Federal satutory and constitutional non-discrimination provisions, the Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, age, disability or marital status. Furthermore, in accordance with Section 220-e of the Labor Law, if this is a contract for the construction, alteration or repair of any public building or public work or for the manufacture, sale or distribution of materials, equipment or supplies, and to the extent that this contract shall be performed within the State of New York, Contractor agrees that neither it nor its subcontractors shall, by reason of race, creed, color, disability, sex or national origin. (a) discriminate in hiring against any New York State citizen who is qualified and available to perform the work; or (b) discriminate against or intimidate any employee hired for the performance of work under this contract. If this is a building service contract as defined in Section 230 of the Labor Law, then, in accordance with Section 239 thereof, Contractor agrees that neither it nor its subcontractors shall, by reason of race, creed, color, national origin, age, sex or disability. (a) discriminate in hiring against any New York State citizen who is qualified and available to perform the work; or (b) discriminate against or intimidate any employee hired for the performance of work Under this contract. Contractor is subject to fines of $50.00 per person per day for any violation of Section 220-e or Section 239 as well as possible termination of this contract and forfeiture of all moneys due hereunder for a second or subsequent violation. 6. WAGE AND HOURS PROVISIONS. if this is a public work contract covered by Article 8 of the labor Law or a building service contract covered by Article 9 thereof, neither Contractor's employees nor the employees of its subcontractors may be required or permitted to work more than the number of hours or days stated in said statues, except as otherwise provided in the Labor Law and as set forth in prevailing wage and supplement schedules issued by the State Labor Department. Furthermore, Contractor and its subcontractors must pay at least the prevailing wage rate and pay or provide the prevailing supplements, €ncIud€ng the premium rates for overtime pay, as determined by the State Labor Department in accordance with the Labor Law, 7, NON-COLLUSIVE BIDDING REQUIREMENT, In accordance with Section 139-d of the State Finance Law, if this contract was awarded based upon the submission of bids, Contractor warrants, under penalty of perjury, that its bid was arrived at independently and without collusion aimed at restricting competition. Contractor further warrants that, at the time Contractor submitted its bid, an authorized and responsible person executed and delivered to the State a non-collusive bidding certification on Contractor's behalf. ' 11. INTERNATIONAL BOYCOTT PROHIBITION. In accordance with Section 22114 of the Labor Law and Section 139-h of the State Finance Law, if this contract exceeds $5,000, the Contractor agrees, as a material condition of the contract, that neither the Contractor nor any substantially owned or affiliated person, firm, partnership or corporation has participated, is participating, or shall participate in an international boycott in violation of the federal Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 USC App. Sections 2401 at seq.) or regulations thereunder. If such Contractor, or any of the aforesaid affiliates of Contractor, is convicted or is otherwise found to have violated said laws or regulations upon the final determination of the United States Commerce Department or any other appropriate agency of the United States subsequent to the contract's execution, such contract, amendment or modification thereto shall be rendered forfeit and void. The Contractor shall so notify the State Comp- troller within five (5) business days of such conviction, determination or disposition of appeal (2 NYCRR 105.4) ' 00505 — 2 CONR 335e (9188) REVERSE 9. SETOFF RIGHTS. The State shall have all of its common law and statutory rights of set-off. These rights shall Include, but not be limited to, the State's option to withhold for the purposes of set-off any moneys due to the Contractor under this contract up to any amounts due and owing to the State with regard to this contract, any other contract with any Stat department or agency, including any contract for a term commencing prior to the term of this contract, plus any amount due and owing to the State for any other reason including, without limitation, tax delinquencies, fee delinquencies or monetary penalties relative thereto 10, RECORD-KEEPING REQUIREMENT The Contractor shall establish and maintain complete and accurate books, records documents, accounts and other evidence directly pertinent to performance under this contract for a period of six (6) year following final payment or the termination of this contract, whichever is later, and any extensions thereto. The State Comp- troller and Attorney General or any other person or entity authorized to conduct an examination, as well as the agency or agencies involved in this contract, shall have access to such books, records, documents, accounts and other evidential materia during the contract term, extensions thereof and said six (6) year period thereafter for the purposes of inspectlon, auditln and copying. "Termination of this contract" as used in this clause 10, shall mean the later completion of the work of the contract or the end date of the term stated in the contract. 11. CONFLICTING TERMS. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the contract (including any and all attachments thereto and amendments thereof) and the terms of this Appendix A, the terms of this Appendix A shall control. 12. GOVERNING LAW. This contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York except where the Federal supremacy clause requires otherwise. 13. LATE PAYMENT. Timeliness of payment and any interest to be paid to Contractor for late payment shall be governed by Article XI-A of the State Finance Law to the extent required by law. 14. NO ARBITRATION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. Disputs involving this contract, Including the breach or alleged breach thereof, may not be submitted to binding arbitration (except where statutorily authorized) but must, instead, be heard in a court of competent jurisdiction of the State of New York- Contractor hereby consents to service of process upon it by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. July 1988 - 00505 - 3 00510 - GENERAL AND FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION PART 1 . 00 GENERAL :zK 1 . 01 SCOPE A . AIA Documents A201 and A201/SC , General .and Federal Supplementary Conditions of the Contract For Construction , 1976 Edition , iS included herewith and is part of this Project Manual . 00510 - 1 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Documents A201 and A2011SC General and Federal Supplementary � �' rY Conditions of the Contract for Construction TABLE OF ARTICLES ~ GENERAL CONDITIONS AIA Document A201 — 7976 Edition �. 1 . CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME - 2. ARCHITECT 9, PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3. OWNER 10_ PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4. CONTRACTOR 11 . INSURANCE 5. SUBCONTRACTORS 12, CHANGES IN THE WORK 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY -13. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14_ TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 1 FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A1A Document A2011SC — 1977 Edition 15. MODIFICATIONS OF THE 16. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS 17. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS This document may be used for U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare Federally Assisted Construction Projects, ILIA DOCUMENTS A201 AND A201ISC • GENERAL CONDITION5 OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THIR- TEENTH EDITION + AUGUST 1976 • AIA® + 01976 * FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS + THIRD EDITION + - . AUGUST 1977 * THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVE- N W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201 & A2071SC4977 C&ww i THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Docurnent A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS MODFfICATION 1976 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 . CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 8. TIME 2. ARCHITECT 9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 3, OWNER 10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 4, CONTRACTOR 11 . INSURANCE S . SUBCONTRACTORS 12. CHANCES IN THE WORK 6. WORK BY OWNER OR BY 13_ UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION SEPARATE CONTRACTORS OF WORK 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14. TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America. Copyright 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1967, 1970, 0 1976 by The American institute of Architects, 1735 New Yr,rk Avenue, N.W„ Washington, O. C. 20006. Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its pro- vi,ions without permission of the AIA violates the copyright taws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution. AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THiRTEENTH EDITION + AUGUST 7976 AIA40 Q 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N,W„ WASHINGTON, D,C. 20006 A201-1976 I - INDEX Acceptance of Defective or Non.Conforming Work _ _6.2.2, 13.3 Cleaning Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.15r 6.3 Acceptance of Work _ - -5-4.2, 9.5.5, 9.8.1, 9.9-1, 9.9.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to. .3-2.1, 4.2, Access to Work . .2.2.5, 6.2.1 4.7.1r 4.100 5.2,10 6.2,20 7.50 9,20 11.1.40 11.3.4 Accident Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A . . . . . . . 2.2.4, 10 Commencement of the Work, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.1.2 Acts and Omissions . _ _ . .2.2.4, 4.18-3, 7.4, 7.6.20 8.3.1, 10.2.5 Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2..2, 3.2.60 4-9.1, 4,16 Additional Costs, Claims for . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . .12.3 Completion, Administration of the Contract . . . .2.2, 4.3.3 Conditions Relating to . . .2.2.16, 4.11, 4.15, 9.4.2, 9.9, 13.2.2 All Risk Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 .3.1 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . ,9 Allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.8 Completion, Substantial . I . 02.2.16, 8.1 .1, 8.1 .3, 8.2.20 9.80 13.2.2 Applications for Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2.6, 9.2, 9.3, 9A, Compliance with Laws . . . ' . . . . . . . . 3 1 , 2.11, 4.60 4.70 4.13, 9.5.3, 9.6.1, 9.8.2r 9.9.1, 9.9.30 14.2.2, 7,7, 7.7, 10.2.20 14 Approvals , . .2.2.140 3.4r 4.3.30 4-Sr 4.12.4 through Concealed Conditions . . . . . 412_2 4A2.6, 4.12.80 4.18.3, 7.70 9.3.2 Consent, Arbitration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2.7 through 2.2.13, 2.2.19, 6.2.5, Written . . . 2-2.18, 4.14.21 7.2, 7.6.2, 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3, 11.3.9 7.9, 8.3.1, 11.3-71 11-3-8 Contract, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.2 ' ARCHITECT - • , 2 Contract Administration . .2.2, 4.3.3 Architect, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Architect, Extent of Authority . . . .2.2r 3.4, 4.12.80 5,2, 6.3, 7,7,2, Relating to . . . . . . . . .4.7.1, 4.10, 5.2r 7.50 9,20 11.7.4, 11.3.4 S.1 .3, 8.3.1 , 9.21 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5.3, 9.6, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.9.3, 12.1.1, CONTRACT DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 .4, 12.3-1 , 12.4.11 13.10 13.2.11 13.2.5014.2 Contract Documents, Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility . . . . . 2-2.2 Copies Furnished and Use of . .1,3r 3.2,5, 5.3 through 2.2.4, 2-2.10 through 2.2.14, 2.2.17, 2.2.18, 'Contract Documents, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AAA 4.3-3, 4.12.6, 5.2.1r 9.4.2, 9.5.4r 9.S.5, 12,4 Contract Sum, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.1A Architects Additional Services . . 3.4r 7.7.20 13.2.10 13.2.50 14.2.2 'Contract Termination • . . . . . .14 f Architect's Approvals 2.2.14, 3 4, 4.5, 412.6, 4.72.8, 4.1$.3 Contract Time, Definition of 1 .8.1.1 CONTRACTOR . . , , , , , - Architect's Authority to Reject Work . . . . 2.2.13, 4.5, 13-1 .2r 13.2 . . . . . . . . . Architect's Copyright . . . . . . . . . . , .1 .3 Contractor, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.1, 6.1 22 Architect's Decisions . . . . . . . . . .2.2.7 through 2.2.13, 6.3, 7.7.2, Contractor's Employees . . . . . .4.342, 4A.2, 4.8.1, 49 10.3, 11.1 .1 4.18, 10.2.1 .1 7.9 , 8.3,7, 9-2, 4.4, 9.6.1 , 9.$.1, 12.1.4, 72.3.1 Contractor's through 10.2.4, 10.2.6,Liability insurance 111.1 Architect's Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2.130 2.2.16r 9.8.10 9.9.1 Contractor's Relationship with Architect's Instructions . - „ , . - - - -2.2.130 2.2.15, 7.7.20 12.4, 13.1 Separate Contractors and Owner's Forces . . . . . . . . . 3.2.7, 6 Architect's interpretations . . . . . . . .:2.2.7 through 2.2.10, 12.3.2 Contractor's Relationship with Architect's On-Site Observations . . 2.2.3, 2.2.50 2.2.6, 2.2.17, Subcontractors , . 1.2.40 5.2, 5.3, 9.5.2, 11.3.3, 11 .3.E 7.7,1, 7.7.41 9.4.2e 9.6.10 9.9.1 Contractor's Relationship with the Architect . . . . . . . . 1 .1.20 2.2.40 Architect's Project Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.17, 2.2.18 2.2.5, 2.2.100 2.2.13, 43.30 4.5, 4-7.3, 4,12.60 4.180 11.3.E ' Architect's Relationship with Contractor . . - - -1 .1 .2, 2.2.41 2.2.5r Contractor's Representations . , . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.2, 4.5, 4.12.5, 9.33 2.2.10, 2.2,13, 4.3-3, 4-5, 4.7.3r 4.12.6, 4.180 11 .3.6 Contractor's Responsibility for Architect's Relationship with Those Performing the Work . . . .4.3.2, 4.180 10 Subcontractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1 .2, 2.2.13, .9.5.3r 9.5.4 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents . . . .1,2.2, 4.2, 4.7.3 Architect's Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.4.2, 9.6.1 , 9.9.1 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . , . , ,9.7 Artistic Effect . . . . . . . . 1 .2.3, 2.2.11, 2.2.12, 7-9.1 Contractor's Right to 'Terminate the Contract , . . . . . . . . . .14.1 Attorneys' Fees . .4.18.11 6.2.5, 9.9.2 Contractor's Submittals . . 2.214, 4,10, 4.12, 5.2.1, Award of Separate Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1 .1 5.2.3, 9.20 9.3.11 9.8.1, 9.9.2, 9.9.3 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts For Contractor's Superintendent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.2.6 Portions of the Work . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . ` ' . , , , 9.2 Contractor's Supervision and ' ' ' . ' . . ' . ' . . • • . Bonds, Lien . . 9.9.2 Construction Procedures . , 1 .2.4, 3,2.4, 4.3, 4,4, 10 Bonds, Performance, Labor and Material Payment . . 7.5, 9-9.3 Contractual Liability Insurance . . . . .11.1,3 Building Permit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 Coordination and Certificate of Substantial Completion ' , - . - . . . 9.8.1 Correlation . . . . 1 .2.2. 1 .2A, 4.3.1 , 4.10.1, 4,12.5, 6.1 .3, 6.2.1 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval . . 7.7.3 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications . .1 .3, 3.2.5, 5.3 Certificates of Insurance . . 9.3.2, 11 .1 .4 Correction of Work . .3.3, 3.4, 10.2,5, 13.2 Certificates for Payment . . . .2.2.6, 2.2.16, 9.4, 9.5.1 , 9.5.50 9.6.10 Cost, Definition of , . , , , , . . , .12.1.4 9.7.1, 9-8.2r 9.9.1 r 9.9.3, 12.1 At 14.2.2 Costs . . . . . . 3.4, 4-8.2, 4.15.2, 5.2.3, 6.1 .10 6.2.30 6.2.5, 63, 7.7,1, 1 Change Orders , . . , , . . . . . 1.1 .1, 2.2.15r 3.4, 4.8.2,30 5-2.3, 7.7.20 7.7.2, 9.7, 11 .3.1 , 11 .3.S, 12.1,3, 12.1'4'72'3. 13.1.2, 13.2, 14 8.3.1, 9.71 9.9.31 11-3.11 11 .3-50 11.3.7, Cutting and Patching of Work . .4.14, 6.2 12.10 13.1 .20 13.2.5, 13.3.1 Damage to the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6.2.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1 .5r 9.8110 Change Orders, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12.1.1 10.2.1-20 10-3, 11.30 13.2.6 CHANGES IN THE WORK 4 . . . . . 2.2.15, 4.1 .1, 12 Damages, Claims for . '6.7 T, b.2,S. 7.4, 8.3.4` 9.6.1.2 } Claims for Additional Cost or Time . . 8.3.2r 8,3.3r 12.2.1, 12.3 Damages for Delay 0 .6.1,1, 8.3A. 9.7 Claims for Damages . .6.1.10 6.2.5, 7Ae 8.3, 9.6.1.1 Day, Definition of . .8.1.4 ' 2 A2F)1-1976 Ai^ DOCUMENT A261 w GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION a THIRTEENTH EDITION . AUGUST T976 AIAO 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASi41 NGTON, D.C. 20006 Decisions of the Architect . . . . . .2.2.9 through 2.2.12, 6.3, 7.7.2, 4.12.6, 4.171 4.18.3, 6.2.2e 7.6.2, 9.4.2, 7»9,1e 8.3.14 9.20 9.4, 9.6.1r 9.8.1, 12.1.4, 12.3.1, 14.2.1 9.9.4e 9.9.53 10.2.5, 11.1,2, 11.3.6 Defective or Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection Limitations of Time, General . . . . .2.2.80 2.2-14, 3-2.4, 4_2, 4-7-3, and Correction of . . . .2»2.3, 2-2.131 3-3, 3.4, 4-5, 6-2.2, 6.23, 4-12.40 4.15; 5.2.1e 5.2.3, 7.4e 7.7, 8-2, 95.2, 9.6, 9.6.1.10 9.9.4.2, 13 9.8, 9.90 11.3.4, 12.1 .4e 12.4e 13.2.1, 13.2.2, 13.23 Definitions . . . . . . . . 1.1, 2.1, 3.1, 4.1, 4.12.1 through 4.12.3. S,1, Limitations of Time, Specific _ . . . . . . . , . .2.2.Sp 2,2,12e 3.2.1, 3.4, 6.1 .20 8.7, 9.1.10 12.1 .1, 12.1 .4 4.10, 53r 6.2.2, 7-9.2, 8.2, 8.3-2, 8.3.3, 9-20 9.3 , 9.4-1, 9.5.1, Delays and Extensions of Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .&3 9.7, 11 .1.4, 11.3.1, 11.3.8e 11.3.90 12.2, 12.3r 13.2.20 Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2.9r 2.2.12, 2.2.190 6.2.50 6.3r 7.9.1 13.2.51 13.2.7, 14.10 14.2.1 Documents and Samples at the Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.11 Limitations, Statutes of . . . . . » . , - - . . 0 4 0 W 0 » , 7.9-2, 13.2.2, 13,2.7 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ross of Use Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .t1.4 Ownership of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1 .10 1 .30 3.2.5, 5.3 Materials, Labor, Equipment and , . . . . .1.'1.3, 4-4, 4.5, 4.120 4-130 Emergencies , » , . . » , » . » . . » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . » » . » » . . . 1D»3 4.15.1, 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 11.3-le 13.2.2013-2-50 14 Employees, Contractor's . . . . .4.3.2, 4.4,2, 4.8.1, 4.9, 4.180 10.2.1 Materials Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.12.1, 5.2.1, 9.33 through 10.2.4, 10.2.6, 10-3, 11.1 .1 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Equipment, Labor, Materials and . . . , 1.1.3r 4.4, 4.50 4.12, 4.13, Procedures of Construction . . , . , . . . . . _ » .2.2-40 4.3.10 9.4-2 4.15.1 , 6.2.1 , 9.3.20 9.3.3, 11.3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Minor Changes in the Work . . . . , , , . , . , , ,1.1.1e 2.2.15, 12.4 Execution and Progress of the Work . . . . 1.1 .3, 1.2-3, 2.23, 2.2.4, MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 2-2.8, 4.2, 4,4.1, 4.5, 6.2.2, 7.93, 8.2, Modifications, Definition of _ _ _ » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . » . . .1.1.1 8.3, 9.6.1, 10.2.3, 10.2.4e 14.2 Modifications to the Contract . . . . . . . . 1.1 _le 1.1.20 2.2.2e 2..2.18, Execution, Correlation and Intent of the 4.7,30 7.9,3, 12 Contract Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1»2, 4.7.1 Mutual Responsibility _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,2 Extensions of Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . » » _ _ » _ _ 8.3, 12.1 Non-Conforming Work, Acceptance of Defective or . . , , ,13-3-1 Failure of Payment by Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.7014.1 Notice, Written . . . . . . . . . 2.2.8, 2.2.121 3.40 4-2, 4.7.3, 4.7.4, 4-9r Failure of Payment of Subcontractors . .9.5-2, 9.6.1 .3, 9.9.2e 14.2.1 4.12-6, 4.12.7, 4.17, S.2.1, 7.3, 7.4e 7.7, 7.9.2, 8.1.2, 11.3.2, Final Completion and Final Payment _ _2.2.120 2.2.16, 9»9, 13.3-1 8.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9.71 9.9.1e 9.9-5, 10.2.6, 11.1.40 11.3,10 Financial Arrangements, Owner's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1 11 .3-4, 11.3.50 11 .3.7e 11 .3.8, 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 13-2-S, 14 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance . . . . . . . . . » . . . . . .11 .3.1 Notices, Permits, Fees and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.74 10.2.2 Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.1 Notice of Testing and Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ww . .7,7 Guarantees (See Warranty Notice to Proceed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.1.2 and Warranties) . . . . . . . . 2.2.16, 4.51 9.3.3, 9.8.1 r 9.9.40 13.2.2 Observations, Architect's On-Site . . . . . . . . 2.2.30 7.7.1E 7.7.40 9.4.2 Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.170 4.18r 6.2.50 9.9.2 Observations, Contractor's . . . . . . . . , , . , . , , . . . 1-2.2, 4.2.1, 4.7.3 Identification of Contract Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 .2.1 Occupancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.1,3, 93.5, 11 .3,9 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers . . . . . . . . . . .5.2.1 On-Site Inspections by the Architect _ _ . . . . . .2.2.3, 2.2.16, 9.4,2, Information and 9.8.1, 9.9.1 Services Required of the Owner . . . . . . . . 3»2e 60 9, 11.2, 11.3 On-Site Observations by the Architect . . . . . . . 2.2.3, 2.2-6, 2-2-170 Inspections . » . » » . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.13, 2.2.16, 4.3.3, 7.7e 9.8.1r 9.9.1 7.7.1, 7.7.4, 9,4.2r 9-6.1e 9.9.1 Instructions to Bidders . . . . , , . » . , . , . , , , , , , , » . . . . , , . 1.1.1, 7.5 Orders, Written . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3, 4.9, 12.1 .4f 12.4.10 13.1 Instructions to the OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . » , . » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Contractor . . . . . . , , , . 2.2.2, 3.2-6, 4.8.1, 7.7.2e 12.1 .2, 12.1 .4 Owner, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.-1 INSURANCE . . , , . . . . . . » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.8.1, 11 Owner, Information and Services Required of the . » . . 3.2, 6.1.3, Insurance, Contractor's Liability . . . . . . . . » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 .1 6.2, 9e 11.2, 11 .3 Insurance, Loss of Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . » , . . .11 .4 Owner's Authority . .2.2-16, 4.8.1 , 7-7.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.2e Insurance, Owner's Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.2 9.8.1 , 11 .3.8, 12»1.2, 12,1A Insurance, Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 .3 Owner's Financial Capability , , , , , , . . . , . . . . _ . . . . . . . » . . . .3.2.1 Insurance, Stored Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.3.2, 11 .3.1 Owner's Liability Insurance . .11.2 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy _ _ . .11.3.9 Owners Relationship with Subcontractors » »1 .7.2, 9.5.4 Insurance Companies, Settlement With . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113.8 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work . . . . . , . . . . . . » .3.4, 13.2.4 Intent of Owner's Right to Clean Up . . . . _ . . . _ _ . _ » . . . . . . . . . .4.15.2, 6,3 the Contract Documents . . A .2.31 2 2.100 2.2.13, 2.2-14, 12.4 Ownees flight to Perform Work and to Award Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.8 Separate Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . &I Interpretations, Written . . . . . . . . . 1 .1.1, 2.2.7, 2.2.8e 2.2-101 12.4 Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract . . . 14,2 Labor and Materials, Equipment . . . . 1.1 .30 4.40 4.5e 4.12r 4,13, Owner's Right to Stop the Work . 33 4.15.1, 5.2.1e 93.2, 93.3, 11 .3, 13.2.2, 13.2.5, 14 Ownership and Use of Documents . . . . . . » » 1.1 .1e 1,3, 3,2,5, 5.2-3 Labor and Material Payment Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . » . . . . . . . .7.5 Patching of Work, Cutting and . .4.14e 6.2.2 Labor Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3.1 Patents, Royalties and . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.17.1 Laws and Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3, 2.1., 4.60 4.7, 4.13r 7.1, Payment Bond, Labor and Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . » 7.5 [ 7.74 10.2.2, 14 Payment, Applications for . , . . , . . . . . . .2.2.6, 9-2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.30 `s Liens . » 9.3.3e 9.9.2e 9-9.4.1 9.6.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.10 9-9-3. 14.2.2 Limitations of Authority . . . . . 2.2,2, 2.2.17, 2,2180 11.3.8, 12.4-1 Payment, Certificates for . *2.2.61 2.2.1be 9.4, 93.1e Limitations of Liability » . » . . .2.2.10, 2,2.13, 2.2.14, 3.30 4.2, 4.7,3, 9.5.50 9,6,1, 9.7.7, 9.8-2, 9,9-1, 9.9-3r 12AA, 14.2.,2 AIA DOCUMENT A203 0 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRt1CTIr,)N + THIRTEENTH EDITION . AUGUST 1976 .� AIA4 • Q 1976 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D,C, 20006 A20q-1976 3 Payment, Failure of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.5.2, 9.6.1.3, 9.74 9.9,2, 14 SUBCONTRACTORS . . . . . , . . , , , . . , . , . , , . .S Payment, Final . . . . . . .1 . . . . . . . . . .2.2.120 2-26, 9.94 13.3.1 Subcontractors, definition of ` . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . 1 . , , , ,8.1 Payments, Progress . . . . . . . . . , 7.80 7.9.3, 9.5.50 9.8-20 9.9.3, 12.1A Subcontractors, Work by 4 111,2,4, 2,2.4, 3.14 4.3.2 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Subcontractual Relations . . . . . , , , . , , . 1 . . , , , , . . . . . . . . . . . .S3 Payments to Subcontractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.5.21 9.5.30 9.5.4t Submittals - . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .1 .30 4.100 4.12, 5,2.1, 5,2,3, 9.2, 9.6.1.3, 11'3.3t 14.2.1 " ` 9`3,1` 9.8.1 , 9.9.2, 9.9,3 Payments Withheld . .9,6 Subrogation, Waiver of . .11.3.E Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond . . 7.5 Substantial Completion . . . . . .2.2.160 8.1.1, 8.1 .3, 8 L2, 9.8013.2.2 Permits, Fees and Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.3, 4,7, 4.13 Substantial Completion, Definition of . , , . , , , ♦ . \ ♦ , ♦ I I I ♦ , .8.1.3 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Substitution of Subcontractors . . . , . . . . , . . , . , . . . , . .5,2.3, 5.2A Product Data, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .4.12-2 Substitution of the Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , . , , , , , , . .2.2.19 Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and . . .2,2.14, 4.2.1t 4.12 Substitutions of Materials . .4.5, 12.1.4 Progress and Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.2-3, 7.9.3. 8.2 Sub-subcontractors, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . , 05.1.2 Progress Payments . . . . . . . . . . .7.8, 7.9.3, 9.5.5r 9.8-2r 9.9.3, 12.1 .4 Subsurface Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2.1 Progress Schedule . . . . .- ' - . . . , . . . . ' ' . ' . . ' . . .,.,-,.,. . . .4.10 Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7.2 + Project, Definition of . . 1.1.4 Supervision and Construction Procedures .1..2-4, 2.2.4, 4.30 4.40 10 Project Representative . . 2-2.17 Superintendent, Contractor's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.9, 10-2-6 Property Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11,3 Surety, Consent of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . %9.2, 9.9.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY , , , , . 0 , , , , . , , ,ZO Surveys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.2, 4-18.3 - ` - Regulations and Laws . .1.3, 2.1 .1, 4.60 4.7, 4-13r 7.1r 10.2-20 14 Taxes ." Rejection of Work . . 2.2.13, 4.5.10 13.2 Termination by the Contractor . .14al Releases of Waivers and Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.9.2, 9.9.4 Termination by the Owner . . . . . . , . - . . . . .1402 Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 .2.20 4.5, 4.12-5, 9.4-2, 9.6.1 , 9.9-1 Termination of the Architect . . . . . , . . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,2-2.19 Representatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.1, 2.2.2, 2-2.170 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT 0 b . . . , ; , . . . . . . . . . . .14 2.2.18, 3.1, 4.1 , 4.90 5.10 9.3.3 Tests , ,2-2-130 4.3.3, 7.7, 9.4.2_ Responsibility for Those Performing the Work - - . . .2-2.4, 4.3.2, Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , , . . . . . , - . . . . . . .8 6.1.31 6.20 9-8.1 Time, Definition of . , . I . , . I I I . . . . . , , . . . . . . . . . . .8,1 Relo0nage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93.1, 9.5.2. 9.8.2, 9.9.21 9.9.3 Time, Delays and Extensions of . . . . . . .8.3, 12.1, 12.3, 13.2.7 Review of Contract Documents Time Limits, Specific ' ' . .2,2.8, 2-2-12, 3.2,1, 3.4, by the Contractor . . . .1 .2.2, 4,20 4.7.3 4.10, 5.30 6.2.2, 7.9.2, 8.21 8.3.2, 8.3.3, 9-20 9-3.10 Reviews of Contractor's Submittals by 9.4.10 9.5.10 9.7t 11 .1Ar 11 -3.10 11-3.8, 11.3.9, Owner and Architect . . . . . 2-2.14, 4.10, 4.12, 5.2.1, 5.2.30 9.2 12.2, 12.3, 13.2.20 13.2.5, 13.2.70 14-1, 14.21 Rights and Remedies . . . . . . 1 .1 .2, 2.2.12, 2.2.130 3.30 3A0 5.3, 6.10 Title to Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93,2, 9-3-3 6.3, 7.6, 7.9, 8.3-1, 9.6-1, 9.7r 10.3, 12.1 .20 12.2, 13.2.21 14 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Royalties and Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.17 Uncovering of work . . . . . , . . .13.1 Safety of Persons and Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114,2 Unforseen Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.3, 12.2 ' Safety Precautions and Programs . . , . . . + + . . 2.2Ao 10.1 Unit Prices . . . . . . . . : . . . . : . . : : : . . : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,..., . + 12.1 ,3, 12.1.5 Samples, Definition of , ,4.123 Use of Documents . ,1.1.1t 1.3, 3.2.51 5.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and . . 2.2.14, 4.2, 4.12 Use of Site . . . . 4.13, 6.2.1 Samples at the Site, Documents and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.11 Values, Schedule of . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , , , , , . . . _ .9.2 Schedule of Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor . , , .7,6.20 8.3.20 9,9.5, 11 .3-6 Schedule, Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.10 Waiver of Claims by the Owner . . . . . .7:6.2=9.9.4.11 '3.6011.4.1 Separate Contracts and Contractors , , ,4.14.2, 6, 11.3A, 13.1 .2 Waiver of Liens 119.92 Shop Drawings, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4,12.1 warranty and Warranties . . . . 2.2,160 4Z, 9.3.30 9.8.1, 9.9.40 13.2-2 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples . , . 2.2.144 4.2, 4A2 Weather Delays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 00 . . . . . . . . . . . , .8.3.1 Site, Use of . - - - _ . . - - . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4.13, 6.2.1 work, Definition of . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . . . Site Visits, Architect's - - . . 2.2.3, 2.2.Sr 2.2.6, 2.2.17t Work by Owner or by Separate Contractors 6 7.7.1, 7.7.40 9.4.2, 9.6.1, 9.9.1 Written Consent . , . , .2.2-18, 4.14-2, 7.2, 7-6.2, 9.8.1 t 9.9.3, 9.9.4 Site Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.16t 7.7, 9.8.10 9.9.1 Written Interpretations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.1.1, 1.2.4, 2,2.8, 12-3,2 Special Inspection and Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2.13, 7.7 written Notice . . , . .2.2.8, 2.2.12, 3.4, 4-2, 4.7,3, 4.7.4, 4.9, 4.12.6, Specifications . . . . . . . . .1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 .1.1, 1.2.4, 1.3 4.12.7, 47, 5.2.1, 7Jr 7.4, 7.7, 7-9.2, 8-1 .2, 8.3.2, 8.3.31 Statutes of Limitations . . . . . . ' . ' . , . 7.9.2, 13.2.2, 13.2.7 9.4.1, 9.6.1, 9-7r 9,9-11 9-9.5, 10.2.6, 11.1.4, 11,31, 11,3.4, Stopping the Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3, 9-7.1 , 10.3, 14.1 11 .3.5, 11 .3.7t 11 .3.8, 12-2r 12.3, 13.2.2, 13.2-50 14 Stored Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-1 , 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 11.3.1, 13,2.5 Written Orders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.30 4-9r 12.1.4, 12A.1, 13.1 1 ANA DOCUMENT A207 • GFNERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 4 A201-1978 AIAO • p 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK "ENU£, M.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2QW6 i GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 1 1.2.2 By executing the Contract, the Contractor represents that he has visited the site, familiarized himself with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS local conditions under which the 'Work is to be per- formed, and correlated his observations with the require- ments of the Contract Documents, 1,1,1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include The Contract Documents consist of the Owner-Contrac- all items necessary for the proper execution and comple- for Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General, tion of the Work. The Contract Documents are comple- Supplementary and other Conditions), the Drawings, the memory, and what is required by any one shall be as Specifications, and all Addenda issued prior to and all binding as if required by all_ Work not covered in the Con- Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A tract Documents will not be required unless it is consistent Modification is (1 ) a written amendment to the Contract therewith and is reasonably inferable therefrom as being signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a written necessary to produce the intended results. Words and ab- interpretation issued by the Architect pursuant to Sub- breviations which have well-known technical or trade paragraph 2.2.8, or (4) a written order for a minor change meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accord- in the Work issued by the Architect pursuant to Paragraph ance with such recognized meanings. 12.4. The Contract Documents do not include Bidding Documents such as the Advertisement or Invitation to 1.264 The organization of the Specifications into divisions, Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, the Con- sections and articles, and the arrangement of Drawings tractor's Bid or portions of Addenda relating to any of shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work these, or any other documents, unless specifically enu- among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of merated in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. Fork to be ,performed by any trade. 1,1,2 THE CONTRACT 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE Of DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construc- 1,3.1 All Drawings, Specifications and copies thereof tion_ This Contract represents the entire and integrated furnished by the Architect are and shall remain his prop- agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all erty. They are to be used only with respect to this Project prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either and are not to be used on any other project. With the written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified exception of one contract set for each party to the Con- only by a Modification as defined in Subparagraph 1 .1 .1 . tract, such documents are to be returned or suitably The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create accounted for to the Architect on request at the comple- any contractual relationship of any kind between the Ar- tion of the Work. Submission or distribution to meet offi- chitect and the Contractor, but the Architect shall be cial regulatory requirements or for other purposes in entitled to performance of obligations intended for his connection with the Project is not to be construed as benefit, and to enforcement thereof. Nothing contained publication in derogation of the Architect's common law in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual copyright or other reserved rights, relationship between the Owner or the Architect and any ARTICLE ICLE 2 Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor. 1,13 THE WORK ARCHITECT The Work comprises the completed construction required 1 DEFINITION by the Contract Documents and includes all labor neces- sary to produce such construction, and all materials and 2.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in such practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing construction. architecture identified as such in the Owner-Contractor i 1 4 THE PROJECT Agreement, and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in The Project is the total construction of which the Work gender. The term Architect means the Architect or his performed under the Contract Documents may be the authorized representative. whole or a part, 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT 2.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 2.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed in not less Contract as hereinafter described. than triplicate by the Owner and Contractor. If either the Owner or the Contractor or both do not sign the Condi- 2.2.2 The Architect will be the Owrner's representative tions of the Contract, Drawings, Specifications, or any of during construction and until final payment is due. The the other Contract Documents, the Architect shall iden- Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The tify such Documents. Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be forwarded MA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION + AUGUST 1W6 AIAA • T 1%76 + THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.w., WASHINGTON, D,C. 2OW6 A24M-1}7( S through the Architect. The Architect will have authority show partiality to either, and will not be liable for the to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided result of any interpretation or decision rendered in good '. in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified faith in such capacity, by written instrument in accordance with Subparagraph 2.2.18. 2.2.11 The Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the intent of 2.2.3 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appro- the Contract Documents_ priate to the stage of construction to familiarize himself 2.2.12 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question generally with the progress and quality of the Work and between the Contractor and the Owner referred to the to determine in genera: if the Work is proceeding in ac- Architect, except those relating to artistic effect as pro- cordance with the Contract Documents. However, the vided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 and except those which have Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or con- been waived by the making or acceptance of final pay- tinuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quan- meat as provided in Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall City of the Work_ On the basis of his on-site observations be subject to arbitration upon the written demand of Bi- as an architect, he will keep the Owner informed of the ther party. However, no demand for arbitration of any such progress of the Work, and will endeavor to guard the claim, dispute or other matter may be made until the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the earlier of (1 ) the date on which the Architect has rendered Contractor. a written decision, or (2) the tenth day after the parties 2.2.4 The Architect will not be responsible for and will have presented their evidence to the Architect or have jx not have control or charge of construction means, meth- been given a reasonable opportunity to do so, if the ods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for safety Architect has not rendered his written decision by that precautions and programs in connection with the Work, date. When such a written decision of the Architect states and he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure (1 ) that the decision is final but subject to appeal, and to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract (2) that any demand for arbitration of a claim, dispute or Documents. The Architect will not be responsible for or other matter covered by such decision must be made have control or charge over the acts or omissions of the within thirty days after the date on which the party mak- Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their agents or em- ing the demand receives the written decision, failure to ployees, or any other persons performing any of the demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will re- Work. sult in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding 2.2.5 The Architect Shall at all times have access to the upon the Owner and the Contractor, If the Architectrenders a decision after arbitration proceedings have beer) - Work wherever it is in preparation and progress. The initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but Contractor shall provide facilities for such access so the ,,,will not supersede any arbitration proceedings unless the Architect may perform his functions under the Contract decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. Documents. 2.2.13 The Architect will have authority to reject Work 2.2.6 Based on the Architect's observations and an evalu- which does not conform to the Contract Documents. ation of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Whenever, in his opinion, he considers it necessary or Architect will determine the amounts owing to the Con- advisable for the implementation of the intent of the tractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such Contract Documents, he will have authority to require amounts, as provided in Paragraph 9.4_ special inspection or testing of the Work in accordance ' 2.2.7 The Architect will be the interpreter of the require- with Subparagraph 7.7.2 whether or not such Work be means of the Contract Documents and the judge of the then fabricated, installed or completed_ However, neither performance thereunder by both the Owner and Con- the Architect's authority to act under this Subparagraph tractor. 2.2.13, nor any decision made by him in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority, shall give 2.2.8 The Architect will render interpretations necessary rise to any duty or responsibility of the Architect to the for the proper execution or progress of the Work, with Contractor, any Subcontractor, any of their agents or reasonable promptness and in accordance with any time employees, or any other person performing any of the limit agreed upon. Either party to the Contract may make Work_ written request to the Architect for such interpretations. t 2.2.14 The Architect will review and approve or take 2.2.9 Claims, disputes and other matters in question be- other appropriate action upon Contractor's submittals tween the Contractor and the Owner relating to the exe- such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but cution or progress of the Work or the 'interpretation of the only for conformance with the design concept of the Contract Documents shall be referred 'initially to the Work and with the information given in the Contract Architect for decision which he will render in writing Documents. Such action shall be taken with reasonable within a reasonable time. promptness so as to cause no delay. The Architect's ap- 2.2.71] All interpretations and decisions of the Architect ap- proval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably in- ferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writ- 2.2.15 The Architect will prepare Change Orders in ac- ing or in the form of drawings. in his capacity as inter- cordance with Article 12, and will have authority to order l preter and judge, he will endeavor to secure faithful per- minor changes in the Work as provided in Subparagraph formance by both the Owner and the Contractor, will not 12.4.1 . ' A2t77-7976 AI^ DOCUMENT A211 * GENERAL CONDITIONS of THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * THIRTEENTH EDITION e AUGUST 1476 1 1976 * THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW TORK AVENUE, N.w., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2OW6 2.2.16 The Architect will conduct inspections to deter- 3.2.S Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- mine the dates of Substantial Completion and final com- ments, the Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, - pletion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the all copies of Drawings and Specifications reasonably nec Owner's review written warranties and related documents essary for the execution of the Work, tti 4 , required by the Contract and assembled by the Contrac- tor, and will issue a fins! Certificate for Payment upon Contractor through the Architect. compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 9.9. 2.2.17 if the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect 3.2.7 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and will provide one or more Project Representatives to responsibilities of the Owner enumerated herein and assist the Architect in carrying out his responsibilities at especially those in respect to Work by Owner or by the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of Separate Contractors, Payments and Completion, and In- authority of any such Project representative shall be as surance in Articles 6, 9 and 77 respectively, set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract 3.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK Documents. 3.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective Work as 2.2.18 The duties, responsibilities and limitations of au- required by Paragraph 13.2 or persistently fails to carry thority of the Architect as the Owner's representative dur- out the Work in accordance with the Contract Docu- ing construction as set forth in the Contract Documents ments, the Owner, by a written order signed personally will not be modified or extended without written con- or by an agent specifically so empowered by the Owner sent of the Owner, the Contractor and the Architect. in writing, may order the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has 2.2.19 In case of the termination of the employment of been eliminated ; however, this right of the Owner to ., the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objec- of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the tion whose status under the Contract Documents shall be Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the that of the former architect. Any dispute in connection extent required by Subparagraph 6.7.3_ _ with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 3 4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK ARTICLE 3 3.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents OWNER and fails within seven days after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction 3.1 DEFINITION of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, after seven days following receipt by the 3.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such Contractor of an additional written notice and without in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred to prejudice to any other remedy he may have, make good throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change ber and masculine in gender. The term Owner means the Order shall be issued deducting from the payments then Owner or his authorized representative, or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting 3,2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED such deficiencies, including compensation for the Archi- OF THE OWNER tect's additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and the 3.2.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, amount charged to the Contractor are both subject to the at the time of execution of the Owner-Contractor Agree- prior approval of the Architect. If the payments then or ment, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to Cover he has made financial arrangements to fulfill his obliga- such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to tions under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evi- the Owner. dence is furnished, the Contractor is not required to execute the Owner-Contractor Agreement or to com- ARTICLE 4 mence the Work_ 3.2.2 The Owner shall furnish all surveys describing the CONTRACTOR physical characteristics, legal Limitations and utility Ioca- 4.1 DEFINITION Lions for the site of the Project, and a legal description of 4,1.7 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as the site. such in the Owner-Contractor Agreement and is referred 3.2.3 Except as provided in Subparagraph 4.7.1 , the to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, ease- number and masculine in gender. The term Contractor ments, assessments and charges required for the construc- means the Contractor or his authorized representative. tion, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for per- 4.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS manent changes in existing Facilities. 4.2.1 The Contractor shall carefully study and compare 3.2.4 information or services under the Owner's control the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable prompt- Architect any error, inconsistency or omission he may dis- ness to avoid delay in the orderly ,progress of the Work. cover. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIAO + @ 1976 + THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.w., WASH#NGTON, A.C. 20006 A201-1976 7 the Architect for any damage resulting from any such fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Docu- execution and completion of the Work which are custom. ments. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the arily secured after execution of the Contract and which Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where are legally required at the time the bids are received, required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or 4.72 The Contractor shall give all notices and dimply Samples for such portion of the Work. with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful or- 43 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ders of any public authority bearing on the performance 4.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, of the Work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely re- 4.7.3 It is not the responsibility of the Contractor to sponsible for all construction means, methods, tech- make certain that the Contract Documents are in accord- niques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating ance with applicable laws, statutes, building codes and all portions of the Work under the Contract. regulations. if the Contractor observes that any of the 4.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner Contract Documents are at variance therewith in any re- for the acts and omissions of his employees, Subcontrac- spect, he shall promptly notify the Architect in writing, tors and their agents and employees, and other persons and any necessary changes shall be accomplished by ap- performing any of the Work under a contract with the propriate Modification. ' Contractor. 4,7,4 if the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to 4.3.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved from his obii- be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regula- gations to perform the Work in accordance with the tions, and without such notice to the Architect, he shall Contract Documents either by the activities or duties of assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs the Architect in his administration of the Contract, or by attributable thereto, inspections, tests or approvals required or performed un- 448 ALLOWANCES der Paragraph 7.7 by persons other than the Contractor. 4,8A The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum 4.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items 4.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such ments, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, amounts and by such persons as the Owner may direct, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and but the Contractor will not be required to employ persons machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other against whom he makes a reasonable objection. facilities and services necessary for the proper execution 4,8 2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-- and completion of the Work, whether temporary or per- ments : manent and whether or not- incorporated or to be incor- .1 these allowances shall cover the cost to the Con- porated in the Work. tractor, less any applicable trade discount, of the 4.4.2 The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict dis- materials and equipment required by the allowance cipline and good order among his employees and shall not delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; employ on the Work any unfit person or anyone not .2 the Contractor's costs for unloading and handling skilled in the task assigned to him, on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, prof- it and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the Contract Sum and ' 4.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and the not in the allowance; Architect that all materials and equipment furnished .3 whenever the cost is more than or less than the under this Contract will be new unless otherwise speci- allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted ac- fied, and that all Work will be of good quality, free from cordingly by Change Order, the amount of which faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract will recognize changes, if any, in handling costs on Documents. All Work not conforming to these require- the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit ments, including substitutions not properly approved and and other expenses. authorized, may be considered defective- If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evi- dence as to the kind and quality of materials and equip- 4.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superin- ment. This warranty is not limited by the provisions of tendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attend- Paragraph 13.2. ance at the Project site during the progress of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor and all 4.6 TAXES communications given to the superintendent shall be as 4.6.1 The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use binding as if given to the Contractor. Important commu- and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof nications shall be confirmed in writing- Other communi- provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted at cations shall be so confirmed on written request in each the time bids are received, whether or not yet effective. case. 4,7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES 4,10 PROGRESS SCHEDULE 4.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 4,10.1 The Contractor, immediately after being awarded ' ments, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the build- the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner's ing permit and for all other permits and governmental and Architect's information an estimated , progress sched- AJA DOCUMENT A2W 0 GENERAL CONDITIONS Or THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 8 A201-1976 AIM • (V 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 2WO6 i ule for the Work. The progress schedule shall be related portions of the Work shall be in accordance with ap- to the entire Project to the extent required by the Con- proved submittals. tract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and 4.13 USE OF SITE practicable execution of the Work. 4.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site r 4.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the 4,11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encum- Owner one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, ber the site with any materials or equipment. Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in 4,14 CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WORK order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved Shop Drawings, 4,14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, Product Data and Samples. These shall be available to fitting or patching that may be required to complete the the Architect and shall be delivered to him for the Owner Work or to make its several parts fit together properly. upon completion of the Work. 4.14.2 The Contractor shalt not damage or endanger any 4,12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES portion of the Work or the work of the Owner or any 4.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules separate Contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise and other data specially prepared for the Work by the altering any work, or by excavation. The Contractor shall Contractor or any Subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier not cut or otherwise alter the work of the Owner or any ' or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. separate Contractor except with the written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor. The Contractor 4.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or any performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and separate contractor his consent to cutting or otherwise ' other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate altering the Work. a material, product or system for some portion of the Work. 4.15 CLEANING UP 4,15.1 The Contractor at all times shall keep the premises - 4,12.3 Samples are physical examples which illustrate free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish materials, equipment or workmanship and establish caused by his operations. At the completion of the Work standards by which the Work will be judged, he shall remove all his waste materials and rubbish from 4.12.4 The Contractor shall review, approve and submit, and about the Project as well as all his tools, construc- with reasonable promptness and in Such sequence as to tion equipment, machinery and surplus materials_ cause no delay in the Work or in the work of the Owner 4.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up at the compie- or any separate contractor, all Shop Drawings, Product tion of the Work, the Owner may do so as provided in Data and Samples required by the Contract Documents. Paragraph 3.4 and the cost thereof shall be charged to the 4.12.5 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Contractor_ Product Data and Samples, the Contractor represents that 4,16 COMMUNICATIONS he has determined and verified all materials, field meas- 4.16.1 The Contractor shall forward all communications urements, and field construction criteria related thereto, to the Owner through the Architect. or will do so, and that he has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with 4.17 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Docu- 4.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license ments. fees_ He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement 4.12.6 The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsi- of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless bility for any deviation from the requirements of the from loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, Drawings, Product Data or Samples under Subparagraph process or the product of a particular manufacturer or 2.2.14 unless the Contractor has specifically informed the manufacturers is specified, but if the Contractor has rea- Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of sub- son to believe that the design, process or product speci- mission and the Architect has given written approval to fied is an infringement of a patent, he shall be responsible the specific deviation, The Contractor shall not be relieved for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to from responsibility for errors or omissions in the Shop the Architect. Drawings, Product Data or Samples by the Architect's 4.18 INDEMNIFICATION approval thereof. 4,18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Con- 4.12.7 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in tractor shaii indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data the Architect and their agents and employees from and or Samples, to revisions other than those requested by against ail claims, damages, losses and expenses, including , the Architect on previous submittals. but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or result- ing from the performance of the Work, provided that 4,12.8 No portion of the Work requiring submission of a any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1 ) is attributable Shop Drawing, Product Data or Sample shall be com- to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury menced until the submittal has been approved by the to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Architect as provided in Subparagraph 2.2,14, All such Work itself) including the loss of use resulting therefrom, AIA DOCUMENT A291 + GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION a THIRTEENTH EDITION a AUGUST 1976 Al A' a !77 1976 + THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.w., WASHINGTON, D.0 20006 A2101-1976 9 1 1 and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act such proposed person or entity, 'failure of the Owner or or omission of the Contractor, an Subcontractor, anyone Architect to reply y y p y promptly shall constitute notice of no directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone reasonable objection. r , yv. for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of 5,2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any suds _ whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified ,proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or the hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to ne- Architect has made reasonable objection under the provi- gate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obli- sions of Subparagraph 5.2.1 , The Contractor shall not be gation of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to any required to contract with anyone to whom he has a rea- party or person described in this Paragraph 4.18. sonable objection, 4.18.2 In any and all claims against the Owner or the 5_2,3 if the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objec- Architect or any of their agents or employees by any tion to any such proposed person or entity, the Contrac- employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone for shall submit a substitute to whom the Owner or the ' directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone Architect has no reasonable objection, and the Contract for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemntf- Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cation obligation under this Paragraph 4.18 shall not be cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or Change Order shall be issued; however, no increase in type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or the Contract Sum shall be allowed for any such substitu- for the Contractor or any Subcontractor under workers' tion unless the Contractor has acted promptly and re- ' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or sponsively in submitting names as required by Subpara- other employee benefit acts, graph 5.2.1. 4,18.3 The obligations of the Contractor under this Para- 5.2.4 The Contractor shall make no substitution for any y graph 4.18 shall not extend to the liability of the Archi- Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the test, his agents or employees, arising out of (1 ) the prepa- Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such ration or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, substitution. surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or (2) S.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS - the giving of or the failure to give directions or instruc- u' tions by the Architect, his agents or employees provided 5.3.1 By an appropriate agreement, written where legally such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the required for validity, the Contractor shall require each injury or damage. Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be per- formed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Con-. ) tractor by the terms of the Contract Documents, and to as- sume toward the Contractor all the obligations and re- sponsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, 517 DEFINITION assumes toward the Owner and the Architect. Said agree- 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a di- ment shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner rect contract with the Contractor to perform any of the and the Architect under the Contract Documents with re- Work at the site. The term Subcontractor is referred to spect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in num- so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such ber and masculine in gender and means a Subcontractor rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifi- or his authorized representative. The term Subcontractor tally provided otherwise in the Contractor-Subcontractor does not include any separate contractor or his subcon- agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress tractors, against the Contractor that the Contractor, by these Docu- 5.1,2 A Sub-subcontractor is a Berson or entity who has a ments, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the d Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor per- similar agreements with his Sub-subcontractors, The Con- form any of the Work at the site. The term Sub-subcon- tractor shall make available to each proposed Subcon- tractor is referred to throughout the Contract Documents tractor, prior to the execution of the Subcontract, copies as if singular in number and masculine in gender and of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor ' means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representa- will be bound by this Paragraph 5.3, and identify to the tine thereof. Subcontractor any terms and conditions of the proposed 502 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER Subcontract which may be at variance with the Contract CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK Documents. Each Subcontractor shall similarly make cop- , 5,2,1 Unless otherwise required by the Contract Docu- ies of such Documents available to his Sub-subcontractors- ments or the Bidding Documents, the Contractor, as soon ARTiICLE 6 as pract;cable after the award of the Contract, shall fur- nish to the Owner and the Architect in writing the names WORK BY OWNER OR BY of the persons or entities (including those who are to fur- SEPARATE CONTRACTORS nish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each of the principal portions of the Work. 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect, 6.1,1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re- after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any laced to the Project with his own forces, and to award AIA DDCUIMENT AMI a GENERAL CONDITIONS OF 7HE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THIRTEENTH EDITION 0 AUGUST IM 10 A201-1975 AIAM 40 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1733 NEW YORK AVENUE, N,W., WASHINGTON, D.C. .. . . aim.. ... . - ... .. '... _..�.. :. . I separate contracts in connection with other portions of and charge the cost thereof to the contractors responsible the Project or other work on the site under these or similar therefor as the Architect shall determine to be just. ' Conditions of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such :,.;. ARTICLE a action by the Owner, he shall make such claim as pro- vided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS portions of the Project or other work on the site, the term 7*1 GOVERNING LAW Contractor in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner- 7-1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the Contractor Agreement, place where the Project is located. 6.1.3 The Owner will provide for the coordination of the 7.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS work of his own forces and of each separate contractor 7.2,1 The Owner and the Contractor each binds himself, with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate his partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives therewith as provided in Paragraph 6.2. to the other party hereto and to the partners, successors, 6,2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY assigns and legal representatives of such other party in re- spect to all covenants, agreements and obligations con- 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate tained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction Contract shall assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole and storage of their materials and equipment and the without the written consent of the other, nor shall the execution of their work, and shall connect and coordinate Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to ' his Work with theirs as required by the Contract Docu- him hereunder, without the previous written consent of ments. the Owner. 6.2.2 If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for 7.3 WRITTEN NOTICE - proper execution or results upon the work of the Owner 7,3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly or any separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to served if delivered in person to the individual or member proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the Archi- of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for tect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such other „whom it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by regis- work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution tered or certified mail to the last business address known and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall to him who ,gives the notice. constitute an acceptance of the Owner's or separate con- tractors' work as fit and proper to receive his Work, ex- 7.4 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES cept as to defects which may subsequently become appar- 7,4.1 Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or rent in such work by others. damage to person or property because of any act or omis- 6.2.3 Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work sion of the other party or of any of his employees, agents , shall be borne by the party responsible therefor. or others for whose acts he is legally liable, claim shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable 6.2.4 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to time after the first observance of such injury or damage. the work or property of the Owner, or to other work on 7,5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND the site, the Contractor shall promptly remedy such dam- MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND age as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. 7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Con- 6.2.5 Should the Contractor wrongfully cause damage to tractor to furnish bonds covering the faithful performance the work or property of any separate contractor, the Con- of the Contract and the payment of all obligations arising tractor shall upon due notice promptly attempt to settle thereunder if and as required in the Bidding Documents with such other contractor by agreement, or otherwise to or in the Contract Documents. resolve the dispute. If such separate contractor sues or initiates an arbitration proceeding against the Owner on 7.6 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES account of any damage alleged to have been caused by 7.6.1 The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract the Contractor, the Owner shall notify the Contractor Documents and the . rights and remedies available there- who shall defend such proceedings at the Owner's ex- under shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any pense, and if any judgment or award against the Owner duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise im- arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and posed or available by law, shall reimburse the Owner for all attorneys' fees and court or arbitration costs which the Owner has incurred. 7.6,2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect , 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any 6.3.1 If a dispute arises between the Contractor and sepa- such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or rate contractors as to their responsibility for cleaning up acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be: as required by Paragraph 4A5, the Owner may clean up specifically agreed in writing. AIA 00CUMENT A201 * GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * THIRTEENTH WiTtON * AUGUST 1976 AIAe * rD 1476 • THE. AMERICAN INSTITUTE Or ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1476 77 , ' 7.7 TESTS required if complete relief is to be accorded in the arbi- 7,7.1 if the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, tration. No person other than the Owner or Contractor regulations or orders of any public authority having juris- shall be included as an original third party or additional diction require any portion of the Work to be inspected, third party to an arbitration whose interest or response- tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Architect bility is insubstantial. Any consent to arbitration involving , timely notice of its readiness so the Architect may observe an additional person or persons shall not constitute con- such inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor shall sent to arbitration of any dispute not described therein or bear all costs of such inspections, tests or approvals con- with any person not named or described therein. The ducted by public authorities_ Unless otherwise provided, foregoing agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement the Owner Shall bear all costs of other inspections, tests to arbitrate with an additional person or persons duly or approvals. consented to by the parties to the Owner-Contractor Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under the 7.7.2 If the Architect determines that any Work requires prevailing arbitration law. The award rendered by the special inspection, testing, or approval which Subpara- arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered ' graph 7.7.1 does not include, he will, upon written au- upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court thorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to having jurisdiction thereof_ order such special inspection, testing or approval, and the Contractor shall give notice as provided in Subparagraph 7.9,2 Notice of the demand for arbitration shall be filed 7.7.1 . If such special inspection or testing reveals a failure in writing with the other party to the Owner-Contractor of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Con- Agreement and with the American Arbitration Associa- tract Documents, the Contractor shall bear all costs there- lion, and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. The of, including compensation for the Architect's additional � demand for arbitration shall be made within the time services made necessary by such failure; otherwise the limits specified in Subparagraph 2.2.12 where applicable, " y Owner shall bear such costs, and an appropriate Change and in all other cases within a reasonable time after the Order shall be issued. claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall it be made after the date when institu- 7.7.3 Required certificates of inspection, testing or ap- Lion of legal or equitable proceedings based on such - proval shall be secured by the Contractor and promptly claim, dispute or other matter in question would be delivered by him to the Architect. barred by the applicable statute of limitations. 7.7.4 1f the Architect is to observe the inspections, tests 7.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Contractor or approvals required by the Contract Documents, he will shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during - ) do so promptly and, where practicable, at the source of any arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall con- supply_ tinue to make payments to the Contractor in accordance 7.8 INTEREST with the Contract Documents, 7.8.1 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract ARTICLE 8 Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing Or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing at $,1 DEFINITIONS TIME the place of the Project. 749 ARBITRATION 8,1,1 Unless otherwise provided, the Contract Time is the period of time allotted in the Contract Documents for 7,9A All claims, disputes and other matters in question Substantial Completion of the Work as defined in Sub- between the {Contractor and the Owner arising out of, or paragraph 8.13, including authorized adjustments thereto. relating to, the Contract Documents or the breach there- of, except as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.11 with re- 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date spect to the Architect's decisions on matters relating to established in a notice to proceed. if there is no notice to artistic effect, and except for claims which have been proceed, it shall be the date of the Owner-Contractor waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as Agreement or such other date as may be established provided by Subparagraphs 9.9.4 and 9.9.5, shall be de- therein. cided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction 8,1.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration designated portion thereof is the Date certified by the Association then obtaining unless the parties mutually Architect when construction is sufficiently complete, in agree otherwise. No arbitration arising out of or relating accordance with the Contract Documents, so the Owner ' to the Contract Documents shall include, by Architconsoect, hisla� can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion lion, joinder or in any other manner, the Aonsent his thereof for the use for which it is intended. employees or consultants except by written consent con- taining a specific reference to the Owner-Contractor 8.1 .4 The term day as used in the Contract Documents Agreement and signed by the Architect, the Owner, the shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically Contractor and any other person sought to be joined. No designated. arbitration shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, the 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Contractor and any other persons substantially involved 8.2.1 All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are f in a common question of fact or law, whose presence is of the essence of the Contract. 12 A207+197a61 AIA DOCUMENT A2it11 + GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION . THIRTEENTH EDITION + AUGUST IW6 ' OD 1975 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YCRK AVENUE. N.W., wASHINGTON, O.C. 2OW6 - f 8.2.2 The Contractor shall begin the Work on the date of by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to pay- commencement as defined in Subparagraph 8.1 ,2. He ment as the Owner or the Architect may require, and re- shall carry the Work forward expeditiously with adequate fleeting retainage, if any, as provided elsewhere in the forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within Contract Documents. the Contract Time. 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- 8,3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME ments, payments will be made on account of materials or S.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the prog- equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered ress of the Work by any act or neglect of the Owner or and suitably stored at the site and, if approved in ad- the Architect, or by any employee of either, or by any vance by the Owner, payments may similarly be made separate contractor employed by the Owner, or by for materials or equipment suitably stored at some other changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, location agreed upon in writing. Payments for materials unusual delay in transportation, adverse weather condi- or equipment stored on or off the site shall be con- tions not reasonably anticipatable, unavoidable casualties, ditioned upon submission by the Contractor of bills of or any causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by de- sale or such other procedures satisfactory to the Owner lay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration, or by to establish the Owner's title to such materials or equip- any other cause which the Architect determines may ment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest, including justify the delay, then the Contract Time shall be ex- applicable insurance and transportation to the site for tended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the those materials and equipment stored off the site. Architect may determine. 9,3,3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work, 8.3.2 Any claim for extension of time shalt be made in materials and equipment covered by an Application for writing to the Architect not more than twenty days after Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in the commencement of the delay; otherwise it shall be the construction or upon the receipt of ,payment by the waived. In the case of a continuing delay only one claim Contractor, whichever occurs first, free and clear of all is necessary. The Contractor shall provide an estimate of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances, herein- the probable effect of such delay on the progress of the after referred to in this Article 9 as "liens"; and that no Work. Work, materials or equipment covered by an Application 8.3.3 If no agreement is made stating the dates upon for Payment will have been acquired by the Contractor, which interpretations as provided in Subparagraph 2.2.8 furnishing by any other person performing Work at the site or .shall be furnished, then no claim for delay shall be al- furnishing materials and under w which a or the Project, sub- lowed on account of failure to furnish such interpreta- an to an agreement under which an interest r o rot r- Lions until fifteen days after written request is made for an encumbrance thereon t retained by the seller or other- them, and not then unless such claim is reasonable. wise imposed by the Contractor oe such other person. 8.3.4 This Paragraph 8.3 does not exclude the recovery 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT of damages for delay by either party under other provi- 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after the re- sions of the Contract Documents. ceipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with a , ARTICLE 9 copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor in PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION writing his reasons for withholding a Certificate as plro- 9.1 CONTRACT SUM vided in Subparagraph 9.6.1 . 9.1 .1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Owner-Contractor 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will con- Agreement and, including authorized adjustments thereto, stitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contrac- based on his observations at the site as provided in Sub- for for the performance of the Work under the Contract paragraph 2,2,3 and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point Documents. for that, to the best of his knowledge, information 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with 9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment, the Con- the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the tractor shall submit to the Architect a schedule of values Work Tor conformance with the Contract Documents allocated to the various portions of the Work, prepared in upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subse- such form and supported by such data to substantiate its quent tests required by or performed under the Contract accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, un- Documents, to minor deviations from the Contract Docu- less objected to by the Architect, shall be used only as a meats correctable prior to completion, and to any specific basis for the Contractor's Applications for Payment. qualifications stated in his Certificate) ; and that the Con- tractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified, 943 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT However, by issuing a Certificate for Payment, the Archi- 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date for each progress tect shall not thereby he deemed to represent that he has payment established in the Owner-Contractor Agreement, made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized check the quality or quantity of the Work or that he has Application for Payment, notarized if required, supported reviewed the construction means, methods, techniques, AIA DOCUMENT A201 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIAA • p 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N_w., WASHINGTON, me =w6 A2014976 13 „ sequences or procedures, or that he has made any exam- .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be com- ination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contrac- pleted for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, for has used the moneys previously paid on account of .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor, the Contract Sum. .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be com- 95 PROGRESS PAYMENTS pleted within the Contract Time, or 9.5.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Pa '7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accord- Y- ante with the Contract Documents. ment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents. 9.6.2 When the above grounds in Subparagraph 9.6.1 are removed, payment shall be made for amounts withheld 9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcon- because of them. tractor, upon receipt of payment from the {Owner, out of 9,7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's Work, the amount to which said Subcon- 9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for tractor is entitled, reflecting the percentage actually re- Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven tained, if any, from payments to the Contractor on ac- days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Pay- count of such Subcontractor's Work. The Contractor shall, ment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within by an appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, re- seven days after the date established in the Contract quire each Subcontractor to make payments to his Sub- Documents any amount certified by the Architect or subcontractors in similar manner, awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and 9.5.3 The Architect may, on request and at his discretion, the Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information owing has been received_ The Contract Sum shall be in- regarding the percentages of completion or the amounts creased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable applied for by the Contractor and the action taken there- costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, which shall be ef- on by the Architect on account of Work done by such fected by appropriate Change Order in accordance with Subcontractor- Paragraph 12-3. - 9.5.4 Neither the Owner nor the Architect shall have any 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION obligation to pay or to see- to the payment of any moneys 9.8.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or to any Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required a designated portion thereof which is acceptable to the by law. Owner, is substantially complete as defined in Subpara- graph 8.1 .3, the Contractor shall prepare for submission 9.5.5 No Certificate for a progress payment, nor any to the Architect a list of items to be completed or cor- progress payment, nor any partial or entire use or occu- rected, The failure to include any items on such list does panty of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Con- all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. tract Documents. When the Architect on the basis of an inspection deter- 9.6 PAYMENTS WITHHELD mines that the Work or designated portion thereof is sub- stantially complete, he will then prepare a Certificate of 9.6.1 The Architect may decline to certify payment and Substantial Completion which shall establish the Date of may withhold his Certificate in whole or in part, to the Substantial Completion, shalf state the responsibilities of extent necessary reasonably to protect the Owner, if in the Owner and the Contractor for security, maintenance, his opinion he is unable to make representations to the heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.2. If the Architect shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall com- is unable to make representations to the Owner as pro- plete the items listed therein. Warranties required by the vided in Subparagraph 9-4.2 and to certify payment in the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Sub- amount of the Application, he will notify the Contractor stantial Completion of the Work or designated portion as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1 , If the Contractor and thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of the Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and the for the amount for which he is able to make such rep- Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsi- resentations to the Owner. The Architect may also decline bihties assigned to them in such Certificate. to certify payment or, because of subsequently discov- ered evidence or subsequent observations, he may nullify 9.8.2 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or desig- the whole or any part of any Certificate for Payment nated portion thereof and upon application by the Con- previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in tractor and certification by the Architect, the fawner shall his opinion to protect the Owner from loss because of: make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, .-I defective work not remedied, for such Work or portion thereof, as provided in the Con- .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indi- tract Documents. cating probable filing of such claims, 9.9 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments prop- 9.9.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work Is erly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon re- equipment, ceipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will 74 A24i-7976 AIA DOCUMENT A701 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION . AUGUST 19M (9) 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.w., WASHINGTON, D,C. Zd106 _ promptly make such inspection and, when he finds the 9,9.S The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a { Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previ- Contract fully performed, he will promptly issue a final ously made in writing and identified by the Contractor - Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of his as unsettled at the time of the final Application for Pay- knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of ment. his observations and inspections, the Work has been com- ARTICLE 10 pleted in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY be due the Contractor, and noted in said final Certificate, 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS is due and payable, The Architect's final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that the 10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, conditions precedent to the Contractor's being entitled to maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and final payment as set forth in Subparagraph 9.9.2 have been programs in connection with the Work. fulfilled. 10,2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 9.9.2 Neither the final payment nor the remaining re- 10.2.1 The ,Contractor shall take all reasonable precau- tained percentage shall become due until the Contractor tions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable submits to the Architect (1 ) an affidavit that all payrolls, protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness .1 all employees on the Work and ail other persons connected with the Work for which the Owner or his who may be affected thereby; property might in any way be responsible, have been paid ,2 all the Work and all materials and equipment to or citherwise satisfied, (2) consent of surety, if any, to final be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or payment and (3), if required by the Owner, other data off the site, under the care, custody or control of establishing payment or satisfaction of all such obliga- the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or tions, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens aris- Sub-subcontractors; and ing out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form ,3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, in- as may be designated by the Owner. if any Subcontractor eluding trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, - refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the roadways, structures and utilities not designated for Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to removal, relocation or replacement in the course the Owner to indemnify him against any such lien. If of construction. any such lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are s made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all mon- 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give all notices and comply eys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the safety fees. of persons or property or their protection from damage, 9.9.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final injury or loss. completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as re- of the Contractor or by the issuance of Change Orders quired by existing conditions and progress of the Work, affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, in. the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and eluding posting danger signs and other warnings against certification by the Architect, and without terminating hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that owners and users of adjacent utilities. portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. if the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or cor- 10.2.4 When the use or storage of explosives or other rected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the Documents, and if bonds have been furnished as provided execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise the , in Paragraph 7.5. the written consent of the surety to the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work supervision of properly qualified personnel. fully completed and accepted shall be Submitted by the i0 2 3 The Contractor shall promptly remedy all damage Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such or loss (other than damage or loss insured under Para- payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms graph 11 .3) to any property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2 and conditions governing final payment, except that it and 10.2.1 .3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, shall not constitute a waiver of claims. any Subcontractor, any Sub-subcontractor, or anyone di- 9.9.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising one for whose acts any of them may be liable and for from : which the Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1 .2 .1 unsettled liens, and 10.2.13, except damage or loss attributable to the .2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substantial acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone Completion, directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by .3 failure of the Work to comply with the require- anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and ments of the Contract Documents, or not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contrac- .4 terms of any special warranties required by the tor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in Contract Documents, addition to his obligations under Paragraph 4.18. AIA DOCUMENT A291 • GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 AIAO . Q 1976 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARC141TECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N,W., WASHINGTON. D.C. 20006 A2014976 15 e MZ6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible mem- coverages afforded under the policies will not be can- ber of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the celled until at least thirty days' prior written notice has prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contrac- been given to the Owner, toes superintendent unless otherwise designated by the 11a, OWNERFS LIABILITY INSURANCE Contractor in writing to the Owner and the Architect, 1 11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing R2,7 The Contractor shall Writ load or permit any part and maintaining his own liability insurance and, at his of the Work to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as 10a EMERGENCiES will protect him against claims which may arise from 10.3.1 In any emergency affecting the safety of persons operations under the Contract. or property, the Contractor shall act, at his discretion, to 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Any additional 71.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall pur- compensation or extension of time claimed by the Con- chase and maintain property insurance upon the entire tractor on account of emergency work shall be deter- Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This ' mined as provided in Article 12 for Changes in the Work, insurance shall include the interests of the Owner, the ARTICLE 11 Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work and shall insure against the perils of fire and ex- tended coverage and shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of 1101 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief. If the Owner does not intend to purchase such insurance for 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such the full insurable value of the entire Work, he shall in- insurance as will protect him from claims set forth below form the Contractor in writing prior to commencement which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance operations under the Contract, whether such operations which will protect the interests of himself, his subcontrac- be by himself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone di- tors and the Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by ap- rectly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by any- propriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged - one for whose acts any of them may be liable: to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by failure of .1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, the Owner to purchase or maintain such insurance and to disability benefit and other similar employee bene- so notify the Contractor, then the Owner shall bear all fit acts; reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. If not cov-_ 1 .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc- ered under the all risk insurance or otherwise provided cupational sickness or disease, or death of his In the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall effect employees; and maintain similar property insurance on portions of ,3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick- the Work stored off the site or in transit when such por- tions of the Work are to be included in an Application ness or disease, or death of any person other than his employees; for Payment under Subparagraph 9.3.2. .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal in- 11.3.2 The Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler jury liability coverage which are sustained (1 ) by and machinery insurance as may be required by the Con- any person as a result of an offense directly or in- tract Documents or by law_ This insurance shall include directly related to the employment of such person the interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontrac- by the Contractor, or (2) by any other person; tors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work. .S claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, 11.3.3 Any loss insured under Subparagraph 11 .3.1 is to because of injury to or destruction of tangible be adjusted with the Owner and made payabie to the property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may and appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable 16 claims for damages because of bodily injury or mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11 .3.8. The Con- death of any person or property damage arising tractor shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any insurance moneys received by the Contractor, and by ap- motor vehicle. propriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall require each Subcontractor to make pay- 11.1-2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11 .1 .1 shall ments to his Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. be written for not less than any limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents, or required by law, which- 11.3.4 The Owner shall file a copy of all policies with the ever is greater. Contractor before an exposure to loss may occur. 11.1 .3 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11 .1 .1 11 .3.5 if the Contractor requests in writing that insurance shall include contractual liability insurance applicable to for risks other than those described in Subparagraphs the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 4.18. 11 .3.1 and 11 .3.2 or other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if pos- 11.1.4 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner sible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change the Work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that Order. AIA DOCUMENT ^"1 6 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION + AUGUST 1976 16 A20i-1976 AIAS 0 1976 • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, MS NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W„ WASHINCTON, D.C. 20006 11.3.6 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against ARTICLE 12 (1) each other and the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, agents and employees each of the other, and (2) the CHANGES IN THE WORK Architect and separate contractors, if any, and their sub- contractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, 12.1 CHANGE ORDERS for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent 12.1.1 A Change Order is a written order to the Contrac- covered by insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph for signed by the Owner and the Architect, issued after 11 .3 or any other property insurance applicable to the he foregoing waiver afforded the Architect, his agents execution of the Contract, authorizing a change €n the Work, except such rights they may have to the pro- Work or an adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Con- The such insurance held by the Owner as trustee. tract Time. The Contract Sum and the Contract Time may Th b and employees shall not extend to the liability imposed si e changed only by Change Order. A Change Order gned by the Contractor indicates his agreement there- appropriate, shall require of the Architect, separate con- by Subparagraph 4.1 The Owner the Contractor, as with, including the adjustment in the Contract Sum or tractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors by ap- the Contract Time_ propriate agreements, written where legally required for 12.1 .2 The Owner, without invalidating the Contract, may validity, similar waivers each in favor of all other parties order changes in the Work within the general scope of enumerated in this Subparagraph 11 .3.6. the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and the Contract Time being 11.3.7 If required in writing by any party in interest, the adjusted accordingly. All such changes in the Work shall Owner as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured be authorized by Change Order, and shall be performed loss, give bond for the proper performance of his duties, under the applicable conditions of the Contract Docu- He shall deposit in a separate account any money so re- ments. ceived, and he shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or in ac- 12.1,3 The cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a cordance with an award by arbitration in which case the change in the Work shall be determined in one or more procedure shall be as _provided in Paragraph 7.9. If after of the following ways. such loss no other special agreement is made, replace- .1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly ment of damaged work shall be covered by an appropri- itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating ate Change Order. data to permit evaluation; .2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or 11.3.$ The Owner as trustee shall have power to adjust subsequently agreed upon; and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the .3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon parties in interest shall object in writing within five days by the parties and a mutually. acceptable fixed or after the occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this percentage fee; or power, and if such objection be made, arbitrators shall be ,4 by the method provided in Subparagraph 12.1 .4. chosen as provided in Paragraph 7.9. The Owner as trustee , shall, in that case, make settlement with the insurers in 12.1.4 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses accordance with the directions of such arbitrators. If dis- 12.13.1, 12.1 .3.2 or 12.1 .3.3 is agreed upon, the Contrac- tribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is re- tor, provided he receives a written order signed by the quired, the arbitrators will direct such distribution. Owner, shall promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such Work shall then be determined by the 11.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a Architect on the basis of the reasonable expenditures and portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Com- savings of those performing the Work attributable to the pletion thereof, such occupancy or use shall not com- change, including, in the case of an increase in the Con- mence prior to a time mutually agreed to by the Owner tract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. and Contractor and to which the insurance company or In such case, and also under Clauses 12.1 .3.3 and 12.1.3.4 companies providing the property insurance have con- above, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such sented by endorsement to the policy or policies. This in- form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized account- surance shall not be cancelled or lapsed on account of ing together with appropriate supporting data for inclu- such partial occupancy or use. Consent of the Contractor sion in a Change Order. Unless otherwise provided In and of the insurance company or companies to such the Contract Documents, cost shall be limited to the foi- occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld, lowing : cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of delivery; cost of labor, including social security, old age 17.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE delivery.- unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits re- 11.4.1 The Owner, at his option, may purchase and main- quired by agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's tain such insurance as will insure him against loss of use compensation insurance; bond premiums; rental value of of his property due to fire or other hazards, however equipment and machinery; and the additional costs of caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the supervision and field office personnel directly attributable Contractor for loss of use of his .property, including con- to the change. Pending final determiriation of cast to the sequential losses due to fire or other hazards however Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Arche- caused, to the extent covered by insurance under this tect's Certificate for Payment. The amount of credit to be Paragraph 11.4. allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for any deletion AIA DOCUMENT A201 + GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THIRTEENTH EDITION + AUGUST 1976 AIAO + 4) 1976 + THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.w., WASHINGTON. D.C. 2rIt * A201-19996 17 or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract The Contractor shall carry out such written orders Sum will be the amount of the actual net cost as con- promptly. firmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits ARTICLE 18 covering related Work or substitutions are involved in any one change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK with respect to that change. 13,1 UNCOVERING OF WORK 12.1.5 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents 13.1A If any portion of the Work should be covered con- or subsequently agreed upon, and if the quantities orig- trary to the request of the Architect or to requirements ' inally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, Order that application of the agreed unit prices to the if in writing required quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial in- q g by the Architect, uncovered for t equity to the Owner or the Contractor, the applicable his observation and shall be replaced at the Contractor's unit prices shall be equitably adjusted, expense. 12.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS 13.1.2 If any other portion of the Work has been covered 12.2.1 Should concealed conditions encountered in the which the Architect has not specifically requested to ob- ' serve prior to being covered, the Architect may request performance of the Work below the surface of the ground to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Con- or should concealed or unknown conditions in an existing tractor. If such Work be found in accordance with the structure be at variance with the conditions indicated by Contract Documents, the cost of uncovering and replace- the Contract Documents, or should unknown physical '-meat shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to conditions below the surface of the ground or should the Owner. If such 'Work be found not in accordance with concealed or unknown conditions in an existing structure the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay such of an unusual nature, differing materially from those ordi- costs unless it be found that this condition was caused narily encountered and generally recognized as inherent by the Owner or a separate contractor as provided in in work of the character provided for in this Contract, be Article 6, in which event the Owner shall be responsible ! -- encountered, the Contract Sum shall be equitably ad- for the payment of such costs. justed by Change Order upon claim by either party made within twenty days after the first observance of the 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK conditions. 13.2.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct all Work j 12.3 CLAIMS FOR ADDMONAL COST rejected by the Architect as defective or as failing to con- form to the Contract Documents whether observed be- 12.31 If the Contractor wishes to make a claim for an fore or after Substantial Completion and whether or not increase in the Contract Sum, he shall give the Architect fabricated, installed or completed. The Contractor shall written notice thereof within twenty days after the occur. bear alf costs of correcting such rejected Work, including rence of the event giving rise to such claim. This notice compensation for the Architect's additional services made shall be given by the Contractor before proceeding to necessary thereby. execute the Work, except in an emergency endangering life or property in which case the Contractor shall pro- 13.2.2 If, within one year after the Date of Substantial ceed in accordance with Paragraph 10.3. No such claim Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or shall be valid unless so made. If the Owner and the Con- within one year after acceptance by the Owner of desig- tractor cannot agree on the amount of the adjustment in nated equipment or within such longer period of time as the Contract Sum, it shall be determined by the Architect, may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any appli- Any change in the Contract Sum resulting from such cable special warranty required by the Contract Docu- claim shall be authorized by Change Order. ments, any of the Work is found to be defective or not in 12.3.2 If the Contractor claims that additional cast is in- accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractorshall correct it promptly after receipt of a written notice volved because of, but not limited to, (1 ) any written from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously interpretation pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.8, (2) any given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condi- order by the Owner to stop the Work pursuant to Para- tion. This obligation shall survive termination of the graph 3.3 where the Contractor was not at fault, (3) any Contract. The Owner shall give such notice promptly written order for a minor change in the Work issued pur- after discovery of the condition. suant to Paragraph 12.4, or (4) failure of payment by the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 9.7, the Contractor shall 13.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site all por- make such claim as provided in Subparagraph 12.3.1 . tions of the Work which are defective or non-conforming 12A MRNOR CHANGES IN THE WORK and which have not been corrected under Subparagraphs 4.5.T , 13.2.1 and 13.2.2. unless removal is waived by the ' 12.4.1 The Architect will have authority to order minor Owner. changes in the Work not involving an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time and 13.2A If the Contractor fails to correct defective or non- not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Docu- conforming Work as provided in Subparagraphs 4.5.1, ments, Such changes shall be effected by written order, 13.2.1 and 13.2.2. the Owner may correct it in accordance and shalt be binding on the Owner and the Contractor. with Paragraph 3-4. AIA DOCUMENT A24T . GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRTEENTH EDITION • ,AUGUST 19'76 1B A201 -1476 AWE, . C, 1976 + THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.w., WASHINGTON, D.C. 300DG j 13,2.5 If the Contractor does not proceed with the cor- having jurisdiction, or as a result of an act of government, ' rection of such defective or non-conforming Work within such as a declaration of a national emergency making " a reasonable time fixed by written notice from the Archi- materials unavailable, through no act or fault of the tect, the Owner may remove it and may store the mate- Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employ- rims or equipment at the expense of the Contractor. if ees or any other persons performing any of the Work the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal under a contract with the Contractor, or if the Work and storage within ten days thereafter, the Owner may should be stopped for a period of thirty days by the upon ten additional days' written notice sell such Work Contractor because the Architect has not issued a Certifi- at auction or at private sale and shall account for the net Cate for Payment as provided in Paragraph 9.7 or because proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs that should the Owner has not made payment thereon as provided in have been borne by the Contractor, including compensa- Paragraph 9.7, then the Contractor may, upon seven addi- tion for the Architect's additional services made necessary tional days' written notice to the Owner and the Archi- thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover all costs tect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner which the Contractor should have borne, the difference payment for all Work executed and for any proven loss shall be charged to the Contractor and an appropriate sustained upon any materials, equipment, tools, construc- Change Order shall be issued. If the payments then or tion equipment and machinery, including reasonable thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover profit and damages. such amount, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner_ 14,2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER 13.2.6 The Contractor shall bear the cost of making good 14.2.1 If the Contractor is adjudged a bankrupt, or if he all work of the Owner or separate contractors destroyed makes a general assignment for the benefit of his credi- or damaged by such correction or removal. tors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of his in- 13.2.7 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13.2 shall be solvency, or if he persistently or repeatedly refuses or construed to establish a period of limitation with respect fails, except in cases for which extension of time is pro- to any other obligation which the Contractor might have vided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or - under the Contract Documents, including Paragraph 4.5 Proper materials, or if he fails to make prompt payment hereof. The establishment of the time period of one year to Subcontractors or for materials or labor, or persistently after the Date of Substantial Completion or such longer disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the of any public authority having jurisdiction, or otherwise terms of any warranty required by the Contract Docu- is guilty of a substantial violation of a provision of the ments relates only to the specific obligation of the Con- Contract Documents, then the Owner, upon certification tractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such the time within which his obligation to comply with the action, may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor after giving the Contractor and his surety, if any, seven to the time within which proceedings may be com- days' written notice, terminate the employment of the menced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect Contractor and take possession of the site and of all mate- to his obligations other than specifically to correct the rials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and , Work machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and may 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE OR NON-CONFORMING finish the Work by whatever method he may deem en- WORK expedient, In such case the Contractor shall not be en- titled to receive any further payment until the Work is 13.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept defective or non- finished. conforming Work, he may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case a Change Order 14.2,2 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds will be issued to reflect a reduction in the Contract Sum the costs of finishing the Work, including compensation where appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall for the Architect's additional services made necessary be effected whether or not final payment has been made, thereby, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If ARTICLE 14 such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT paid to the Contractor or to the Owner, as the case may 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR be, shall be certified by the Architect, upon application, in the manner provided In Paragraph 9.4, and this obliga- 14.1 .1 If the Work is stopped for a period of thirty days tion for payment shall survive the termination of the under an order of any court or other public authority Contract. AIA DOCUMENT A2111 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION THIRTEENTH EDITION • AUGUST 1976 lT AIAO V 1976 r THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.w., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201-1976 79 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1 AIA Document A2011SC Federal Supplementary Conditions of the Contract FQr Construction THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES; CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY 15 ENCOURAGED WITH RESPECT TO ITS COMPLETION OR MODIFICATION 1 1977 EDITION TABLE OF ARTICLES 15, MODIFICATIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS J .1 Modification of Paragraph 1 .2, Execution, Correlation and Intent ,2 Modification of Paragraph 4.8, Allowances .3 Modification of Paragraph 5.2, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work .4 Modification of Paragraph 7.5, Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond .5 Modification of Paragraph 10.1 , Safety Precautions and Programs .6 Modification of Paragraph 11 .1 , Contractor's Liability Insurance 16. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS .1 Substitution of Materials and Equipment .2 Federal inspection .3 Lands and Rights-of-Way .4 Equal Opportunity .5 Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities .6 Minimum Wages _7 Payrolls and Basic Records .8 Apprentices and Trainees _9 Compliance with Copeland Regulations .10 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act — Overtime Compensation and Safety Standards .11 Withholding of Funds .12 Subcontracts .13 Contract Termination — Debarment .14 Use and Occupancy of Project Prior to Acceptance by the Owner 17. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ' This document may be used for LI.S_ Department of Health, Education and Welfare Federally Assisted Construction Projects_ ' AM DOCUMENT A2011SC + FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THIRD EDITION AIAO AUGUST 1977 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.w„ WAstimcTON, D.c, 20006 A2011SC+1977 '� SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION ARTICLE 15 1SZ MODIFICATION OF PARAGRAPH 10.1, SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS MODIFICATIONS OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS Add the following Subparagraph 10.1.2: 15.1 MODIFICATION OF PARAGRAPH 1 .2. 10.1.2 Attention is invited to the -regulations issued EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to Section 107 of 15,1.1 Add the following, to Subparagraph 1.2,1 : the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C, 333) entitled "Safety and 'Health Regula- Such Documents shall be enumerated in the Owner- tions for Construction" (29 CFR Part 1926). The Con- Contractor Agreement, tractor shall be required to comply with those regula- tions to the extent that any resulting Contract involves 15.2 MODIFICATION OF PARAGRAPH 4.8. construction, ALLOWANCES 1,$-6 MODIFICATION OF ARTICLE 11, Substitute the following for Subparagraph 4.8.1 : INSURANCE 4.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Refer to Article 17 for the limits of and any modifica- Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. tions to the insurance requirements of this Article. Items covered by these allowances shall be supplied for such amounts as the Owner may direct and by ARTICLE 16 such persons as the Owner shall have determined by competitive bidding through public advertising. The ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS Contractor shall purchase the items covered by these _ allowances by the award of Subcontract to the lowest 16.1 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS AND responsive and responsible bidder. EQUIPMENT 15,3 MODIFICATION OF PARAGRAPH 5.2, 16.1.1 Whenever a material, article Or piece of equip- AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER ment is identified on the Drawings or in the Specifi- CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK cations by reference to manufacturers' or vendors' names, trade names, catalog numbers, or the like, it Substitute the following for Subparagraph 5.2.2: is so identified for the purpose of establishing a stand- 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with any per- ard, and any material, article, or piece of equipment sons or entity declared ineligible under Federal laws of other manufacturers or vendors which will per- or regulations from participating in Federally assisted form adequately the duties imposed by the general construction projects or to whom the Owner or the design will be considered equally acceptable pro- Architect has made reasonable objection under the vided the material, article, or piece of equipment so provisions of Subparagraph 5.2.1 . The Contractor shall proposed is, in the opinion of the Architect, of equal not be required to contract with anyone to whom he substance, appearance and function. It shall not be has a reasonable objection. purchased or installed by the Contractor without the Architect's written approval. 15.4 MODIFICATION OF PARAGRAPH 7.5, 16.2 FEDERAL INSPECTION PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND 16.2.1 The authorized representatives and agents of the Federal Government shall be permitted to inspect Substitute the following for Subparagraph 7.5.1 : all Work, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, 7.5.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond invoices of materials, and other relevant data and in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100% ) records. of the Contract Sum as security for the faithful per- 16.3 LANDS AND RIGHTS-CIF-WAY formance of this Contract and also a Labor and Mate- rial Payment Bond in an amount not less than one 16.3.1 Prior to the start of construction, the Owner hundred percent (100% ) of the Contract Sum or in a shall obtain all lands and rights-of-way necessary for penal sum not less than that prescribed by State, Ter- the execution and completion of Work to be per- ritorial or local law, as security for the payment of formed under this Contract. persons performing labor on the Project under this 16A EQUAL OPPORTUNITY Contract and furnishing materials in connection with 16.4.1 During the performance of this Contract the this Contract_ The Performance Bond and the Labor and Material Payment Bond may be in one or in sep- Contractor agrees as follows : arate instruments in accordance with local law and .1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any shall be delivered to the Owner not later than the employee or applicant for employment because of date of execution of the Contract. race, color, sex, religion, national origin or age. The AIA DOCUMENT 2 A2011SCA977 AIA() AUGUST 999T7 9 THE AME ICANpINSTITUTEROF ARCHITECTS,97 5 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASIHINGTo oC.JT2[ --- i Contractor will take affirmative action to insure order unless exempted by rules, regulations or i that applicants are employed and that employees orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to are treated during employment without regard to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September their race, color, sex, religion, national origin or 24, 1965, as amended, so that such provisions will age. Such action shall include, but not be limited be binding upon each Subcontractor or vendor. to, the following. employment, upgrading., demo- The Contractor will take such action with respect tion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment adver- to any Subcontractor or vendor as the appropriate tising; layoff or termination ; rates of pay or other agency of the Federal Government may direct as forms of compensation; and selection for training, a means of enforcing such provisions, including including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to sanctions for noncompliance, provided, however, post in conspicuous places, available to employees that in the event the Contractor becomes involved and applicants for employment, notices to be -pro- in, or is threatened with, litigation with a Subcon- vided by an appropriate agency of the Federal tractor or vendor as a result of such direction by Government setting forth the requirements of these the appropriate agency of the Federal Government, nondiscrimination provisions. the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests .2 The Contractor will state, in all solicitations or of the United States. advertisements for employees placed by or on be- half of the Contractor, that all qualified applicants 16.4.2 Exemptions to the requirements of the above will receive consideration. for employment without Equal Opportunity conditions are construction Con- $ regard to race, color, sex, religion, national origin tracts and Subcontracts not exceeding $10,000, and or age. Contracts and Subcontracts with regard to Work per- ^ w Z The Contractor will send to each labor union or formed outside the United States by employees who representative of workers with which he has a col- were not recruited in the United States. lective barLgaining agreement or other contract or 16.4.3 Unless otherwise provided, the above Equal understanding a notice to be provided by the Opportunity provisions are not required to be inserted Owner, advising the labor union or workers' rep- in sub-subcontracts except for Sub-subcontracts in- resentative of the Contractor's commitments under volving the performance of construction Work at the Section 202 of Executive Carder No. 11246 of Sep- site of construction, in which case the provisions must tember 24, 1965 as amended, and shall post copies be inserted in all Sub-subcontracts.of the notice in conspicuous places available to 16.5 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED employees and applicants for employment, FACILITIES .4 The Contractor will comply with all provisions of ' Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 19650 $10,0 0 whbleich to Contracts and Subcontracts exceeding as amended, and of the rules, regulations and rel- Paragraph which are not exempt from the provisions of evant orders of the Secretary of Labor. Paragraph 16,4, "Equal Opportunity" of this Article 16.) .S The Contractor will furnish all information and 16.5.1 By entering into an agreement related to the reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of Work described in the Contract Documents the Con" September 24, 1965 as amended, and by the rules, tractor or Subcontractor certifies that he does not regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or maintain or provide for his employees any segregated pursuant thereto, and shall permit access to his facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does books, records and accounts by an appropriate not permit his employees to perform their services agency of the Federal Government and by the Sec- at any location under his control where segregated retary of Labor for purposes of investigation to facilities are maintained_ The Contractor or Subcon- ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations tractor further certifies that he will not maintain or and orders. provide for his employees any segregated facilities at .6 In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance any of his establishments and that he will not permit with the Equal Opportunity conditions of this his employees to perform their services at any loca- Contract or with any of such rules, regulations or tion under his control where segregated facilities are orders,: this Contract n4ay be cancelled, terminated maintained_ The Contractor or Subcontractor agrees or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contrac- that a breach of this certification is a violation of for may be- declared ineligible for further Govern- Paragraph 16.4, "Equal Opportunity." As used herein, ment contracts or Federally assisted contracts in the term "Segregated facilities" means any waiting accordance with procedures authorized in Execu- rooms, work areas, rest rooms and washrooms, res- tive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, as taurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker amended, and such other sanctions may be im- rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking posed and remedies invoked as provided in said lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment Executive Order, or by rule, regulation or order of areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided for employees on the basis of race, color, religion, by law,. age or national origin, because of habit, focal custom, ' or otherwise. The Contractor further agrees that fex- .7 The Contractor will include all clauses 16.4.1 .1 to cept where he has obtained identical certifications 16.4.1 ,7 inclusive in every Subcontract or purchase from proposed Subcontractors for specific time peri- MA DOCUMENT A204/SC a FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION 0 THIRD EDITION MAO • AUGUST 1977 0 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS. "M NEW YORK AVENUE, M.W.. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 A201/'$C-1977 3 ods) he will obtain identical certifications from pro- of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit posed Subcontractors prior to the award of Subcon- which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate and the tracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from Contractor is obliged to pay a cash equivalent of such the provisions of Paragraph 16.4 '"Equal Opportu- a fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof to pity;" that he will retain such certifications in his be established. In the event interested parties cannot files; and that he will forward the following notice agree upon a cash equivalent of the fringe benefit, to such proposed Subcontractors (except where the the question, accompanied by the recommendation proposed Subcontractors have submitted identical of the Owner shall be referred to the Secretary of certifications for specific time periods) : Labor for determination. "NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS 16.6.4 If the Contractor does not make payments to OF REQUIREMENT FOR CERTIFICATION a trustee or other third person, he may consider as OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the A Certification amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in provid- of Nonsegregated Facilities, as required king benefits under a plan or program of a type ex- by the May 9, 1967, order (32 Federal Register 7439, pressly listed in the wage determination decision of May 19, 1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this Con- by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to tract: provided, however, the Secretary of Labor has the award of a Subcontract exceeding $10,000 which found, upon the written request of the Contractor, is not exempt from the provisions of Paragraph 16.4 that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act 'Equal Opportunity.' The Certification may be sub- have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require mitted either for each Subcontract or for all Subcon- the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets tracts during a period, i.e. quarterly, semiannually or for the meeting of obligations under the plan or pro- annually." gram. 16.5.2 The penalty for making false statements in Cer- 16*7 PAYROLLS AND BASIC RECORDS tifications required by Paragraph 16.5.1 is prescribed in 18 USC 1001 . 16,7A The Contractor shall maintain payrolls and 16A MINIMUM WAGES. basic records relating thereto during the course of the Work and shall preserve them for a period of 16.6.1 All mechanics and laborers employed or work- three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics, ing directly upon the site of the Work shall be paid including apprentices and trainees, working at the unconditionally and not less often than once a week, site of the Work. Such records shall contain the name and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any and address of each employee, his correct classifica- account [except such payroll deductions as are per- tion, rate of pay (including rates of contributions for, mitted by the Copeland Regulations (29 CFR Part 3)] , or costs assumed to provide, fringe benefits), daily the full amounts due at time of payment computed at and weekly number of hours worked, deductions wage rates not less than the aggregate of the basic made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Contrac- hourly rates and the rates of payments, contributions, for has obtained approval from the Secretary of Labor or costs for any fringe benefits contained in the wage as provided in Paragraph 16.6.4 the Contractor shall determination decision of the Secretary of Labor, maintain records which show that the commitment which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan regardless of any contractual relationship which may or program is financially responsible, and that the be alleged to exist between the Contractor or Sub- plan or program has been communicated in writing to contractor and such laborers and mechanics, and the the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which wage decision shall be posted by the Contractor at show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred the site of the Work in a prominent place where it in providing such benefits_ can easily be seen by the workers. 16.7.2 The Contractor shall submit weekly a copy of 16.6.2 The Owner shall require that any class of all payrolls to the Owner. The prime Contractor shall laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and be responsible for the submission of copies of pay- trainees, which is not listed in the wage determina- rolls of all Subcontractors. Each such copy shall be tion and which is to be employed under the Contract accompanied by a statement signed by the Contrac- shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the for indicating that the payrolls are correct and com- wage determination and a report of the action taken plete, that the wage rates contained therein are not shall be sent to the appropriate Federal agency. If the less than those determined by the Secretary of Labor, interested parties cannot agree on the proper classi- and that the classification set forth for each laborer or fication or reclassification of a particular class of mechanic, including apprentices and trainees, con- laborers or mechanics, including apprentices and form to the work he performed. Submission of the trainees, to be used, the Owner shall submit the ques- "Weekly Statement of Compliance" required under tion together with his recommendation through the this Contract and the Copeland Regulations of the appropriate Federal agency to the Secretary of Labor Secretary of labor (29 CFR Part 3) shall satisfy the for final determination_ requirement for submission of the above statement_ The Contractor Shall submit also a copy of any ap- 16.6.3 The Owner shall require, whenever the mini- proval by the Secretary of Labor with respect to fringe mum wage rate prescribed in the Contract for a class benefits which is required by Paragraph 16.6.4. AIA DOCUMENT A2 I/SC * FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS or THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION * THIRD EDITION _ 4 A201/SC�1977 AJA1J * AUGUST 19" * THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHWGTON, D.C. 20006 16.7.3 Contractors employing apprentices or trainees a training plan approved by the Bureau of Appren- under approved programs shall include a notation on ticeship and Training shall be paid not less than the Y the first weekly certified payrolls submitted to the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for Owner that their employment is pursuant to an ap- the classification of work he actually performed. The proved program and shall identify the program_ Contractor will be required to furnish to the OwnerT,: ..= 16.7.4 The Contractor will make the records required or a representative of the U.S. Department of Labor, written evidence of the certification of his program, under the labor standards clauses of the Contract the registration available for inspection by authorized representatives the trainees, and the ratios and of the Owner, the appropriate Federal agency and the wage rates prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws ' U.S. Department of Labor, and shall permit such rep- approval of a training program, the Contractor will resentatives to interview employees during working no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than hours on the job. the applicable predetermined rate for the work per- 16.8 APPRENTICES AND TRAINEES formed until an acceptable program is approved. 16.8.1 Apprentices will be permitted to work at less 16.8.3 The utilization of apprentices, trainees and than the predetermined rate for the work they per- journeymen under this part shall be in conformity form when they are employed and individually regis- with the equal employment opportunity requirements 1 tered in a bona fide apprenticeship program regis- of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR tered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment Part 30. Training Administration (formerly Manpower), Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State ap- 16.9 COMPLIANCE WITH COPELAND REGULATIONS 1 prenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, or if 16.9.1 The Contractor shall comply with the Cope- a person is employed in his first 90 days of probation- land Regulations of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR ary employment as an apprentice in such an Appren- Part 3), which are incorporated herein by reference, ticeship program who is not individually registered in In addition, the Weekly Statement of Compliance the program butwho has been certified by the Bureau required by these regulations shall also contain a of Apprenticeship and Training or a State apprentice- Statement that the fringe benefits paid are equal to ship agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for or greater than those set forth in the minimum wage probationary employment as an apprentice, The al- decision. ' lowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any - craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio 16.10 CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY permitted to the Contractor as to his entire work force STANDARDS ACT--OVERTIME COMPENSATION under the registered program. Any employee listed AND SAFETY STANDARDS (40 USC 327-330) on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not a trainee as defined in Subparagraph 16.8.2 of this 16.10.1 The Contractor shall not require or permit Paragraph or is not registered or otherwise employed any laborer or mechanic, including apprentices and as stated above, shall be paid the wage rate deter- trainees, in any work week in which he is employed mined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification on any work under this Contract to work in excess of of work he actually performed. The Contractor will 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours be required to furnish to the Owner or a representa- in such work week on work subject to the provisions tive of the U-S. Department of Labor written evidence of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act of the registration of his program and apprentices, as unless such laborer or mechanic, including appren- well as the appropriate ratios and wage rates (ex- tices and trainees, receives compensation at a rate pressed in percentages of the journeyman hourly not less than one and one-half times his basic rate of rates), for the area of construction prior to using any pay for all such hours worked in excess of 8 hours in apprentices on the Contract work_ The wage rate paid any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate per- work week, whichever is the greater number of over- centage of the journeyman's rate contained in the time hours_ The "basic rate of pay" as used in this applicable wage determination. provision shall be the amount paid per hour, exclu- sive of the Contractor's contribution or cost for fringe p benefits, and any cash payment made in lieu of pro- than the predetermined rate for the work performed viding fringe benefits, or the basic hourly rate con- unless they are employed pursuant to and individually rained in the wage determination, whichever is registered in a program which has received prior greater. - approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the U.S. Department of Lab13r, Employment Training Ad- 16.10.2 In the event of any violation of the provisions ministration (formerly Manpower) , Bureau of Appren- of Subparagraph 16.10.1 the Contractor shall be liable ticeship and Training. The ratio of trainees to journey- to any affected employee for any amounts due, and men shall not be greater than permitted under the to the United States for liquidated damages. Such plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and liquidated damages shall be computed with respect Training. Every trainee must be paid not less than the to each individual laborer or -mechanic, including rate specified in the approved program for his level apprentices and trainees, employed in violation of of progress. Any emplo}Pe listed in the payroll at a the provisions of Subparagraph 16.10.1 . in the sum trainee rate who is not rer istered and participating in of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee ;. ' AIA DOCUMENT AMISC + FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION + THIRD EDITION - AIAMFy * AUGUST 19" + THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W., WASHINGTON, O..C. MOQ6 A2O1/SC-1977 5 was required or permitted to be employed on such 16.13 CONTRACT TERMINATION--DEBARMENT work in excess of 8 hours or in excess of the stand- 16 13,1 A breach of Paragraphs 16.6 through 1 ov work weekertime wages required by Subparagraph 76,10.1 .of 40 hours without payment of the 6.13 in- clusive, respectively entitled '"Minimum Wages;0 "Pay- ov yolks and Basic Records"" "Apprentices and Trainees," 16.10.3 The Contractor shall not require or permit "Compliance with Copeland Regulations," "Contract any laborer or mechanic, including apprentices and Work Flours and Safety Standards (40 USC 327-330)$" ` trainees, employed in the performance of this Con- "Withholding of Funds," and "Subcontracts" may be tract to work in surroundings or under conditions grounds for termination of the Contract and for de- which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his barment as provided in 29 CFR 5.6. health as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of 16,14 USE AND OCCUPANCY OF PROJECT PRIOR Labor by regulation (29 CFR Part 1926, 36 FR 7340, TO ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER April 17, 1971 ) pursuant to Section 107 of the Con- 16.14.1 The Contractor agrees to use and occupancy tract Work }-lours and Safety Standards Act. of a portion or unit of the Project before formal ac- 16,11 WITHHOLDING OF FUNDS ceptance by the Owner under the following condi- 16.11.1 The Owner may withhold or cause to be lions. withheld from the Contractor as much of the ac- .1 A Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be crued payments or advances as may be considered prepared and executed as provided in Subpara- necessary (a) to pay the laborers and mechanics, in- graph 9.8.1 of the accompanying General Condi- clud'ing apprentices and trainees, employed by the tions of the Contract for Construction, except that Contractor or any Subcontractor on the Work the full when, in the opinion of the Architect, the Con- amount of wages required by the Contract, and (b) tractor is chargeable with unwarranted delay in to satisfy any liability of any Contractor for liquidated completing Work or other Contract requirements damages under Paragraph 16.10 hereof entitled "Can- the signature of the Contractor will not be re- tract Work Flours and Safety Standards Act—Over- quired, The Certificate of Substantial Completion time Compensation and Safety Standards (40 USC shall be accompanied by a written endorsement of _ 327-330)_" the Contractors insurance carrier and surety per- 16.11.2 If the Contractor or any Subcontractor fails milting occupancy by the Owner during the re- maining period of Project Work, to pay any laborer or mechanic, including appren- tices and trainees, employed or working on the site .2 Occupancy by the Owner shall not be construed of the Work, all or part of the wages required by the by the Contractor as being an acceptance of that Contract, the Owner may, after written notice to the part of the Project to be occupied. prime Contractor take such action as may be neces- sary to cause suspension of any further payments or .3 The Contractor shall not be held responsible for , advances until such violations have ceased. any damage to the occupied part of the Project 16.12 SUBCONTRACTS resulting from the Owner"s occupancy. .4 Occupancy by the Owner shall not be deemed to 16.12.1 The Contractor will insert in all Subcontracts, constitute a waiver of existing claims in behalf of Paragraphs 16.6 through 16.13 inclusive, entitled - the Owner or Contractor against each other, "Minimum Wages," "Payrolls and Basic Records," "Apprentices and Trainees," "Compliance with Cope- .S If the Project consists of more than one building, land Regulations," "Contract Work Hours and Safety and one of the buildings is to be occupied, the Standards Act—Overtime Compensation and Safety Owner, prior to occupancy of that building, shall Standards (40 USC 327-330),1' '"Withholding of Funds," secure permanent property insurance on the build- "Subcontracts," and "Contract Termination—Debar- ing to be occupied and necessary permits which ment," and shall further require all Subcontractors to may be required for use and occupancy. incorporate physically these same Paragraphs in all 16,14.2 With the exception of Clause 16.14.1.5, use Sub-subcontracts. and occupancy by the Owner prior to Project accep- 16.12.2 The term "Contractor" as used in such Para- tance does not relieve the Contractor of his respon- graphs in any Subcontract shall be deemed to refer to sibility to maintain all insurance and bonds required the Subcontractor except when the phrase "prime of the Contractor under the Contract until the Project Contractor" is used_ is completed and accepted by the Owner. AIA 6 A20115C-1977 AIRS AUGUST 1977�CTHE MERICAN INSTITUTE ROf ARCHITECTS,U1i35 NEW YORK AVENUE, NNW.R, WASS HINCTON, D.C.�T2W% 1 t ARTICLE 17 ' INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 17.1 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11. 1 .1 shall be written for not less than the following ' 1 . Workers' Compensation (a) State Statutory ' (b) Applicable Federal (e.g., Longshoremen's) Statutory (c) Employer's Liability $ - - 2. Comprehensive General Liability (Including Premises--Operations; Independent Contractor's Protective; Products and Completed Operation Broad Form Property Damage) (a) Bodily Injury (1) Each Occurrence $ (2) Annual Aggregate (b) Property Damage - - (1 ) Each Occurence $ (2) Annual Aggregate $ 3. Contractual Liability (a) Bodily Injury ' (1) Each Occurrence $ + (b) Property Damage (1) Each Occurrence $ (2) Annual Aggregate $ 4. Personal Injury with Employment Exclusion deleted ' Annual Aggregate $ 5. Completed Operations and Products Liability shall be maintained for ( ) years after final payment. j6. Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for the following hazards (check if applicable) . ❑ X O C p u 7. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (a) Bodily Injury (1 ) Each Person $ (2) Each Occurrence $� (b) Property Damage (1 ) Each Occurrence $ - S. If an exposure exists, Aircraft Liability (owned and non-owned) and Watercraft liability (owned and non-owned), with limits approved by the Owner shall be provided. AIA. DOCUMIENT A201+SC 4 FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION • THIRD EDITION AIAxx 0 AUGUST 1977 . THE Ah4ERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE. N.W., WASHINGTON, b.c. 200M A201 /SC4977 7 9. The Contractor shall carry insurance in addition to that specifically named above as follows: Coverage Amount 17,2 Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 11 .3.1 as follows : 11 .3.1 Until the Work is completed by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner, the shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. , *(Insert Owner or Contractor. Occasionally the Owner may require the Contractor to furnish the property insurance.? ALA DOCUMENT A2015C FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION . THIRD EDITION 8 A201 f$C-1 977 AIAB & AUGUST 1977 0 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE, N.W„ WASHINGTON, D-C_ 2OW6 ® SECTION 00600 - BONDS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . 01 SCUPS I de , _ A . ` AIA Document A311 , Performance Bond , February 1970 Edition , is included herewith and is part of this Project Manual . Be AIA Document A311 , Labor and Material Payment Bond , February 1970 Edition , is included herewith and is part of this Project Manual , i <{aT' 00600 - 1 a . , , THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS A , AIA Document A311 Performance Bond -w KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS- that -'- (Here insect lull name and address or legal title of contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and, SHem insert full name and address or legal title of surety) as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto ' (Notre insert lull name and address or legal title of Owner) ' as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of Dollars ($ ], ' for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated 19 , entered into a contract with Owner for Here insert full name, address and description of pro)ectl in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by Mere insert full name and address or legal title of Architect! which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. ' AIA DOCUMENT A311 - PERFORMANCE fit)NO AND LABOR AND &IATFRIAL PAYMENT 13OKE) AIA FEBRUARY 1970 ED. • THE AMFRICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 171% N.Y, AVE.. N,W.. WASHINGTON. 0, C. 20006 . '' i PERFORMANCE BOND ' NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or defaults under the contract or contracts of completion extension of time made by the Owner. arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner cost of completion less the balance of the contract price; to be in default under the Contract, the Owner having but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall 1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor and conditions, or under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less , 2} Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon de- Ar+ y suit under this bond must be instituted before termination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, the expiration of two (2) years from the date on which or, if the Owner elects, upon determination by the final payment under the Contract falls due. Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible No right of action shall accrue on -this bond to or for bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner, and make available as 'Work progresses (even Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, adminis- thoug.h there should be a default or a succession of trators or successors of the Owner. Signed and sealed this day of 19 i r I'rirst r�a,r l F t Sep l l (Wrins•«} ( Title) I�irn•I} ) ISt•wll ' rwrin[ tii1 i T i(its 1 4 `-, AIA DOCUMENT A311 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND AIA 0 r rf BRUARY 79711 ED. • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCH FTECT 4, 173S N.Y. AVE., N-W„ wA51-1I NGTON, D, C. 20006 2 1 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1 I � AfA Document A311 Labor and Material Payment Bond u ' THIS BOND 1S ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE • » . OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULL AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT KNOW ALL MEN • BY THESE PRESENTS: that (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and, (Here -insert full name and address or legal title of Surety; ' as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto (Herr insert full name and address or legal title of Owner) as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of ' (Here insert a sum equal to at least ono-half of the contract price) Dollars (S }, for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated 19 entered into a contract with Owner for (Here insert full name, address and description of project) ' in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by fHore insert lull name and address or legal title of Architect) Id ' which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract. AFA DOCLIMMENT A377 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LAHOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND A!A 0 FEBRUARY 1970 ED, • THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE,. N_w_, WASHINGTON, D. C_ 2OW6 3 LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS r78t IC,;A7ION is such that, if Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as 'hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the -- Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the fol- lowing conditions: 1 . A claimant is defined as one having a direct con- accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party tract with the Principal or with a Subcontractor of the to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom Principal for labor, material, or both, used or reasonably the work or labor was done or performed. Such notice required for use in the performance of the Contract, shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail labor and material being construed to include that part of or certified mail; postage prepaid, in an envelope ad- water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone dressed to the Principal, Owner or Surety, at any place service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the where an office is regularly maintained for the trans- Contract. action of business, or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the 2. The above named Principal and Surety 'hereby aforesaid project is located, save that such service need jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every not be made by a public officer. claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in b) After the expiration of one (1 ) year following the , full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) ,date on which Principal ceased Work on said Contract, days after the date on which the fast of such claimant's it being understood, however, that if any limitation em- work or labor was done or performed, or materials were bodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling furnished by such claimant, may sue on this bond for the construction hereof such limitation shall be deemed the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due of limitation permitted by such law. claimant, and have execution thereon, The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses c) Other than 4'n a state court of competent jurisdiction of any such suit. in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the United States District Court for the 3- P No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder district in which the Project, or any part thereof, is sit- by any claimant: uated, and not elsewhere. a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the Principai, shall have given written 4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and notice to any two of the following. the Principal, the to the extent of any payment or payments made in good ' Owner, or the Surety above named, within ninety (90) faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of days after such claimant did or performed the last of- mechanics' liens which may be filed of record against the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount for which said claim is made, stating with substantial of such lien be presented under and against this bond. Signed and seated this day of 19 (Principal! '-'�'I' C Ti!la•] 1Surr•ayl t�'''I' rt+u�rn�•.•� - I7iifry - r.� A1A DOCUMENT A]t1 PfKFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATEfttAl. PAYMENT BrtND AIA 0 FE$RtlANY 147t] EM + THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 17IS N.Y. AVE_, K.W. WASHINGTON, D. C. 2(1006 - iSECTION 00800 - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS INCLUDING WAGE RATES ARTICLE 18 PAYMENT PROCEDURES contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with 4 Article 9 of the General Conditions . Applications for Payment will be � ` s', ; _,� processed by the Architect as provided in the General Conditions . 18 . 1 Progress Payments : owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor ' s Applications for Payment as recommended by the Architect and in accordance with Article 9 of the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions . All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the Schedule of Values provided for in paragraph 9 . 2 of the General Conditions . 18 . 1 . 1 Prior to substantial completion , progress payments will be in an amount equal to : 95% of the Mork completed , and 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored , less in each case the aggregate of payments T previously made . 18 . 1 . 2 Upon substantial completion , Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to an amount equal to ; +-- The total. Contract Price , less two times the value of any item remaining to be completed , less such amounts as the Architect shall determine in accordance with Paragraph 9 . 8 of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions . 18 . 2 Final Payment : Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 9 . 9 of the General Conditions , Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by the Architect as provided in said paragraph 9 . 9 . ARTICLE 19 STANDARD PRACTICES AND REQUIREMENTS To the ends of satisfying State and ( in Federal aid is involved) Federal requirements as to contract services and obligations with relation to Contractor ' s Activities , it shall be the duty of the Contractor to ascertain the standard practices of the Department of Transportation. and 1 the Department of Audit and Control of the State of New York , together with the applicable statures , rule and regulations , as well as Chapters 460 and 461 of the Laws of 1970 as amended , of the State of New York , and ( if applicable ) the relevant Federal Statutes , Department Rules and Regulations of the General Accounting Office of the United States . ' ARTICLE 20 . WORKER ' S COMPENSATION AND LIABILITY" INSURANCE A . The Contractor agrees to procure and maintain at Contractor ' s own expense , without expense to the Owner and until final acceptance by the Owner of the services or materials covered by this Agreement , insurance of the kinds and, in the amounts hereinafter provided in insurance companies authorized to do business in the _.>. State of New York , covering all operations under this Agreement '= whether performed by Contractor or Contractor ' s agents or employees . l v ' 00800 - 1 fYA -.- - a. .,-�`�aCF S�nrr.. . ^e. �5'.a. '... .. .. - . . . , -.nS�s�Cm:�.. . .�..ke•lk�Z ..:., . . :�.r ... . .-. -. ..,_ ..- . . I Before commencing to perform contract services or to provide materials , the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a certificate or certificates or policy or policies , as required , in form satisfactory to the Owner showing that .Contractor has # complied with this Article , which this Article , which certificate or certificates , policy or policies shall provide that the same shall not be changed or cancelled until thirty day ' s written notice in advance has been given to the Owner . All insurance coverage shall be written with an insurance carrier or insurance carriers which are acceptable to the Owner , B . The Contractor shall procure and maintain the following , insurance . 1 _ Worker ' s Compensation Insurance : A policy covering the , obligations of the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 41 of the Laws of 1914 , as amended , known as the Worker ' s Compensation Law , covering all operations under the contract , whether performed by him or by his subcontractor , and also under Article 9 of the Worker ' s compensation Law , known as the disability Benefits Law (Chapter 600 of the Laws of 1949 ) and amendments thereto , Such insurance policies shall be maintained until the Owner accepts the contract services for materials . As required by statute , this Agreement shall be void and of no effect unless the person or corporation making or executing the same shall secure compensation and disability benefits coverage for the benefit of , and keep insured during the life of said contract , such employees in compliance with the provisions of the Worker ' s Compensation Law , Worker ' s Compensation insurance will be required only with respect to work performed within the State of New York _ 2 . Contractors Comprehensive General Liability Insurance : $1 , 000 , 000 for each occurrence , and $1 , 000 , 000 aggregate for bodily injury ; $ 250 , 000 for each occurrence , and $ 500 , 000 aggregate for property damage . 3 . Sub-contractors Comprehensive Liability Insurance : $ 1 , 000 , 000 for each occurrence , and $1 , 000 , 000 aggregate for bodily injury ; $ 250 , 000 for each occurrence , and $ 500 , 000 for property damage , 4 . Completed Operation/Product Liability Insurance : $1 , 000 , 000 for each occurrence , and $ 1 , 000 , 000 aggregate for bodily injury; $ 250 , 000 for each occurrence , and $ 500 , 000 aggregate for property damage , 00800 - 2 ro Ary. _ E A. 5 . Blanket Contractual Liability Insurance : $1 , 000 , 000 for each occurrence , and $1 , 000 , 000 aggregate for bodily injury ; $ 250 , 000 for each occurrence , and � dd ' $ 500 , 000 aggregate for property damage . 6 . Broad Form Property Insurances $ 250 , 000 for each occurrence , and $ 500 , 000 aggregate for property damage . 7 . Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurances For all owned , hired , and unowned vehicles . $1 , 000 , 000 for each occurrence , and $1 , 000 , 000 aggregate for bodily injury; $ 250 , 000 for each occurrence , and $ 500 , 000 aggregate for property damage . 8 . With respect to the insurance required by subdivisions ( 2) ' Y through ( 7 ) inclusive , of subdivision B of this Article 20 , the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner a certificate or certificates in a form satisfactory to the Owner showing that the City of Glens Falls/Greater Glens Falls Transit System and its directors , officers , agents , servants and employees and all of + them are additional insureds under all of the policies of insurance hereinabove mentioned . 9 . Owners or Contractors Protective Liability Insurances $1 , 000 , 000 for each occurrence , and. $1 , 000 , 000 aggregate for bodily injury ; $ 250 , 000 for each occurrence , and $ 500 , 000 aggregate for property damage . 10 . With respect to subdivision ( 9 ) of subdivision S of this Article 20 , the Contractor shall also provide a :separate policy of insurance for Owners or Contractors Protective Liability insurance , which policy shall name the City of Glens Falls/Greater Glens Falls Transit System and its directors , officers , agents , servants and employees and all of them as insureds . This policy shall also set forth the Contractor ' s name and address . ARTICLE 21 . FIRE INSURANCE The Contractor shall take out and maintain during the course of construction an "All Risk" Builder ' s Risk Completed Value Form Policy on the project on which the work under this contract is to be performed in an amount equal to 100% of the replacement value of the work and materials included in the contract . 00800 - 3 ... .- _ ,...:..y• .• :.� ne- CJ. M'+. v. nb"w..iJ �n sr..a :AaJNn %a . .. ... _ d r I ....i n... . A_ The insurance provided is to be as good as the following Insurance Service Office forms : 1 . Builders ' Risk Completed Value Form - CF1102 2 . Extended Coverage Endorsement Form - CF1001 3 . Vandalism or ?Malicious Mischief Endorsement Form - CF1021 4 . Special Coverage Endorsement Builder ' s Risk. , Form CF1004 Any loss deductible shall be born by the Contractor . Fire Insurance shall be written in the name of Owner and shall be payable to Owner as Trustee for the Contractors , as their respective interest may appear , . � ARTICLE 22 . FINANCE LAW REQUIREMENTS The Contractor specifically agrees , as required by the State Finance Law , Section 138 , that . A . Contractor is prohibited by law from assigning , transferring , ' conveying , subletting or otherwise disposing of this Agreement , to any other person , company or corporation without the previous consent in writing of the Owner . B . If this provision of the law is violated , the Owner shall revoke and annul this Agreement and the Owner shall be relieved from any and all liability and obligations thereunder to the person , company , or corporation to whom the Contractor shall assign , transfer , convey , sublet or otherwise dispose of this Agreement , and such transferee shall forfeit and lose all monies therefor assigned under this Agreement , except so much as may be required to pay such transferee ' s employees . It is understood between the parties that this Agreement is intended to secure the particular and/or personal services of the Contractor because of Contractor ' s ability and reputation . The Contractor specifically agrees that this Agreement shall be deemed executory only to the extent of the monies available for the purpose , t The Contractor specifically agrees as required by the State Finance Law , Section 142 that : 00800 - 4 ', ~ ! ] . 'Worker ' s Compensation : Contractor will secure Worker ' s Compensation and keep insured during the life of the 1 contract for the benefit of such employees as are required x to be insured by the provisions of Chapter 41 of the Laws of 1914 , as amended , known as the Worker ' s Compensation Law," and also provisions of Article 9 of the Worker ' s Compensation Law known as the Disability Benefits Law . 2 . The Agreement shall be void and of no effect unless the Contractor complies with the above provisions . ARTICLE 23 . CODE OF ETHICS The Contractor specifically agrees that this Agreement may be cancelled or ; . terminated if any work under this Agreement is in Conflict with the provisions of Section 74 of the New York State Public Officer ' s Law , as amended . ARTICLE 24 . NEW YORK STATE PARTICIPATION The State of New York is not a party to this Agreement . No reference to the State or to any State Agency shall be deemed to make the State of New York a party to this Agreement . ARTICLE 25 , NEW YORK STATE INSPECTION AUTHORITY } a. The Contractor and the Owner agree that properly authorized officials of the State of New York and the Owner may from time to time inspect the work _ of the Contractor for the purpose of insuring compliance with New York State Laws and protecting the interest on New York State and the Owner . ! ARTICLE 26 . PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW DEEMED INSERTED Each and every provision of law and clauses required by law to be inserted in the Agreement shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Agreement shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein , and if through mistake or otherwise , any such provision is not inserted , or is not correctly inserted , then upon the application of either party , the Agreement shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion . However , in any event , such provisions and clauses shall be deemed to be inserted herein as above stated whether or not either party makes such application . ARTICLE 27 . EMPLOYEE SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS The Contractor doing or contracting to do any construction , alterations or repairs to any building or property owned by the Owner shall show proof to the Owner that the employees of the Contractor are covered by an approved health and hospital insurance plan , an approved pension plan and an apprentice training program , pursuant to the standards approved by the New York State Apprentice Program . 00800 - 5 ARTICLE 28 . BUY AMERICA The Contractor agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 165 (a) of Public Law 97-424 , January 6 , 1983 . The Contractor will be required to submit a completed "Buy America" certificate before the Agreement is executed and Contractor shall not be entitled to be paid unless Contractor has complied with said section and the regulations issued thereunder . ARTICLE 29 . CIVIL RIGHTS ACT The Contractor agrees that it will conform to and consent to and be bound by any requirements imposed on the Owner and Greater Glens Falls Transit System by Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 , and that such IN requirements are deemed to be a part of the Agreement , insofar as the same required any performance on the part of the owner and/or the Contractor . Such requirements are annexed hereto and made a part hereof (entitled "Assurance of Compliance of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964") , ARTICLE 30 * FEDERAL PARTICIPATION The Urban Mass Transportation Administration is not a party to this contract although the project work program covered by the Agreement is to be financially aided in part by a Grant Agreement between the Owner and the Urban Mass Transportation Administration as provided for under the Urban bass Transportation Act of 1964 , as amended . The owner and the Contractor hereby agree to comply fully with the conditions set forth in the Grant Agreement as though they were set forth in detail in this Agreement . The Contractor further agrees that by reason of complying with the conditions of the Grant Agreement , no obligation is entailed on the part of the Urban Mass Transportation Administration to the Contractor . , The contractor and the owner agree that properly authorized officials of the Urban Mass Transportation Administration may from time to time inspect all project documents for the purpose of insuring compliance with Federal laws and protecting the interests of the Urban Mass Transportation Administration , ARTICLE 31 . MISCELLANEOUS 31 . 1 The Contractor agrees that he will cause all persons employed upon the work , including his sub-contractors , agents , officers and employees , to comply with all applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the work is performed . 31 . 2 If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid , the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby if such remainder would then continue to conform to the terms and requirements of applicable law . 31 . 3 By execution of this Agreement , the Contractor represents that he has not paid and also agrees not to pay , any bonus or commission for the purpose of obtaining and approval of this Agreement . 00800 - 6 31 . 4 The Owner and Contractor agree that all project documents requiring formal approval by a Federal Agency will be submitted to the New York State Department of Transportation for their ' approval and forwarding to the Federal Agency for its formal k approval . The Owner and Contractor agree that approval of all . project documents requires the complete , prior and simultaneous coordination with the Federal Agency and New York State ' 'Department of Transportation . 31 . 5 This Agreement may not be assigned without the written consent of the Owner . 31 . 6 The Contractor represents that there was no collusion whatsoever in connection with the making of any bid or proposal or in any s negotiations connected herewith . 31 . 7 This Agreement contains all agreements of the parties hereto . 1 There are no promises , agreements , terms , conditions , warranties , ;' " . representations or statements other than contained herein . There 9 + may be no modification or amendment of this Agreement except in writing executed by the parties hereto . 31 . 8 Owner and Contractor each binds himself , his or its partners , successors , assigns and legal representative to the other party hereto , his or its partners , successors , assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants , agreements and obligations contained in the contract documents . ARTICLE 32 - U . S . GOVERNMENT REQUIRED CLAUSES 32 . 1 The Contractor and its subcontractors agree to comply with Executive order 11246 , entitled "Equal Employment Opportunity" and Department of Transportation regulations ( 49CFR Parts 21 , 23 , m 25 and 27 ) , and the following : 1 . Non-Discrimination : No person shall , on the ground of race , color , creed , national origin , sex , age or handicap , be excluded from participation in , or denied the benefits of , or be subject to discrimination under this project . •�.. 2 . Equal Employment opoortunitY _ In connection with the execution of this Agreement , the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race , religion age , color , sex or national origin . The contractor 'shall take affirmative actions to ensure that applicants are employed , and that employees are treated during their employment , without regard to their race , religion , color , sex , national origin or age . Such actions shall include , but not be limited to , the following : employment , upgrading , demotion or transfer ; ' recruitment advertising; layoff or termination ; rates of pay or other forms of compensation ; and selection for training , including apprenticeship . MMO 00800 - 7 r t Id e k::4 .. :! ARTICLE 32 - Disadvantaged Business Enterprises : In connection with the performance of this Agreement , the contractor will cooperate with the State in meeting its commitments and goals with regard to the maximum utilization of disadvantaged business enterprises and will ' use its best efforts to ensure that disadvantaged business enterprises „ r will have the maximum practicable opportunity to compete for subcontract work under this Agreement . Also , in this connection the contractor shall undertake such actions as may be necessary to comply with Section 105 ( f ) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1982 , as implemented in 49CFR Part 23 . In addition , the contractor and its subcontractors agree to abide by the statements in paragraphs ( 1 ) and (2) below . These statements are , by reference , made part of this Agreement and must be included in all subsequent agreements between the Contractor and any subcontractor and in all UNTA-assisted contracts between recipients or subrecipients and any contractor . # 1 . "Policy: It is the policy of the Department of Transportation that minority business enterprises as defined in 49CFR Part 23 shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds under this agreement . Consequently , the MBE requirements of 49CFR Part 23 apply to this agreement . " 2 . "MBE obligation . The recipient or its contractor agrees to ensure that minority business enterprises as defined in 49CFR ' Part 23 have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds provided under this agreement . In this , regard , all recipients or contractors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with 49CFR Part 23 to ensure that minority business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts . Recipients and their, contractors shall not discriminate on the basis of race , color , national origin or sex in the award and performance of DOT assisted contracts . " ARTICLE 33 - FEDERAL AUDIT REQUIREMENTS 33 . 1 The Municipal Corporation shall cause to have completed and furnish to the Commissioner for acceptance a final audit certification for the Project prepared by an independent auditor according to guidelines issued by the Commissioner . Such independent audit certification and acceptance is a condition of receiving Final Payment and must be furnished to the Commissioner prior to , or accompany , the Municipal Corporation ' s submittal of the Final Payment request to the Commissioner , or within such other time period as may be specified by the Commissioner ; such audit certification must certify the amount of operating expenses and operating revenues of the Carrier ' s public transportation services described in the Project Application on which the claim Y � a 00800 - 8 �.. ' . . F �� 3 for Federal assistance is based and that the amount claimed for Federal reimbursement is consistent with and eligible for reimbursement under all applicable Federal regulations including allB Circular A-102 . The State shall recover all interim Payments from the required independent audit certification (s) . .. : .. - •c„ 'R+'s-?„t'"-1;�.."`: �. .�'y'n�` 5f£?"..' ":. 4, Yi " . �`�i'. `!'i: i '+i. ''-�!`.. ., .-':9, ''� 4; .^ }"s i f t ARTICLE 34 - WAGE RATE SCHEDULE 34 . 1 The following state wage rates were received from the New York State Department of Labor . 00800 - 9 i • = Cry.? YTO I I 1 - 1 jam,•* '.••r q..s ��'FG. .lx ,j`yr,"^ p].•.�, a '�.� - STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF LABOR - BUREAU OF PUBLIC WORK STATE OFFICE BUILDING CAMPUS ALBANY , NY 19240 Schedule Type-COMPLETE S$ Date 04/07/89 R ,. - .. Refer to * s PREVAILING RATE CASE NO . C/O Glens Falls PRC 8902624 WARREN COUNTY O4 to : Richard E _ Janes Location and Type of Project M Richard E . Janes Associates Garage/Office Facl . for 119 Aviation Road Greater Glens Falls Glens Falls , NY Transit-Queensbury Ave . 42801 Gueensbury ,NY In responses to your request , enclosed are schedules of the prevailing hourly wage _ rates and the prevailing hourly supplements for the above project , together with copies of the Notice of Contract Let EPW- l6 ? for your use . The schedules must be annexed to and form a part of the specifications for this project when it is advertised for bids . These schedules have been prepared and forwarded in accordance with Section 220 of the Labor Law , which provides that it shall be the duty of the fiscal officer to ascertain and determine the schedules of supplements to be provided and wages to be paid to workers , laborers and mechanics employed on public work projects , and to file such schedules with the department having jurisdiction . The attached rates are based on the latest information OVS110MIO to the Department of Labor , Bureau of Public 'Work . Care should be taken to review the ratios for obvious - errors . It is the reaponsiblility of the Public Work contractor to use the proper rate . Any corrections should be brought to the Department ' s attention immediately , This schedule is applicable only from July 1 , 1996 through June 30 , 1089 , unless otherwise noted . If your project goes beyond the period covered by this determination , a new determination should be requested when this schedule expires , _ Note ; A 1983 AMENDMENT TO SECTION 220 OF THE LABOR LAYS REQUIRES THE PRESERVATION OF ORIGINAL OR TRANSCRIPTS OF PAYROLL RECORDS FOR THREE YEARS FROM THE DATE OF COMPLETION OF THE WORK IN T4iE AWARDED CONTRACT . Very truly yours , CHARLES C . DROBNER , DIRECTOR NOTICE TQ CONTRACTING AGENCIES Upon cancellation or completion of this project , enter the nocessary Information and return this page to the ALBANY OFFICE of the BUREAU at ' the adores $ listed below : PROJECT HAS BEEN Date Completed Date Cancelled Date Postponed Until Signature Title Contracting Agency For Additional Information , contact the following District Offices : St . Off . Bldg . e124 Campus , Albany N . Y . 12240 85 Court St . , Buffalo N , Y . ia202 155 Main Street West , Rochester N . Y . 14614 221 Washington St . , Binghamton N . Y . 13901 175 Fulton Ave . , Hempstead N . Y . 11550 333 East Washington St . , Syracuse N . Y . 13202 ' 207 Genesee St . , Utica N . Y . 13501 30 Glenn St . , White Plains N . Y . 10603 PW-200 ( 6-05 ) docm: letterta CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Each public work contract to which the State , a Public benefit corporation , a municipal corporation or a commission appointees pursuant to law is a party and which may involve the employment of laborers , workers or mechanics , shall comply with the requirements of Article a ( Sections 226-223 ) of the New York State Labor Law : t , No laborer , worker or mechanic in the employ of the contractor , subcontractor or � `.� other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the work Contemplated by the contract shall be permitted or required to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day or more then five days in any one week except µ® in the extraordinary emergencies set forth in the Labor Law or where a dispensation is granted by the Commissioner of Labor . ( See Section 220 , 21 2 . Each laborer , worker or meChantc employed by the contractor or subcontractor , shall be paid not less than the prevailing rate of wages as indicated on the wage schedule provided by the Department , Bureau of Public Work . The prevailing rate of wage shall be annually determined no later than thirty days prior to Jury first of each year . The prevailing rate of wage for the period commencing July first of such year through June thirtieth , inclusive , of the following year shall be the rate of wage set forth in collective bargaining agreements for the same , period , including those increases for such period which are directly aster- , tamable from such collective bargaining agreements . ( See Sections 226 . 3 , 220 . S ) 3 . It shall be the duty of the department of Jurisdiction to file with the fiscal Officer , the classification of workers , mechanics and laborers to be employed on a public work project , together with a statement of the work to be performed by each classification . ( See Section 220 . 3-a) 4 . The contractor and every subcontractor shall post in a prominent and accessible place at the work site a statement of all wage rates and supplements to be paid or provided for the various Classes of mechanics , workers or laborers . ( See Section 220 . 3-a) 5 . No employee shall be deemed to be an apprentice unless individually registered in a program registered with the New York State Department of Labor . The allowable ratio of apprentices to Journey- level workers in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to its work force on any job under the registered program . Any employee who is not registered as above , shall be paid or, provided the prevailing wage and supplement rate for the Journey-level C3assificaticn of work actually performed . The contractor or Sub- contractor will be required to furnish written evidence of registration of its program and apprentices as well as of the appropriate ratios and wage and supple- Mont rates for the area of construction , prior to using any apprentices on the contract work . ( See Section 220 . 3-e) B . ( a ) No contractor , subcontractor , nor any person acting on its behalf , Shall by reason of race , creed , color , disability , sex or national origin discriminate against any citizen of the State of New York who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates . ( See Section 220-e ( a ) ) ( b ) No contractor , subcontractor , nor any person acting on its behalf , shall in any manner , discriminate against or intimidate any employee on account of race , creed , color , disability , sex or national origin . ( See Section 220- e( b ) ) NOTE : The Human Rights Law also prohibits discrimination in employment because of age , marital status or religion . ( c ) 7here may be deducted from the amount payable to the contractor under the contract a penalty of fifty dollars for each calendar day during which such person was discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provisions of the contract . ( See Section 226-e ( c ) ) ( d ) The contract May be cancelled or terminated by the State or municipality , and all moneys due or to become due thereunder may be forfeited , for a second or any subsequent violation of the terms or conditions of the anti - discrimination sections of the contract . ( See Section 220-e( d ) ) T . ( a ) All contractors or their subcontractors shall provide to their sub- contractors a COPY of the prevailing wage rate schedule specified in the public work contract as well as any subsequently issued schedules . A failure to provide these schedules by a contractor or subcontractor is a violation of Article 8 of the Labor Law . ( See Section 220-a) (b ) All subcontractors engaged by a public improvement contractor or its Subcontractor , upon receipt of the original schedule and any sub- sequently issued schedules , shall provide to such contractor or sub- contractor a verified statement attesting that the subcontractor has received the wage schedule and will pay or provide the applicable rate of wages and supplements specified therein . ( See Section 220-a ) PW-3 ( 12 -88 ) . ATTENTION : ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS _ ENGAGED ON PUBLIC WORK PROJECTS IN NEW YORK STATE INTRODUCTION : Below are the major provisions of the Labor Law covering workers an public work projects . HOURS : A laborer , worker or mechanic 11 permitted to work on a public work project no more than eight hours a day and no more than five days in a week , except in Case of extraordinary emergency such as fire , flood or danger to life or property . You may apply to the Bureau of Public Mork for a dispensation permitting workers to work additional hours or days per week on a ,particular public work project . WAGES AND SUPPLEMENTS : The wages and supplements to be paid and provided for laborers , workers and mechanics employed on a public work project shall be not less than those listed in the current prevailing rate schedule for the locality where the work is performed . If a prevailing rate schedule for the project has not been provided to the Prime contractor by the department of jurisdiction ( i . e . , tho governmental entity awarding the public work contract ) , or to a subcontractor by the prime contractor , the applicable schedule must be obtained from the Department of Jurisdiction , who must make written application to the Bureau of Public work , Labor Department , Building No . 12 , State Office ,• Building Campus , Albany , New York 12240 . The prime contractor is responsible for any underpayments Of prevailing wages or �Yw supplements by its subcontractors . PAYROLL RECORDS : Every contractor and subcontractor must keep Originals or transcripts of payroll records , showing for each person employed an public work , the following : 1 . Name , 2 . Address and phone number , 3 . Social Security number , ; . Occupational classifications in which worked , 5 . Hourly wage rate paid , 6 , Supplements provided , T , Daily and weekly number of hours worked in each classification , a _ Oeductions made , g . Actual wages paid . When payroll records are requested by the Commissioner each payroll record must be affirmed as true under the penalties of perjury which means a notarized signature to that eff4ct . Such records must be kept on the alto of the work when the contractor or subcontractor does not maintain a regular place of business in New York State and the amount of the contract exceeds $25 , 000 . All other contractors and subcontractors must within five days after request produce at the work site the orignal payrolls or transcripts . The original payrolls or transcripts must be preserved for three years from the data of completion of the project . POSTING : The current prevailing rate schedule must be posted in a prominent and accessible plat► on the site of the public work project . P"1 9 t9-667 . . (Continued ) 1 NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS ( Continued ) APPRENTICES : Employees cannot be paid apprentice rates if they are not individually registered under a program or agreement registered with the Commissioner of Labor . The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish written evidence of the registration of its program and apprentices and of the appropriate ratio . The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification can be no greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor or subcontractor as to its work force on any fob under the registered program _ An employee listed on a payroll as an apprentice , who is not registered as above , must be paid the prevailing journeymen ' s wage rate for - that classification of work . wrTHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS : When a complaint is filed with the Commissioner of Labor alleging the failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay or provide the prevailing wages or supplements , or when the Commissioner of Labor believes that unpaid wages or supplements may be due , payments on the public work contract may be withheld from the prime contractor In a sufficient amount to satisfy the alleged unpaid wages and supplements , including , interest and civil penalty , pending a final determination . INTEREST AND PENALTIES : If an underpayment of wages or supplements is found , interest most be added at the rate then in effect prescribed by the Superintendent of Banks pursuant to section 14-a of the banking law per annum from the date of underpayment to the date of the - payment , and may also include the imposition of a civil penalty not to exceed 25% of the amount due . DEBARMENT : When final determinations have been made against a contractor or subcontractor In two instances within a six-year period determining that it willfully failed to pay or provide the prevailing rate of wages or supplements , such contractor of subcontractor will be ineligible to bid on or be awarded a public work contract for a period of five years from the second final determination . CRIMINAL SANCTIONS : willful violations of the Prevailing Wage Law (Article 8 of the Labor Law ) constitute a misdemeanor punishable by fine or imprisonment , or both . DISCRIMINATION : No employee or applicant for employment may " discriminated against on account of age . race , crowd , color , national origin , sex , disability or marital status . Every employer subject to the New York State Human Rights Law must conspicuously post at its offices , places of employment or employment training centers , notices furnished by the State Division of Human Rights . POSTING OF OTHER NOTICES . Every employer providing workers ' compensation insurance and disability benefits must post in a conspicuous place notices of such coverage in a form prescribed by the Workers ' Compensation Hoard . Employers liable for contributions under the Unemployment Insurance Law must conspicuously post notices furnished by the State Department of Labor . PW 19 ( 9-ae ) . . . docm : letter2b . ., e OVERTIME and HOLIDAY INFORMATION QVERTIME 5/31 /87 ( A ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 7 hours per day . f AA ) Time and one half of the hourly rate after 7 and one half hours per day . [ B ? Time and one half of the hourly rate after 8 hours per day . [ 81 ) Time and one half for the 9th 3 16th hour per day a tat 6 hours on Saturday double the hourly rate all additional hours . ( C ) Double the hourly rate after 7 hours per day . ( CCa,C1 ) Double the hourly rate after 7 and' one half hours per day . D ) Double the hourly rate after 8 hours per tlay . d 7. '.3;s.. ( 01 ) Double the hourly rate after 9 hours per day , I E ) Time and one half of the hourly rate an Saturday . ( E1 ) Time and one half let 4 hours on Saturday , double the hourly rate all additional Saturday hours . ( E2 ) Saturday may be used as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost during that wgyK due to inclement weather , ( E3 ) Between Nov . 1st nnct March 3rd Saturday may be used as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost Qurina that week due to Inclement weather , provided a given employee has worked between 18 and 32 hours that week , ( E4 ) Saturday and Sunday may be used as a make-up day at straight time when a day is lost thehour y Our to inclement weather . + [ F ) Time and one half o rate an Saturday and Sunday . [ G ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday and Holidays . . •',; • ( H ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Saturday , Sunday and Holidays . [ I } Time and one half of the hourly rate on Sunday . ( J ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Sunday and Holidays . [ K ) Time and one half of the hourly rate on Holidays . ' [ L ! Double the hourly rate on Saturday . [ M ! Double the hourly rate on Saturday and Sunday . [ N ) Double the hourly rate on Saturday and Holidays . [ O ) Double the hourly rate on Saturday , Sunday and Holidays . ( P 1 Double the hourly rate on Sunday . [ O ) Double the hourly rate on Sunday and . Holidays . [ R } Double the hourly rate on Holidays . ^• � [ S ) Two and one half times the hourly rate for Holidays , if worked . { T ) Triple the hourly rate for Holidays , if worked . [ U ! Four times the hourly rate for Holidays , if worked , ( V ) Incluing benefits at SAME PREMIUM as shown for overtime . [ W ) Time and one half for benefits on all overtime hours . NOTE " BENEFITS are PER HOUR WORKED , for each hour worked , unless otherwise noted . Sec220 : Para 2 . 'Each contract - - - - shall contain a stipulation that no laborer , workman or mechanic . . . shall be permitted or required to work more than eight hours In any one calander day or work more than five days in any one week except in case of extraodinary emergency . . . . Whenever such an `EMERGENCY DISPENSATION' ( emphaais added ) is granted , all work in excess of eight hours per day , and five days per week shall be considered overtime work - . . and . . . shall be paid a premium wage commensurate with the premium wages prevailing in the area in which the work is performed , " HOLIDAYS The Holidays as listed below are to be paid at the wage rates at which the employee is normally classified , [ 1 ! None . ( 2 ) Labor Day . [ 3 ) Memorial Day and Labor Day . ' f 4 ) Memorial Day and July 4th . f 5 } Memorial Day , July 4th and Labor Day . f 6 ) New Years Day , Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day . [ 7 ) Lincoln ' S Birthday , Washington ' s Birthday and Veterans Day . ( 8 ! Good Friday . ( 9 } Lincoln ' s Birthday . [ 10 ! Washington ' s Birthday . [ 11 } Columbus pay . t 12 ) Election Day . f 13 1 Presidential Election Day . f 14 } 1 /2 Day on Presidential Election Day , ( 15 ) Veteran ' s Day . ( 16 ) Day after Thanksgiving Day . f 17 ! July 4th . ( 18 ) 1/2 Day before Christmas Day . f 19 ! 1/2 Day before New years Day . [ 20 i Thanksgiving Day . 121 ) Now Years Day . [ 22 ) Christmas Day . [ 23 ! Day before Christmas . ' ( 24 ! Day before New Years . [ 2S } Presidents Day . [ 26 ) Martin Luther King , Jr . Day . W-201 f7 -8 doom : letter2c NOT'�SE of ADDENDUM APPLICABLE To ALL COUNTIES ( ) AS NOTED ON PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULES PAGES . , The law requires that for those labor contracts which are not negotiated before May 31 , the date for publication of the annual determination , the new collective - _ bargaining information will be incorporated into the prevailing rate schedule , by means of an addendum . This addendum will be issued by the Bureau of P ublic Work for those schedules where the available information is incomplete as of May 31 , Whom you review the schedule for particular occupations , your attention should , be directed to the dates above the column of rates . These dates are the effective dates of the latest collective bargining agreements for that occupation . The rates listed in that column were taken from those agreements and will remain In effect until the following June_ 30th . The only exception is for those collective bargining agreements which expired after May 31st . In those cases M the Commissioner will publish an addendum to include the new rates determined for those occupations . These new rates will become effective 30 days after the addendum is received by the contractor . _ It is the responsibility of the con rac ino acencv or its agent to provide the addendum prevailing rate schedule to the contractor immediately upon receipt to insure the proper payment of wages to workers . To repeat , if the schedule indicates that a collective bargining agreement expires or where information was not available at the time of publication you should be aware that an addendum will be published and copy of the addendum should be requested . Failure to do so may cause an improper rate to be used and result in the finding of an underpayment . LL i PW-202 ( 5 -97 ) docm : letterd , . � i 1 VERIFYING THE REGISTRATION OF APPRENTICES Certain State and Federal Laws require that apprentices must be individually registered as such in order to be paid apprenticeship rates on Public Mork . The New York State Labor Department is the official registration agency for apprentices in New York State . No other Federal or State Agency or office registers apprentices in New York State . Each year the apprentice training central office in Albany receives hundreds of requests from Federal and State Agencies , Contractors , and other interested parties requesting verification of individual apprentice registrations . The following information is provided In order to clarify New York State procedures . All registered apprentices in New York State are individually registered by name , address , social security number , starting date + of training , and other related data _ This information is computerized and is available ONLY through + � the Albany Apprentice Training Central Office . Persons wishing to verify the apprentice registration of any Individual should write to Frank R . Finn , Sr . Employment Consultant , New York State Department of Labor , Job Service and Training Division , Building 12 , Room 1404 State Office Building Campus , Albany , New York 12240 , All inquiries BUST include name and social security number and will be answered in writing . The response will indicate whether Or not the individual is registered , and if So , will provide other pertinent Information regarding the registration . The only conclusive proof of individual apprentice registration is written verification from the Albany Apprentice Training Central Office . Neither Federal nor State Apprentice Training Offices outside Albany can provide conclusive registration information . It should be noted that the existence of a registered apprenticeship program is not conclusive proof that any individual is registered in 1. that program . Furthermore , the existence or Possession of wallet cards , identification cards or copies of state forms are not conclusive proof of the registration of any individual as an apprentice . P" - 209 ( 4-96 ) doCm : letter2o 1 • ' STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF LABOR BUREAU OF PUBLIC WORK , STATE OFFICE BUILDING CAMPUS ALBANY , N . Y . 12240 Schedule Type COMPLETE as Date 04/07/89 Refer to : _ PREVAILING RATE CASE NO . C/O Glens Polls PRC 8202624 04 , to : Richard E . Jones Location and Type of Project % Richard E . Jones Associates Garage/Office Facl . for _ 119 Aviation Road Greater Glens Falls Glens Falls , NY Transit -Aueensbury Ave . , 12801 Ouaansbury , NY WARREN COUNTY Agency of Jurisdiction LOCAL SCHOOL DISTRICT Nature of Project NEW BUILDING ' Copies of the wage and supplement schedule for the Public Rork Project identified above are enclosed herewith . Sec . 220 . 3A of the Labor Law requires that certain Information be furnished to the Commissioner of Labor . ACCORDINGLY , YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING SECTION OF THIS FORM AND RETURN THREE COPIES TO THIS OFFICE IMMEDIATELY UPON NOTIFYING A SUCCESSFUL BIDDER FOR THIS PUBLIC WORK PROJECT T _ Project CANCELLED . POSTPONED or assigned to agency ' s awn employees . If reactivated , will request now rates and supplements . ALL Prime Contracts AWARDED - or bid ACCEPTED ( complete items i - 6 below ) Estimated TOTAL COST of Project Is S 1 ( a) . Means Used to Award Contract ( Check one and indicate date of first legal instrument which bound agency to contract ) Letter of Intent Contract Signed Resolution Date pate Date ( b) . Contracts NOT YET awarded : Gen . Cont. Heat 8 Vent . Electrical _ Sanitary _ Other 2 . Specific Location of Project , FOR ALL PRIME CONTRACTORS ( NOT SUB-CONTRACTORS ) WHO HOLD CONTRACTS DIRECTLY WITH THE SPONSOR OF THIS PROJECT , GIVE THE INFORMATION . IF MORE SPACE IS NEEDED , ATTACH EXTRA SHEETS . 3 . Work to be done 4 . Name and Address S . Amount of 6 . Approx . dates for by Prime Contractor of Contractor Contract Starting Completion ( a ) GEN . CONTR - ( b ) HEAT/VENT . ( c ) ELECTRICAL ' ( d ) PLUMBING ( a ).OTHER ( S ) -List on Reverse . Estimated Date Entire Project Will Be Completed 6 . Signature and Title Date _, W- l6 1 -65 docm » latter7a ' PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE [ • ) Set NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number IBureau of Department of Labor 5902624 Public Work 8b-_ /01/68 thru 6/30/89 Published -09/02/88 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 1 ASBESTOS WORKER .. ;...;,�: WAGESCOor hour ) 6/01/66- 6/01 /89- 6/01/90- Asbestos _ . 5/31 /09 5/31 /90 5/31/91 Worker _ er . , , . . . . . . . . . . ¢ 19 . 08 20 . 08 21 . 08 See [ A , 0 1 on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PgIO HOLIOA � See i 1 l on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . A.Ll..Q E.., ,T@LE o , 1 )I : Ap emitt( r ) to Journeymen ( 1 - ; RAPP ) C_— year terms at the following ptrresntaya of Journeyman ' s wage . 1 2nd . 80%3rd . 5Oxst 60% 70% [)% SUPPLEMENYAL BENE�II (per hour worked) Health/welfare . . - . . . , , 3, 1 . 39 1 . 39 1 . 39 Pension . . . . . , , , 2 - 41 2 . 41 Apprentice Training . - . . 08 , 0a 2 . OS Listed supplements apply to ALL classifications C x ) Yes [ ) No . 1 -40 snlLEEIMAKER ` WAGES ( per hour ) 10/01/67- 10/01 /88- 9/30/88 9/30/89 ,,. Boilermaker . . . . . . . . . . ! 19 . 5a Additional - 50 V V YY '- New 'York Sao C D , 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . V at f attached PAILS HOLIDAYS ; See ( 1 } on HOLIDAY PAGE tacphed . A1LS7riABLE RATIO: Apprentice ( s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 5 # ( 1 - 10 ) A PPR [ 1 /2 ) year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage , 15t . 2nd - 3rd . 4th 5 h 8t 7th 8 h w 50% SSX 80% 65% 70x T5% 804 90% S PPL EIi NTA B Nx.F f. :.( per hour worked ) Health/welfare . . . , , , . . $ 2 . 15 to be Pension . , . , . . . . . . . 10 % allocated Apprentice Training . . . - 10 at a Annuity • • • . . 95 later date Listed supplements apply to A classifications [ x ) Yes t )No - 1 - 197 ER-auild-ino WAG ES ( per hour ) 5/01 /88- 5/31 /89 Building : Carpenter . . . . . . . . . . . . S 15 . 65 Floor Coverer , , , . , . . , 15 . 65 Carpet Layer . . . . . . . . . 15 . 65 Dry -Wall Applicator . . 15 . 65 Lather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . 65 Millwright . , - . . 15 . 90 Piledriver ( Bldg ) . . . . 15 . 65 OVERt ,F PAY : See ( B4O1 , T ] on OVERTIME PAGE attached . *Time B 1 /2 on Saturday for restoration work only PAID HOLIDAYS : See ( 2 } on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . ALLO16Bt£ RA TtO : Apprentice s ? to Journeymen ( 1 - 5 ) APPRENTICES : ( 1 /2 ) yaar terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . Hitt , 2n 3rd . 4th . 5_1', _ _11 t11 7th Sth 60% 85x 70X 75X 80% 85% 90% 95% SUPPf EMgNTAL BENEFITS_( per hour worked ) Health/Wolfare . , $ 1 . 60 Pension . . . . . . . 1 . 90 Apprentice Training . . . . 025 Listed supplements apply to 6ILL classifications C x ) Yes [ ) No . 1 -229 OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO 9WILOING SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE [ ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor Public Rork 8902624 ' Bb� /01 / BB tRru 8/ 30/89 Published -09/02/88 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 2 TELEPHONE . waraS( per hour ) 9/ 18/85 - 9/ 17/$6 ' Telephone : ' Installer/Repair . S 11 . 48 Installer Tech 1 . 11 . 98 ' Installer Tech 2 . 12 . 50 Sr . Technician . . . . . . . . 13 . 26 Master Technician . . . , . 13 . 94 New Hire lot . Bmos , 7 . 20 Installer limos . 6 , 84 12mos , 9 . 33 ' 18mos , 10 , 00 ' 24mos . 10 . 51 ' 30mos . 10 . 98 ' ' �`" � OVERTIME PAY ' See ( } on OVERTIME PAGE attached , PAID HOLIDAYS_ : See [ } on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . P : ( per hour worked ) enithlwalfare . . . . . . . . 5 50 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . 3 % Listed supplements apply to ALL classifications ( x ) Yes ( )No . 1 -724t ELEVAXOR CONSTRUCTOR wAGES ( per hour ) 10/07/87- 9/03/8B- 9/02/88 ----- Elevator Constructor . , , ; 16 . 39 16 . 78 ' Helper . . 11 . 47 11 . 75 ' Probation 8 . 39 OVERTIM PAY Sae [ D , 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . ---- -- PAID HOLE IDAY: ; Sae ( 5 , 6 3 on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS : ( per hour worked ) Health/Welfare . . . . . . . . 3 2 . 445 2 , 795 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 79 1 . 89 Training Fund , . . , , . . . . . 085 . Oa5 Vacation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 % 6% , Listed supplements apply to A" classifications [ x ) Yes [ }No . 1 -35 ri A7TEa -- wAGES ( per hour ) 7/01 /67- ' 6/30/ 68 Glazier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S 13 . 73 OVERTIME PAY : See ( B . E , O ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached , ' PAID HOLIDAYS_ : See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . SUPPLEMf NTA 9 N FrTc • ( per hour worked ) Hea1tR/we if are . . . 5 1 . 22 ( x Overtime ) Apprentice Training . . . . 05 Security Savings . . . . . . 2 . 15 Listed supplements apply to classifications [ x ) Yes f )No . 1 - 1272 OCCUPATIONS APPLICAOLE TO BUILDING SCHEDULES ' i ' PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE [ ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor Public Work 8902624 6b-7/01 /88 thru 6/30/89 Published -09/02/88 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 3 M1 LABORER-8uildina Building Laborer : " Group AA : Basic , Flagman and Self -propelled equipment Group MB : Demolition and wrecking , Concrete or plaster pump , Group /C : Sandblaster , Driller , Formsetter , Curb Setter , Asphalt Raker , Tail /Screwman on paving machine , Wagon Jack and Wagon Drill , Group ND : Acetylene Burner on demolition and cutting and Pipe workers in kilns , tanks , boilers etc . . "AGES ( per hour ) 8/01 /88- Building Laborer : 5/3i/8g Group P A . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 12 . 52 Group N . . . . . . . 12 . 87 Group N C . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 . 82 Group N 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 . 97 D'yIf RTIME PAY : Ste ( B4O ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . efj!{] HOLIEIAY4� See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . SUPP� EMENTAL BEEF_ t 'e(per hour worked ) Health/rielf are . . . . , . . . $ . so .. Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160 Training/Educ , _ . . 20 Listed supplements apply to A" classifications ( x )Yes ( )No . 1- 1aaww LATHER Lather See BUILDING CARPENTER wxrcc ( per hour ) 6/01 /88- 31 /89 Bricklayer , . . . . . . . . . . . S 16 . 33 Cement Finish (Bldg ) . . 16 , 33 Plasterer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 . 33 Tuck Pointer . . . . 16 . 33 Tile , Terrazza Worker . , 16 . 23 PAY ; See ( Be 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . RXHTHNF See ( 1 ] on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . ALLO"ABLE RATIO . Apprentice ( s ) to Journeymen ( i - 1 ) [ 1 - 5 ) APPRENTICES ,, ( 1( 1 /2 ) year terms at the following percentage of Journeymen ' s wage . h 3X 59% 642 69X 60% 90% $uPPLEMENTAL B'ENEFITS • ( per hour worked ) Health/Welfare . . . 1 . 45 Pension . . , . . , . . , , 1 , 80 Apprentice Training . , , . 02 Listed supplements apply to �,1w,G, classifications { x ) Yes ( ) No . 1 -84 XAGE5 ( per hour ) 7/01 /88-'s-' ---` 7/01 /89- ---"6/01 /90- Building • 6/30/89 5/31/90 5/31 /91 Marble , Tile and Terrazzo Helper . , . , . 13 . 80 14 . 60 15 . 35 F E1111ME PA See Sae ( 8 , H ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . HOLSee ( i ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . S UPPLE11911j L BENEFITS ' ( Per hour worked ) H ealth/We if ar e . „ . 0% $ Pension . . . 1 . 80 i . 6o 1 . 50 Listed supplements apply to AEI classifications [ x ) Yes ( )NO . 1 -59T OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO BUj,,= QTNG SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE f ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED ' State of New York Casa Number Bureau of Department of Labor 8902624 Public Work 8b-7/01 /88 thru 6/30/69 Published -09/02/8a WARREN COUNTY PAGE 4 ' ROOFER WAGES ( per hour ) 6/01 / 67- 6/01 /88- 6/01 /89- ... . 5/31 /88 5/31 /89 . 5/31/90 - Roofer /Waterproofer . , $ 15 . 10 15 , 70 t6 , 30 ' Pitch - - . 50 per hour additional for Journeymen and Apprentices only . Semi -Skilled Worker : 1st . 800hrs . -5 . 00 , 2nd _ 6001irs . -6 . 25 , 3rd . 800hrs . -7 . 50 . , 4th . 800hrs . -8 . 75 , 5th . 800hrs . -Journeyman rate . Ratio of Semi -Skilled Supplements to Journeyman Supplements equal to the ratio of Rates of wages of Semi -Skilled to Journeyman _ However NO Supplements for Semi -Skill*d for lat . 000 hours . ALLOWAHEPIOTIO - Semi -Skilled to Journeymen ( 1 -2 ) ( 2-4 ) ( 3-5 ) ( 4-$ ) ( S -8 ) OVERTIME PAY - See ( B , E , G ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . 'IAY • See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY WAGE attached . ALLOP,1111W11 RA IO : Apprentice( s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 3 ) APPRENTICES : ( 7 /2 ] year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . 1s # . 2nd . 3rd . 4# h , 5th . Sth . 50% 5a% 66% 74X a2X 92% SUPPLEMENTAL _Q�NEFITS : ( per hour worked] Health/Welfare . . . , . . . . $ 2 . 67 2 . 67 2 . 67 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 85 1 . 85 1 . 85 Apprentice Training . . . . 06 06 OS Listed supplements apply to A classifications ( ) Yes ( x ) No . Note : Semi -Skilled receive NO Benefits for 1st . ao0 hours . 1 -241 SH£ETM9TAL WORKER WAGE$,( per hour ) 7/01 /88- 7/01 / 89- 7/01 /90- - �- 6/30/89 6/30/ 90 6/30/91 Sheetmetal Worker . . . . $ 17 . 96 Additional Additional OVERTIME PAY : See ( A , O ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID Y • See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . ALLOWABLE RA TjO Apprentice( s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 1 ] ( I - 4 1 APPREN7ICE5�. (Y ) year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage , lat . 2no . r h 35% 40% 45% Sc% 55X 60X 65% 65% 75% 75% J1leZLfMf&jAL SENEEiTS - ( per hour worked) Health/Welfare . . . . . . . . $ 2 . 195 1 . 15 to 1 , 10 to Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i . 6a be allotted be allotted Apprentice Training . . . . 06 at a at A Education . . 07 later later Suppl , Unemploy . . . . . . . 3 % date date Listed supplements apply to classifications ( x ) Yes ( ) No . i -a3 SPRINKI ER FITTER WAGES ( per hour ) 4/01 /98- 4/01 / 89- 4/01 /90- 3/31 /89 3/31 /90 3/31/91 Sprinkler Fitter . . . , , $ 19 . 75 20 . 75 21 . 75 QV,ERTIME PAY : See ( S , 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID ,HOLIDAY - See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . SUPPLEMENTAL B iv}$F j,T�L( per hour worked) Health/Welfare . . . , , , , , $ 2 . 20 9 . 40 2 . 85 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 60 1 . 75 2 . 00 Apprentice Training . , , . 10 . 10 110 Listed supplements apply to air classifications ( x ) Yes ( )No . 1 -669 OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO BUILDING SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor $902824 Public Work 6b- 71O1188 thru 6/3 f$9 Published -09/02/00 WARREN COUNTY . PAGE 5 TEAMSTER-Bu # ], ina Towns of Chester , Hague , Horicon and Johnsburg . Truck Driver ( Building) : Group A 1 : Fuel Truck , forklift , bus , warehouse , yardman , helpers , pick-ups , panel , flat bed materiels ( Straight jobs ) , single axle dump , dumpstors , greasers , tiremen , mechanics helper$ , parts chaser . Group O 2 : Tandems and batch trucks , Mechanics and dispatchers . Group M 3 : Semi -trailers , low-bays , asphalt distributer and agitator mixer trucks and dumperete type trucks . Group s 4 : Euclids or similar off-highway equipment where not self- loading . - - WAGES( per hour ) 4/30/64- 3/31/65 Building : Group M 1 . . . . , . . . . . . 5 11 , 79 Group # 2 . . . . . . . . . . . ii . 84 Group Y 31 , 11 , . . . . . . 11 , 89 Group 0 4 . . . . . . * # . . . . 12 . 09 OV£RTIIyJE PAY : Sae [ B , E , 0 7 on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID HD{ IDAY -i See C 1 I on HOLIDAY PAGE attached. + ViELEMEN]'AL SENPFTTS : ( per hour worked ) y ea7th/we fare . . . . . . . . 8 1 . 35 Pension . , ' ' ' ' , , , 1 . 10 Listed supplements apply to A„J„ classifications ( x ) Yes { )No . Remainder , af County , Truck Driver ( Building ) : Group 0 A : Straight trucks , winch , transit mix on the site , road oilers , dump trucks , pick-ups , panel , water trucks , fuel trucks on the site( including nozzlel . Group / B : Low boy or Low boy trailer , Euclids or similar equipment . wAGEs ( per hour ) 5iO3D/69 54{30/9- 5/01 /901 Building : Group #A . . . . . . , , _ . S 14 . 29 14 . 67 15 . 07 Group rB , . . _ . , . . . , . . 14 . 57 14 , 96 15 . 37 OVER'l3ME PAY ' See ( B , E , O 1 on OVERTIME PAGE attached , PAID HE PA See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . A PPLcu�ure� BENKFITSo ( p*r hour worked) Health/rielfare . . . . . . . . 5 1 . 55 1 . 65 1 . 75 Pension . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 95 2 . 05 2 . 15 Listed supplements apply to eii classifications ( x ) Ye$ ( )Na . 1 -294 OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO SUrLDINr SCHEDULES 1 PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE t ) Sae NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor Public Work 6902824 8b- 7l01 /86 thru 6/30189 Published -09/02/88 WARREN COUNTY FADE 6 POWER EUUIPMENT OPERATOR-Buildino ,. .. Building : CLASS A : Maintenance Engineer , Self-Contained Crawler Drill , Hydraulic Drill , ' CLASS B : Crane , Hydraulic Cranes , Tower Crane , Locomotive Crane , Pile driver , Cableway , Derricks , Whirlies , Dragline CLASS Bit Shovel , Backhoe , Gradalls , Power road grader , all CMZ equipment , Front-and rubber tire loader , Tractor-mounted drill ( Quarry master ) , Mucking machine , Concrete central mix plant , Concrete pump , Belcrete system , Automated asphalt concrete plant , and Tractor road paver , CLASS C : Bulldozer , Push cat , Tractor , Traxcavator Scraper , LeTourneau grader , Form fine Grader , Road Roller , Blacktop Roller , Blacktop Spreader , Power Becomes , Sweepers , Trenching Machine , Barber Greene loader , Side booms , Hydro hammer , Concrete spreader , Concrete finishing machine , High lift , CLASS D : Oiler , Fireman and Heavy-duty {creaser , Boilers , and Stearn Generators , Pump , Vibrator , Mortar Mixer , Air Compressor , Dust Collector , Welding Machine , Well Paint , Mechanical Heater , Gonerators , Temparary Light Plants , Concrete Pumps , Electric Submersible Pump 4 ' and Over , Murphy type diesel generator , Conveyor , Elevators , Concrete Mixer and Belcrete power pack SBelcrete system ) . WAGES4per hour ) 5/01/a6- 5/01 /69- 5/01 /90- Building : 4/30/69 4/30190 4/30/91 Glass 0 A . . . 16 . 62 19 . 07 19 . 52 Class 0 B . . . . . . . . . 18 - 94' 19 . 39* 19 . 64' Class S B1 . . . . . . . . . . 16 . 59 19 . 04 19 . 49 Class / C . . . . . . . . . . . 19 - 19 18 . SA 19 . 09 Class 0 D . . . . . . . . . . 17 . 52 17 . 97 16 . 42 "Cranes : over 130ft add . 35 per hour . 'Tower crane over 5 stories add . 50 per hr . As165ft . 70 ' n r Or 10 " 1 . 00 per hr . ' 210ft " 1100 OrOr i5 1 . 50 per hr , ' 2501st 1 . 50 ' 20 2 . 00 per hr . ' 295ft 2 . 00 ' Additional 2 . 50 per hr , for hazardous or toxic waste work . OVERTIME PAY , See ( B , E , O } on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID HOLIDAY : See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . ALL WABLE RATIO : Apprentice( s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 1 } ( 1 - 6 } ,APPR„gNT�,QES : L 1000 ) hours terms at the following peircentage of Journeyman ' s wage . lat . th - 60% of 65% of To% of 75% of Class 4 Class 3 Class 2 Class i SUPPLEMENTALt ( per hour worked ) Health/Welfare . . , . , . . . $ 2 . 40 2 . 60 2 . 60 Local Pension . . . . . . . . . 2 . 15 2 . 25 2 . 35 Central Pension . . . . . , , 140 . 50 . 60 Apprentice Training . . . . 20 . 25 . 30 Listed supplements apply to ail classifications [ x ) Yes ( ) No - 1 - 106b OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO BUILDING SCHEDULES " PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( ) Sae NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor 8902624 Public Work ab- 7/01 /68 thr4 6/ 0/89 Published -09/02/86 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 7 a .. ., K,,g (Per hour ) 5/02/68- 5/01 /a9- 5l01l90- 4/30/89 4/30/90 4/30/91 Lineman/TschniCinn/Crane 24 . 46 25 . 80 Digging Mach , /Dynamite . 22 . 16 23 . 22 Chief Mach . /Tract _ Trlr . 21 . 02 21 . 93 Mobile Equip , oper . /Truck Dr . / Mach . lot Class . . . . . 19 . 87 20 . 84 Groundman 3rd Yr . . . . . . . 18 . 72 19 . 35 2nd Yr . . . . . . . 15 . 2a 15 . 46 ist Yr . . . . . , , 11 , 83 11 . 61 Flagman/Mach Helper . , . . 11483 11 . 61 Additional 1 . 00 par hr . for craw on helicopter job . Above rates applicable an all overhead Transmission line work whore other Construction trades are or have been involvetl__i__---_,____ CranoOP _ /fort . Molder . , 22 . 44 23 . 69 Lineman/Tack . /Splicer , . 22 . 44 23 . 09 Digging Mach . /Dynamite , 20 . 35 21 . 32 Chief Moch . /Trctr . Trlr . 19 . 30 2. 1 . 32 Mobile Equip , Oper . /Truck Dr . / Mach . tat Class . . . , , 76 . 25 18 . 95 Groundman 3rd Yr . . . . . . . 17 . 21 17 . 77 2nd Yr . . . . . . . 14 . 06 14 . 21 lot Yr . . . . . . . 10 . 92 10 . 66 Flagman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 . 92 - 10 . 66 "Certified Wa der . . . . 23 . 49" " 24 . 57 ` • Lineman/Cable Splicer 24 . 53" " 26 . 06 .. Above rates apply on Sub-Stations , Switching Structures , Maintanence Projects , Railroad Centenary install /maint and Sanding of Rails . ( 00 ) Applicable for Pipe Type Cable Installations . Crane/Lineman /Tech . . . . S 21 . 36 --_�_�__---22 56 `- Digging Mach . /Dynamite . 19 . 37 20 . 30 Chief Mach, /Tretr . Trlr , 16 . 38 19 . 16 Mobile Equip . oper , /Truck Dr . / Mach . lot Class . . _ 17 . 39 18 . 05 AAA Groundman 3rd Yr . . . . . . . 16 . 40 16 . 92 2nd Yr . . . . . . . 13 , 42 13 . 54 1st Yr . . . . . . . 10 . 44 10 . 15 Flagman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOAD 10 . 15 Additional 1 . 00 Per . hr . for crew on helicopter job . Above rates applicable on transmi9son line , overhead and underground distribution work a where KI other Construction Trades are or have been involved . Cart . Weldor . 17 . 85 16 . 90 19 . 99 Crane/Lin+e/Tech/Sp11c . . 17 . 00 18 . 00 19 . 04 Digging Math . /Dynamite . 15 . 30 15 . 20 17 . 14 �Sr Chief Mach . /Trctor Trlor 14 . 45 15 , 30 16 . 16 Mobile Equlp - Oper , /Truck Dr . / ® MechaniC lot Class , . _ 13 . 60 14 . 40 15 - 23 Groundman 3rd Yr . . . . . . . 12 . 75 13 . 50 14 . 26 " 2nd Yr . . . . , . . 10 . 20 10 . 80 11 . 42 " let Yr . . . . . . . 7 . 85 8 . 10 8 . 57 Flagman . . . . . . _ � . -765 __ __ __ fia-_ $ � Above rates applicable an ALL Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems . OTM P See ( B , E , 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAR HOLIDAYS : See ( 5 , 6 , a , 10 , 13 & Gov4ns Election Day ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . ALL017A6LE RATIOS ADprentice ( S ) to Journeymen L i - 2 ) The following APPRENTICE Rates and the fallowing SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS apply to all classifications catagorias of CONSTRUCTION , TRANSMISSION and DISTRIBUTION . AP_PRgNTICES : ( 1000 ) hour terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . 60 4 n 6 85X X 65% 7 aX 5X 84X 90% FOR CONSTRUCTION , TRANSMISSION and DISTRIBUTION , Per Hour worked . 'HeaS 3 . 00 3 . 00 " Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 50+3% 1 . 50+3% Education Fund . . . . . . . , 2 . 5 % 2 . 5 % Apprentice Training: . 3/ 4 % 3/ 4 % _ FOR LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNALS . SUPP M NTA H N cT T:S • per Hour Workod . 'Health/welfare . . S 3 . 00 3 . 00 3 . 00 ' Pension . . . , , . . , 1 . 50+3% 1 . 50+3% 1 . 50+3% Apprentice Training • • . 3/ 4 % 3/4% 3/4% 1 Safety Training . . . . . . 1 . 5 % 1 . 5% 1 . 5% NOT E ( S ) : Each employee in a helicopter crew to rocoive $ 1 , 00 alcove regularpay rate . L " ) H/W and Pens . ( oxcept 3% ) for Overtime Hours , paid at Overtime rate . 6- 1249e OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO HEAV`IHIGHWAY and BUILDING SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( ) Sae NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor Public Bork 6902624 - Bb-77 1188 thru 6130f89 Published -09/02/Sa WARREN COUNTY PAGE 8 Towns of Stony Creek , Thurman and Johnsburg • BAGES ( per hour ) 6/01f68 6/31/00 ' Electrician . . . . . . . . . S 17 . 75 Audio/Sound . . . . . . . . . . 17 . 75 _ Certified Balder . . . _ 19 . 75 See ( A1121 , E , O 7 on OVERTIME PAGE attached . p�YD HOLYDnyS See { 1 7 an HOLIDAY PAGE attached . ALLOBABL£ RAT?O _ Apprentice( s ) to Journeymen t 1 - 3 ] t 2 - 6 ) ( 3 - 9 7 APPRENTICES : ( hour ) terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . to 1D00 to 2oao to 35aa t2 2020 )Q _gjag jogr2p x 35% 40% Sax 60% la 50% SUPPLEMENTAL - ( par hour worked } Health/welfare . . . . . . . 2 - 05 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 30+3% Apprentice Training . . _ ' 15 ... Annuity , , , , . » . . . . . . . . . 2 . 00 Listed supplements apply to A , classifications t x ]Yes ( )No . 1 - 166 Remainder of County a r 5 ( per hour ) 8/01 f 68- _ 5 /31 /89 Electrician . . . . . . . . . . 'j 16 , 55 - Audio/Sound . . . . . . . . . . 18 . 55 OVERTIME PAY : See ( A . 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached _ PAID HOLIDAYS - See ( 20 7 on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . AL LOWAR3, 6 RATIO : Apprentice( s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 1 ] { 2 - 4 ] t 3 - 7 S APPRENTICES : ( 1 /2 7 year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . 7% 44% 50% 55% 50% 65% 70% 75% SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS : ( per hour worked ) Health/welfare . . . . . . . . $ 2 . 30'2 . 30 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 00+3%'mote Apprentice Training , . . , 15w . 15 Listed supplements apply to At1 classifications ( ] Yes ( x ) No . w Appr , bonefits appear in second column Nate : Pension lot 8 2nd term 0 , 3rd thrU Sth term . 70+3% 1 - 438 MRONnORKER wwrcc ( per hour ] 5/01f86 - 5/01 /69- 5f01 {90- 4/34/9g 4/30/90 4/30/91 Structural . . . . . . . . . . S 16 , 40 Additional Additional Reinforcing . . . . . . . . . . 15 , 40 90 to 90 to Ornamental . . . . . . . . . . . 16 . 40 be allotted be allotted Chain Link Pence . _ . 18 . 40 at a at a Shooter . . . . . . . . 16 . 85 later later Pre Cast Cone . Erect . 16 . 40 date . date . Stone Derrickman . . . , . 18 . 40 P IdF, AY Se e ee ( B , E , 0 ) an OVERTIME PAGE Attached , AID H1H0LIOAYS : See ( 1 } on HOLIDAY PAGE attached , R • Apprentices ) to Journeyman { 1 - 7 ] APPPREED C��S f �1/2 ] year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . 75t ,2RQ;,Y 3r - 4th . Sth - Sth - 7th . 8th #o% 4s% So% sax Box 70% Ba% ASos SUPPLEMENTAL ( per hour paid ) Mealtn/Welfare . . . . . . . , $ 1 . 75wnate Pension . . . . . . 3 . 31 * note Apprentice Training , . . . 100note Listed supplements apply to ALL classifications { ] Yes ( % ) No "Note- lot . yr . Appr . $ 1 . 7S H/B only . After lot . yr . , Appr . full benefits . 1 - 12s OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO HEAVYIHIGHWAY and BUILDING SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE [ ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Casa Numoer Bureau of Department of Labor $902$24 Public "ork 8b-7/01 /8$ thru 8J30/$9 Published -09/02/8a WARREN COUNTY PAGE 9 MASON-Bricklayer WAGES ( per hour ) 6/01 /$a- 5/31/a9 Bricklayer . , . . . . . . . . . . $ 16 . 33 EA See ( B , 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID HOLIDAY = See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . eg,g.TIB : ApprenticiCs ] to Journeyman [ 1 - i ) ( 1 - S ) APPR� { 1/2 7 your terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . AAA and . 3rd . 41 13 . all,St 6th 53% �09% 64% 80% 80% 90% i SUPPLEMENTAL a . . . . . . . . S r hour worked ) iiealtn/Welfare . . . S 1 . 45 Pension . . . . . 1 . a0 Apprentice Training . . . . 02 Listed supplements apply to A classifications ( x ) Yes ( )No . 1-84-C EARN_ TER WAGES ( per hour ) 5/01 /86- 5/01 /87- 5/01 /88- 4/30/07 4/30/8$ 4/30/99 Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S 12 . 40 12 . 80 13 . 20 » Taper/PaperHanger . . . . . 12 . 65 13 . 55 13 . 45 Struct , Steel /Bridge . . . 12 . 80 13 , 20 13 - 60 Spray/Sandblastt . . . . . . 13 . 40 13 . 80 14 . 20 RKHTIME PAx_ See ( B , E , E2 , 0 1 on OVERTIME PAGE attached . - NOLIOAY :. See ( 1 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . S UPPL Ef4ENTAL BENEFITS : ( per hour worked) N ealth/rie7fare . . . . . . . . $ ills 1 . 25 1 . 35 . Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 , 10 1 . 20 1 . 30 Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05 . 05 . 05 Listed supplements apply to A classifications ( x )Yes C ) No . 1 -466 P13uaca WAGg 5.( per hour ) 6/01 /88- 5/31 /89 Plumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S 16 . 40 Steamfitter , . . . . . . . _ . 16 . 40 0V ERTIME PAY : See C B , £ , G1 7 on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PtgjC3 HOL�l7AY: See ( 22 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . 1IL1LOWAR1"9 RATIgr Apprentice( i ) to Journeymen { 1 - i ) ( 1 - 5 ) A FFRENT C _ n . ( 1 ) year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . 1st amo 2nd6ma nd._ 3rd 4t#i 5th 40% sox 60% 70% 80% 00% 1 SUPPLE�JENTAY� RENEFITSm ( per hour worked) Heal th/Welfare . . . _ . . . . $ 1 . ab Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 87 Apprentice Training . . . . 15 Listed Supplements apply to e11 classifications f x ) Yes { ) No _ 1 -773 OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO HEAVY/HIGHRAY and BUILDING SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( ) Sae NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor 8002624 Public Mark Sb- /01/88 thr_ u 6/20/89 Published -09/02/88 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 10 Welder To be paid the rate of the mechanic performing the work , DRILLING For Core Drilling - See operating Engineer For Water Well Drilling - Sae Operating Engineer SURVEY CREV V Party hief - One who directs a survey party . Instrumentman- One who runs the instrument and assists the Party Chief . Rodman- One who holds the rods and in general , assists the survey party , WAGES : ( per hour ) 6/01/88- 6/01 /89- 6/01 /90- 5/31 /89 5131 /90 5/31/91 Survey Rated : - Party Chief . . . . . . . . . 15 . a3 16 . 26 17 , 63 Instrument Man . . . . . . 13 , 12 13 . 84 14 . 99 Rodman . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 11 . 57 12 . 21 13 , 22 Additional 2 . 00 per hr , for work in a Tunnel . Additional 2 . 50 par hr . for EPA or DEC certified toxic or hazardous waste work OVERTIME PAY : See ( B , E . 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID HOLIDAY : See t 5 , 6 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached - AL LOWABLE .RATIO.. Apprentice ( s ) to Journeymen ( i - 10 ) AEPRENTICHS : ( ioca ) hour terms at a percentage of Class -A- Tech . Engineer . Ist , 2nd . 88/ 89- 9 . 26 10 . 41 89/90- 9 . 77 10 . 99 90/91 - 10 . 58 11 . 90 SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS : ( per hour worked) Health/Welfare . . . . . . . . 5 2 . 40 2 . 60 2 - 80 Local Pension . . . . . . . . , 2 - 05 2 . 05 2 . 15 , Central Pension . . . . . . . 45 . 65 . 75 Suvol . Unemploy . Henefit . 60 . 60 . 60 Apprentice Training . . . . 25 . 25 . 25 Listed supplements apply to 61I classifications t z ) Yes t ) No . 6- 5450halb TREE TRIMMER WAGES ( per hour ) 1 /01 /88- 12/31 /86 Tree Trimmer : Treeman . . . _ , . . . . . S 10 . 79 O Equip . perator . 9 . 56 Truck Driver . . , . 8 . 11 OVERTIME PAY : See ( B , E , 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID HOLIDAYS : See ( 5 , 6 . 6 . 10 . t5618 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . 5 PPLEMENTAL B N FITS : ( per hour worked . ) Health/welfare . . . . . . . . S 1 . 45 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 70+ 1 % Listed supplements apply to ALL classifications f x ) Yes t ) No , 8- 1249TT OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO IHEAVY/HIGHMAY and 5UILDING SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor 8902624 Public (York 6b- /01 /88 thru 6/ 30/a9 Published -09/02/88 WARREN COUNTY . . PAGE 11 -� CARPENTE'R;Hsavv/Hiahway „ .:., ,WAGE,;(per hour ) 6/01/66- .. 5/01 /69- 6/01 /90 Heavy/Highway : - 5/31/69 5/ai /90 5/31/91 Carpenter . _ # 16 . 66 Additional Additional P1ledriver (He&vy/Hiway ) la . 56 . 81 to be 1 . 06 to be Dockbuilder . . . . . , , . . . . . 16 . 66 allotted allotted - OV,FRTiiIIE PAS See ; B . E , O , T ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . P AIDTM 1 2hv; See ( 2: , 17 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached , �ARICLE RA '` Apprentice s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 5 ) APPR ES : 1/2 ) yoar terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s ways . Id 50% 65% 70% 7 X 60X 65% 90% 9 % ,5,�,lPPLEiIENTAt aENEFITS • ( per hour worked) _ Health/iMe fart . . . , . . . , # 1 . 60 at a at a Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 90 later later Apprentice Training . . , . 025 date date . Listed supplements apply to AL-L classifications (x ) Yes ( )No . 1/$-AOCh229/ 1042 ' .( per hour ) 65/31 /69-----_�_--65/3 / 890------65/31891 Marine Construction : Diver -Scuba & Hardhat 225 . 00 Additional Additional par day . 61 to be 1 . 05 to be Tender 17 . 66 allotted allotted per Hr _ at a at a -- OVERTHIM PAY : See ( B , E , d , T ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached , PA HOLT_DAye . Sea ( 2 , 17 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached , Apprentice( s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 5 ) APPRENTrCES : t 1 /2 ) year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . iet . 6 a 7th athaozirx lux at sth - % Xu 55% 90z sex 4UPPLEMENTAL BENEETTS • Cpor hour worked ) Health/wa )fara4 . . . . . . . S 1 . 60 later later Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 date . date , Apprentice Training . . . : 025 Listed supplements apply to a" classifications ( x ) Yes { ) No _ 5-ADCd OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO HEAVY/H -HMAY SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( " ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor $902824 Public Work Sb- /01 /88 thru 6/30/89 Published -09/02/66 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 12 L68ORER-Hatavy/Highway . Heavy/Highway Laborer : Group M A : Basic , Drill Helper , Flagman , Outboard and Hand Boats . ' Group a B : Bull Float , Chain Saw , Concrete Aggregate Bin , Concrete Boatmen , Gin Buggy , Hand or Machine Vibrator , Jack Hammer , Mason Tender , Mortar Mixer , Pavement Breaker , Handlers of all SteelMash , Small Generators for Laborers ' Tools , Installation of Bridge Drainage Pipe , Pipe Layers , Vibrator Type Rollers , Tamper , Drill Doctor , Tail or Screw Operator on Asphalt Paver , Water Pump , Operators ( 1 - 4/2 " and Single Diaphragm ) , Nozzle ( Asphalt , Gunite , Seeding , and Sand Blasting) . Laborers on Chain Link Fence Erection , Rock Sputter and Power Unit , Pusher Type Concrete Saw and all other Gas , Electric , Oil and Air Tool Operators , Wrecking Laborer . Group #C : All Rock or Drilling Machine Operators ( Except Quarry Master and Similar Type) , Acetylene Torch Operators , Asphalt Raker and Powderman . Group MD : Blasters , Form Setters . Stan* or Granite Curb Setters . ; sx ' r Group •E : Hazardous waste removal rJAGES ( per hour ) 6/01 /68- 6/01 /89- 6/01/90- 5/31 /a9 5/31 /90 3/31 /91 Heavy Hi hwav Laborer -, Group a All 15 , 04 15 . 44 15 , 94 . Group a/ a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S . 24 15 . 64 16 . 14 . Group # C . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1S . 44 15 . 04 16 . 34 Group A 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . 64 16 . 04 16 . 54 Group # E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 , 04 17 . 44 17 . 94 � T PAY • See ( 8 , E , P , T ) an OVERTIME PAGE attached . AID HOLIDAYS See ( 5 , 6 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFTTS : ( per hour worked) Health/Welfare . . . . . . . . S . 90 11,00 1 . 05 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 70 1 . 85 2 , 00 Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 = 30 , 40 Listed supplements apply to Air classifications ( x ) Yes ( )No . 1 - 186/2h MASON-Heavy/Highway WAGES ( per hour ) 6/01/67- 5/31 /88 Heavy/Highway : Cement Finish ( H/H) . . . 15 . 95 OVERTIME PAY : See ( B , E . O ) an OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID HOLIDAYL See ( 59 20 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . ALLOWABE RATIO : Apprentices ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 1 ) ( 1 - 5 ) APPRENTj C%E54 ( 1 /2 ) year terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . jest . 2ng . 3rd - Ath - 5th . Bth . 50% 55% 60% 65% 70% 80% SUPPLEMENTAL SENEFITS : ( per hour worked ) Health/Welfare . . . . . . . . $ 1 . 45 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 50 I - U . Pension - - - - - - - - - - . 30 Listed supplements apply to ALL classifications ( x ) Yes ( ) No . 1 -64h OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO Y SCHEDULES i i 4 N PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE { ) So* NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor 8902624 Public Work 8b- 7/04 /8$ thru 6/34/89 Published -09/02/89 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 13 TEAMSTER-H*ayyYHiohwav Towns of Chaster , Hague , Hortcon and Johnsburg . Truck Drivor ( H/H) : GROUP 1 : Warahousemen , Yardmen , Truck Helpers , Pickups , Panel Trucks , Flatboy Material Trucks ( straight Jobs ) , Single Axel Dump Trucks , Dumpsters . Material Checkers anti Receivers , Greasers , Truck Tiremen , Mechanics Helpers and Parts Chasers . GROUP 2 : Tandems and Batch Trucks , Mechanics , Dispatcher . GROUP 3 : Semi -Trailers , Low-boy Trucks , Asphalt Distrtbitor Trucks , and Agitator , Mixer Trucks and dumperete type vehicles , Truck Mechanic , Fuel Trucks . GROUP 4 : SpeCtallxed Earth Moving Equipment , Euclid type , or similar off - highway , where not self- loading , Straddle ( Ross ) Carrier , and self-contained concrete mobile truck . GROUP 5 : Off-highway Tandem Back-Dump , Twin Engin Equipment and Double-Hitched Equipment where not self- loading . Id i WAGE,g(per hour ) 6/01 /88- 6/01 /a9- 6/01 /90- d Heavy/Hiway : 0 5/31/89 5/31/90 5/31 /91 Group # 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . 57 15 . a5 18 . 18 . Group #2 . . . . . . . , . . . . 15 . 62 1S . 90 16 . 23 •• # Group #3 . . . . . . . , , . . . 15 . 67 IS , 95 16 . 26 Group 44 . . . . . . . . I . . . 15 , 82 16 . 10 16 . 43 Group #S . . ' . . . . . . . , , 15 . 07 16 , 25 16 . 5a gel Sae ( B , E . G ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . AID HOL DAY : See ( S , 6 } on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . S UPPtg% VTA.-Q'ENEFITS � Cppor hour worked ) H eaith/We l fare . . . . . . . . 5 1 . 44 1 . 44 1 - 44 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 00 2 . 50 3 . 00 Listed supplements apply to ALL classifications ( x ) Yes C )No . 1 -648h _ Remainder of County Truck Driver ( H/H ) : GROUP 1 : Warehousemen , Yardmen , Truck Helpers , Pickups , Panel Trucks , Flatboy Material Trucks ( straight Jobs ) , Single Axel Dump Trucks . Dumpsters , l6torla7 Checkers and Receivers , Greasers , Truck Tiremen , Mechanics Helpers and Parts Chasers . GROUP 2 : Tandems and Batch Trucks , Mechanics , Dispatcher . GROUP 3 : Semi -Trailers , Low-boy Trucks , Asphalt Distrtbitor Trucks , end Agitator , Mixer Trucks and dumperete type vehicles , Truck Mechanic , Fuel Trucks . GROUP 4 : Specialized Earth Moving Equipment , Euclid type , or similar off- highway , where not self - loading , Straddle ( Ross ) Carrier , and self -contained concrete mobile truck . GROUP 5 : Off -highway Tandem Back -Dump , Twin Engin Equipment and Double-Hitched Equipment where not self - loading . WAGES ( per hour ) 6/01 /88- 6/01 /89- 6/01 /90- Heavy/Hiway - 5/31 /89 5/31 /90 S/31 /91 Group 4f . . . . . .. . . . . . . 14 . 71 15 . 14 15 . 62 Group 02 , . . . . . . . . . . . 14 . 76 15 . 19 15 . 67 Group 43 . . . . . . . , . . ' : 14 . 81 15 , 24 15 . 72 Group M4 . . . . . . . . . . 14 , 96 15 . 39 15 . 87 Group 05 . . . . . . . . . . 15 . 11 15 . 54 16 . 02 OVERTIME PAY : See ( B , E , O ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached , PAID HOLIDAY • See C 5 , 6 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . S PP CIAF TAL BENEFI7S : ( per hour workOO ) Haaith l Wel f are . . . . . . . . $ 2 . 10 2 . 20 2 . 30 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 . 20 2 , 45 2 . 70 Listed supplements apply to Air classifications f x ) Yes f ) No . 1 -294h ` OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE To HEAVYZHIGHWAY SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE { ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor $902624 Public Mork ab- 7/01 /aa thru 6/30/ag Published -09/02/88 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 14 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR-Heavy/Hiahwav ' . Heavy/Highway : . MAN18j MECH&NIC : Crane , Cherry Picker ( over 5 ton capacity , Derricks ( s�teal erection ) rag n' e , overhead Crane ( gantry or straddle ) , Plledriver , Truck Crane CLASS A : Automated Concrete Sprisader ( CMI Type ) , Automatic Fine Grader , Backhoe( oxcopt tractor -mounted , rubber tlred ) , Backhoe Excavator Full Swing ( CAT 212 or similar ) , Belt Placer ( CMI Type ) , Blacktop Plant ( automated ) , Cableway , Caisson Auger , Central Mix Concrete Plant ( automated) , Cherry PiOker ( over 5 tons capacity ) , Concrete Pump ( 80 or over ) , Dredge , Dual Drum Paver , Excavator ( all purposo-hydraulic -Gradall or Similar ) , Fork Lift ( factory rated 1Sft and over ) , Pront End Loader ( Ac . y . 6 over ) , Head Tower ( Snuarman or equal ) , Haist ( two or three Drum ) , Mine Hoist , Holland Loader , Mucking ' Machine or Male , Power Grader , Quad 9 . Quarry Master (or equivalent ) , Scraper , Shovel , Side Boom , Slip Form Paver ( If a second man is needed , he shall be an Oiler ) , Tractor Drawn Belt Typo Loader „ Truck Crane , Truck or Trailer Mounted Chipper ( self -fooding ) , Tug 3 Operator ( manned , rented equipment excluded) 8 Tunnel Shovel , Maintenance Engineer , Concrete Curb Machine , Solf -Propelled Slip Form . CLASS IB : Cherry Picker (5 ton capacity R under ) CLASS BLBackhoo (Tractor-Mount ad . Rubber Tir ad ) , Bituminous Spreader 4 M1xer , Blacktop Plant ( norr-automated ) , Blast or Rotary Drill ( Truck or Tractor Mounted ) , Boring Machine , Ca99a Hoist , Contral Mix Plant ( Non Automated ) , All Concrete Batching Plants , . . Compressors ( 4 or less exceeding 2 , 000 C . f . m . combined • capacity ) , Concrete Paver over 15S , Concrete Pump ( Under 8 ' ) , Crusher , Diesel Power Unit . Drill Rigs ( Tractor Mounted) , Front End Loader ( under 4 c . y . ) , Hi -Pressure Boiler ( 15 lbs _ d over ) , Hoist ( Ona Drum ) , Kalman Plant Loader R similar type loaders ( if employer requires another man , he shall be Oiler ] , L . C . M , Work Bout Operator , 'Locomotive , Grease Man , Welder , Mixer ( for Stabilized -- base- self propolled) , Manorail Machine , Plant Engineer , Pump Crate , Ready Mix Concrete Plant , Refrigeration Equipment { for soil stabilization ) , Road Widener , Roller ( all above Sub-grade ) , Sea Mule „ Tractor with Dozer and/or Pusher , Trencner , Tugger Hoist . Winch and Winch Cat , CLASS C : A Frame Truck , Compressors ( 4 under 2 , 000 cfm combined capacity ; or 3 orlass With more then 1200 cfm . but not to exceed 2 . 000 c . f . m ) Compressors ( any size but subject to other provisions for compressors -Dust Collectors . Generators , Pumps , welding Machines , tight Plants - 4 of any typo orcombination ) , Concrete Paverment Spreaders and Finishers , Convoyar , Drill ( core ) , Drill ( well ) , Eloctric Pump Used in Conjunction with Well Point System , Form Tractor with Accessories . Fine Grade Machine , Fork Lift ( under lSft ) , Grout Pump , Gunite Machine . Hammars ( hydraulic- self propelled) ; hydra- Spiker ( ride-on ) ; Hydra-Blester ( water ) , Power Sweeper , Post Hole Digger 8 Post Driver , Roller ( grade 3 fill ) , Scarifier ( ride-on ) , Span Saw( ride-an ) Submersible Electric Pump( wnen used in lieu Of well point system ) , Tamper ( ride-on ) , All ride-on Tie Extractors , Tie Handlers , Tie Spacers , Tie Inserters B Track Liners Tractor (with towed accessories ) . Vibratory Compactor , V1bro Tamp , Well Paint CLASS D : Aggregate-Plant `Bailer ( uaed with-prOduction ] , Cement 3 Bin Operator , Compressors ( 3 or less not to exceed 1 , 200 c . f . m . combined capacity ) , Compressors ( any si2e , but subject to other provisions for compressors-Duet Collectors , Generators , Pumps . Welding Machines . Light Plants - 3 or less -any type or combination ) , COncrete Paver or Mixer ( 16S 8 under ) , Concrete Saw ( self propelled ) . Form Tamper , Hydralic Pukmp( jacking system) . Light Plants , Mulching Machine , Oiler Parapet Concrete or Pavement Grinder , Power Broomo( towed ) , Power Heaterman , Revinius Widener , Snell Winder , Steam Cleaner , Tractor . POWER EQUIP . OPER H/H-CONTINUED TON-NEXT PAGE . ' OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO HEAVY/HIGHWAY SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( • ) Sea NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED State of New York Case Num4er Department of Labor Bureau of 8902624 Public Rork Gb-7/01 /86 thru 6/3D/89 Published -08/02/88 WARREN COUNTY ' PAGE 15 POWER EO IPMENT QPERATO8, Heavv/H i ohw v (,San 1 ' 176SiE.$( Per hour ) 6/01 /88- 6/01 /89- 6/01/90- Heavy/Highway : 5/31 /89 5/31 /90 3/31/91 Master MechaniC . . . . 20 . 23 20 . 92 21 . 60 CLASS 1A . . . . . . . . . . 19 . 42 20 . 06 20 . 86 CLASS A , . . . . . . . . . . . 19 . 07 19 . 71 20 , 53 CLASS 18 . . . . . . . . . . 16 . 77 19 - 38 20 . 16 CLASS 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 . 42 19 . 03 19 . 81 CLASS C . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 . 57 17 . 10 17 . 79 CLASS D . . . . . . . . . . . . i4 . 94 15 . 39 15 . 99 50 per hr additional for Crane with Boom length E gib 154ft , and over . 1 . 00 ' 200lt . Additional: 2 . 50 per hr . for hazardous or toxic waste work . OYERTi pAY . Sae C 8 , E , 0 ) on OVERTIME PAGE attached . AT [�5�7DAY : See ( S . 6 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . A' TIO : Apprentice( s ) to Journeymen ( 1 - 1 ) ( 1Af`o P ;,, ( 1DOD 3 hours terms at the following percentage of Journeyman ' s wage . 1st . 2nd . 3rd . 4th 00% of 65% of 70% of 75% of Class 0 Class C Class B Class A 5UPPLEM E,NTAL HENEFITS , ( per hour Worked) " Health/4Melfare , . . . . . . . 5 2 . 40 2 . 60 2 . SO Local Pension Fund . . . . 2 , 15 2 . 25 2 . 35 Central Pension Fund . . . 40 450 480 Apprentice Training , . . , 20 . 25 . 30 Listed supplements apply to A" classificatlons C x ) Yes C )No . 1 - 106h OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO HEAVY/HIGHWAY SCHEDULES PREVAILING RATE SCHEDULE ( " ) See NOTICE PAGE ATTACHED ' State of New York Case Number Bureau of Department of Labor Public Work , 0902624 Bb- 7/01 /88 thru 6/30/89 Published -09/02/89 WARREN COUNTY PAGE 10 , MARINE CONSTRUCTION WAGES ( par hour ) 10/01 /66- 10/01 /87- 'Hydraulic Oredge ; 9/30/87 10/30/68 Leverman 16 . 41 16 . 98 Engineer 15 . 24 16 . 81 Maint . Engineer 16 . 01 16 . 57 Derrick Oper . 15 . 24 16 . al Chief Mate on Oredge 16 . 01 15 . 52 Mate 15 , 00 13 . 83 DeckHand 13 . 36 14 . 32 Oiler 13 . 64 18 . 57 Fireman 13 . 84 14 . 32 ' Shoreman 13 . 35 13 . 83 Boat Captain 15 . 10 15 . 63 Tug Boats : Tug Master 15 . 78 16 . 33 Tug Captain 15 . 10 t5 , 83 Tug Chief Engineer 15 . 38 15 . 92 Tug Engineer 15 . 10 15 . 63 Tug Dockhand 13 . 52 13 - 99 Dipper and ClamshellDredges `----'---------------- Operator 16 . 89 17 . 27 Cranoman 16 . 24 16 . 81 Engineer 16 . 56 17 . 14 Maint . Enginaer 16 . 01 18 . S7 Mate 15 . 00 15 . 52 Dockhand 13 . 52 13 . 99 Oiler 13 . 84 14 . 32 Boat Master 15 . 78 16 . 33 Boat Captain 15 . 1D -- ----- 15 _63__ • N OVERTIME PAY : See ( B , E , P , S ) an OVERTIME PAGE attached . PAID HOLIDAY : Sae ( 5 . 6 , 10 , 15 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . The following SUPPEMENTAL BENEFITS apply to all to ALL classtfications of the above HYORAULIC . DIPPER , CLAMSHELL DREDGES and TUG BOATS . 2UPPLEMENTAL SENgEl T$. : (per hour worked . ) Health/Welfare . . . . . . . . $ 1 . 56 1 . 56 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 03 1 . 03 Vacation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 % 9% 4-25n WAGES ( per hour ) 10/01 /86- 10/01 /87 - 9/30/87 9/30/88 Drill Boat ; Engineer 17 . 77 18 . 39 Blaster 17 . 96 18 . 59 driller -Welder/Mechanic 17 . 7a 18 . 40 , Fireman 17 . 20 t7 . a0 Oiler 17 , 01 17 . 60 Helper 17 . 01 17 . 60 OVERTIME PAY,;, See L B , E , P . S 3 on OVERTIME PAGE attached . PA10 HOLIDAY : See L 5 , 8 , 10 , 15 ) on HOLIDAY PAGE attached . SUPPLEMENTAL ( per hour worked) Health/144elfare . . . . . . . . 3 1 . 56 1 . 56 Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 . 03 1103 Vacation . . . . . . . . . . . . . a % 8 % ' Listed supplements apply to A" classifications ( x ) Yes ( )No . 4-25/3 OCCUPATIONS APPLICABLE TO HEAVY /HIGHWAY SCHEDULES ' STATE OF MEH YORK DEPARTMENT OF LABOR BUREAU OF PUBLIC NORK STATE OFFICE BUILDING CAMPUS - ' ALBANV , N . Y . 12Z40 - L TWO or MORE WILLFUL DETERMINATIONS ,.� nS. D3 / 01f89 � ,: b: 1 LIST OF EMPLOYERS INELIGIBLE TO 8ID ON OR BE AWARDED ANY TUBLIC WORK' Page Under Article 8 of the Labor Law , if within any six Year period two final determinations are renderad against an employer finding that theY have wilfully violated the Prove iIing wage Iaw . they are debarred , that ia . they are ineligible to sub" Iok a bid on , be awardeda or participate as a contractor or subcontractor on any public work contract lot by the State , any mufiicipal carporeti ono or public body for Period of fire a Years from the date of debarment . Bo low is a list of the employers who have bean -debarred . 11 CONTRACTOR Number Data Date Fiscal Barred ' .. - of of lost of Last Officer Unti !Detarm " a Wilful Wi l ful Cseo Notes 3 . . . do do . s A . M. C . Haati ng and Ai r Condi Ad on hS Inc . C 6 3 1 / 28 / 85 i / 28 / 85 DOL 104 North Duane Ave . opEndi cott , N. Y , 1 / 28 / 90 Warron Brown and Associatos , Inc ." - . C 2 ] f / 04 / 88 4f09 / 86 DOL Yf09/•li . 602 West Oe 1 evan Avo . , Buffo 1 e , N, V . Yid - State Elec . C 2 3 9 / 11Z84 11 / 2/ 84 DOL 11 / 2 / B9. 1914 Dwyer Ave . * Uti coo N . V . .. J . Tuxxolo A Co , C 2 3 st # NYC - DOL S / 10 / 89 � 136 E 1 tow St . , Brook I y n . N . V , Signet Construction Carp L C 2 3 5 / 11 / 22 6 / 2O / 84 NYC 6 / 20 / 89 Paul M, Mai l on Co . Inc , C 2 3 6 / 03 / 8S 6 / 12 / 85 DOL # # 3 / 10 / 91 1 Nighi and Intl _ park Drive , peokski I ! , N . Y _ 10sea Molco Construction Corp . C 2 ] 5 / 14 / 86 6 / 27 / 86 DOL 6 / 27 / 91 1334 Gun Hi I l Road , Sronx , N. V . 10469 MOSS Electric air Conditioning COrp . C 2 3 S / Zl / 82 6 / 26 / 86 NYC 6 / 26 / 51 The Mull Corporation C 2 3 I / 03 / 86 8 / 07 / 85 DOL 8 / 07 / 91 Emerson h Lewis Company . Inc , C 2 3 9 / 27 / 8S 9f09 / 86 DOL 9 / 02 / 91 Route lZ South . Oxfortl , N . Y . 13830 L F L and Associates C 2 3 9 / 27 / 85 9 / 09 / 86 DOL 9 / 09 / 91 ' Route 12 South . Oxford , N. Y . 13830 29 Ridge Road Contracting , Inc . C 2 3 3 / 18 / 86 9 / 18 / 86 COL 9 / 18 / 91 1539 Now Hyde Park Drive , Now Hyde park . N . Y - 11040 Breeze Contractors . Inc . C 2 ] 9 / 18 / 86 9 / 29 / 86 DOL 9 / 29 / 91 136 N ! colas Road , Nesconsat , N. Y ., 11767 Superior Paving Corporation C 2 3 10 / 91 / 86 10 / 21 / 8s DOL 10 / 21 / 91 1491 Nelson St . . Schewectady , N . Y . 12306 NoIlam Contracting Cod. Inc . C 2 3 6 / 03 / 8S G / 12 / 85 DOL # * 3 / 10 / 91 1 HI gh I and Ind . Park on ye , peaksk I 1 I . N . Y . loses Beaver Building Corp , C 3 3 1 / 2 / 86 2 / 24f 87 DOL Z / Z4 / 92 Bask Road . Glenmant , N . Y . 12077 • STATE OF MEN YORK DEPARTH £ MT OF LABOR BUREAU OF PUBLIC WORK ' STATE OFFICE BUILDING CAMPUS ALBANY . N. Y . 12240 TWO or MORE WILLFUL DETERMINATIONS . 03 / 01 / a9 Ps 9* Ccohtlnued ] Cam - Ful IndUstries . Ine . ' C a ] 6 / 16 / 88 2 / ta / 87 DOL 2 / 18 /92 P . O . Bax 153 . 1S22 Carbon St . , Syracuse . N . Y . 13208 Hydro - Fab Corporation , C 2 1 3 / 23 / 87 3 / 25 / 87 DOL 3 / 25192 416 Stanley Avehus . Brook IVn , NY 11207 Grsece Asphalt Company , Inc . C 2 ] 1116 / 87 3 / 30 / a7 IDOL 3 / 30 / 92 78 Bennington Orive . Rochester , N. Y . 14616 J . M . Ouffus Contractl ng . Inc . C 2 ] 8 / 7 / 86 9 / a / 87 DOL 318 / 92 Associated 5afaty L59hting . 2hc . , C 2 3 11 / 25 / 86 10 / 05 / 87 DOL 1O / 05 / 92 278a Mohawk Street . Sauqual t . N. V . Esquire Wire 8 Fence Co . Inc . . C 3 ] 06 / 27 / 84 4 / 15 / 28 OOL 4 / 1S / 93 1033 Routs 1 . Arena l , N . J . 07001 - .� " J 8 B Bilac Cohtvactars . Inc . C 2 3 10 / 30 / 87 10 / 30 / 87 NYC 10 / 30 / 92 L 8 M Company , A Di v _ of Ni at Roofing Contractors . Inc . C 2 ] 05 / OS / 87 01 / 27 / a9 DOL 02 / 13 / 94 501 Willett Ava . rPort Chastar . NY 10573 J . L . Bailey . d / b / a Castiia Hardware a / k / a Castile Hardwara . Plumb . 8 Hgt . C 2 ] OS / 07 / 87 02 / 21 / 89 DOL 02 / 21 / 94 1 East Park Road , Castlls . NY 14427 Nets : ' * TVS2D10 had a willful ) tlstarmi nati ens rehtleretl against them on 1 / 30 / 84 by NYC and 1 additianal on S / 10 / 84 by DOL . * * Date was computed by adding 265 days during which a stay Was effective to the 5 your debarred period . Note : Whare the Fiscal Officer is denoted " NYC " , the information has been provided by the Now York City Comptroller * % Office , the agancy issuing the dateeminations . Any questions regarding these listings should be addrresssd directly to the Comptroller . The Bureau of Public Work of the Now York State Department of Labor will respond with regard to listings where t h e Fiscal Officer is listed as wwOCLvv - Reviewed a n d A p p r O v a d NYS Dept of Labor • Counsel Data : 5 / 15 / a7 docm : dabarred i 1 1 1 SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK E RM 1 . 00 GENERAL , 01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION 1al- .> '!sr'xrYE -4ra ys: ' M A . The name of project and location is : Greater Glens Falls Transit Facility ~ Queensbury Avenue , . ' Queenshury, New York 12804 I . U2 SINGLE CONTRACT EF '�t3Yfl° .. , ,. ...'q.i �T' _ A, The work is to be performed under seperate contracts which includes the following traditional major categories ; 1 . General Construction Work , 2 . Plumbing Work , ` 3 . Keating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Work , � f� 9V' 2 ' 4 . Electrical Work . ,. 1 . 03 RELATED DOCUMENTS 9 ' A. The contractor shall note that information of interest to all his _ subcontractors may be found on any of the drawings regardless of traditional trade breakdown by drawing titles and designation . - S . The contractor shall review all the contract documents for work applying to him and for coordination of his work with all other contractors and trades . CO In case of discrepancy between the Drawings and Specifications , interpretation shall be given preference in the following order , with later dates taking precedence over earlier dates : 1 . Addenda . 2 . Amendments to the Drawings . 3 . Amendments to the Specifications . ' 4 . Drawings . a . Schedules and piping and wiring diagrams taken precedence over other data shown on the Drawings . 99 b . Notes take precedence over other data shown on the Drawings , except schedules and piping and wiring diagrams , 5 . Specifications . le04 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A . Additional drawings will be furnished as deemed necessary by the Architect to interpret and explain the Contract Drawings and are to be considered as forming part of the Contract Documents to which they relate . S . All Drawings and Specifications and all copies thereof are the property of the Architect to interpret and explain the Contract Documents to which they relate , C . The contractor shall keep one complete set of the latest Contract a .. C1D10 1 � 1 . . , . Drawings and additional drawings together with Specifications and all Addenda on the job site , and available until the building or work is accepted . ,: ; . 05 COORDINATION r+ t '�`-'�..r""-'t .. ` ° ,:'yst: - :r'-:''" i �+' ai e . u. l ' 'c% t. . •„',` . . .: . i d ..1 r' A . General contractor is required to fully coordinate his work with all other contractors and his subcontractors and shall : 1 . Familiarize himself with the work of all subcontractors . 2 . Determine the progress schedule of each trade and schedule his own work and deliveries accordingly so that job progress will be maintained and no work of any contractor will be delayed . -� 3 . ACross. cheek and relate all parts of his work to that of his subcontractors . 4 . Work with his subcontractors to insure correct and timely _ installations . ; 5 . Lay out his own work according to general plans , details and shop drawings , following only the latest information . �- rY 6 . Promptly remove and rebuild work improperly built or interfering with the proper work of his subcontractors . 1 . 06 CONTRACTOR ' S DUTIES A . Except as specifically indicated otherwise , general contractor shall provide and pay for all the following necessary for proper execution of the work including but not limited to : 1 . Labor , materials and equipment . 2 . Tools , construction equipment and machinery . 3 . Utilities and services required for the work . 4 . Permits and fees . 5 . All other specified facilities and services in connection with the work such as : a . Temporary Facilities . 01500 . b . Technical services including Field and Laboratory Testing , services of a Survey and Layout service . c . Contractor ' s services as specified in the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions . 6 . Services of a full-time superintendent directly in the employ of the contractor . 1 . 07 WORK NOT IN CONTRACT (NIC ) i A . Work under this contract specifically excludes those items , designated as being provided or performed by others . stork so excluded is designated on the Drawings "NIC . " 8 . The following items shown on the drawings are not included in , this Contract : 1 . Items indicated "NIC" (not in contract ) . 2 . moveable equipment and furniture , 3 . Drapes and window blinds . 01010-2 wi'.,...-.iiv x':sr�l...`�.4i�+::a' .. •.u.,n ,. .._ p..., ........ro ;_.. .n, ..i+i=bti . _ .. . . . ..... .:-.�'px�.L7�.k•, .x m.,+�..»•_ ;.irt ..-.-...,.c.. . . _ . . . . . . r>.�Lebsr. . SECTION 01020 - SOIL BORING DATA PART 1 , 00 - GENERAL 1 � O1 $U$StIRFACE DATA :S , r, ' L <,,;a ys e ,ate < A _ A number of test borings were taken in the vicinity of the work , The location of these borings is shown on the plans , B , Logs of the test borings refered to above are available for inspection ; but are not a part of the Contract Documents . The � ' .., I.Javailability of these borings is not intended to releive Bidders of their obligation to make a thorough investigation of site conditions . C , Bidders are hereby warned and put on notice that the borings M � refered to above were made for design purposes only , x ; D . Neither the Owner nor the Architect has made any investigation of subsurface conditions in the area other than those borings referred to above , and , in bidding on this contract , each Bidder y acknowledges that he has made whatever investigation of subsurface conditions he had deemed necessary for the purpose of ` > bidding . E , Soil Borings taken in May 1989 , Soil report completed May , 1989 + is available for inspection by contractors at : Richard E . Jones Associates , 119 Aviation Road , Queensbury . New York . 01020 - 1 SECTION 0103Q SPECIAt PROJECT PROCEDURES PART I OQ - GENERAL IvOl TIME _FOR COMPLETION A. The work shall be commenced immediately upon notification to proceed and shall be vigorously pursed until completion . Work shall be fully completed within the time stipulated , proposed .or otherwise agreed upon and as stated in the contract , B . Beneficial Occupancy of the building will take place on a date to be stipulated . At that time , the owner will occupy the premises ; ,.�:. and all the interior construction shall be physically complete as defined by Article 15 of General Conditions , All building services and utilities , fixtures and appliances shall be complete and. tested . Safe , unimpeded access for the building will bedoom required of construction contractor . C . All other construction work not required or implied by paragraph B above for Beneficial Occupancy shall be finally complete within the contract period . Idd . 02 COMMUNICATIONS A. All notices , demands , requests , instructions , approvals , proposals and claims must be in writing. _ s . Any notice given or demand made by either party to the Contract shall be sufficiently given if delivered at the office of the other party or deposited in the United States mail in a sealed , prepaid envelope or delivered to any telegraph company for transmission with charge prepaid , in each case properly addressed . Co Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given as of the time of actual delivery or of actual receipt in the case of telegrams , D . For communication purposes , the office of address of the contractor shall be that stated on the signature page of the contract , that of the owner shall be as stated in the Invitation for Bids . Any subsequent change in the address of either party shall be communicated to other in writing . 1 . 03 xrAYOIPr OF WORK A_ Establish temporary and permanent referral bench marks which will be readily accessible during construction operations , and establish building lines an solidly constructed batter boards carefully maintained and periodically checked , 1 . Clearly record the location and elevations of each bench mark . 2 . Each trade to lay out and be responsible for lines , elevations and measurements of work executed by him . 01030-1 ro✓� f.;.. .. .` " 5 .f.. ifs'.Y . ... . . s.:-.. . . . . .•4R.GSEerz.:...x.x•+/iey., A .. e - 3 . Make minor changes in layout of opening walls , partitions , trim , finishes , figures , etc . at no extra cost , if so directed by Architect , to produce an integrated finished job . 4 . Each trade to cooperate with other trades in determining the 5 proper location for his Mork . '_> t S . Establishment of benchmarks shall be by a licensed surveyor _ 1 . 04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND SCHEDULE OF THE WORK A . To permit work to be arranged and prosecuted in an orderly expeditious manner , general contractor will prepare and submit to the Architect for review, within thirty (30) days of award of �.. contract , a detailed time schedule of factors involved in the work . Do Progress schedule will include the following information . : a 1 . Anticipate date of commencement and completion of all trade and/or subcontractor including : ` `' - a . Projected manpower required to complete each operation in the stipulated time . b. Earliest start and latest finish dates which will not cause adjustment in schedule of other work ( float time) . c . Various phases of work of other contractors , if any, where that work affects the work under contract . d . Submission and/or approval of shop drawings , samples , color and schedules , etc . e . Estimated time required for fabrication and/or delivery of materials and equipment including anticipated delivery dates . , Co Periodically update and revise schedule to reflect actual progress of work at intervals as warranted by job status but not less than monthly . D . Review and comment on progress schedule by Architect and/or owner shall not be construed to relieve the contractor of his obligations to accomplish the result intended or to alter the time for construction stipulated by contract , nor constitute any basis for claim against Architect or owner . S . Revisions to the dates and times of various operations resulting from job conditions shall not constitute any basis for claims against Architect or owner . 1 . 05 SUBSTITUTIONS A . Substitutions 1 . Reference in the Specifications to any article , device , product , material , fixture , form or type of construction by name , make or catalog number shall not be construed as limiting competition . The contractor , in such cases may, at �k.:.. : this option , use any article , device , product , material , fixture , for or type of construction which , in the judgement 01030-2 - Id .. r «n .:_,: .-:.....aiv:a..,z.;. . .. a..a.:u.N�-�T,tbe�wwa+r a5,=r S.a.�-.°...�Sw,":�._ : . . . .:.... .. . . . :..irnt ysn'!`..r...,. .<•,�.-4:RYw'MFAk;,,-«: ;::. . .. . ...:: <, . P . . ,.,. "`.r.r,FtL.«.:. of the Architect , expressed in writing, is fully equivalent to items specified and/or described in performance , quality, durability, appearance , strength or other pertinent Yr characteristic , 2. If any division or ,section of the specification sets more rigid standards , then such standards take precedence over requirements of this article for that work . 3 . Wo change from Contract Documents will be authorized or accepted unless an approved field or change order has been properly executed by the Architect and owner in accordance with procedures described in the General Conditions . S . Required Submissions 1 . It is the contractor ' s responsibility to make a detailed and complete written comparison , including performance data , of any item proposed as a substitution for that named , and/or described . 2 . Such written comparisons not submitted to Architect within 60 calendar days of contract . need not be considered or accepted by the Architect . Co Changes to Related Work 1 . It is the contractor ' s responsibility to determine if substitution or equivalent materials , products or systems requires changes in other work and if so , to rake such changes at no additional cost to owner . 2 . obtain Architect ' s concurrence of minor changes in other work . 3 . Changes requiring redesign of building components or spaces ; or affecting finished appearance of project shall be accomplished as directed by Architect . 1 . 06 SUBMITTALS A . Submit shop drawings , samples , materials ' lists , schedules , illustration catalog cuts , installation instructions and all other data necessary to fully describe to the Architect particular product , material or construction in accordance with the General Conditions and as specified herein . B . Submittals to include : 1 . illustrations . 2 . Dimensions and sizes . 3 . Scale details . 4 . Weight as applicable . 5 . Performance characteristics and capacities . 6 . Wiring and control diagrams . 7 . Installation instructions . So Maintenance instructions . 9 . Warranty data . 10 . Samples in quantities and sixes indicated in sections at Technical specifications . C . See specific Technical Specification sections for specific or additional requirements . 01030-3 Do Methodology _ 1 . Clearly identify all submissions by job title , architect supplier , specification section and item . 2 . For catalog cuts , illustrations , materials ' lists and other materials unless otherwise indicated , submit : a . Two copies more than contractor wishes returned for work under Division 1 to 16 . E . Contractor ' s Review 1 . Submissions which are not properly identified or which , in Architect ' s opinion , are incomplete , contain numerous errors 4 . . or omissions , or have not been checked by the contractor , , will be returned for resubmission without review by Architect , unless submitted with written request for clarification . F . Architect ' s Review w 1 . The review of shop drawings by the Architect will be general . It shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility for accuracy of such shop drawings , nor for proper fitting , construction of work , furnishing of materials or work required by contract and not indicated on shop drawings . Final shop drawing review shall not be construed as approving departures from contract requirements . 2 . After completion of review , the Architect will retain two copies of any shop drawing for record and will return remaining copies to the contractor . _ 3o When shop drawings are returned "Amend and Resubmit " or "Rejected , " the drawings shall be corrected and resubmitted . 4 . When shop drawings are returned "Ho Exceptions Taken" and/or ' "]Sake Corrections Noted , " the contractor shall obtain and provide such number of copies as determined by the contractor for field distribution . G . Certified Submissions 1 . For items or equipment being manufactured in accordance with plans and specifications , without changes , submissions may be so certified , released for production , and simultaneously submitted to the Architect for record review . 2 . Initiators of certified submissions will be solely responsible for accuracy of information shown on submissions . R . Required Submissions 1 . Submit shop drawings of all non-stock , fabricated. , modified - or otherwise specifically manufactured equipment , materials , parts , assemblies , components and devices . 2 . Submit shop drawings , materials ' lists , catalog cuts , schedules , illustrations and samples In connection with all work of those specification sections specifically requiring same , and as otherwise may be desired by contractor to assure conformity with requirements of plans and specifications before fabrication and/or installation . 3 . For complex work , work having operating parts or work re- quiring special installation procedures submit manufacturer ' s installation instructions in addition to the foregoing . 01030-4 I . Field Use 1 . For purpose of fabrication , erection and/or installation use only those submittals clearly showing the Architect ' s review . 1 .07 CLEAN-UP DING CONSTRUCTI91 k A . Refer to Section 01700 , Project Closeout , for requirements in regard to : 1 . Final cleaning and clean-up . 2 . Regulatory requirements , s . The following is considered the intent of requirements relating to cleaning up: ^ 1 . Each trade and/or contractor to be responsible for removing from premises at regular intervals but not exceeding one week and more often if required , all accumulations of waste material , rubbish and other debris resulting from his : operations , All waste to be deposited in containers supplied '.`.; J� rk by general contractor . 2 . If an trade fails to 'Y properly remove waste material resulting from his operations , the owner may effect required removals at expense of party at fault , 3 . General contractor to be responsible for sweeping , collecting and removing from premises and site , at regular intervals but not - exceeding one week , all miscellaneous and small amounts of waste resulting from operations of all trades on project , Co Execution _ 1 . General contractor to provide and pay all costs in connection therewith for dump container (s) located on site for collection of waste materials , rubbish , and debris of all trades and contractors engaged in the work , throughout the construction period . a . Disposal of contents to be paid by general contractor . b % Dispose of contents off premises and legally . 2 . Each trade and/or contractor to : a , Sprinkle his dusty debris with water . b . Not allow waste materials , rubbish and debris to accumulate and become an unsightly or hazardous condition _ c . Keep the premises and adjoining properties , streets , roads and walks at all times free from accumulations of dirt and debris resulting from the work . This includes , but is to be limited to the removal of mud and dirt from sidewalk and roads where originating on the contract sites . d _ Lower waste materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible . Do not drop or throw materials from heights , e . Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet , newly painted surface . f . Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily, 01030-5 f -..i....c_.. .. o y ns PREPARATION OF WORK FOR PAINTING AND ! NISHING A. Scope 1 . Each trade to leave all his work whether or not noted and/or ,Y 'A u, scheduled to receive paint , other finish , or other material completely uniform and clean in appearance and/or prepared for finishing . 20 Each trade to repair surface defects in his work with material appropriate to the surface being repaired , so as to present a "like new" appearance . 8 . Responsibility 1 . No surface is to be finished which , in the opinion of the finishing trade , has not been properly prepared for finishing and/or which will not produce a first class finishing Job until such surfaces have been repaired and/or cleaned by installing trade . 2 . Saab finishing trade to inspect surfaces sufficiently in advance of finishing and immediately notify Architect of any defects in order that they may be prepared without hindering progress of work . 3 . Installing trade to patch , repair or otherwise correct as required any surface which , in Architect ' s opinion , is not suitable for finishing . 4 . Each trade is to give sufficient notice to the finishing trade of the critical stages , in progress of work where finishing is required , so such finishing may be properly scheduled . C . Cleaning Work i Installing trade to remove all dirt , gait , dust , residue , wax, grease , oil , stains , etc . so to leave all exposed surfaces compatible with and ready for scheduled finish or construction . D . Preparation Rork Each trade to leave all his work , including exposed building surfaces , completely ready for finishing in good repair , and prepared as follows : 1 . All wood surfaces : a _ Set all nails and putty holes . b . Repair all surface defects , using materials appropriate to scheduled finish _ c . Sand all surfaces smooth . 2 . All masonry and concrete surfaces : a . Remove all loose mortar , dirt , stains and residues . 3 . All gypsum board : a . Tape and leave ready for painting _ b . Lightly sand without raising nap . 4 . All metal surfaces ; a . Remove all dirt , mortar , grease , cements , rust , loose paint or other materials from exposed surfaces . b . Touch-up primed surfaces . ` 01030-6 .. r� >}.�tix:_ "..'x ».,Y -. ur¢. _ ` s. x._avu..+cl1�••:ti�. . . ... . ._ .:�:. ,< _ . , +E^.a''@�.i-rP.. A9 COORDIMMION COOPERATION AND TR_OUBLESHOCYTING A. General contractor , subcontractors and the various trades shall coordinate and schedule his work so as not to interfere with any +other and so that work is accomplished in its most logical sequence under the circumstances then prevailing . Each shall cooperate with the other to minimize delays , interferences and interruptions , and shall consult and cooperate in resolution of any problems , whether or not they are at fault and whether or � not their work is directly involved . B_ When a problem occurs , the cause of which is not readily discernible , general contractor and those subcontractors , and trades which might be affected shall consult , investigate and test as necessary, under direction of Architect , until cause is found and problem resolved. . CO no extra costs will be allowed for any investigations , testing and/or consultations which may lse necessary under the terms of the Article . . .•' D . Utility Coordination General contractor shall protect , reroute or leave undisturbed all existing utility lines unless or until he is otherwise directed as to the final disposition or abandonment and removal or these utilities . General contractor and all trades shall T examine all existing conditions and documents relative to the utilities and shall be held responsible for any damage that may occur . Any documents which are made available are offered for information only and are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness . . 10 PROJECT MEETINGS A . Periodic meetings at the project site will be scheduled by the architect to review progress and problems and to coordinate efforts with qualified representatives of owner , each contractor and invited and/or interested subcontractors . 1 . Attendance at job meetings is mandatory . 2 . Attendees are to be prepared to answer questions , discuss problems and decide appropriate action . 01030-7 .H3 L , kl � 1 SECTION 0104.5 - CU=ING AND PATCHING PART 1 . 00 GEl+fERAL 1901 DEFINITION A. "Cutting and Patching" is hereby defined to include but is not necessarily limited to the cutting patching of nominally completed and previously existing work , in order to accommodate the coordination of work , or the installation of other work , or to uncover other work for access or inspection , or to obtain ;, samples for testing , or for similar purposes . , _ PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS _ r 2 . 01 HATER][AI# a. Except as otherwise indicated or approved by the Architect , " provide materials for cutting and patching which will result in Amp equal or better work than the Mork being cut and patched in terms of performance characteristics and visual effect where -�-•� . applicable . dd a . Comply with the requirements of , and use materials identical with the original materials where feasible and where recognized that satisfactory results can be produced thereby , PART 3 . 00 - RXECUTION 3_2l RZQUIREMMg FOR STRUCTURAL WORK A _ Do not cut and patch structural work in any manner that will result in a reduction of load carrying capacity or load/deflection ratio . 8 . Should cutting of structural work become necessary, such work shall be done only with prior approval of the Architect , 3s 02 OPERATIONAL AND SAFETY 10 MITATIONS A . Do not cut and patch operational elements and safety related components in a manner resulting in a reduction of its capac- ities to perform in the manner intended or resulting in decreased operational life , increased maintenance or decreased safety . 3 . 03 VISUAL REQUIREMENTS A . Do not cut and patch exposed work in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or resulting in substantial ® evidence of the cut and patch work , both as judged solely by the Architect . 8 . Remove and replace work which , in the judgement of the Architect , has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner . 01045-1 , L a�-'n^wlw.w:Yn7F,4 !^ .. - . ... . ..... .Y�Y.: 4 �YiT ' •r..:. ri— i r . r ... . . . .:kl�Yd'�.[. SECTION 01060 - REGULATORY REOUIRSMENTS �S4 PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL -;A 1 r 01 REGULATION] A . Comply with all applicable Statutory Requirements including the following : 1 . New York State Municipal Law a . Section 3103 , re : Equivalency (or equal ) Clause . b . Section S103-a , re ; Cancellation of Contract . c . Section S103-d, re: lion-collusion . d. Section 51088 re : iiorkman ' s Compensation Insurance . �"e . .. . ell CODES A. General : Comply with the requirements of the various codes f referred to in these specifications , except where they conflict ._ with the requirements of these specifications . Such codes shall ; be the date of latest revision in effect at the time of receiving bids , unless the date is given . ? ' B . Governing Agencies : All rack shall conform to and be performed in strict accordance with all governing agencies such as but not limited to the following . 1 . New York Uniform Fire Prevention and Building Construction Code . 2 . New York State Energy Code . 3 . Life Safety Code 1985 Edition - NFPPK 101 . 4 . Construction Safety Act and OSHA . 5 . National Electric Code , 6 . Department of Environmental Conservation . 7 . All other governing agencies including Public Utilities . 1 . 03 _ PERMITS . FEES AND INSPECTIONS A . Building Permit 1 . Any building permits required by the local municipality shall be obtained by the contractor for the value of the Contract . - 2 . Building permit fee shall be paid by the general contractor . Be Other Permits , Fees and Inspections 1 . All permits (other than building permits) , fees and inspections required by governmental agencies , regulatory ` agencies , utility companies or other during the course of the work shall be obtained by the contractor . 2 . Contractor shall arrange for and pay all costs of such permits , fees and inspections . 1 . 04 REFERENCED CODES AND SX&N-DARDS A . Codes and standards referred to in this specification shall be the latest adopted issue at date of bid unless otherwise specifically indicated * i p j�s� ; 01060-1 Ir r LrL .+'Ld s _ -.. .. . - ,as.'^ +�x,GYG4:.. ...✓'�ww ?,`5�'��'"+d'#23ry. : . . -, . _ _ >.:S�..d3..'�a•• ..r-:x FART . 00 - PRODUCTS s (NOT USED) •h P&RT 3 . 00 EXE�ON '.`'_ �- i' r :.k• _ - 3 . 011 C�ICTI G REQUIREMENTS A . In the event of conflict between pertinent codes and regulatiuns and the requirements of the referenced standards or these specifications , the provisions of the more stringent shall governVk . _ . 'r 44'[".{�°4 f '. �-!. a l •4i•y 'S • t`?. Y t 4 Z` kk ,N.. . +-E.�eu'�•-�Ewv:.+�':,.-,tip.-,..� -.,;. _ `,'�",:Y''°� , , �..wr-. ... _ .. _ : +3Y+i +'+f ' ;...>•. .:::¢-r.,r -=:ei.".t-a„a w°K;,r '�Ai;ac � SZCTrQK 01070 PART 1/:L�4fl i" rM1 G } 4, S 'w' YF�. •�.%sY ' 1 S + Yte ) f _h r .7. _ .£. . 01 MFIHITTOI*S ' e _M A. Genera]. : The language of the specifications contains definitions for the terms found in other contract documents . The drawings , ' which are diagrammatic in nature , way not be completely descriptive of requirements indicated thereon . Certain terns used in the contract documents are defined generally in this L. article . Definitions and explanations of this section are not -:' necessarily either complete or exclusive , but are general for the work . To the extent they are stated more explicitly elsewhere , those more explicit definitions take precedence . 8. General Re uirements . ' Specifications division I , General `:' n "_" 5 ` Requirements applies to the entire work of the Contract and, a. . : where so indicated, to other elements of work which are included in the project . C e Terms Defines `g 1 . Indicated : The tera "indicated" is a crass-reference to �Y details , notes or schedules on the drawings , to other paragraphs or coordinating requirements in the contract ' documents . inhere terms such as "shown , " "noted" or "scheduled" are used in lieu of "indicated , " it is for the purpose of locating the cross reference . No limitation of location is intended unless specifically noted . 2 . Directed , Requested , etc _ : Terms such as "directed , " "requested, " "authorized , " "selected , " "approved , " '"required , " "accepted" and "permitted" mean "directed by Architect , " "requested by Architect , " etc . However , no such Implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect ' s responsibility so as to relieve the contractor of responsibility for construction supervision , means or methods or to extend the scope of work beyond that required by these documents . 3 . Reviewed : Where used in conjunction with Architect ' s ' response to submittals , requests , applications , inquiries , reports and claims by contractor , the term "reviewed" is limited to the Architect ' s responsibilities and duties as specified in the General and Supplementary Conditions or from t responsibility to fulfill all requirements of the contract documents . 4 . Project Site . The space available to contractor for performance of the work , either exclusively or in conjunction with other ' s performing as part of the project . The extent of project site is shown on the drawings . 5 . Furnish : The term "furnish" means supply and deliver to project site , ready for unloading, unpacking , assembly , installation , etc . , as applicable in each Instance . 01070-1 Y .-. a. ':4.'I ...w'.111MY/ n pit.-R •Xf/F'f'v"M1114'{n`- .. . . ..:.:n. . r ,. 1 6 . Install . The term "install" describes those operations at . project site including but not limited to unloading , ^ unpacking , assembly, erection , placing , anchoring , applying, 10 working to dimension , nlinishing , curing , protecting , cleaning ; TM. and similar operations , so "that products , materials and equipment are in their indicated position and fully ready for intended use . 7 . Provide : The term "provide" means furnish and install as applicable in each instance , complete and ready for intended use . y . 8 . Installer : The entity (person or firm) engaged by a 4d . : :. _ - contractor or his subcontractor for the performance of particular Mork at the project site , including installation , erection , application and similar required operations . Such installers shall be expert and experienced in operations they are engaged to perform . 9 . Testing Laboratory: An independent entity engaged to perform r specific inspections or tests of the work, either at projects site of elsewhere; and to report and when required to , interpret results of those inspections or tests . -, 1 . 02 SYMBOLS MM STMARDS A . General : Except as otherwise indicated , graphic symbols used on drawings are those symbols generally recognized in the construction industry for purposes indicated . 8 . Referenced Standards : Those standards referenced directly in contract documents or by governing regulations have precedence over non-referenced standards which are recognized in the industry as applicable to the work . Co Publication Dates . Except as otherwise indicated , where compliance with a standard is required , comply with the most recent edition of the standard in effect as of the date of contract documents . D . Abbreviations : Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the contract documents , they mean the industry recognized name of the trade association , standards generating organization , governing authority or other entity consistent with the context in which it is used . Other abbreviations , generally descriptive of materials , are used for convenience and shall also bear a meaning consistent with the context in which they are used . 01070-2 ... -. ;. .-. ."�+f:' .hAti:-na`4 �: : .-w'+R4".,_• . . ;. .w. _ - .. . .. -o 'Y` 'r.:v- ':'yi�IA2..4`Ya.`.i. ' .r ' . .r. ..,.. = . :. -c.� SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 . 00 GErTER34L s�` � ry s�r � +Y 3s0 ki 1lESCR IOI�i <°., . a F 3 A . Project meetings will be held to accomplish the following: I . Coordinate the work of the project . 2 . Establish a sound working relationship between the contractor , the owner ' s representative and the Architect . 3 . Establish sound working procedures . S . Review job progress , quality of work and approval and delivery of materials . 5 . Anticipate problems . -� S . Expedite the work to completion within the scheduled time limit . Compare approved schedules with actual - rforaance . I'.d . 02 INITIAL PROJECT MET_ IxGdd , A . The Architect will call the construction kickoff meeting at the site of the work . He will notify all parties concerned of the time and place of the meeting. 8 . Contractors shall inform all subcontractors of the meeting , which they shall attend when requested by contractor or Architect . I. 03 01"EKL,Y PROJECT MEETING _ A . Unless otherwise directed , biweekly project meetings will be held at the job site . B . Present at these meetings shall be the general contractor or his duly authorized representative , such subcontractor representatives as may be needed , one designated representative of the owner , the Architect and any other interested party , i . e . , public utility , local governmental representatives , and suppliers when needed . 1 . 04 ![KETING RECORDS, A. The Architect shall record the minutes of the meetings and distribute copies to all attendees and others affected by the decisions or actions resulting from each meeting . H . Any party with objections to the meeting minutes shall immediately inform the Architect in writing . 01200-1 iM n .X, _ ,. R . - . ::✓,Taub aO'w.4$?M. � �£ -:. .. ..a. .. F :w .. .....f.dWNKi .•'rys. • SECTION 01410 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 1 PART 1 00 `1 . 01 DESCRIPTION A. During the progress of the work , the contract documents require that testing be performed to determine that the work complies with the specified requirements . PART 2 . 00 --PRODUCTS, 2 . 01 TESTING LABORATORY : A . The testing laboratory will be employed by the contractor and approved by the Architect . 2 02 OUALIFICATION OF LABORAATORY A . 'Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory u Qualifications , " latest edition , published by American Council of Independent Laboratories . B . Beet basic requirements of ASTM C329 "Standards of Recommended ,a Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction . "Co, Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of standards during most recent tour of inspection, with memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by inspection . D . Testing Equipment 1 . Calibrated at maximum 12 month intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either : a . National Bureau of Standards . b . Accepted Values of natural Physical Constants , 2 . Submit copy of certificate of calibration made by accredited calibration agency . ART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 2, Ol PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES A. Initial Services 1 . The contractor shall pay for all initial testing services required by the contract documents . B . Retesting 1 . When initial tests indicate noncompliance with contract documents , all subsequent retesting shall be paid by contractor until compliance is accomplished . N p 01410-1 -'Sy t .. e .. 'b.Y :L'` a--b'i' --sAw3 :Y•"�,.: .ww,: . .x2 . ... '...ey;S.aPw•_ Co Contractor ' s Convenience Testing 1 . Testing requested by contractor for his information or convenience shall be paid for by contractor . ' ., D . Code Compliance Testing ' 1 . Tests required by Building Codes or Ordinances or by an , approval authority ,shall be paid for by the contractor , 3 . 02 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORY A. Access 1 . Representatives of the testing laboratory shall have access to the work at all times . 2 . Provide facilities for such access in order that the laboratory may properly perform its function . B . Schedule and Notification `" do 1 . When tests are required by the construction documents , the contractor shall notify testing laboratory at least 24 hours in advance of the work being ready for testing . 2 . If after such notification the testing laboratory is prevented from performing its work due to incompleteness of the project work , all extra costs for testing attributable to the - delay shall be paid by the contractor . 3 . 03 SPECIMENS A . All specimens and samples for testing, unless otherwise provided in these contract documents shall be taken by the testing laboratory . B . All sampling equipment and personnel shall be provided by the testing laboratory. , C _ All deliveries of specimens and samples to the testing laboratory shall be performed by the testing laboratory . 3 . 04 TEST REPORTS A. Promptly submit 5 copies of reports of inspections and tests to Architect , including : 1 . Date issued . 2 . Project title and number . 3 . Testing laboratory name and address . 4 . Name and signature of inspector . 5 . Date of inspection or sampling . 6 . Record of temperature and weather . T . Date of test , 8 . Identification of product and specification section . 9 . Location in project . 10 . Type of inspection or test . 11 . Observations regarding compliance with contract documents. 01410-2 d . . ' did, s 8 , Laboratory is not authorized to : .:,: 1 . Release , revokee alter or enlarge on , requirements of contract documents . 2 . Approve or accept any portion of the work . 3 . Perform any duties of the contractor , 01410-3 dq Id rrr r .-s s. 4r4'lN '+.a { °s Y.' . ry' SECTION 01430 - WORKMANSRIP �i PART 1 00 - GENERAL QiJxI,IFICATIQli or iIbR1ClfEN X s R g- x A . For each portion of the work , provide at least one person who shall be thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required , who shall be completely familiar with the referenced standards and the requirements of the work and who shall Personally direct all installation perfumed under each section , 8 . For each port on of the work , provide sufficient skilled workmen , who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of construction and materials and techniques specified . ems ' CO No allowance will be made in the acceptance or rejection of anyr portion of the work for lack of skill on the part of the workmen . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCT, . b OM USED) ; PART 3 . 00 - SRECUTIOH ; 3 . 01 INSPECTION ` A. Prior to commencing any portion of the work , carefully inspect the installed work of any other trades and proceed only when all i conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the j� work have been corrected . 3 . 02 PROTECTION A . Contractors shall protect from damage all existing construction and all work of other trades while performing their work , and repair to the satisfation of the Architect any damages caused at no additional cost to the owner . 01430-1 i t ION 01500 - TEMPORARY MCILITIES AHD CONTROLS Id PART 1 . 00 99KERAL ' , = (NOT USED) PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS r . (NOT USED) iPART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION :a 3 . 01 TEMPORARY uTILxTIEs r f. A . Water i . Obtain water from building water service . ' 2 . Provide and maintain one 3/4" hose bibb at building . 3 . Protect from freeaing and wasteful usage , ,.. ° 4 . Temporary water shall be provided by the General Contractor , 0- ,,.. 0... B . Electric 1 . Obtain from: a . Project system when installed . T b . Temporary service connection to municipal service prior to _installation of project system . Provide meters , - transformers , disconnects and other equipment as required . c . Temporary portable generating units (provided by user ) • - during foundation construction and at locations remote to building construction . 2 . Comply with National Electric Code . 3 . Temporary service shall be 120-240 volt , single phase , three wire , 150 amp . 4 . Provide and maintain temporary 120 volt , 15 amp distribution from project system or temporary service consisting of temporary outlets spaced so that all parts of the building may be reached with a 50 foot extension cord . Extension cords furnished by user . 5 . Provide all temporary outlets with ground fault circuit interrupter protection . At contractor ' s option subject to Architect approval an assured equipment grounding conductor program may be substituted for ground fault circuit interrupters . 6 . Provie temporary power to General Contractors temporary office trailer . 7 . Restrictions a . Any user requiring service exceeding temporary service and distribution shall have separate feeder installed at his expense . b . Temporary electric shall not be used for welding or space heating . 8 . Provide and maintain temporary lighting after building enclosure during normal working day. 9 . Provide and maintain temporary or permanent service to the _a permanently installed building equipment such as sump pumps , fans , pumps , etc * which may require operation prior to date r+ �� of substantial completion . ' T 01500-1 !. 1 -_,..,...-�..- .. . .:y: _ .. _ ..r-.i ,.•:'3ainT+z• u`.:.,- ... ..,.r. itlL Si'Q�BaYn i'._; .. .. .mc, ? nsyi3 +' .,�� C..�ru,-� 10 . Electrical contractor will pay for electricity used from project system or temporary service . � ;'Id 11 . warranties shall not commence until date of final completion . 12 . Temporary electric service shall , be provided and maintained ; by Electric Contractor . C . Heat 1 . Until temporary enclosure of the building each contractor. shall provide temporary heating as required for proper protection and drying of his work . 2 . Temporary enclosure shall be defined as the enclosure of the building or any part or parts thereof , after the wall and roof are built , with temporary weather tight enclosures for all openings . 3 . Temporary heating after temporary enclosure shall include fuel , electricity, laborr etc . r to maintain a minimum of 50 degs r . throughout the building for interior finishing , or a .11 Id higher temperature when so prescribed in the various sections of the technical specifications . . � 4 . Unless other types of unit is specifically approved by the ' Architect , temporary heating units shall be of oil or gas fired type , equipped with proper controls and safety devices y approved by Underwriters Laboratories . 5 . The permanent heating system may be used by the General Contractor with approval of the Architect , to provide temporary heat providing that all equipment is left in proper , and acceptable condition on completion of work . operation of - permanent heating plant during temporary heating period shall be under the supervision of the HVAC Contractor . The period of the guarantee of the system will commence at the time of the owner ' s final acceptance of the structure . 65 The costs for temporary heat shall be paid by the general contractor until owner has accepted the completed building . A_ Connections of Utility Services 1 . Connections to public utility services shall be arranged for by contractor requiring service and performed to utility company requirements . All costs of connection shall be paid by contractor requiring service . E . Warranties 1 . Warranties of equipment operated on a temporary basis shall not commence until date of substantial completion . 3 . 02 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A . Field office 1 . The general contractor shall provide and maintain suitable temporary office which will provide space for his , requirements including maintenance of a complete not of drawings , specifications and shop drawings and separate space for use by full-time , on site representative of the Architect or owner . 01500-2 z. ... �5 4 _ Y ` „;.`� __•„i. �F:: . �: ::.-:. :<�. ;rs4# .4s4z:.a�ar�•.-ut::,;... .. .. .. .,y,s.,vc,:.`st.:.-as�;`>.,.-,.a:: :N�v^..�.;iM�r. a. .a4k.�': e:+14w.-:.n '+xa ,�'.:�.sj.., 2 . Office shall be provided with adequate heat , electric lighting , toilet and lavatory. Separate file racks , tables ' or countertops for drawings referencet desks and chairs shall be provided for general contractor ' s use and the use of the representative of the Architect or owner ;. } ,�. .,x 3 . The general contractor shall also provide and pay for installation of a telephone and pay telephone bills for local calls made by owner ' s authorized representatives . 4 . The general contractor shall also provide , at his own expense , in his office a public telephone with free local use for all contractors on the job , Architect and owner ; charge calls to be paid for by the parties making the calls . 5 . Office shall be located in the approved location on the site and shall be removed when the work is completed , or as directed . Sanitary Facilities 1 . General contractor shall furnish and maintain all required temporary toilet buildings with sanitary toilets for use of ' all workmen on project . + 2 . comply with requirements of Health Department and other ,public authorities having jurisdiction . 3 . Naintaia in a sanitary condition at all times . Co Enclosures 1 . Each contractor shall furnish , install and maintain for the ' duration of construction all required scaffolds , tarpaulins , barricades , canopies , warning signs , steps , bridges , platforms and other temporary construction necessary for the proper completion of the work in compliance with all pertinent safety and other regulations . 3203 CONTROLS ' A . Water Control 1 . Provide all necessary pumping equipment as required to keep the work areas free from water . 2 . Water shall be discharged into existing storm sewers or otherwise dispersed as directed . 1 g _ Fire Prevention Control 1 . Take all precautions necessary and required to prevent fires . 2 . Fuel for cutting and heating torches shall be gas only, and shall be contained in Underwriter ' s Laboratory approved. containers . 3 . Provide and maintain a 20 pound capacity , dry chemical type fire extinguisher in the immediate vicinity of the work when welding tools or torches of any type are in use . 4 . Volatile liquids shall not be used for cleaning agents within a building . ' 5 . Tarpaulins shall be securely anchored and flame proofed when attached to any wood scaffolding and when used to enclose any portion of a building above the first floor . 6 . On site burning will not be permitted . 01500-3 1 C _ Pollution Control 1 . Disposal of volatile fluid wastes (such as mineral spirits , oil or paint thinner) in storm or sanitary sever systems or into streams or waterways is not permitted . Disposal shall be ;y in compliance with all applicable regulations . r D . Traffic Control i . Routes of ingress and egress on the grounds and within the existing buildings to the location of the work shall be over routes as directed by the owner . 2 . Rach contractor shall remove debris from the site at least {once a week or more often if same presents a fire hazard or becomes excessive * burning of waste material will not be permitted . 3 . Following the installation of finish floor mmaterials , clean the finish floor daily and more often if necessary , at all tines while work is being performed in the space in which finish materials have been installed . "Clean" for the purpose of this subparagraph , shall be interpreted as meaning free from all foreign material which , in the opinion of the ' Architect , may be injurious to the finish floor material . Damp sop prior to final acceptance . 4 . Maintain site free of graffiti . 3 . 04 REMOVA4 A . Maintain all temporary facilities and controls as long as needed for the safe and proper completion of the work . - B . Remove all such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as , progress of the work will permit or as directed by the Architect . 01500-4 1 1 • •IC . i .. n. . 4641.. i. .. _ -. . 4 . ... .- s . ...-. - • s . AEGTION 01640 - PRODUCT HANDLING PART Is - GENERAL ` d I_01 DESCRIPTION t' A. Delivery,, handling and storage of products scheduled for use in the work by means including , but not necessarily limited to, those described in this section , 1 . Methods and means which will protect all products , prevent damage , deterioration , theft or loss , 1,. 02 OUALITY ASSURlINCE ! €k A. Include within the contractor ' s quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials . 1 . 03 HAND ACTURW-8 RECOM UMATIOHS 4 A. Except as otherwise approved by the Architect , determine and comply with manufacturer ' s recommendations on product handling , Fes. storage and g protection . 1 . 04 PACKAGING A, Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer ' s original container , with labels intact and legible . 1 . Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken -and labels intact until time of use . 2 . Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site , and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements , at no additional cost to the owner . H . The Architect may reject as noncomplying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the Architect as to manufacturers grade quality and other pertinent information . ' loOS DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Control delivery schedules to minimize size long term storage of products at site and overcrowding of construction and storage .Spaces . Do Coordinate delivery and installation to ensure minimum holding or storage time , 1 . Special attention to products recognized to be flammable , hazardous , easily damaged or sensitive to deterioration or to the elements , theft or any other source of loss . C . Unload all products in a controlled manner directly to designateda:r_ storage or installation location . , 01640-1 1 . 06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished surfaces including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways , through which equipment and materials are {a � . handled . S . Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces . dd C . Provide protection for products whether stored or installed to prevent damage to finish surfaces . Products to remain in pk �r original packaging wherever practical until installation . D. Maintain finished surfaces of installed products clean , unmarred and suitably protected until accepted by the owner _ • 1 . 07 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS :;. LV A. In event of damage , promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the owner . -^` B . Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the Architect to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion . 01640-2 1 n ' _ M . •'Sn. usn..ww��nn r 1._ ... _. . .. . ' -._.. . .. . . :.Stk;,,•-L;a�`KK. n.:'}MiL"v. »H. . . r, -.s.r, n .... .n i. ... _.. ., e'.ee .-. -i:e�.� ; ON 01200 - CONTRACT C ~' ' PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL frz�' I Ol SUBSTAIAL COKPLETION W ' NT - , A- Comply with the requirements specified in Article 15 of the � - General Conditions as generally listed herein . 1 . Submit written certification that project , or designated portion of project , is substantially complete , 2 . Submit list of major items to be Completed or corrected , be When the Architect , on the basis :of an inspection together with s` uv owner ' s representative , determines that the work is substantially complete : 1 . Architect will prepare and issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion , AIA G704 , accompanied by list of items to be ;`3 completed or corrected . 20 Contractor shall obtain certificate of occupancy from locale agencies having jurisdiction - 3 . Owner will occupy project , under provisions stated in Certificates of Substantial Completion . : 4 - Contractor shall complete work listed for completion or , correction - C - Should Architect consider that work is not substantially complete : 1 - 8e shall immediately notify contractor , in writing , stating reasons . Contractor shall complete work and submit a second written notice certifying that project , or designated portion of project , is substantially complete , 2 - Architect will reinspect work . 1 . o2 FINAL CoNPLETION AND rTHAL PAYMENT A _ Comply with the requirements specified in paragraph 15 . 4 of the General Conditions , as generally listed herein . s - Submit written certification that : 1 - Contract documents have been reviewed . 2 . Project has been inspected for compliance with contract documents _ 3 . Work has been completed in accordance with contract documents . +49 Equipment and systems have been tested in presence of owner ' s representative and are operational. . 5 . Project is complete and ready for final inspection , C - Architect and owner ' s representative will make final inspection within 15 days after receipt of certifications . D- Should Architect , upon inspection , consider that work is finals y complete in accordance with requirements of contract documents , : . . he shall request contractor to furnish all required ; 01700-1 r project closeout submittals and prepare a final application for payment in accordance with General and Supplementary Conditions . d _. r' . . . .. _ -w '_ lv i 03 PROJECT CLOSEOUT SUDKITTALB 5 ti F •' ?I eP' f!!...l '. , :. :. #. .yam A . Submit the following items described in the specifications : 1 . Project record documents . 2 . Operation and maintenance data . 3 . Warranties and bonds . 4 . Keys and keying schedule . 5 . Contractor ' s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (Formdd -r AIA G706) . 6 . Contractor " s Affidavit of Release of Liens [form AIA G706A7 � with : a . Separate releases or waivers of liens for subcontractors , „ u suppliers and others with lien rights against property of -' owner , together with list of those parties . _44 ' PART 2 . 00 - PRQDUCTS 2 . Ql CLEANING MATERIALS r d. wd A . Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned , as recommended by the manufacturer of the material . FART 3 . O0 -- EXECUTION 3 . 01 FINAL CLEANING A. General 1 . Prior to completion or the work , remove from the job site all tools , surplus materials , equipment , scrap , debris and waste . 2 . Conduct final progress cleaning . 8 . Structures 1 . Visually inspect all exterior and interior surfaces and remove all traces of soil , waste materials , smudges and other foreign matter . 2 . Remove all traces of splashed materials from adjacent surfaces . 3 . Remove all paint droppings , spots , stains and dirt from finished surfaces . 4 . Use only the specified cleaning materials and equipment . 5 . Clean all glass inside and outside . Co Timing 1 . Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Architect to enable the owner to accept a completely clean project . 3 . 02 PROJECT RKQORD DOCUlSMS A . During Rork : 01700-2 .. :� 1 . Contractors shall maintain during the progress of the work one set of contract drawings with mark up of actual installations which vary from work as originally shown , :,°. . 2 . Mark with erasable colored pencil . 3 . Give particular attention to .work concealed orF otherwise Y difficult to observe or measure at a later date , 1 Be Submission ; 1 . Upon completion of project , submit marked up set to Architect with transmittal . 3 .03 LUBRICAMION A . Installed equipment shall be lubricated in accordance with the # manufacturer ' s directions before it is operated . All equipment shall be relubricated as required during construction and at time of substantial completion . B . Mount all grease and oil fittings directly on bearings except � . when bearings are not readily accessible . When equipment bearings are not visible , or are inaccessible , provide readily accessible and secured copper tubing extensions to bearing lubrication fittings , including plug closed extensions from ' grease bearing reliefs . 3 . 04 INSTRUCTION OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. At the time of start-up of complete mechanical and electrical equipment or systems , or at the time of substantial completion of such systems for owner ' s occupancy, the contractors shall instruct and demonstrate the proper use and management of the equipment or systems to the owner ' s personnel at no additional cost to owner . Refer to specifications Division 15 and 16 for further stipulations or requirements of the contract . Be The contractors shall submit two ( 2 ) copies of all operating and maintenance data as may be stipulated by the various Trade Divisions and Sections of the Specifications . In addition to the stipulated items the contractors shall submit two (2) copies of operating or maintenance data which may be requested by the owner ' s operating and maintenance personnel at no additional cost to owner . 3 . 05 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. The contractors shall deliver to the Architect all warranties , guarantees and bonds covering all materials , equipment and systems to which these items are applicable or explicitly specified in the Trade Sections of Specifications . Be In addition to the above , the contractors shall submit two (2) original copies of the Architect ' s Standard Form of Guarantee of his interest in the project . This requirement shall also apply 01700-3 4 16 16, to subcontractors if such is stipulated in the Trade Sections of the Specifications . For the contractor ' s or subcontractor ' s do convenience and information , a copy of the Form of Guarantee is included at the end of this section . ` - x a s. . . . . P. d . 1. do d do do I do Cow Underwriterscertificate r - 1 . Deliver to the Architect two ( 2) copies of new York State Board of Fire Underwriter ' s certificate of Inspection and Approval , showing acceptability of work done under the contract , for presentation to the owner . do D1To0-4 Id ; 10 do do or od dood yg C. 1 V do do d orS �y G; fdo _ ro-R or GUARANUE The guarantor is to provide to the Architect , in duplicate , a written . guarantee on his own letter head incorporating the following text and * x providing as shown pertinent information : Date of Issuance (owner ' s Project )erne s Address) ld _(To Whom It Nay Concerna ) � . e or 1) as -(General Contractor or Subcontractor) for fall-work , or give ® category of work) for the (name of Project and location of project ) hereby guarantee all work performed by us and our subcontractors for a period of "= one (1 ) year _(or state longer Period as man be required by specific Section of the Specification and guarantor is a subcontractor) from taive date of Substantial c-amyletion as determined by the Architectl . All defects in the aforesaid work which may develop within the specified ' period , due to faults in materials and/or workmanship -(add any specific requirements mentioned in Section of Specifications when special guarantee is required) will be repaired and corrected without extra cost to the owner , within seven (7 ) days after receipt of the owner ' s written notice . Nothing herein intends or implies that this guarantee shall apply to work which has been abused or neglected by you , the owner , or your successor in interest . (Name of Contractor of Subcontractor) BY = (Individual or officer) (Title) (Name of General Contractor) (If name above is a subcontractor) By ; (Individual or Officer) (Title) 01700-5 Y:r SECTION 02100 - SITE PREPARATION ? ' PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL ,` } .. -rto n`ai` (NOT USED) y ,1 � i Y99 dd1 PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 TEMPORARY BARRIgADES A . Unless otherwise specifically approved by the Architect use only new and solid lumber of utility grade or better to construct " temporary barricades . R PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION "+ A . Site Inspection 1 . Prior to all work of this section , carefully inspect the entire site . aM1 B . Clarification. 1 . The drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on the site . 2 . Before commencing the work of this section , verify with the Architect all objects to be removed and all objects to be preserved. co Scheduling 1 . Schedule all work in a careful manner with all necessary consideration for neighbors and the public . 1 2 . Avoid interference with the use of , and passage to and from adjacent properties . D . Protection of Landscaping 1 . Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain from damage including damage to root systems . 3 . 02 JOB CONDITIONS A . Dust Control 1 . Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during performance of the work of this section ; thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust from being a nuisance to the public , neighbors and concurrent performance of other work on the site . B , Burning 1 1 . On site burning will not be permitted . 3 . 03 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A . Clear and grub entire area to be " '-graded by removing all trees , stumps , brush and other vegetation not designated to be saved . 1 02100-1 3 . 04 RKMOVAL OF DEBRIS 41 A . Remove all debris from the site and dispose of legally at a location arranged for and paid for by contractor . { ,.'.,? . i .. � .:i.krw'k�" ' �"'`- r B . Leave the site in a neat and orderly condition to the approval of . Iddr the Architect . 02100-2 1 ! 11'�SV'yr. r . - P4.+S.::vah SECTIOU 02200 - EARTHWORK PART 1 . 00 GENERALf' y ; 1 . 01 COMPACTrON '!'ESTS _ PP A . The contractor shall employ a testing laboratory approved by the Architect to test degrees of compacted fill installed by the contractor . Be Compaction tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 "Density of Soil in Place by Sand Cone Method , " or other suitable method as selected by the Testing Laboratory. 4 f COTO Cooperate with the Testing Laboratory in taking of tests . =- 1 02 SERVICE V.TrLITIES A. Do not interrupt or disturb utilities such as sewer , water , F electrical or other services encountered in excavation except as directed by Architect and Engineer . 1 . 03 DEFINITIONS k.w A . Excavation I 1 . Excavation includes removal of all material of every kind _ and nature including all earth and rock as required for the Installation or work indicated on drawings , or as described in the Project Manual , B . Earth Excavation 1 . All subgrade materials of every kind and nature not ' exceeding 1/2 cubic yard in size which can be loosened and removed by 50 HP 1/2 cubic yard hydraulic shovel in trenches or a D-8 tractor with hydraulic ripper in open excavations without breaking up with pneumatic breakers or drills shall be considered earth excavation . C . Rock Excavation 1 . All subgrade materials and attached boulders exceeding 1/2 T cubic yard which cannot be removed by a 50 HP 1 /2 cubic yard hydraulic shovel in trenches or a D-B tractor with hydraulic ' ripper in open excavations without breaking up with pneumatic breakers or drills shall be considered rock excavation . 1 . 04 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS A . Architect ' s Approval 1 . All fill material shall be subject to approval of the Architect for compliance with specifications . B . Samples and Laboratory Testing [' 1 . Submit name and location of source and sieve analysis from 1. 02200-1 ff.• -u an approved Testing Laboratory of all imported granular material to Architect for approval prior to delivering any to job site . Sieve analysis shall be arranged for an paid r for by the con t rac t or I '4 Id C . Field 'Compaction 'Vesting . ' 1 . As required by the Architect , compaction testing of material - " shall be done by testing laboratory . 2 . If the contractor wishes to change sources after initial laboratory testing , retesting shall be paid for by the . contractor . PART 2 . 00 -- -PRODUCTS x ;. 2 01 ON SITE TOPSOIL A . Topsoil is friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less than 5 . " , p � 3 2 . 02 SITE FILL MATERIALS A . On-site fill material consists of material removed from excavations necessary to do the work indicated . All on site material containing organic or deleterious matter shall be "}�4 properly disposed of off site . B . Imported fill material ; sand or other sound , durable , approved materials processed and blended or naturally combined . 2 . 03 IMPORTED GRANULAR FILL A . Provide well graded crushed stone or bank-run gravel free from organic matter and other deleterious substance meeting following grading : IM 0% in excess of 4 . " 2 . 25% to 75% passing #4 sieve . , 3 . 0% to 10% passing #200 sieve . 2 . 04 BASE COURSE FOR SLABS ON GRADE A . Select granular material consisting of imported sand and gravel or crusher-run stone . Gradation of material shall conform to criteria for Type 4 material of Section 304 2 . 02 of NYSDOT Standard Specifications . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL A . Dust Control 1 . Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent a dust nuisance to the public , neighbors and concurrent , performance of other work on the site . B . Protection 1 . Protect from damage all landscaping which are to remain . t Replace all damaged items with new . 02200-2 tis 2 . Protect all excavation and trenches from frost and freezing and remove any material so damaged , 3 . Barricade open excavations , C. Dewatering 1 . Provide and maintain at all times during construction , ample : fw lweans and devices with which to promptly remove and dispose of all crater from any source entering the excavations or other parts of the work . D. Rock Excavation i . Unless specifically indicated on the drawings , excavation of w, rock, as herein defined, is not anticipated . Should rock he encountered, the Architect *hail immediately be notified before proceeding further _ Extra allowances will not be made for rock removed before notification , 2 . Authorized rock excavation will be paid for on a negotiated basis agreed u A: g upon prior to performing the work . ' E. Excess Materials ` 41Ok 1 . Remove from site and dispose of all excess and unsuitable materials from rough grading and excavations not used - ; elsewhere . 3 . 42 STRIPPINGROPSOIL 1 A . Strip area of topsoil within the limits of excavation and grading , including areas to be covered by structures , drives and walks . Avoid admixture of subsoil when stripping _ Do not strip any topsoil within the spread of trees or shrubs to be saved unless otherwise directed . Do Stockpile topsoil separately from other excavated materials so that it will not interfere with construction or utility operations . 3o03 ROUGH GRADING { SITE WORK} A. Definitions 1 . Rough grading is defined as an establishment of subgrade at a specified depth below finished grade for all areas outside structures , 2 . For lawn and grass areas rough grade will be finished grade elevations less thickness of topsoil . Io For paved areas rough grade elevations will be finished grade elevations less thickness of pavement and foundation . Do Work Required 1 . Perform all rough grading at site within limits of grading as shown on drawings , Relationship of existing grade to finished grade is shown on drawings by existing and finished contours . 2 . Should a variation between actual and indicated existing contours be encountered , immediately notify the 02200-3 vy . .>'w,�.�1i.' cw .,. . .1� -, .. .. .. . . .ci�.$ .:•,,;e..e._ . `F .. :.'"fie e . .. Architect before proceeding . No additional compensation , will be made for additional grading performed before notification . C. Fill _ . „ . .. " 1 . Fill consists of site fill material as specified . 2 . Place fill in layers not exceeding 12" deep and compact to a uniform mass before placing additional fill . 3 _ Compact fill below drives , walks or pavement subgrade in layers not more than 8" deep . 4 . Perform compacting with mechanical equipment to required densities . 3 04 SlCCAYATrtoN (Buildines & Trenches ) A. Definition r x 1 . 'Excavation is defined as that required for construction of �� structures including foundations and for trenches for utilities inside and outside of structures . B . Work Required 1 . Excavate to levels and dimensions required to receive the work allowing additional space for construction operations and inspecting foundations . 2 . Report to Architect the elevations of ground water where evident during excavation within building areas . See Article 3 , 01 , paragraph C for Devatering Requirements . , 3 . Notify Architect immediately after excavation has been - completed to depths indicated on drawings . Do no more work until after Architect ' s inspection . if suitable bearing for foundations is not encountered at depths indicated on drawings , Architect will issue additional instructions before authorizing foundation work to proceed . 4 . Protect excavated areas which are to support foundations or other work against freezing , by means of insulated blankets , hay or other approved methods . Where bearing areas have been subjected to frost penetration , remove affected material as directed by Architect . Contractor shall bear the cost of additional excavation and materials and construction necessary to rectify condition . 5 . Trench Excavation a . Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated , notching under pipe bells to provide solid bearing for the entire body of the pipe . b . Where rock is encountered , carry the excavation 6" below the required elevation and backfill with a 6" layer of imported granular fill prior to installing pipe . c . Provide trench width required for the installation of pipe or conduit and proper backfilling . C , Excess Excavation ' 1 . The contractor is required to rectify excessive excavation at his own expense as follows : a . [Under footings , foundations , walls or bases , fill to required level with 1 , 500 psi stone concrete . w4; � Backfilling with other materials is not acceptable . -rs�'` 02200- b. Under other areas , backfill in accordance with specifications for backfilling , 3 05 FILLI1fG 14KD hACRFILLIl1G [Buildins�s and Trenches) IX x Ce. A. Fill and backfill within buildings or other structures . i . Provide compacted Imported Granular Pill . 2 . Place in layers of 6" depth before compaction , 3 . Place a minimum 6" layer under all building slabs , excavating if required , I'dB. Fill/wand backfill aro8un}ad exterior of buildings or other ' F 1 y f�� .structure . ~ YF 4 i a .<. 4 r`=, r,� r KK 3.�i ��y :a z . :\:f'� ' . \( - .. � �.� r.;.'R" y _ ^: VFd led 1 . -- Provide compacted imported fill . 11.l %,I d - 2 . Place in layers of 12" depth before compaction . ; 3 . Do not place backfill against full height of building walls below grade unless they axe laterally supported top and ed— X , � `�V bottom by floor construction ready to take the land or are temporarily braced by shores and gales . f Y ` Co Trench Fill and Backfill ® * . 1 . Around Utility a. Provide compacted Imported Granular Fill , b . Place in layers of 6" depth before compaction to a level _ 12" above utility. We 2 . Above Utility a . Backfill as specified for "Backfill Within Buildings or _ Other Structures" or "Rough Grading" outside structures . ® 3wO6 COMPACTION A . Percentage of maximum density requirements , 1 . Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of ® "Maximum Density" as defined by ASTM D 1557 "Moisture-Density Relations of Soil and Sail.-Aggregate Mixtures . IN 11 " Within building compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of fill or backfill material to 95% density . b . Around exterior of structures compact each layer of backfill or fill material to 90% density . u- c . For site grading , compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material to 85% density , d . For pavements compact top 12" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material to 95% density . Be Remedial Measures 1 . Replace or rework , at contractor ' s expense , compacted fill not meeting required density when tested in place , until additional tests indicate compliance with specification _ 3908 EXPLOSIVES A . Use of explosives is not permitted . e. 0220o-5 d i a 3ed _s J. ll ,.ke�,1 d� m _ <' { '�, . . :: ,fey": -" - 1 ' SECTION 02400 - DRAINAGE PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A , Perform all work in compliance with local regulations . 1 1 ` q. O2 SUBMITTALS A . Required Submittals 10 Submit shop drawings and product data for items of work £ ; including but not limited to the following : a _ Piping product data . b . Precast trench drain with grating . PART 2v00 - PRODUCTS 2 , O1 STORM WATER PIPING A . Corrugated Metal Pipe ;- 1 . Provide corrugated ( angular or helical) galvanized steeliwNu pipe complying with ASTM A444 "Steel Sbeet , Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Not Dipped Process for Culverts and Underdrains . " _ 4. 2 . Provide 16 gauge steel or heavier for all pipe with a diameter of 24" of less . 3 . Provide fully bituminous coated pipe with bituminous paved inverts . 4 . Connections shall be corrugated connecting bands with 1-1/2" bolts . 2 . 02 SANITARY PIPE A , PVC SDR-35 2w03 CATCH BASIN STRUCTURES A , Provide precast polymer concrete channel drain pre-sloped to provide a minimum slope of 0 . 65% in the channel bottom when channel top is level . Units shall be 40 --4" modular length , interlockable for assembly . Provide radiused channel bottom and manufacturer ' s standard gel lining , B , Provide precast polymer concrete catch basin sized to interlock with precast channel modules . See drawings for depth and pipe re tL discharge , knockout size and location . Provide galvanized steel ' trash bucket sized to fit catch basin . C . Provide heavy duty cast iron gratings with lack down bars and bolts to firmly hold gratings in place . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 _01 GENERAL �. . . . 'ks A. f Establish and maintain all lines and grades required for the a yy performance of the work described in this section -and relate all ` elevations to datum elevation indicated .on drawings . t "x F11 Ir, ' .. . - .., zr t ::-z.6-vr FAr, .0 : ., a- , .. ..n... . 3iR:c•^M'S:+"� S . install all piping in accordance with referenced standards and , manufacturer ' s printed instructions . ,; . 02 PRECAST POLYMER Ci31iPCRM TRENCH DRAIN , A . Precast Trench Drain/Catch Basin System: Install in strict accordance with manufacturer ' s recommendations . 3 . 03 CLEANING OF SYSTEM A . Clean system of all debris during and after construction . Keep system clean throughout all phases of construction . ;. -- 3 . 04 INSPECTION Or SYSTEM mw . A. Inspect piping to determine whether line displacement or other - '� _ damage has occurred , 1. 8 . Make inspections after lines have been installed and approximately two feet of backfill is in place , and again at a•R yr completion of project . C . If inspection indicates poor alignment , debris , displaced pipe , infiltration or other defects , correct such defects to the sati.sfaiction of the Architect . 02400-2 i i 1 k, ` f5t a. x •`awry`.. �l SECTION 02480 - LANDSCAPING P&RTl, DO - GENERAL �.` 1 . 01 QUALITY ASSURANC.I - x A. Standards ; ,.=47; . i . Provide all plants and planting materials complying with or exceeding the specifications of federal , state and county laws requiring inspection for plant and insect control . 2 . Conform with the current edition of "Horticultural . Standards" for number one grade quality and size nursery ry stock adopted by the American Association of Nurserymen . v: 3 . Provide plants true to name and with one of each bundle or lot tag ged with the name and size of the plants in � accordance with the standards of practice of the American - Association of Nurse x �' r � � _• ,; r]�mea . In all cases , botanical names take precedence over common names . 02 MMITTALs 4 A . Certificates i . All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments . 2 . Upon completion of the installation , deliver all certificates to the Architect . 8 . Samples r 1 . Submit one quart samples and analyses of all fertilizers and needs . 1 . 03 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Delivery and Protection 1 . Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible . 2 . Use all means necessary to protect plant materials before , during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades . 3 . In the event of damage or rejection , immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect , and at no additional cost to the owner . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GRASS SEED A . General 1 . Provide grass seed free from noxious weed seeds and recleaned . 2 . Provide grade A recent crop seed treated with appropriate fungicide at time of mixing . 02480-1 ; �L a .. B . Proportions by 'Weight 1 . Lawn Seeding Common Scientific Proportion I d I Name Name by 'Weight Purity Germination � au Kentucky Poa '. Bluegrass Pratensis 65% 85% 80% Creeping Gestuca Fescue Rubra 15% 97% 80% x , " Red To A rustic r qa p g ;;, � , Alba 10% 92% 9O% Italian Ryegrass Lollium spp 10% 92% 95% 2 . 02 FERTILIZER A . Use commercial fertilizer derived from organic sources which " shall contain the following percentages by weight : 1 . 10% Nitrogen u 2 . 10% Phosphoric Acid 3 , 20% Potash B . Provide one quarter of the nitrogen in the form of nitrates , one , quarter in the form of ammonia salts and one half in the form of organic nitrogen . Available phosphoric acid to be from super phosphate , bone or tankage . Potash shall be in the form of sulphate of potash . C . Deliver fertilizer mixed as specified in standard size bags , showing weight , analysis and name of manufacturer and store in weatherproof storage place in such a manner that effectiveness will not be impaired . 2 . 03 LIME A . Provide ground limestone containing 85% total carbonates and conforming to the following analysis 1 . At least 50% shall pass a 100 mesh sieve . 2 . At least 90% shall pass a 20 mesh sieve . . 04 BONEMEAL A . Use finely ground bonemeal having a maximum analysis of 4% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid . B . Deliver in standard size bags showing weight , analysis and name of manufacturer . Store in weatherproof place . 2 . 05 MULCH A . Provide plant mulch composed of pine bark nuggets . B . Provide lawn mulch composed of stalks of oats , wheat , rye straw free from noxious weeds . Do not use hay for mulch . C . Provide ground cover mulch composed of a mixture of 50% sand and 50% peat . :{ 2 . 06 WATER A . Bake all necessary arrangements for the use of water . B . Provide clean , potable water , free from deleterious elements . 2 . 07 I4ATERIALS ]FOR GUYING STAKING & WRAPPING A . Provide hardwood stakes eight to 10 feet long, 1 1/2" diameter , stained or natural cedar . - S . Use new black or red two-ply fiber bearing garden hose , not less than 1/2" inside diameter . Seconds rejected by factory are acceptable . CO Provide burlap wrapping material , first quality, at least 8 oz * in weight and 6" in width . Commercial type tree wrap is acceptable . ZvO8 PLANT MATERIALS - A . Nursery grown plants defines plants which are healthy, vigorous plants lined out in rows in a nursery and which are annually cultivated , sprayed , pruned and fertilized in accordance with good horticultural practice . 1 . Provide freshly dug plants . Neither heeled-in plants nor plants from cold storage will be accepted . 2 . All plants shall have been transplanted or root pruned at least once in the past three years . Balled and burlapped plants must come from soil which will hold a firm ball . 3 . Provide plants typical of their species or variety, with a normal habit of growth , first quality, sound , healthy , vigorous , well branched and densely foliated ; free of disease , insect pests , eggs or larvae , and with healthy, well furnished root systems . 4 . Conform to the measurements specified in the plant list . Measurements specified are minimum size acceptable for each variety . Plants that meet the requirements specified in the plant list but that do not possess a normal balance between height and spread will not be accepted . Plants for use where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as ® possible . Do not prune plants prior to delivery . 5 . Provide trees with straight trunks with single lead intact . There shall be no abrasion of the bark and no fresh cuts of limbs over 1 1/4" which have not completely calloused over . 6 . Substitutions are not permitted . 02480-3 1 ww ::. 2 . 09 LANDSCAPE MAT (ZABR.IC) A . Provide 100% textile glass fiber fabric composed of line borosilicate glass fibers with an average fiber diameter of eight to 12 microns and 2-4" strands of fiber bonded with phenol formaldehyde resin . B . Provide roll type fabric , water permeable , minimum 1/4 , 0' maximum 1/2" thick with a density of not less than three ( 3 ) pounds per cubic foot . 2 . 10 ANTIDESICCAIN'f Aux :-F A . Provide an antidesiccant emulsion that will provide a film over plant surfaces permeable enough to permit transpiration , 2011 TOPSQIAr . A . Provide topsoil composed of organic , natural fertile , agricultural soil , capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth . It shall be of uniform composition throughout and without admixtures of subsoil , free of stones , lumps , plants or theirh.: roots , sticks and other extraneous matter . B . Provide rtopSoil with an acidity range of pH 6 . 0 to pH 7 . 0 and containing not less than 6% organic matter as determined by loss on ignition of moisture free samples dried at 100 deg . C . C . Conform to the following gradation : 1 . 0% in excess of 1 . " 2 . 0% to 3% in excess of 114" screen (gravel ) . 3 . 40% to 60% in excess of #100 sieve ( sand-silt ) . D . The contractor may amend natural , on site topsoil with approved materials and by approved methods to meet the above specifications . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3401 TOPSOIL A . Source 1 . Comply with requirements of Section 02200 Earthwork ( Stockpiling) and this Section , B . Spreading 1 . Upon completion of finish grading , perform all fine grading required in landscaping areas . Remove all stones , lumps and tubic roots , sticks and other extraneous matter . 2 . Before spreading and depositing the topsoil , rake the subsoil surface clean of stones , debris or rubbish and loosen ( "scarify" ) to a minimum depth of 2 . " 3 . Spread , rake , compact and otherwise manipulate topsail to form smooth draining finish grades as shown on the contract drawings . P C2480-4 xF-+'itR,i- ,.kc — .... . ., 4 . The depth of topsoil after compaction " P shall be 4 over lawn areas . Do not place while in a frozen or muddy condition . 5 . Maintain the surfaces to the finished grades shown on the ? , contract drawings , and deposit whatever additional topsoil ; .. may be required to take care of any settlement or erosion up to the date of issuance of Certificate of Final Acceptance , .. 3 . 02 GRASS SEEDING A . Planting 1 . Plant grass only between April 15 and dune 1.5 , or August 15 and October 1 . „ 2 . Develop all ground areas of the site 'as lawns except as otherwise required by drawings or specifications . 3e Immediately before any seed is sown , scarify the aground and rake until surface is smooth , friable and of uniformly fine texture , free of all debris or stones over 1" diameter . Do not seed any area until it has been so prepared . 4 . Seed lawn areas at the rate of five (5) pounds to 1 , 000 square feet of area. Sow the seed evenly and lightly rake into the ground and roll the ground with a 500 pound roller y " and then thoroughly water with a fine spray. d le S . Mulch a. . 1 . Immediately upon completion of requiredd seeding operations , mulch all seeded areas to a depth of 1 , " add or remove mulch as needed to encourage germination and growth . 2 . Mulch heavier on ditch banks and steep slopes . Take all necessary precautionary measures to prevent erosion . C . Lime 1 . Apply lime as required to adjust soil acidity range from pH 6 . 0 to pH 7e0 . 2 . Distribute line evenly to topsoil over the entire lawn area . 3 . Thoroughly incorporate into the top three inches of topsoil at least five days before applying commercial fertilizer . D . Fertilizer 1 . Apply fertilizer at rate of 600 lbs . per acre and work lightly into the top three inches of topsoil of all lawn areas . E . Maintenance 1 . Continue maintenance during construction period and as long as necessary for completion of satisfactory stand of grass . 2 . Water properly and adequately as required to maintain growth , 3 . Repeat fertilization after first two cuttings and as required . Use commercial fertilizer same as original fertilization , 4 . Cut grass as required by seasonal conditions to a height of 2" when average height of grass is 4 . " Minimum of three mowings required or more if necessary to provide a healthy ". uniform stand of grass acceptable to the Architect , 02480-5 d, - a� _ :: _ .. , 5 . Required maintenance includes watering , mowing , reseeding , remulching , reworking, filling washouts , removal of stonesr : over 1" diameter or larger , by means of rakes , stone picker I I I k or hand picking , and other work required to provide a strong uniform stand of grass acceptable to the ArchitectAW . 3 . 03 PLANTING TRESS AND SHRUBS A . General 1 . Plant nursery stock immediately upon delivery to the site and approval by the Architect except that , if this is not feasible , heel-in all balled material with damp soil and , , protect from sun and wind . 2 . Regularly water all nursery stock in containers and place r' I I '' them in a cool area protected from sun and drying winds . 3 . Plants designated "BB" in the plant list shall be adequately balled and burlapped with firm natural balls of soil of Ott: sufficient diameter and depth , to contain the entire related + root systems existing prior to digging or removal from nursery . 4 . Handle all plants so that the roots are adequately protected at all times . During shipment all plants shall be properlyu protected by a tarpaulin or other suitable covering . B . Planting Season T 1 . Unless otherwise directed and approved , plant deciduous material from March 15 to June 15 , and from September 15 to December 1 . Plant evergreen material from April 1 to June 15 , and from September I to November 1 . 2 . Do not plant any materials when the ground is frozen or in excessively moist condition . G . Excavation and Placement 1 . Excavate a minimum 12" beyond depth and lateral extended root system . Do not bend or prune root systems to fit holes . 2 . Set all plant material so that when settled , the crown of the plant bears the same relation to the required grade as it bore to natural grade before transplanting . 3 . Trees "BB" shall have burlap removed at top and sides , but no burlap shall be pulled out from. under . 4 . Plant plants in topsoil which shall be thoroughly watered and tamped . 5 . On level ground or slight slopes a shallow basin a little larger than the diameter of the plant pit shall be left around each plant . 6 . Thoroughly incorporate commercial raw bonemeal with topsoil ' used in backfilling tree pits , at the rate of five lbs . per tree . T . Perform all guying , staking , anchoring and wrapping immediately after planting . 02480-6 D. Pruning 1 . Prune each tree and shrub to preserve the natural character F ' of the plant and in a manner appropriate to its particular landscape requirements . In. general , at least one thud of the mood shall be removed by thinning or shortening t .. branches , but no leaders shall are cut . 2 . Paint over pruning cuts over 3/4" in diameter with an approved tree paint . E . Spraying i . Immediately after planting and staking , spray all plant k, n material with an anti-desiccant , using an approved power Id sprayer to apply an adequate film over trunks , 'branches and := ' sax foliage . re Plant Mulch i . ,After planting operations have been completed , cover planting areas with a layer of pine nugget mulch two inches (2") deep. , G . Trees and Shrubs Maintenance ( 'e 1 . The maintenance period is one year after substantial completion . 2w hater twice monthly, June 15 through September 15 , 3 . Spray to control weeds , insects , fungus and other diseases by spraying with insecticides or fungicides . - 4 . Prune as required . 5 . Repair stakes . 6 . Refertilize at the following rates : a . Trees 3" and larger . 1 lb . per 30 gal . water per tree . b . Trees less than 3" : 1/3 lb . per gal . water per tree . c . Shrubs ; 0 . 33 lb. per 1 gal . water per shrub . d . Apply at three intervals between May 13 through July 1 . H . Replacement 1 . Replace all trees and shrubs not exhibiting a healthy growth after a period of one year . 2 . Provide all replacements of the same variety , size and condition a the originally specified material . Furnish and Plant all replacements at the expense of the contractor . 02480-7 fall ' SECTION 02500 - PAVING AND SURFACING PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL I , al UALITY ASSURANCE M1 A . Codes and Standards � s 1 . Comply with the provisions of the following codes and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified . a . New York State Department of Transportation (NYSDOT) Design and Construction Division "Standard of Specifications" dated January 2 , 1981 _ PART 2 . 00 PRODUCTS 0I BASE/SUBBASE AND FILTER FABRIC k. 41 A . Crusher Run Stone 1 . Comply with requirements of NYSDOT Type 2 , Section 304 , B . Processed sand and gravel " 1 . Comply with requirements of NYSDOT Type 40 Section 304 . C . Filter Fabric {. +g 1 . Comply with requirements of NYSDOT Section 207 , Amoco Propex 4553 or approved equal . 2 . 02 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE A . Binder I . Comply with requirements of NYSDOT Type 3 Dense Grade Section 401 delivery temperature 275 deg . F . minimum . B . Wearing Course 1 . Comply with requirements of NYSDOT Type f , Section 401 , delivery temperature 275 deg . F . minimum . 2 . 03 CEMENT CONCRETE A . Plant Mixed Concrete 1 . Comply with requirements of Section 03300 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" except as modified herein . 2 . All concrete shall be air entrained . 3 . All concrete shall be 3 , 000 PSI at 28 days mix . B . Reinforcing 1 . Comply with requirements of Section 03200 "Concrete Reinforcement" except as modified herein . 02500-1 ree c4 rr 0 AO i f F.. 4r 4dw Fe '::Y - :sit' ...• Gry '$': L L LrL::'M{.-f F' :. ..1 L rL rw.- L •i. 2 . 04 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER AND SEALANT A . Filler n 1 . Provide preformed strips of elastic closed cell sponge rubber conforming to ASTM D-1752 "Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers" Type Be Sealant ~ 1 . For walks and pavements , two part , pour grade , polyurethane sealing compound , Shor A Hardness 40-60 , conforming to Federal Specification TT-S-227 . "Sealing Compound , Elastomeric Type , Multi-Component . " 2 . For Malls and curbs , polyurethane sealing compound , gun grade . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAYING EQUIPMENT . A . Compacting Equipment w ! 1 . Provide power roller compacting equipment having a minimum weight of ten tons , except that hand-held vibrator-compactors may be used in areas inaccessible to rollers when specifically approved in .advance by the -. Architect . B . Paving Equipment 1 . Provide self -propelled asphalt paving machines capable of maintaining line , grade and minimum surface course thickness specified . 3 . a2 PLACEMENT OF BASE/ SUBBASE COURSES A . Preparation 1 . After subgrade has been completed roll the surface to a smooth and uniform texture free from lumps , rock pockets , soft spots and spongy areas . Be Placement 1 . Place in uncompaeted layers not exceeding 6" in thickness . 2 . Compact the crushed stone to a minimum degree of compaction of 95% in accordance with NYSDOT Standard Specifications , Section 400 , 3 . Roll the courses until entire surface is firm , dense and free from rock pockets and mud pads . 3 . 03 PLACEMENT OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT A . Lightly sand the areas where prime coat is not fully absorbed before placing the bituminous concrete . Be Place the bituminous concrete in strict accordance with the provisions of Section 401 through 405 of the NYSDOT Standards . ,:z' g 02500--2 I Orw O, . Asa e On .::. . ., ._ 3 . 04 PLA9ZIV T or comcRETE M&LKs A. Preparation 1 . Compact run of crusher stone or bank run gravel base course r a to the depths indicated . Remove spongy subgrade to provide '� �'. Adequate bearing for gravel or stone base course . B . Reinforcing 1 . Place in flat sheets on brick or laid after 2 1/2" of concrete has been poured . 2 . Lap mesh 6" in bath directions . 3 . Break mesh at expansion joints . C . Formwork 4 1 . Use metal or wood forms free from kings or warps . Stake ' securely to insure stability during pours . de D. Tooled faints ,.. . _. 1 . place full depth expansion _joints as indicated , not to exceed 300 -0" apart . , 2 . Tooled joints spaced as directed at intervals not to exceed the width of the walk . 3 . 05 RMEDIAL P-MASURES A . Upon direction of the Architect , cut out or rework all surfaces and subgrade areas which do not meet the requirements of the section ; perform all remedial measures at no additional cost , ® B . Sections shall be rectangular or square and not less than 100 S . F . in area . Patching will not be acceptable . ® 02500-3 i •: . ' �i $ i 4 .ts i SECTION 02717 - WATER SYSTEM PART 1000 GENERAL - QMITY ASSURAN CZ > ' 'c Ln^.';- k.. - a�°•.s..-k " .t if'�u„'s,- r S. } Y*' A. Codes and. Standards k30.1 1 . Comply with the following codes and standards except where ' ` more stringent requirements are shown or specified : a . National Fire Protection Association 1 . No . 24 "Outside Protection" • k b , Factory Mutual r {. dd 1 . ."Approval Guide" °i:. c . Underwriter ' s Laboratory 1 . "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" do Local Fire Department/Marshall Regulations . r A 02 SUBMITTALS %.... A . Product Data tpl', 1 . Submit a list of all materials and products to be used in dd this project . , 2 . Submittal shalt include manufacturer ' s name and catalog , ' number and catalog cuts , indicating required approvals and intended usage and include : " - a . Piping , b. valves . _ PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 k ERAL �. A . Provide products bearing FM and UL Approval labels . B . Provide products designed for 175 PSI working pressure (minimum) or 50 psi above design working pressure , whichever is greater , ' unless otherwise noted . 2 . 02 GATE VALVES ' A . Roadway Curb Sox 1 . Provide cast iron extension boxes with screw or slide-type adjustment and flared base , minimum thickness 3/16 . " 2 . Provide cast iron cover bearing the word "STATER . " 43 . Provide two "T" handle socket wrenches of 5/8" round stock , sufficient length to reach from two feet above grade to deepest valve _ S _ valve 1 . Provide gate valves with cast iron body , double disk gate valve , bronze mounted . 2 . Provide outside screw and yoke type valves except when used with roadway curb boxes . y 02717-1 Pd Y Y: ' - Tom' �Y , 7 Id ed LdL 6 —...fi �; ...E w:na . . rh,. 4" r', ."''� .ircC..�,. .' }➢5•� $' , - rr. .. 2 . 03 UNDERGROUND MAIN PIPING A A . Provide the following type of underground piping . Pipe shall bear � 's ; I Is .- .�q f+ r'. 1 . s ' standard markings per AWWA standards . Ad A Im Taype R - Copper Pipe . J,w.s G'� 'ei3' '!tddir Aw .l,d '� '3:5: �. ;y.,� ''�i .!fz sett _ .. _ . !• AA PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION . :.L , 3 . 01 EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND PIPING •'r 'A. A . General t,:• _.' 1 . Comply with NFPA 24 "Outside Protection . " .1 Ad , '' sue . AI Ak s, ,�ys �+ .;� � s+-3r�'1 `;-,ae ip:>.�; twt95}5 ',+.�{ {:: - . L. t.',. : : y..�':.;:. - .'S . : - aT " � x w - � B . Excavation , Filling and Grading a �: 1 . Comply with requirements of Division. 2 of this specification _ i61 xx ., =a" ' ":.: - - i k - ::s�.: . Ad e . ...,� :>- :. , ✓µ.' y ir-, .:e..R i4 �i r:e�.&c a G . � 'Placement "of Pipings 1 . Unless otherwise shown on plans , install all piping a f Ad k minimum of 5 ' 0" below grade measured to the tap of the pipe . A - 2 . Bed firmly on undisturbed soil . 19 3 . Provide thrust blacks at all changes in direction of pressure piping . Size as required , extend to undisturbed �,:,: soil , and construct from 3 , 000 psi concrete . - Allow thrust A •6 Id blocks to cure adequately prior to applying pressure . D . Placement Under Public Roads 1 . Where piping runs under public roads , secure and pay for necessary permits from authorities having jurisdiction and perform all work in compliance with their requirements . E . Connection to Existing Water Mains 1m secure and pay for necessary permits from water authority and perform all park in compliance with their requirements . -1 2 . Provide live wet tap connection to existing main performed by the contractor to avoid interruption of service . Comply with requirements of local water authorities . 3 . Provide gate valve at tap with valve box . F . Flushing and Testing 1 . Flush all underground piping , prior to testing , per NFPA . 2 . Test piping in presence of owner ' s representative before backfiliing . 3 . Complete NFPA testing forms . 1 11 4 . All piping connected to potable water supplies shall be sterilized with chlorinating material . G . Surface Treatment 1 . Restore all disturbed areas to match original condition in accordance with applicable requirements of Section 02200 6,6 Earthwork , Section 02480 Landscaping and Section 02500 Paving and Surfacing except where new surface treatment is shown . ' 02717-2 . E - l+4 'C _ A. ,hid 6 A F . i ' am'{ S. f.e`I Ya �' - { ' ft•x- .•' a::. . .. ..- . .. �. r:c= ..f•`°`'yw'uLe�= .,. r ..as.g2w SECTION 03200 - CONCRETE REIMFORCEMENT0. d ; PART 1 . 00 GENERAL F R11 . 0 QUALITY ASs[TRANCE _ e`T ' A. Codes and Standards Comply with the following codes and standards , except where : ` more stringent requirements are shown or specified : a . American Concrete Institute 1 . ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete I Reinforcement , " Idti 2 * ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements . " b . Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 1 . "Manual of Standard Practice . " ,.; 1 . 02 SUBI,�ITTALS A . Required Submittals d 1 . Submit shop drawings for items of work including but not ` , . limited to the following: a , All concrete reinforcement , B . Do not deliver coacrete reinforcements to the job site until �£ receipt of shop drawing approval . 1 _ 03 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Use all means necessary to protect concrete reinforcement before , during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades . 80 store in a manner to prevent damage , excessive rusting and fouling with dirt , grease and other bond-breaking coatings . C . Use all necessary precautions to maintain identification after the bundles are broken . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 _ 01 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT ' A . Provide new concrete reinforcement materials free from rust and , complying with the following standards : 11 . Bars for reinforcement : a . ASTM A 615 , "Specifications for Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement , " including Supplementary Requirement S1 . b . Provide Grade 40 deformed bars . 2 . Wire Fabric a . ASTM A 185 , "Specifications for Wire Fabric Concrete Reinforcement , " ' b . Provide flat sheets only . `u 03200-1 Or. - ..✓ .. . w .. ... � . . .. . . ry :iV'QN x .r . -4 q�:.ryTL 'ate+-w?" -.(:.ax 2 .. ., PART 3 00 - EXECUTION s 3 . O1 BENDING � � A . General ; >� le fabricate all reinforcement in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings . 2 . Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the drawings or on the approved shop drawings . 3 . Do not bend or straighten steel in a manner that will injure the material . B . Design $: _ - 1 . bend all bars cold . 2 . Make bends for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter not less than two times the minimum thickness of the kk bar . 3 . Make bends for other bars , including hooks , around a pin having a diameter not less than six times the minimum thickness of the bar , 3� 02 PLACING A _ General 1 . Before the start of concrete placement , accurately place all concrete reinforcement , positively securing and supporting by metal chairs or spacers , or by metal hangers . 2 . Do not use concrete bricks without specific approval by the - Architect/Engineer . B . Clearance l 1 . Preserve clear space between bars of not less than 1-1/ 2 times the normal diameter of round bars . 2 . In no case let the clear distance be less than 1-1/2" nor less than 1-1/3 times the maximum size of aggregate . 3 _ Deliver all welded wire fabric to the site in flat sheets and place in the top 1/3 of the slab , unless otherwise shown . 4 . Provide the following minimum concrete covering for reinforcement : a . Concrete below ground deposited against forms : 2" b . Concrete deposited against earth ; 3" c . Concrete elsewhere : As indicated on the drawings or otherwise approved by the Architect and as per ACI Standards . CO Splicing 1 . Place bars in members with minimum laps at splices sufficient to develop the strength of the bars _ 2 . Bars may be wired together at laps except at points of support of the member , at which points preserve the clear space described above . O320a-2 xi .. . . :.. 4..'�0 0. 6 d L 1 E. ...:x., '..c.G 3 . Wherever possible , stagger the splices of adjacent bars . r � 4 . Splice 30 bar diameters minimum _ D . Dowels 1 11. - 1 . 'Place all required steel dowels and securely anchor them into T ` position before the concrete is placed . 2 . All dowels shall have 210" minimum leas where possible . B . Cleaning ^ 1 . Immediately prior to placing concrete , remove from reinforcing steel all rust scale , loose mill scale , oil , paint and other coatings which would destroy or reduce bond L between steel and concrete . 03200- 3 ,- W e dL w �dy SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 . Oa GENERAL . IjO1 QUALITY ASSURANCE . ;y A . Codes and Standards 1 . Comply with the following codes and standards , except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified : a . American. Concrete Institute 1 . ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" a a_ 2 . ACI 302 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" 3 . ACT 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete" 4 . ACT 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring , Mixing , Transporting and Placing Concrete" B . Mix Design 1 . Mix design and mix testing shall be arranged for and paid for by the contractor . 2 . All mix designs shall be proportioned in accordance with Section 4 . 3 ( field experience) or Section 4 . 4 ( trial batches ) of - ACI 318 . Submit mix designs on each class of concrete for review . If trial batches are used , mix design shall be prepared by an independent testing laboratory . 3 . Mix testing shall be by an approved commercial testing laboratory meeting the requirements of ASTM E329 "Concrete Inspection and Testing . " 4 . Provide standard 6" x 12" compression cylinders per ASTM C192 "Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory , " 5 _ Provide cylinders in sets of four . Test two at 7 days for information and two at 28 days for acceptance . Test per ASTM C39 , "Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens . " 6 . Provide one set for each mix design ; separate sets for pumped concrete . ® 7 . Mix design shall include : a _ Type of cement and manufacturer , b . Source of all aggregates , c . Type and grading of all aggregates , d . Proportions of each material , e . Admixtures by quantity and manufacturer , f . Measured slump , air content and weight per cubic foot , gf . Standard deviation analysis or trial batch data , h . Compressive strength at 7 and 28 days . ® C _ 24 Sour Notification 1 . Notify Architect 24 hours prior to pouring concrete so formwork and reinforcing may be reviewed if desired . 03300-1 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Required Submittals 1 . Submit data including but not limited to the following _ a _ mix design ( including trial batch data or standard deviation analysis) be Transit-Mix delivery slips . c . Record drawings . Be Product Data 1 . Submit complete list of all products including manufacturer ' s name and product description showing compliance with specifications . - ' 2 . Submit mix design for each type of concrete . C . Certificates 1 , Transit-Mix Delivery Slips a . Keep a record drawing at the job site showing time and place of each placement of concrete , together with transit-mix delivery slip certifying contents of the placement and amount of water added at job site . ^ � be !Sake the record available to the Architect for their inspection upon request . c . Upon completion of this portion of the work , deliver the record drawing and the delivery slips to the Architect . Part 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONCRETE MATERIALS A . Portland Cement 1 . Comply with ASTM C150 "Portland Cement , " type I . 2 , Cement shall be product of one manufacturer . B . Normal Weight Aggregates 1 . Fine aggregate a . Provide clean , sharp , natural sand free from loam , clay , lumps or other deleterious materials . be Comply with ASTM C33 "Concrete Aggregates . " 2 . Course Aggregate a . Comply with ASTM C33 "Concrete Aggregates . " C . Hater 1 . Provide clean potable water . 03300- 2 t: 2 . 02 CONCRETE ADMIXTURES rA. Air-Entraining Admixture 1 , Comply with ASTM C260 "Air Entraining Admixture for Concrete . " ® B . hater Reducing Admixture 1 . Comply with ASTM C494 "Chemical Admixures for Concrete , " -type A . 2 . Approved products : a . "Pozzolith 200 N" by Master Builders , b. "Plastocrete 16000 by Sika Chemical , c . "N . R . D. A . " by K . R . Grace , d . "Eucon WR-75" by Euclid Chemical Co . Co 'hater Reducing and Retarding Admixture 1 . Comply with ASTM C494 "Chemical Admixtures For Concrete , " ` ": type D . 2 . Approved Products . a . "Eucon Retarder-75" by Euclid Chemical Co . , ; b . "Pozzolith 1o0RR" by Master Builders , c . ' Plastiment" by Sika Chemical Corp . Fs . D . High Range stater Reducing Admixture ( Superplasticizer ) 1 . Comply with ASTM C494 "Chemical Admixtures for Concrete , " type F or G. + 2 . Approved Products : a . '"Eucon 37" by Euclid Chemical Co . , b . " Sikament" by Sika Chemical Corp . , c . "A . H . Super P" by Anti-Hydro Co . E . Non-Chloride Accelerator 1 . Comply with ASTM C494 "Chemical Admixtures For Concrete , " type C or E . 2 . Approved Products : a . "Accelguard 80" by Euclid Co . 3 . Use of calcium chloride is prohibited . ® F . Calcium Chloride 1 . Calcium chloride is prohibited in concrete . 2 . 03 CONCRETE A . :_General 1 . All concrete shall be transit-mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 "Ready-Mix Concrete" or mixed at batch plants in accordance with AC1304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring , Mixing , Transporting and Placing Concrete , " unless otherwise specifically permitted by Architect . 1 B . Strength 1 . Concrete strength shall be as shown on the drawings or : 3 1 specified herein . 2 . In the absence of either of the above , provide 4000 PSI at 28 days ■ix. 03300-3 : _. C . hater 1 . Use only sufficient water to make a workable mix and deposit in farms at job site . p4.. F . D . Admixtures 1 . All concrete shall contain the specified water reducing admixture . 2 . hater reducing and retarding admixture , and/or high. range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) may be used as approved by Architect . 3 . All concrete slabs , placed at air temperatures below 50 deg , ro, shall contain the specified non-chloride accelerator . 4 . All concrete required to be air entrained shall contain an approved air entraining admixture . E . Air Content 1 . All concrete exposed to freezing and thawing and/or required to be watertight shall have an air content of 4 . 5% to 7 . 5% w 2 . All interior slabs subject to abrasion , shall have a maximum air content of 3% , except that where dry shake hardeners are .{ required , air entraining shall not be used . Iro Water-Cement Ratio 1 . All concrete subjected to freezing and thawing shall have a maximum water-cement ratio of 0 . 50 . 2 . All concrete required to be watertight and/or subjected to deicers shall have a maximum water-cement ratio of 0 . 45 . - G . Time 1 . All concrete shall be placed within 60 minutes of the time of initial adding of water , and within 90 minutes of mixing of aggregate and cement . H . Superplasticizer 1 . All concrete containing the high range water reducing admixture ( superplasticizer ) shall have a maximum slump of 8" unless otherwise approved by the Architect . The concrete shall arrive at the job site at a slump of 2" to 3 , " be verified , then the high range water reducing admixture added to increase the slump to the approved level . ( See Part 3 regarding slump . ) 2 . 04 CONCRETE WORK MATERIALS A . -Curing Membrane 1 . Provide 6 Mil polyethylene sheet . B . Vapor Barrier 1 . Provide 6 Mil reinforced polyethylene sheets . 2 . Sheet width shall be 12 ' -0" minimum . 03300-4 � _S C . Anti-spalling compound 1 . Provide Linseed oil anti-spalling compound . 2 . Approved products : ;> a. "Pit-Luc . "' Sonneborn , b . Spencer-Kellog anti-spalling compound . De Expansion Joint Filler W Preformed strips of elastic closed cell sponge rubber conforming to ASTM D 1752 "Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction , Type 2 . Thickness of filler shall exceed joint width by at least 25% and shall fill joint completely, except where sealing compound is required in which case filler shall be installed up to depth required for the compound used . 2 . 05 FLOOR FINISHING MATERIALS , A . Curing and Sealing Compound 1 . The compound shall conform to ASTM C309 "Liquid ® Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete , " Type I , Class A ; 30% solids content minimum , and have test data from an independent laboratory indicating a maximum moisture loss of 0 _ 030 grams per sq . cm . when applied at a coverage rate of 300 sq . ft . per gallon . Manufacturer ' s certification required . 2 . Approved products : a . "Super Floor Coat" or " Super Pliocure" by The Euclid _ Chemical Company , b . "Masterseal " by Master Builders , c . "Hydrozo 30% Clear " by Hydrozo Coatings Co . B . Sealer and Dustproofer 1 . Apply a second coat of the specified curing and sealing compound to all interior concrete floors . The compound shall be applied in strict accordance with the directions of the manufacturer and just prior to completion of construction . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A . General 1 . Place in accordance with ACI 304 "Recommended Practice for Measuring , Mixing , Transporting and Placing Concrete . " B . Preparation 1 . Remove all scraps and thoroughly clean from and areas in which concrete is to be placed . 03300-5 CO Method 1 . Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or , planes of weakness within the section . 2 . Place in not more than one foot layers within 6 feet of final position , do not attempt to flow concrete horizontally. 3 . Use tremie in deep forms ; do not drop concrete more than 6 feet 4 , Use of chutes longer than 10 feet is prohibited . S . Use of belt conveyors is prohibited . 6 _ If necessary to convey concrete further than 10 feet , usetL buggies , or crane and bucket , .y 7 . Tf free water shows on top of concrete , reduce water . S . Check shoring frequently with level _ Strengthen if necessary . 9 . Screed all work to level surfaces . Roughen surfaces to provide bond for later finishes , where required . D . Vibrating 1 . Consolidate concrete during placing operations using mechanical vibrating equipment , so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners . Use and type of vibrators shall be ..- in accordance with ACI 309 , "Recommended Practice for the Consolidation of Concrete . " Lower frequency vibrators may be used with "flowing" concrete . E . Acceptability - 1 . Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable , or does not meet the required quality control limits , or which has been contaminated by foreign materials . 2 . Do not use retempered concrete . 3 . Remove rejected concrete from the project site and dispose of in an acceptable location . F _ Slump 1 . All other concrete for footings , walls , columns , beams ; maximum slump shall be 4" . 2 . Structural slabs , slabs on grade ; maximum slump shall be 3 " . 3 . Maintain slump cone and rod at job site during all placing operations . 4 . All concrete containing the high range water reducing admixture ( superplasticizer ) shall have a maximum slump of 8" e 3 . 03 EQOTINGS A . Preparation 1 . Bearing surface shall be clean and undisturbed . 2 . Do not pour in standing water . 3 . Notify Architect if any soft spots or other questionable bearing is present . 03300-6 B . Finishes 1 . Hand float to level surface . 2 . Provide 'key under all foundation walls (masonry or concrete) . ry 3 04 SLABS0"Tip s . A ' A . Vapor Barrier 1 . Remove all sharp projections from bearing surface that might ' puncture barrier . 2 . Place vapor barrier under slabs in all areas shown on drawings or specified herein . 3 . Lap seams one foot minimum . VA 4 . Neatly fora barrier around all slab penetrations . i-'7>. * B . Joints Obtain Architect ' s Approval of all joint locations prior to Q, „x , ;•:, placement . 2 . Provide construction or saw cut joints for slabs on grade at 20 . 0 ' maximum spacing otherwise directed by the Architect . ' 3 . Saw cut joints shall be madd' an soon as ,possible , 12 hours ` = maximum, after placement , Lam`" • C . Leveling •� 1 . Level surface with bullf lost or darbying . 2 . Provide slab depressions as indicated on the drawings . 3 . Level surface so that depressions between high spots do not - exceed 1/4" under a 10 ' straightedge in any direction unless otherwise indicated . 4 . Slope uniformly to floor drains as directed by Architect or shown on drawings . D . Finishes 1 . Scratch Finish a . Apply to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping , mortar setting beds , and other bonded cementitious finish flooring materials . ® b . Level surface so that depressions between high spots do not exceed 1/2" under a 10 ' straightedge . c . Roughen surface before final set with stiff brooms or rakes . 2 . Steel Trowel Finish a . Apply to surfaces exposed to view or to receive resilient flooring , paint or other thin finish . b . Finish with steel power trowel followed by hand trowel . c . Final surface to be free of trowel marks and have a uniform finish . 3 . Broom Finish a . Apply to exterior slabs . b . After final floating , lightly broom finish in waved pattern . Texture to be as approved by the Architect from sample panels . 03340-7y`F :: _�; E. r -t S . Surface Treatments 1 . Curing and Sealing Compounds a , Apply to all interior slabs with resilient tile , carpet over cushion or left exposed and all exterior slabs , sidewalks , curbs , etc . , ; b . Apply as sown as possible after final finishing , no later than two hours . 2 . Anti-Spalling Compound a . Apply to exterior horizontal surfaces so noted on the ` drawings . b . Apply approximately 28 days after placement . c . Apply in two coats , allowing previous coat to thoroughly -. . dry. 1 . First coat 400 sq . f t . per gallon . 2 . Second coat 600 sq . ft . per gallon . d . Apply only over compatible linseed oil base curing compound or moist retaining compound . ~ . 3 . Sealer Dustproofer a . Apply a second coat of the specified curing and sealing compound to interior concrete floors where shown on drawings and in schedules . The compound shall be applied in strict accordance with the directions of the manufacturer and just prior to completion of construction . 3 . 05 DEFECTIVE WORK A . Minor Defective Areas _ 1 . Cut away to solid concrete all honeycombs , voids and pockets over 1/4" deep ; but in no case to a depth of less than 1" . 2 . Leave edges perpendicular to surface , 3 . Wet surfaces with water . 4 . Apply the specified bonding compound . Patching mortar shall be placed after the compound has dried . 5 . Patch with cement mortar . 6 . Exposed surfaces shall be patched to match surrounding concrete . 7 . Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding area . S . Final finish after initial set . am Major Defective Areas 1 . Remedies required if defects are serious enough to affect strength of structure as determined by Architect . 2 . All structural repairs shall be made with prior approval of the Architect , as to method and procedure , using the specified epoxy adhesive and/or epoxy mortar _ Pressure injected epoxy repair may be required . 3 . 06 RON-SHRINK GROUT A . All column base plates , equipment bases , and other locations noted on the structural drawings , shall be grouted with the specified non-shrink grout . H . All exposed grout shall be the specified non--metallic type . M1£ 03300-$Id o v . k , � dd s►e ■r 3 . 07 TEST CYLINDERS A . Comply with ASTM C 172 "Sampling Fresh Concrete" and ASTM C 31 ^ "Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field , "" rill B . - Cylinders shall be cast by testing labratory unless otherwise :£ u approved by Architect . co Cast one set of 4 cylinders fof each placement of 50 cubic yards , - or fraction thereof , of each class of concrete placed each d-ay; or as directed by the Architect _ D . Test and record slump with each set . Also record air content ifs, , concrete is required to be air entrained . E . Tag cylinders with dates location of placement , mix , slump and other pertinent information . F . Cylinder molds shall be supplied by testing laboratory . r . 3 . 08 ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE X ?- ry A . The strength level shall be considered satisfactory so long as ; : the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified strength f " c , and no individual test result falls below the specified strength V by more than 500 psiw hr im B . The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicate the required strength level has not been achieved and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure , as directed by the Architect . The testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 , ,"Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete , " or by im other methods as directed . Contractor shall pay for such tests conducted , and any additional testing as may be required , when unacceptable concrete is verified . 03300-9 Irll ,- it °we k� �lM OWN eta f} Or y}'Tl l' r y fiOr Or r Or Or W ' Or �. . . - . ,.aa fi r.� SECTION 04100 - MORTAR ..>, . PART l r ate - -GENERAL s . LO1 QnLITY ASSURANCE - A . Codes and Standards ry, I . Comply with the provisions of the following codes and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified : = : a . ASTM C 270 "Mortar For Unit Masonry" ' ` '` B Do not change source or brands of masonry mortar materials during . rd the course of the work . ... u 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS 9Okk SO a2 A . Required Submittals 1 . Submit samples and data including but not limited to the following : �1 a . Admixtures -product data , r Or Bedd Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturers specification and instructions for each ik manufactured product . Verify and indicate that copy of each applicable instruction has been distributed to the masonry installer . lo03 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Store mortar materials in a dry location off the ground , under cover of tarpaulins , felt paper or polyethylene sheets . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MORTAR MATERIALS A _ Portland Cement 1 . Comply with ASTM C 150 , 'Portland Cement , " Type I , non-staining , without air entrainsent . 2 . Use Type III high early strength as required for laying masonry in cold weather . B . Hydrated Lime 11 . Comply with ASTM C 207 , "Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes , " Type S . co Masonry Cement Ok 1 . Use permitted only for Type 0 mortar . 2 . Comply with ASTM C91 "Masonry Cement . ^ 04100-1 r Or Wj 04 x -..w . ...... - - _ ,.-,,., . . •xsdHba,AAC.�'h.r•'F�` ..,. "cam,.. . . .. .. - .« .•-tea.- w �Y.- -�;�:..x D . Mortar Aggregates 1 . Provide natural , clean , hard particles of mineral origin conforming to ASTIR C 144 "Aggregate for Masonry Mortar . " 2 . For joints less than 1/4" use aggregate graded with 100% ;:,.passing the #16 sieve . _. rr k ksri� E . 'Water 1 . Clean , potable water , free of deleterious materials . F . Admixtures 1 . All admixtures shall be specifically approved by the Architect . 2 . The use of calcium chloride or other admixtures to prevent �3 ` freezing of mortar is not permittedVL . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3oOl PREPARATION AND USE A . All proportions shall be by volume in conformance with ASTM C 270 "Mortar for Unit Masonry . " Mix mortar by machine only , for not less than 5 minutes . Mix with maximum quantity of water for workability . B . Do not use additives except as approved by Architect . Co Do not mix mortars when ambient temperature is below 40 deg . F . unless precautions approved by Architect are taken . 'Water content shall be reduced and controlled to prevent freezing of mortar in a wet condition . D . Discard mortar not placed within two hours after mixing . Retemper during the two hour period only as required to restore workability . 3 . 02 MORTAR SCHEDULE A . Type N - 750 PSI Portland Cement and Lime Mortar 1 . Use for all masonry unless otherwise indicated . 2 . Proportions : 1 part Portland Cement , 1 part hydrated lime , 5 parts sand. . B . Pointing Mortar 1 . Pointing mortar shall consist of 1 part Portland Cement , 1 /10 part lime and 2 parts sand . 2 . !latch component materials in setting mortar . 3 . Use only pre-hydrated pointing mortar for re-pointing . 04100--2 r 1%4 dL .. .-yw wRc :�- ,+1 .,':rrrFrL• . .. . . . .. - - - ..«....tiir:,2.1'-3 . . .. ,.. :: .... .,. . ._. •+-�'e.ic.�:..w. .-. SECTION 04200 - MASONRY PART 1 . 00 - GEN RAL 4 11 01 QI ALITY ASSURANCE ,. A . Qualifications of Workmen 1 . Use only skilled masons who- are thoroughly experienced with the materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design requirements . . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Required Submittals 1 . Submit certificates and samples for masonry units including but not limited to the fallowing : a . Concrete masonry units . b . Masonry accessories . B . Certificates 1 . Prior to shipment of materials , submit certificates attesting to compliance with specifications for the masonry units provided . 2 . Certification shall show results of tests made not more than twelve months prior to delivery of concrete masonry units to the job site , shall prove compliance with the specified values , and shall certify that the mix design , yield per - batch , and curing procedures for the units delivered to the job site are equal to those submitted for the test . C . Samples 1 . Submit two samples of each type of proposed unit masonry for approval . One sample of each type will be sent to the site after approval . 1 . 03 PROTECTION A . General 1 . Protect stored material from contact with earth and keep covered until used , to prevent inclusion of moisture . 2 . Protect work in progress from weather , dehydration and damage . Cover incompleted work until progress is resumed . 3 . Do not install masonry when ambient temperature is below 40 deg . F. , unless cold weather procedures approved by Architect are followed . 4 . Do not apply uniform floor or roof loading for at least 12 hours after building masonry walls or columns , 5 . Do not apply concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns . 5 . Remove grout or mortar in contact with masonry to be left exposed or painted to prevent staining the face of the masonry . 7 . Protect sills , ledges and projections from mortar droppings . 04200-1 r ' y P '}✓tfk.< - +Mv64.,rfacAwl.. +.J� .4'W.. 5 J . . µ S . Cold Weather Protection 1 . Remove any ice or snow farmed on masonry bed by carefully applying heat until top surface is dry to the touch . , �R 2 . Remove all masonry determined to be frozen or damaged by freezing conditions . . , 3 . Install dry masonry units . Wet or frozen masonry units shall not be laid _ 4 . Perform the following construction procedures while the work is progressingo a . When air temperature is from 40 Deg . F . to 32 Deg . F . , heat mixing crater to produce mortar temperatures between 40 Deg . F . and 120 Deg . F. b . When air temperature is from 32 Deg , F . to 25 Deg . F . , ;. > heat sand and water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 Deg . F . and 120 Deg . F . , maintain temperature of mortar on boards above freezing . c . When air temperature is from 25 Deg . F . to 20 Deg . F . , h heat sand and mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 Deg . F . and 120 Deg , F . ; maintain temperature of mortar on boards above freezing ; use salamanders or other heat sources on both asides of walls under construction ; use wind breaks when wand is in excess of 15 mph * -, d . When air temperature is 20 Deg . F _ and below , heat sand - and mixing water to produce mortar temperatures between 40 Deg . F . to 120 Deg . F . ; provide enclosures and auxiliary heat to maintain air temperature above 32 Deg . F . ; heat masonry units prior to placement , and do not lay units which have a surface temperature of 20 Deg . F . or lower . 5 . Perform the following protections for completed masonry and masonry not being worked on : a . When the mean daily air temperature is from 40 Deg . F . to 32 Deg . F . , protect masonry from rain or snow for at least 24 hours by covering with weather-resistive membrane . b . When mean daily air temperature is from 32 Deg . F . to 20 Deg . F . , provide wind breaks during work day and completely cover masonry with weather-resistive membrane for at least 24 hours . Maintain masonry above freezing for at least 16 hours using auxiliary heat or insulated blankets . ev When mean daily temperature is 20 Deg . F . and below, maintain masonry temperature above freezing for 24 hours using enclosures and supplementary heat , electric heating blankets , infrared lamps or other methods approved by the Architect . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A . General 14 obtain concrete masonry units from one manufacturer , of uniform texture and color of each kind required for each continuous area and for visually related areas . 04200-2 f y l .. .. _ . . A .' . . . . +•. '.». n :C,iww' .L+I�kp.71= - - , .. Jr2Yv,� C u .- xr.e-i !st! :y, . . 2 . Standard Units ; Provide block 8" high by 16" long , in gray or neutral color to conform with the following requirements : a . Load-bearing , hollow 1 . ASTM C 90 "Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Nasonry Units , " , ` ' tr e,.. ..:Grade N. � �h, . Type I , normal weight . -� XL ( ; b . Load-bearing , solid 1 , ASTM C 145 '"Solid Load-Searing Concrete Masonry Units . " Grade N . Type I , normal weight _ c . Non-Load Bearing , hollow 1 , ASTM C 129 "Non-Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units , " Type I , light weight . 3 . Architectural units : Provide block 8 " high x 16 " long in M : colors and textures required and specified to conform to the following requirements ; ? , . f .::. ...- L . a . Laced bearing , hollow 1 . ASTM C90 "Hollow Load-Bearing Architectural Masonry Units , " Grade N. Type I , normal weight . (2 core units ) � ::� k "4 . Architectural unit types ; Duke Concrete Products , Inc . , or approved equal . a . Type 1 ; Split faced units with center scare , color DPC-8 . _u.. b . Type 2 : Split faced units , color DPC-7 . h ' c . Type 3 : Smooth standard units , color DPC-7 . Be Lineal Shrinkage ry 1 . Average lineal shrinkage of concrete masonry units shall be . 619% for nominal weight units tested in accordance with ASTM C426 , "Test for Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Block , " Part 16 , w Annual Book of ASTM Standards , C . Water Content 1 . Cure units by low pressure steam curing or saturated high pressure steam in an autoclave . At the time of delivery to the job site , concrete masonry units shall have a value , in weight of contained crater , of not more than 20% of the fully saturated content for the unit tested . 2 . Ship all units from the factory and store at the job site , with necessary protection to prevent increase of water content from rain and other sources . 2 . 02 MASONRY ACCESSORIES A , Joint Filler 1 . Provide any or all of the following types of materials : a . Natural or synthetic sponge rubber conforming to ASTM D 1752 " Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction . " be Neoprene compression seal designed specifically for floor and pavement movement joints . Provide the size and profile indicated or selected from manufacturer ' s recommendation for applicable joint movement and construction material ' s temperature range . 04200-3 3A , 47'. i w B . Masonry Reinforcement 1 . Reinforcement includes prefabricated continuous reinforcement and adjustable tie systems . 2 . Fabricate from cold drawn steel complying with ASTM A 82 , 1P . ' "Standard Specification for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement . ". 3 . Provide welded wire continuous reinforcement units {� prefabricated in straight lengths of not less than 10 ' with matching corner "L" and intersection "T" units . Fabricate with 9 gauge deformed or embossed continuous side rods and 9 gauge plain cross rods , crimped for cavity wall construction and with a unit width 1-1l2" to 2 " less than total wall thickness . Unless otherwise shown , provide truss type continuous reinforcement with a single pair of side rods and Kam' continuous diagonal cross rods spaced not more than 16 " o . c . 4 . Reinforcing units for use in exterior walls shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication with 1 . 5 ozo zinc coating complying with , ASTM A 153 "Standard Specification for Zinc "' ' I I r Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware , " Class B2 . Co Flashings for Masonry 1 . Provide concealed flashings , shown to be built into masonry , as follows : x; a . Stainless steel : AISI Type 302/304 , 2D finish , full ' annealed or dead soft temper , . 015" thick . :`, b .-Copper : soft temper , 16 oz . uncoated copper . c . Copper Lead Fabric : copper and lead combined to a total metal weight of 5 oz . per square foot permanently bonded on both sides with asphalt to asphalt coated glass fabric . - d . Copper-Paper Laminate : copper sheet , 3 oz , per square foot bonded on both sides by asphalt to glass fiber reinforced , waterproofed , creped kraft paper . 2 . 03 CLEAR WATERPROOF COATING FOR EXTERIOR UNIT MASONRY A . Non-yellowing methacrylate copolymers and vinyl toluene resins in an aromatic hydrocarbon which deeply penetrates masonry surface with an invisible waterproof barrier . B . Coating to be Hydropel HD as manufactured by L&M Construction Chemicals , Inc . , or approved equal . 2 . 04 INSULATION FOR EXTERIOR UNIT MASONRY A . Silicone Treated Permalite Loose Fill Insulation . The insulation material shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation C549 and shall be a product of a licensee of GREFCO, INC . or approved equal . Prior to installation of the insulation , the manufacturer shall furnish a certificate to the architect or owner stating the product conforms to the Standard Specification for Silicone Treated Perlite Loose Fill insulation as adopted and published y Perlite Institute , Inc . 04200-4 9rr zd E:.:. so- wrt•.v _ rn, .R ..Tsal;C:: ..lrAda'iA- PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 WORKMANSHIP x� A . Do not use overhand method to set or point masonry exposed to view . . '; B . Layout walls in advance with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings , movement-type joints , returns and offsets . Avoid use of less-than-half size units at corners and jambs ; and wherever possible at other locations , Set masonry to a line , with surfaces plumb and true horizontal J _ p joints continuously level and vertical joints in alignment , s.; j g CO If not otherwise indicated , lay walls with 3 /$" joints . Cut joints flush for concealed galls . Tool joints slightly concave L in exposed work . Rake joints 3/4" deep where caulking or sealant F. is shown . :: rx_ A D , in solid walls , slush mortar between facing material and back-up , L working mortar into close contact with all surfaces . ^ ;z Be Where masonrywork is in progress , build in and securely anchor L all materials and items described in other Sections to be built into walls , such as flashings , *anchors , sleeves , lintels and frames . F . Keep exposed masonry surfaces clean and free of mortar . Clean _ excess mortar from the surface with water as the work progresses , while mortar is fresh and before it hardens on the surface , L G . Install expansion joint material during the erection of the masonry work . He All cutting and patching of masonry shall be performed by skilled masons . I . Fully embed reinforcing longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire length with a minimum cover of 1/ 2 " on exterior side of walls . Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" at ends of units , L Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by use of and "T" sections . Cut and bend units for continuity at returns , offsets , column fireproofing , pipe enclosures and other special conditions . Do not bridge control and expansion joints with reinforcing . J . Where a masonry bond between wythes cannot be made , build stainless steel anchors or ties into masonry joints providing one crimp tie for each 2 square feet of wall surface . Joint reinforcement extending through facing and backup may be used L instead of anchors or ties . dd 04200-5 �' ( d ' Vr Id r. -. r'2'r'-sd+gaMaleiF[ -{i.:-r.+Y�wC��ais•'... ..:.. _ - d4wf Y.. .. y . . . :+f.. 'w.-. C .i'.w"+.si.1M•..• '.J :a�lG'e"a...,:s ... .-w.i+.C.34. rn..'.E. .d %1�FG?�a'�... _ .M _ . ... .. - d ... . tea'-.-., ....... , 19 . ..�c"°ifW!sr'.-+��"' -'+c• .. . ... .. . . .. ,. a+Y� ....x,. r ar�aw•i:.::: SECTION 05400 - COLD e'ORMED METAL FRAMING , PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL r . 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION Al . ". . r a r y A . The work of this section includes but is not necessarily limited by the following : 1 . Stud framing for non-load-bearing exterior walls , 2 . Soffit framing for canopy , 3 . Shop drawings , - F 4 . Erection , r = 02 4UALITY ASSURANCE A . Standards ; the latest editions of the following publications shall apply: ! . 1AISI 'Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members . " ry 1 ; Be Acceptable manufacturers ; products of the following manufactures meeting specification requirements will be acceptable : art .. . 1 . Milcor framing as manufactured by Inland-Ryerson Construction Products Co . 2 . Steel framing as manufactured by Wheeling Corrugating Co . I . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings ; submit to the Architect for approval covering the I following : 1 . Indication of sires , spacings , bridging , bracing , connections for all framing systems . 2 . Other erection details as may be required . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 1 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Steel 1 . For forming 16 gauge and heavier painted structural members : meet the requirements of ASTM A570-75 , Grade Z . 50 ksi yield . 2 . For forming 18 gauge and lighter painted structural members : meet the requirements of ASTM A 611-72 , Grade C , minimum 37 ksi yield . Be Shop Paint ' 1 . Rust-resisting , inhibitive , meeting the performance requirements of Fed , Spec . TT-P-664 , TT-P--635C . ' 2 . 02 FABRICATION A . Structural properties ; computed in accordance with standards listed herebefore . 1 05400-1 i SECTION' 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL "'. 1.O1 DESCRIPTION ,- A . The extent of miscellaneous metal fabrications work is shown on the drawings and specified in this Section . Included are items fabricated from iron and steel shapes , plates , bars , strips , tubes , pipes and castings which are not specified as part of the structural steel or other metal sections of these specifications . �W? IL B Furnish and/or install ®iscellaneous metal items including but ILI not limited to the following . H 1 . Steel stairs , ' 2 . Handrails and railings , . 3 . ;:: Miscellaneous framing and supports as required . 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and Standards : Comply with the provisions of the following codes , standards and specifications , except as otherwise shown and specified : 1 . AISC "Specifications for the Design , Fabrication and Erection '? o€ Structural Steel for Buildings , " including "Commentary of the AISC Specifications . " _ 2 . AISC "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members . " 3 . AV$ "Structural Welding Code . " B . Qualification for gelding work 1 . Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS " Standard Qualification Procedure . " C . Field Measurements 1 . Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication , where possible , to ensure proper fitting of the work . However , do not delay job progress ; allow for trimming and fitting wherever the taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay the work . D . Shop Assembly 1 . Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible , so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site . Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations . Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Shop Drawings s 1 . Submit shop drawings for the fabrications and erection of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal work , which are not 05500--1dd i61 t completely shown by the manufacturer ` s data sheets . Include plans , elevations and details of sections and connections _ Show anchorage and accessory items . a . Include setting drawings and templates for location and Y installation of miscellaneous metal items and anchorage , nee devices . . � , ;_ PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . steel Plates , Shapes and Bars : ASTM A36W ne ir em B Steel Plates to be Bent or Cold-Formed : ASTM A283 , Grade C . C . Steel Bars and Bar-Size Shapes : ASTM A306 , Grade 65 . D . . .. Steel Tubing : ASTM A501 . G, Md E . Malleable Iron Casting : ASTM A47 , grade as selected . Fe Steel Pipe : ASTM A531 type as selected ; Grade A; black finish Y unless galvanizing is required ; standard weight ( Schedule 40 ) , -`N unless otherwise indicated , 2 . 02 HANDRAILS - AND RAILINGS` A . Design As Indicated B . Pipe Rails 1 . 1-1/ 4 " I . D . steel pipe as specified with malleable iron fittings or bar stock . C . Construction 1 . Form direction changes in rails using solid bar stock or standard elbows . Connections shall be shop welded , except where field connections and expansion joints are required . Field connections may be welded , internal sleeve and plug meld , or internal sleeve and set screw . Field joints shall be hairline . 'Top of posts shall have edges beveled and ground smooth after cover is welded on . D . Installation 1 . Posts shall be set plumb within 1/8" vertical tolerance . Longitudinal members shall be parallel with each other and with floor surface or slope of stair or ramp to a tolerance of 1/ 8 " in 10 linear feet . Center lines of members within each run or railing shall lie in the same vertical plane , 2m03 STEED STAIRS Ae stairs are designed to support a minimum live load of 100 psf . Connections to the various stair components shall be adequate to ' = < sustain this design load . r — as5ao_a =� end ; 44m �r}- s /X+w tk�e�['•i • . .. . . ...:'{r..."]. '� .i !-.�wifiv F.YG nn 4 l Y rMi B . Unless otherwise indicated or required , stair components shall be as follows : 1 . Platforms , Treads and Risers : 3/16" checkered plate _ 2 . Stringers : 3/16" bent steel plates or 12" channels closure �� ; ` t '` plates at open ends ; platform perimeter channel , ' 3 . Hangers and Struts shall be used to support stairs and ~ � �� Tr platforms where such cannot be accomplished directly to structural floors or walls , and shall be concealed within the enclosure walls . r, PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 00 '. 3 01 INS'1'ALLATI0H, ' F Y `• A. Set miscellaneous metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment and elevation , plumb , level , true and free or rack , measured from established lines and levels , Brace temporarily or ` . :., anchor temporarily in formwork where work is to be built into concrete , masonry or similar_ construction , B _ Anchor securely as shown or as required for the intended use , using concealed anchors wherever possible . Jl . C , Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints . Weld connections which are not to be left as Nt exposed joints , but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations . Grind joints smooth and touch up shop paint coat . Do not weld , cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections . 05500-3 iIIM -a t,. 995. .4rY .,M A. sum .. .e., }� .x.-•. �+ ,, : •-'u �t:. ua+ '.7:: .c Pier... f. r.?"..", ur}r ,s, 5 A, n. SECTION 06101 - ROUGH CARPENTRY & FRAMING CART 1 _ .0 - GENERAL IAA QUALITY ASSURANCE Ae Comply with the following codes and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified : 1 . Lumber a . Product Standard PS20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard , " a U . S . Department of Commerce Publication , b . Lumber shall conform to the latest standard grading rules of the association under whose rules the specie is graded , and shall bear grade , association trademark and mill identification , 2 . Plywood a . Product Standard PS 1 "Softwood Plywood/Construction and Industrial , " a U . S . Department of Commerce Publication . b . Applicable standards of American Plywood Association (APA) . 1 . 02 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Use extreme care in the off-loading of lumber to prevent -� splitting and other damage . 8 . Keep materials dry at all times . Protect against exposure to weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces . Stack lumber and Plywood and provide air circulation within stacks _ PART 2 . 00 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . General 1 . Nominal sizes are indicated , except as shown by detail dimensions . Provide actual sizes as required by PS 20 "American Softwood Lumber Standard" for moisture content specified for each use . 2 . Provide dressed lumber , surfaced four sides ( S4S) , unless otherwise indicated . 3 . Provide seasoned dimension lumber with 19* maximum moisture content at time of dressing . 8 . Framing Lumber -1 . Light framing ( less than 5" nominal width ) a . Provide " Stud" grade lumber for non-bearing stud framing and Select Structural No . 2 grade for bearing and other framing , b . Provide one of the following species : 1 . Spruce/Pine/Fir 2 . Douglas Fir 3 . Southern Pine . : 06101-1 yb ' - • T 6 . 2 . Structural Framing (6" and greater nominal width) a . Provide lumber which meets or exceeds the following values : 1 . Fb (minimum extreme fiber bending stress ) : 1450 psi . 2 . E (minimum modulus of elasticity) : 1 , 500 , 000 psi . b . Provide one of the following species : I . 1 . Douglas Fir (WCLB or WWPA) , 2 . Southern Pine ( SPIN) . CO Board Lumber ( less than 2" nominal thickness) 1 . Exposed boards in finished work a . where painted finish specified , provide : 1 . Southern Pine No . 2 or , 2 . Douglas Fir Construction Boards . b . Where transparent or manual finish specified , provide : 1 . Redwood , select Heart Grade , 2 . Concealed boards in finished work provide : a . Southern Pine No . 2 or , b . WCLN or WWPA Construction Boards . D . Exposed Plywood 1 . Where painted, finish specified or scheduled provide 303-0/L , 24 oc span plywood , Group 1 . Exterior Grade , plain , smooth surface . 2 . inhere transparent or natural finish specified or scheduled provide 303-0/C (no patches , clear) 24 oc span plywood , Group 1 , Exterior Grade , texture to be selected by Architect . 3 . Where opaque solid color stain is specified or scheduled provide 303-6-V (limit 6 wood patches) . 24 oc span plywood , Group 1 , Exterior Grade , texture to be selected by Architect . 4 . 'Where paint or stain finish is not specified or scheduled , provide plywood specified for transparent or natural finish . 5 . Provide sheets as large a possible for the application , to minimize ,points . E . Concealed Plywood 1 . Where plywood will be concealed by other work , provide C-D Plugged/ iNT-APA . a . For plywood sheathing and subflooring , provide with exterior glue . b . For floor underlayment , provide UNDERLAYMENT/ TNT-APA . c . For combination subfloor-underlayment , provide 2 . 4 . l/TNT-APA . d . For backing panels for electrical or telephone equipment , provide APA A-C Ext . grade . F . Particleboard 1 . Particleboard Underlayment , 40 pcf minimum average density , complying with Commercial Standard CS 236 and National Particleboard Association ' s "Physical Property Specification for Nat Formed Wood Particleboard for Floor Underlayment . " 06101-2 . . A r a' - . . . . �iii''1W: i4� .ie .«.. . . ...- RA u' •.".rW-+dS.-s1FY/.VbWS�iL9.::�.. . .. ..a. .ti "r Y.. - ....�<x!YF"1W?.1wtl" 2 . Raferboard ( Structural Flakeboard) complying with requirements for Nall sheathing in accordance with ANSI/ASTM B-72 "Strength Tests of Panels" testing procedures and ktq '1 ' Commercial Standard CS 236 , "Mat Formed ]food Particle = Hoard . " Provide thickness as shown or scheduled . :. G. Miscellaneous Wood Framing Materials ` 1 . Rough Hardware a . Provide and install all nails , bolts , screws , framing anchors and other rough hardware of the type and size necessary for the project requirements . b . Hardware exposed to the weather or in contact with `, exterior masonry or concrete malls or slabs shall be 14 's galvanized . 2 . 02 TREATED LUMBER r: y - II di Ao' Lumber used in conjunction with sheet metal , metal fascias , cast into concrete or built into masonry or in contact with or in close proximity to the ground shall be pressure preservative impregnated . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION ' ': 3 , 01 INSTALLATION A . Discard units of material which are unsound , warped , bowed , twisted , improperly treated , not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with a minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangement . B . Set carpentry work accurately to required levels and lines with members plumb and true . Co Shim with metal or slate for bearing on concrete and masonry substrates . Where indicated , grout with 1 : 3 Portland cement-sand grout for full-bearing . D . Securely attach carpentry work to substrates by anchoring and fastening as shown and as required by recognized standards . E . Provide washers under bolt heads and nuts in contact with wood . F . Hail plywood in accordance with recommendations of the American Plywood Association . G . Countersink nailheads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes . 06101- 3 Ile ?' d +' 3 . 02 FASTENERS A . Use common wire nails , except as otherwise shown or specified herein . Use finishing nails for exposed work . Do not wax or r _ : lubricate fasteners that depend on friction for holding power . Select fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish ' materials . Bake tight connections between members . Install fastneners without splitting of wood , pre-drilled as required . be Do not drive threaded friction type fasteners ; turn into place . n C . Tighten "bolts and lag screws at installation and retighten as , ax" required for tight connections prior to closing in or at <: s completion of work . �, -=is.''.• .3 . 03 WOOD GROUNDS . MAILERS , BLOCKING AHD SLEEPERS A . Provide where required for attachment of other work _ Form to shapes as shown and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached . Coordinate location with other work . B . Attach to substrates securely with anchor bolts or other ,- attachment devices as shown and as required to support applied loading _ Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces , unless otherwise indicated . Build into masonry as work progresses , cutting to fit masonry unit size involved . Anchor to formwork before concrete placement . 3 . 04 WOOD FURRING A . Install plumb and level with closure strips at edges and openings . Shim with wood as required _ B . Furring to Receive Plywood Paneling , 1 . Unless otherwise shown , provide 1 " x 3" furring at 2 ' o . c . , horizontally and vertically , C . Furring to Receive Board or Plank Paneling . 1 . Unless otherwise shown , provide 1 " x 3" furring at 2 ' o . c . , horizontally . D . Furring to Receive Gypsum Drywall or Plaster Lath 1 . Unless otherwise shown , provide 1" x 2" furring at 16" o . c . , vertically , E . Suspended Furring 1 . Provide size and spacing shown , including hangers and attachment devices , F . Tolerances 1 . Shim and level wood furring to a tolerance of 1/8" in lo • -0 . " Y $ . 06101-4 y3 "s � .r v i y ..X, .. - ... ..;:+,.>w66.L..A�S`kw o-z �,�h` d +w+'J':. - _ .. . . ,...w e.u,'lk . u... -wat•$i.6C'i i?Ec .....+r.iw....reY>: s 3 . 05 WOOD FRAMING GENERAL A . Provide framing members of sizes and on spacings shown , and frame ;' Openings as shown , or if not shown , comply with recommendations of '.'Manual for House Framing" of National Forest ProductsOft Association . Do not splice structural members between supports . do H . Anchor and nail as shown , and to comply with "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of "Manual for House Framing" and other recommendations of the N. F . P . A . ; 3 . 06 PLYWOOD 11.IA A General Y Comply with recommendations of American Plywood Association (APA ) for the fabrication and installation of plywood work . 2 . Provide thickness shown , or if not shown , provide as ' "recommended by APA "Design/Construction Guide - Residential & ` Commercial " for spacing of supports and types of substrates involved in work . 06101-5 t [k +5 I do AM .ik sx ' i Tyr 'F'r iF A }� n .. :a JV '9n\• mMl. !. yij�'Y ri. .. . .. v.n.(�.".Y. V .w 1Ar . . . .'4Y.Y1(Yr _ .- v'i-. .. Js•R4v{'l-0- SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL _ 1 . 01 OUAJ,ITY ASSURANCE I A . Comply with the following codes and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown or specifiedc 1 . "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards , Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Program , " a publication of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AVI ) . 1 .02 SUBMITTALS .: A . Required Submittals 1 . Submit shop drawings for items of Mork including but not ':: =r, • limited to the following : `x a . Millwork and trim , be Casework and counter tops , c . Wood siding and trim _ ..:,;.: . 2 . Submit samples for items of work including but not limited to "Y the following : aY ;. a . 'Rood with transparent finish , b . Plastic laminate , C .- Exposed cabinet hardware . Be Shop Drawings le Submit complete shop drawings before any woodwork is fabricated _ 2 . Shop drawings shall show location of each item , dimensioned plans and elevations , large scale details , attachment devices and other components . C . Samples 1 . Submit the following samples for each species ,and cut or pattern of architectural woodwork : a . Manufactured casework transparent finish ; set of 3 pieces , 6" x 3/4" x 2 ' -0 , " finished on one side and one edge . be Wood with lacquer finish to match transparent finish . c , Plastic laminate ; 12" square , d . Exposed cabinet hardware ; one unit of each type and finish . e * flood siding and trim _ lm03 PRODUCT -DELIVERYo STORAGE AND HANDLING A . Protect woodwork during transit , delivery , storage and handling , and after installation , to prevent damage , soiling and deterioration . Be Do not deliver woodwork until wet work , grinding and similar operations which could damage , soil or deteriorate woodwork have been completed in installation areas . If , due to unforseen circumstances , woodwork must be stored in other than installation . areas , store only in areas meeting requirements specified for r ' installation areas . f % �wSYa- '.: r ' - .. .-9N:M1�aYIY .r- w • . ..wM"wY, :,.:{yin' 'r -d'.4 .,! n: :.'. 1 . 04 JOB CONDITIONS A . I Maintain temperature and humidity in installation area as required to maintain moisture content of installed woodwork within 1 .0% tolerance of optimum moisture content , from date of xf� ' installation through remainder of construction period . B . The fabricator of woodwork shall determine optimum moisture content and required temperature and humidity conditions . '- PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 4IL #1.Y .; 2 _ 01 MILLWORK AND TRIM 11 A A . -'Pine 1 . Clear white pine kiln-dried to 8% maximum moisture content by Y".LLL weight of oven dried wood . A ILL 2 . Sizes and configurations indicated or required on drawing . 3 . Suitable for good paint finish at all millwork , trim , etc . , noted as pine . B . Particle Board 1 . U. S . Plywood Monopoly . ", C . rir Plywood 1 . Douglas fir pressure-laminated plywood conforming to DFPA and APA Standards . a . B-B Int . , Group 1 , paintable for exposed work , - b . Thicknesses as noted . D . Hardwood Plywood 1 . Birch plywood conforming to HPMA Standards 2 , Grade 1 (good) for natural finish . E . Hardwood 1 . Red Oak , plain sawn , Grade III , boards a . Dimensions as indicated . b . Suitable for clear finish . 2 . 02 HARDWARE A . All fasteners including nails , screws , bolts , etc . , as indicated , noted or detailed on drawings and as required to produce a safe , substantial and workmanlike job in all respects . B . All cabinet and drawer hardware , shelf and miscellaneous hardware indicated on drawings . 06200-2 zr; OL ,. - lyL Ste^'• iv '>^ _ :+a. w T 2 . 03 PLASTIC LAMINATE WORK A . Laminate sheet plastic in color (s) or patterns and suede finish tglossometer CO 7 . 01 as selected for all counter tops , cAl � fabricated sections , other work noted on drawings as laminated plastic . � � .. H . Manufacturers : 1 . Wilson-Art 2 . Formica 3 . Textolite . C . "' Laminate - to conform to IiEMA PF42 . D . Pressure bonded to exterior grade softwood plywood panels with waterproof glueId : lo . .Particle board designed for use with laminated plastic may be ' substituted for plywood except as indicated . 2 . Edge and splashes veneered with plastic laminate as detailed . 3 . Laminated plastic backup sheet similarly applied to back of k •' :. panel for stabilization , required at all laminate work . a . . 028" NEMA LD-3 , RK 20 or 50 : Conforming to FS LP 50SHe dsr ND , Type IV. PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installing _ s . Prior to installation examine shop fabricated work for completion and complete work as required , including back priming and removal of packing . Co Hack prime all woodwork to be installed against masonry , concrete or plaster . D . Install natural-finish woodwork only after at least the first seal coat has been applied to all surfaces and edges . E . Install the work plumb , level , true and straight with . no distortions . Shim as required using concealed shims , Install to the tolerances shown for the specified grade in Section 400 , ' A . W . I . Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards _ F . Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work , and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged finish at cuts . G . Install standing and running trim with minimum number of joints possible , using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to the greatest extent possible . Stagger joints in ,. adjacent and related members , Cope at returns , miter at corners and comply with Quality Standards for joinery . 0+6200-3 .. 4.. - .. . . - ,i �pa.w'$yy"'ILw��f 'i'rW. '� .. +w - . ..... aNvs! ..... ...'r'S-.Y+�! N:r.: . .- ., i i ... .i ..._ 4 a!AF..y/'f • .- 3 . 42 ADJUSTMENTS CLEANING . rI ISHING AND PROTECTION 11 dT A . dRepair damaged or defective woodwork , wherever passible to ::, ' '' +eliminate defects . Replace woodwork where proper repair , as determined by the Architect , is not possible . Adjust joinery for uniform appearance , Be Clean hardware , lubricate and make final adjustments for proper operation . Co, Clean woodwork on exposed and semi-exgased surfaces . Touch-up ^, 4x }„ preapplied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas . LLI : D . Provide final protection to insure the woodwork will be without damage or deterioration at the time of substantial completion . ILI 06200-4 , n� �3 a L ...x,-:M +,ii?'>F,':c� I L d I I SECTION 07190 - VAPOR BARRIERS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL s 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK r: 3 ` A . The terms "Vapor Barriers" and "Air-Vapor Barrier" are considered synonymous when used on the drawings or specifications . Understand that both terms define making the construction y" air-tightYP i B . yurnish and install all vapor barriers required or implied by drawings and/or specifications . °; s 1 . Underslab barriers . 102 QUALITY ASSURANCE ,. ; . A . Manufacturer ' s Qualifications . 1 . Provide vapor barrier manufactured by a firm with not less than 5 years of successful experience producing the type of ,is vapor barrier for this project . r B . Installer ' s Qualifications _ 1 . Use only skilled applicators who are thoroughly experienced with the materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design requirements . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 VAPOR BARRIER A . 6 Nil . Ultra Violet Stabilized (UVS ) polyethylene sheet . Pr PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 UNDERSLAB BARRIER dM A . Apply one ply of plastic sheet over subgrade with edges lapped minimum 12" (approx. ) . B . Cut , caulk and tape 'fit neatly as required to accommodate all `r work of other trades _ C . Tape all joints and penetrations to provide continuous , unbroken - membrane _ 3 . 20 SCHEDULE A . Under all interior slabs on grade _ B . Elsewhere as indicated . w� 07190-1 At . t SECTION_ 07200 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1 . QO - G MERAL ' ~ `. 1 , 01 OUALIT ASSURANCE w A. Thermal resistances specified are based on aged values and test temperature of 75 deg . F . Provide adjusted thicknesses for the equivalent use of material having a different thermal resistance . There blocking is indicated , provide blocking to match equivalent insulation thickness . SUBMITTALS � A . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s specifications and installation .. instructions for each type of insulation required . include data substantiating that materials comply with specified requirements . l . 03 PRODUCT HANDLING •' + A. Delivery and Storage _ _ r 1 . Do not allow insulation materials to become Net , soiled or covered with ice or snow . Comply with manufacturer ' s recommendations for handling , storage and protection during installation . 2 . Protect plastic insulation from exposure to sunlight . 3 . Do not deliver plastic insulating materials to the project site ahead of installation time . Protect at all times against ignition . Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of work . PART 2 . 00 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 RIGID INSULATION A . Rigid insulation alone shall provide a minimum "R" value as noted on the drawings . Provide one of the following types of insulation : B . Extruded Polystyrene Plastic Board Insulation 1 . Provide rigid , closed-cell , extruded polystyrene insulation board with integral high-density skin ; complying with Federal Specification HH-I-524 , "Insulation Board , Thermal (Polystyrene ) , " Type II , Class B ( extruded foam board) , 18 psi compressive strength . 2 . Insulation shall have 0 . 6 perm per inch maximum vapor transmission . 3 . Provide manufacturer ' s standard lengths and widths , thickness as required to provide specified resistance . 4 . Approved `s < a . Dow Chemical USA, "Styrofoam SM. " d � ` b . U. C . Industries , "Foamular . " ,:;. 07200-1 . CO Isocyanurate Plastic Board Insulation 1 - Provide rigid , closed-cell , halocarbon blown isocyanurate insulation, board . 2 . Insulation shall comply with Federal Specification HH-i-530 , "Insulation Board , Thermal (Polyurethan% and Polyyisocyanurate) , " Type I ( 1 . 5 to 2 , 5 lb . density) , Grade 2 ( flame retarded) , Class 2/Style B (faced both ,sides with aluminum foil ) _ 3 . Provide manufacturer ' s standard lengths and widths ; thickness as required for minimum specified resistance . 4 . Approved Products : a . Celotex Corporation , "Thermax Excelsior Foundation M x - Insulating System. " b . Rmax , Incorporated , "Rmax Thermasheath . " 2 .02 WALL/CEILING INSULATION A - Ball and ceiling insulation shall provide a minimum R-value as 4 n noted on the drawings . B - Mineral/Glass Fiber Blanket /Batt Insulation 1 - Provide glass or other inorganic fibers , formed into flexible , resilient blankets or semi-rigid sheets . _ 2 . insulation shall comply with Fed . Spec _ HH-1- 521 , "Insulation Blankets , Thermal (Mineral Fiber) , " Type as indicated ; density as indicated but not less than 1 . 0 lb . per cu , ft . ; thicknesses as indicated or as required to yield the "R" values as indicated . a . Type I (Unfaced ) 1 . Provide semi-rigid units where required for self-support by friction fit . 2 . where shown in conjunction with an STC rating , provide density and composition which has been tested in the assembly shown to provide the rating indicated . b . Type 11 (Faced with Non-Reflective Vapor Resistant Membrane ) 1 - Provide 1" flanges along long edges if required for attachment of units . 2 . where shown in conjunction with an STC rating , provide density and composition which has been tested in the assembly shown to provide the rating indicated . c . Type III (Foil-Faced) 1 . Provide units with foil facing which has been tested with a flame spread of 25 or less in compliance with ASTM E 84 " Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials . " 2 . 03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A - Adhesive for bonding insulation shall be the type recommended by the insulation manufacturer and comply with fire-resistance requirements , B . Mechanical anchors shall be of type and sire shown , or if not shown , as recommended by the insulation manufacturer for the type of application shown , and condition of substrate . 07200-2 5--' PART 3900 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSULATION s. . A . General > 1 , Comply with manufacturer ' s instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case , If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to the project conditions , consult the manufacturer ' s technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding rlr with the work . 2 * Extend insulation full thickness an. shown over entire area to .. be insulated . Cut and fit tightly around obstructions , and fill voids with insulation . Remove projections which interfere with placement , a 3 . Apply a single layer of insulation of the required thickness , unless otherwise shown or required to make up the total thickness , B _ Rigid Insulation t 1 . Install rigid insulation at all perimeter foundation walls , ' . below slabs and exterior walls where indicated . ; r� 2 . Set units in adhesive applied in accordance with manufacturer ' s instructions , Use type adhesive recommended by_ manufacturer of insulation , 07200-3 l.r +rx lilt a.. f y.k {. ". tye=.`in .awY✓+ Y .. - �".'Y .sue 41 SECTION 07240 - INSULATED PLASTIC VENEER PART 1900 - GENERAL, 1 . 41 4UAL2TY ASSURANCE r '" e S • A . Acceptable manufacturers : systems of the following manufacturers meeting specification requirements will be acceptable : 1 . STO Energy Conservation , Inc . 2 . DRYVIT System, Inc . Be Applicator (erector) qualifications : applicator shall have applied accepted system on two or more projects which have been completed for at least 3 years . 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Submit shop drawings and samples for such items as may be necessary for the proper fabrication and installation of this work including , but not limited to, any listed items that may follow. B . Samples 1 . Color chips or samples showing available colors and textures for selection . (Minimum 2 colors . ) 2 . Samples as may be required for approval , lo03 DELIVERYa HANDLING OF MATERIALS - A . Deliver all adhesive and finish materials to the job in original unopened containers _ Be Deliver insulation to the job in identifiable manufacturer ' s wrappings . C . Store all materials in a place protected from the elements and from damage . Use materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer ' s recommendations . 1 . 04 ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES A . Examine surfaces , materials , work installed by other sections ' which will receive the work of this section for conditions which will prevent satisfactory results in this work . Be 'Notify in writing the General Construction Contractor of any such conditions so that all such defects may be corrected before starting any work . C . Starting work without written notification as mentioned above shall be construed as an acceptance of surfaces , conditions as being without defect and satisfactory to receive the work of this section . CART 2 . 00 PRODUCTS 07240-1 :- :y -4... ... :- .:;s'S,3 ._..,r.�4,,.- �'��`}2L ....._...a, .- . .. , . � ,✓ .:.... -, ' e..-S .cr. , 3'.�Ssr.w ... .. . : .- :+.Y,�. r.-- ... .f �. :::: 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Adhesive 1 . The adhesive shall be designed to be compatible , both in bond strength and chemical structure , with the specific rigid � �{ insulation used and with the stratum to which is adhered . B . Insulation Board 1 . Expandable polystyrene , Federal specification H H-I 524a• and ASTM C 550-64T; thickness 1 . " The density and shear modulus of the insulation board shall be such that it serves as a buffer between wall structure and exterior finish . it shall be coordinated so that thermal and structural movements inPk the wall structure and thermal contraction of the insulation will not produce excessive tensile stresses in the reinforced coating . : "' C . Reinforced Veneer Base 1 . The veneer base shall be a hard , water impermeable , breathing type bonding layer continuously reinforced with fiberglass fabric . The fiberglass fabric shall be of balanced open weave made from twisted multi-end strands , specifically treated for compatibility with all of the components of the Y system . This reinforced bonding layer shall be of an especially prepared mastic type material applied in a thickness sufficient to completely embed the reinforcing fabric . The strength of the shear bond on the surface of the insulation board shall be sufficient to develop the full -- tensile strength of the reinforcing fabric . D . Veneer Finish 1 . The veneer finish shall be of a hardening , air cured mastic type material . It shall form a breathing type coating fully bonded and compatible with the veneer base to which is applied . The veneer finish color shall be integral and colors and texture shall comply with the approved samples . a . Finish . sand blast . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A . The surface shall have no planar irregularities greater than 1f4 . " B . The surface to be covered shall be sound , free of hot spots , releasing agents ( silicones , oils , etc . ) and other residue . 3 . 02 APPLICATION OF SYSTEM A . Apply the system which includes insulation board , veneer base and veneer finish to all areas where shown on the drawings and labeled "Insulated Plastic Veneer . " , B . Applying insulating Board r sco--.. ..�...... .a.�+t:.�+t-3fr"I ..0 w::.a'.....' ..: r . '..�,,.r- ..r_. 1 . The application of the insulation board to vertical surface shall begin at the base from firm , permanent or temporary support . Adhesion shall be made to a clean hard surface as described under "Preparation of Surfaces . " 2 . Pre-cut insulation board as required to fit openingsir .. I A2I projections , etc . Stagger vertical joints . 3 . By trowel or extrusion , apply a ribbon of adhesive approximately 2" wide by 1/4" to 3/8" thick to the entire perimeter of each board . Apply dabs or ribbons of the same thickness to the interior area approximately 8" to 12" on r1 center , alternately spaced , covering approximately 40% of the surface area . r � � k + ' 4 . Where back-up surface is true and free of planar Ki irregularities , adhesive may be applied with 3/161" V-notched trowel to the back-up surface (sealed if new wood) and the dry insulation board pressed firmly into place . . , 5 . Apply pressure over entire surface of board to insure uniform > contact and high initial °} �> grab . Abut all joints tightly and assure an overall flush level surface . 6 . Insulation corner shapes 'arid other special shapes , if . :n.. specified , shall be similarly installed , C . Applying Veneer Base I . Apply mixed veneer base material to the entire surface of the insulation board to a uniform thickness of a pproximately 2 . Install corner bead , plaster stops , etc . as required . rml Immediately place the reinforcing fabric against the wet veneer base coating and by troweling from the center to the edge , embed the fabric into the coating . Reinforcing fabric shall be continuous at corners and lapped not less than 2-1/2 " at fabric edges . Avoid wrinkles in embedding the reinforcing fabric . The finished thickness of the reinforced veneer base shall be such that the reinforcing fabric is fully embedded with the fabric texture visible upon close examination of the coating surface . 3 . The veneer base coating surface shall be dry and hard before oil proceeding to veneer finish application . D . Applying Veneer Finish M 1 . 'Thoroughly mix the factory prepared veneer finish material with the high speed mixer until a uniform workable consistency is attained . Using a clean stainless steel trowel , apply a tight coat of the finish material directly to the reinforced veneer base coating . It shall be applied and leveled during the same operation to the minimum attainable Apt thickness leveled daring the same operation to the minimum Id attainable thickness consistent with uniform complete coverage . 2 . The final texture of the veneer finish shall be as specified and shall be attained in accordance with manufacturer ' s instructions . ddo 07240 3 rii :x is . W . --�.s.�'I .-.+<IRi ?ay�'wl��w - .- . ..w .i�...:,,.�,...:x 3k.� .•.,,��w�r, SECTION 07530 - FLEXIBLE SHEET ROOFING SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL . 01 RELATED DOCiJ?SENTS , _ A . Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and DIVISION 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION A * Work Included. : The Mork of this Section includes but is not necessarily limited by the following : Ito af insulation - Single ply elastomeric membrane roofing - Membrane flashing Submitting certificates , samples Submitting manufacturer ' s specifications - Furnishing warranty B . Work Specified Elsewhere : Refer to the sections indicated for 4 the following related Nark to this section : - Roof edge blocking - Section 06101 -� -- Metal roof deck - Section 05312 _ lw03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Manufacturer : Obtain primary flexible sheet roofing from a single manufacturer , to greatest extent possible . Provide secondary materials only as recommended by manufacturer of primary materials . B . Installer : A firm with not less than three ( 3 ) years of successful experience in installation of roofing systems similar to those required for this project and which is acceptable to or licensed by manufacturer of primary roofing materials . 1 . As applicable , assign work closely associated with flexible sheet roofing (FSR ) , including , but not limited to , insulation , flashing , counterflashing , expansion joints , and joint sealers , to installer of flexible sheet roofing , C , Pre-Roofing Conference : Prior to installation of roofing and associated work , meet at project site with Installer , roofing manufacturer , installers of related work , and other entities concerned with roofing performance , including (where applicable) Owner ' s insurer , test agencies , governing authorities , Architect and Owner . Record discussions and agreements and furnish copy to each participant . 07530 - 1 D . Insurance Certification : Assist Owner in preparation and submittal of whatever roof installation acceptance certification may be necessary in connection with fire and extended coverage -' insurance on roofing and associated ►cork . E . Naterials/system approved. by Factory Mutual 0 . M . ) #J . I . 0A3A9AM g.- (4470) October 26 , 1978 . F . Inspection : Upon completion of the installation , an inspection shall be made by a representative of the manufacturer to ascertain that the roofing system has been installed according to Company ' s published specifications and details . 1v04 SUBMITTALS A . Refer to Section 01030 special project procedures and Paragraph 4 . 12 of the General Conditions , Section 00510 . ;. B . ~ Submit certificates , specifications , shop drawings , samples , manufacturer ' s literature as may be necessary for the proper performance of this work , including , but not necessarily limited R to , any specific requirements that may follow . C . Product Data ; Submit specifications , installation instructions and general recommendations from manufacturers of flexible sheet roofing system materials , for types of roofing required . Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements . De Shop Drawings : Submit complete shop drawings showing roof configuration and sheet layout , details at perimeter , and special conditions . 1 . 05 PRODUCT DELIVERYr STORAGE AND HANDLING A . Deliver materials in original unopened containers . B . Containers labeled with manufacturer ' s name , brand name , installation instructions , and identification of various items . C . Store materials , except membrane , between 60 degrees F . an 80 degrees F . If exposed to lower temperature , restore to proper temperature before using . 1 . 06 JOB CONDITIONS - ( CAUTIONS & WARNINGS )_ A . Do not use oil base or plastic roof cement . B . Do not adhere EPDN membrane to low melting point asphalt . Ce Do not allow waste products (petroleum , grease , oil solvents , vegetable or mineral oil , animal fat ) or direct steam venting to come in contact with system . D . Do not expose membrane and accessories to a constant temperature .>, 4 in excess of 180 degrees F . 07530 - 2 a: E . Cements and bonding adhesives contain petroleum distillates and are extremely flammable . Do not breathe vapors or use near fire . F . He tape , unleaded or white p gasoline used in the splicing procedure are extremely flammable ; do not use near fire or flame x ;y or in a confined or unventilated area . Dispense only from. a UL listed or approved safety can . G . Splicing and bonding surfaces shall be dry and clean . Via. H . Follow specified precautions for storage of materials and expose only enough cement and adhesive to be use within a four (4) hour ;,_ _ period during cold weather . , . I . Roof surface shall be free of ponded water , ice , or show to eliminate future condensation problems . ' J. For the protection of the insulation , vapor retarders should be . used when both of two conditions are anticipated : - The outside , average January temperature is below 40 degrees F . The expected winter , interior , relative humidity is 45% or ' greater . ,,L. -: R . Weather : Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer ' s recommendations and warranty - requirements . 1 . 06 SPECIAL PROJECT WARRANTY A . Provide written warranty , signed by Contractor , Installer , and Manufacturer of primary roofing materials , agreeing to replace/repair defective materials and workmanship , including significant leakage of water , abnormal aging or deterioration of materials , and other failures of sheet roofing to perform as required within warranty period . repairs and replacements required because of acts of God an other events beyond Contractor ' s/Installer ' s/Manufacturer ' s control (and which exceed performance requirements ) shall be completed by Contractor/Installer and paid for by owner at prevailing rates . 8 . A representative of the membrane manufacturing company shall inspect the installation of the Roofing System and upon approval . a five ( 5 ) year warranty shall be issued . CO The warranty shall be in effect upon notice of completion . PART 2 - PRODUCTS . 01 GENERAL A . Performance ; Provide roofing materials recognized to be of generic type indicated and tested to show compliance with indicated performances . 07530 - 3 4 . . ., � ;.�: .._ . :, .�w.�.+w< �..:-c. rid:-.y. ... . . .. .. .� ..• ... " <so: . ,... _ _. w`41'' B . Compatibility : Provide products which are recommended by manufactures to be fully compatible with indicated substrates , or provide separation materials as required to eliminate contact ' } between incompatible materials . m kd Id 2 . 02 ADHERED FSR SYSTEM A . Elastomeric sheet material , manufacturer ' s standard thickness but not less than 45 mils , Shore A hardness of 50-70 , 400 psi minimum tensile strength , 250% min . elongation , ultraviolet and ozone resistant , low temperature brittleness of -40 degrees F . standard color . ; B . Products offered by manufacturers to comply with requirements include the fallowing . -Sure Seal EPDM; Carlisle Tire an Rubber Co . -GenFlexx ACR ; The General 'Tire and Rubber Co . Gacoflex N-3S Neoprene ; Gates Engineering Co . , Inc . . : C . Adhesives : Types recommended by manufacturer of FSR membrane for ; particular substrate and project Conditions , and formulated to withstand 60 psf uplift force . Ile '^ 2 . 03 RELATED MATERIALS A . Flashinga . 060 inches thick , furnished by membrane manufacturer . B . Bonding Adhesive : Compatible with materials to which the - membrane is to be bonded , furnished by membrane manufacturer . CO Splicing Cement ; Furnished by membrane manufacturer . D . Lap Sealant : Compatible with materials with which it is used , shall be trowel or gun consistency , furnished by membrane manufacturer . E . Water Cut-Off Mastic : Compatible with materials with which it is used , furnished by membrane manufacturer . F . Molded Pipe Flashing : Compatible with materials with which it is used , furnished by membrane manufacturer . G . Nite Seal : Compatible with materials with which it is used , furnished by membrane manufacturer . N . Pourable Sealer : Compatible with materials with which it is used , furnished by membrane manufacturer . I . Rubber Hailing Strips (RNS ) and Fasteners : Extruded nailing strips and fasteners furnished by membrane manufacturer . 07530 - 4 r , - .le .� { �+ ( . n l z'3 YY y'• s -w x.. r .max'' . 1w.:.>-..aII.i.. 'nC.dlLiy .... ...,.. _ .. - n+i..�;R:w'-+G:.j.3:�..,,i -2"..,'z$C."Y°+1+:c t _ . . Color Coating . Liquid-applied Hypalon (E . I . DuPont trademark for chlorosulfinated polyethylene) finish coat (s ) , ozone resistant , x._ . in color selected by Architect from manufacturer ' s standard . �. colors . 14 1C. � ` Uomvasite Hoard (Urethane and Mineral Aggregate) - Rigid board consisting of a base layer of 3/4" inorganic perlite mineral ,. aggregate board , a chemically bonded layer of polyurethane foam , and a chemically bonded layer of asphalt saturated felt . 1 - Thickness : As required to provide an aged "C " value of o . o5 and an "R" value of 19 . 2 . Material accepted by Factory Mutual Research Corp . for Class f I construction when applied in accordance with Factory Y; Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28 an the Factory Mutual Approval Guide . 3 - Product and manufacturer : FESCO-FOAM as manufactured by Johns Manville 47 L , echanical Anchors : Type and size shown , or if not shown , as recommended by insulation manufacturer for deck type , and complying with fire and insurance rating requirements . FART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3 . 01 INSPECTION : Ir Or . ' A . Installer of FSR system must examine substrate and conditions under which roofing work is to be performed and must notify Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions . Do not proceed with roofing work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer . 3 . 02 PREPARATION OF SUBSTRATE A . General : Comply with manufacturer ' s instructions for preparation of substrate to receive FSR system . B . Clean substrate of dust , debris , and other substances detrimental to FSR system work . Remove any sharp projections . dr 3 . 03 INSTALLATION A . General : Comply with manufacturer ' s instructions , except where more stringent requirements are indicated . 3 . 04 INSULATION INSTALLATION A . General : Extend insulation full thickness as a single layer over entire surface to be insulated , cutting and fitting tightly around obstructions . Form cant strips , crickets , saddles , and tapered areas with additional material as shown and as required for proper drainage of membrane . 07530 - 5 - .. .. .. . Y .if n� ,y....- r..... �x:'s'.#da:F.',.;ea.,;. ,.......:.+ltta.'NFos B . Do not install more insulation each day than can be covered with membrane before end of day and before start of inclement weather . + C . ' Mai roof insulation to substrate with mechanical anchors of type 1-4 r and spacing indicated; but in no case provide less than one . anchor per 4 square feet of surface area or less anchorage than required by FM "Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28" . ; 3 . 05 FSR HE"RAN$ INSTALLATION A . General : Start installation only in presence of manufacturer ' s technical representative . . �. 8 . Adhesive Adhered' FSR : Install membrane by unrolling over . prepared substrate , lapping adjoining sheets as recommended by manufacturer . Apply adhesive to surfaces to be bonded and roll rsR into place when adhesive has properly cured . Treat seams with special cement and apply sealant to exposed sheet edges . L' .. " tapering application as recommended by manufacturer . Install ' mechanical fasteners , flashings and counterflashingsr and " accessories at locations and as recommended by manufacturer . ,d P . 07530 - 6 s %riLr Ir r Y�ii "� ' Yank xi ^"v`+; r r: _ r , .c:A- rY , S• ter x �.p SECTION 07600 - FLASRING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL l . 01 QVALrTY ASSURANCE , A . Comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual " of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association , Inc . 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Product Data : ¢ 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s product specifications , installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet metal and fabricated product . D . Samples '; 1 . Submit two 8" square samples of specified sheet materials to be exposed as finished surfaces . 2 . Submit two 8" long , completely finished units of specified .aF factory-fabricated products exposed as finished work . C . Shop Drawings 1 . Submit shop drawings showing layout , joining , profiles and anchorage of fabricated work , including major counter fiashings , trim and fascia units , gutters , downspouts , scuppers and expansion joint systems . 2 . Provide layouts at the same scale as contract document floor plans , but not less than 1 /8" = 1 ' -0 , " and details at quarter full size 0" PART 2Y00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Zinc-Coated Steel 1 . Provide commercial quality with 0 . 20% copper complying with ASTM A 525 "Steel Sheet , Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Not Dip Process , " except for lack-forming comply with ASTM A 527 "Steel Sheet , Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the got-Dip Process , Lack-Farming Quality . " 2 . Provide G 90 galvanizing ; where indicated for painting , provide mill phosphatized . . 3 . Provide 0 . 0359" thick ( 20 gauge) except as otherwise indicated . B , Stainless Steel 1 . Provide American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI ) Type 302/ 304 , complying with ASTM A 167 "Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate , Sheet and Strip . " 2 . Provide 2D annealed finish , soft except where harder temper is required for forming or performance . 3 . Provide 0 . 015" thick (28 ga . ) except as otherwise indicated . {?7600-1 1 - ._ .. . . Id k d Id se�QLY_ Lr C . Copper/Lead Coated Copper 1 . Comply with ASTM B 310 "Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction * " ` Provide cold raked except where soft temper is required for -d forming , 16 oz . (0 . 0216 thick) except as otherwise indicated . C -F" " 3 . Provide lead coating of 0 . 06 lbs . per sq . ft . on exposed Y � copper surfaces . D . Aluminum _} '• 1 . Comply with AST B 209 "Aluminum-Allay Sheet and Plate . " 2 . Provide alloy 3003 , temper 514 , will finish , unless otherwise specified , 0 . 032" thick ( 20 ga . ) except as otherwise indicated . , ' 3 . Acceptable alternate alloys are 1100 , Alclad 303 , 304 , Alclad *`"4 : • 304 , 3005 , 3105 , 5005 or 5052 _ E . Extruded Aluminum d le Provide manufacturer ' s standard extrusions of sizes andfS profiles indicated . 2 . Provide 6063-T52 , AAC22A42 , medium matt chemically etched finish with integral color anodic coating . F . Miscellaneous Materials and Accessories - , 1 . Solder x I. now a . .For use with steel or copper , provide 50-50 tin/lead - solder with rosin flux . b . For use with stainless steel , provide 60-40 tin/lead solder with acid-chloride type flux , except use rosin flux _ over tinned surfaces . 2 . Fasteners a , Provide same metal a flashing/sheet metal or , other non-corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer . b . Batch finish of exposed heads with material being fastened . c . Provide Neoprene grommet for exposed fasteners . 3 . Bituminous Coating a . Provide Fed . Spec . TT-C-494 '"Coating Compound , Bituminous , Solvent Type , Acid. Resistant , " bituminous mastic , nominally free of sulfur , compounded for 15-mil dry film :. thickness per coat . 4 . Mastic Sealant a . Provide polyisobutylene ; non-hardening , non-skinning , non-drying , non-migrating sealant . 5 . Epoxy Seam Sealer a . Provide two part non-corrosive metal seam cementing compound , recommended by manufacturer for exterior and interior non-moving joints including riveted joints " 6 . Adhesives a . Provide type recommended by flashing sheet manufacturer for waterproof weather--resistant seaming and adhesive application of flashing sheet . 07600-2 >. � it I -OL JP f L:s '�. ,. 7 . Metal Accessories a . Provide sheet metal clips , straps anchoring devices and similar accessory units as required for installation of , work , matching or compatible with material being pinstalled , noncorrosive , size and gauge required for performance . e;t a . Elastic Flashing Filler a . Provide closed-cell polyethylene or ether soft closed-cell material recommended by elastic flashing manufacturer as filler under flashing loops to ensure movement with minimum stress on flashing sheet . 9 . Roofing Cement no Comply with ASTH D 2822 , ",Asphalt Roof Cement . " G . Fabricated Units r 1 . General a . Shop-fabricated work to greatest extent possible . b . Fabricate for waterproof and weather-resistant performance ; with expaDion provisions for running work , sufficient to permanently prevent leakage , damage or deterioration of the work , c . Form work to fit substrates . Comply with material manufacturer ' s instructions and recommendations _ . .r .. d . Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive _ 'oil-canning, buckling and tool marks , true to line and levels as indicated , with exposed edge folded back to form hems . 2 . Seams $ . Fabricate non-moving seams in sheet metal with flat-lock seams . b . For metal other than aluminum , tin edges to be seamed , form seams and solder . c . Form aluminum seams with epoxy seam sealer ; rivet joints for additional strength where required . 3 . Expansion Provisions a , Where lapped or bayonet-type expansion provisions in work cannot be used , or would not be sufficiently water/weatherproof , form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges , not less than i" deep , filled with mastic sealant { concealed within joints } . 4 . Sealant Joints a . Where movable , non-expansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work , form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant , in compliance with industry standards . 5 . Separations a . Provide for separation of metal from non-compatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact , with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator . 6 . Aluminum Extrusion Units a . Fabricate extruded aluminum running units with formed � or r F- extruded aluminum joint covers , for installation behind main members where possible . Fabricate mitered and welded f• ' corner units . r, � ~ _ L17600-3 � � , . ., .d.1w• - .. .m... ,. .:We. r PART 3 . 00 - SXECUTION Id 3101 INSTALLATION A. : General s _ 1 . Except as otherwiseindicated , comply with manufacturer ' s a installation instructions and recommendations , and with F; SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual . " 2 . Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated , Providing for thermal expansion of metal units . 3 . Conceal fasteners where possible , and set units true to line r and level . 4 . Install work with laps, joints and seams which will be } permanently watertight and weatherproof . B . Dissimilar Materials ` 1 . Where stainless steel or aluminum is to be installed directly on cementitious or wood substrates , install a course of paper slip sheet and a course of polyethylene underlayment . t 2 . Where copper or copper alloy Materials are in contact with dissimilar metal , install an interlayer of moisture proof building paper or paint the interface surface with heavy-bodied bituminous paint . - 'J_ 3 . Aluminum shall not contact other metals except stainless ' steel , zinc or zinc coated metal . Where aluminum contacts another metal , the dissimilar metal shall be primed , then painted with two coats of aluminum paint _ C . Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance . 3 . 02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A . Clean exposed metal surfaces , removing substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes . s . Use all required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction , to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration , other than natural weathering , at time of substantial completion , 07600-4 2"w r .. - q 1 5 # a H Y qe ,.4.. . . .v:n ..a. ._ . . 6 6 .. 63 , ,v . ^M'.C + ✓P, ^Y saw SECTION 07900 - SEALANTS FART 1 . 00 - GENERALr Let X?ESCRIPFlom � A . The purpose of sealants in this work is to provide a positive seal against penetration of air and moisture at joints between items where sealants are essential to continued integrity of the barrier . BeThe words "caulking" and "sealant" are considered synonymous when rs ar `_ used on drawings or specifications . Understand that both words ;. define making a joint or seam weather tight . " I .42 QRALITY ASSURANCE g A . lanufacturer ' s Qualifications L' 1 . Provide sealants manufactured by a firm with not less than 5 years of successful experience producing the types of sealants required for this project . ;R SIX` B . Installer ' s Qualifications 1 . Use only skilled applicators who are thoroughly experienced 4r" ` with the materials and methods specified and thoroughly familiar with the design requirements . C _ Warranty le Upon completion of the work of this section and as a condition for its acceptance , submit written warranty stating : a . The Contractor warranties sealed joints to be absolutely weatherproof and that he will repair , at his awn expense , all defects which occur in said sealing within three ( 3 ) years after acceptance of building . b . The following types of failures will be adjudged defective work : Leakages , hardening , cracking , crumbling , melting , shrinking , tearing , running of sealing compound or staining of adjacent work . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Required Submittals 1 . Submit samples and manufacturer ' s information including but not limited to the following[ : a . Manufacturer ' s specifications , b . Samples , c . Warranty . B . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s specifications , recommendations and installation instructions for each type of sealant , sealant backer rod and associated miscellaneous material required . 07900-1 46, rr k kr. . ' 3 _ k kr; _... Jo`..*-^'GY=i'�'�::..Y +1 1.Y$l 'N 'C.'tiF i::. ... . . ,-. < T.S Y.. /. . �Z�✓` ' C . Samples 1 . Submit three (3) samples of each color required for each type of sealant exposed to vies . 2 . Submit three (3 ) samples of sealant backer rod required for irk, use in the work . Yk .F 'bey'" X -• ' a-k t a - r:.. .. _ a: kk d D _ Certificates 1 . Submit written warranty specified herein . ' 1 . 04 JOB CONDITIONS A . Do not proceed with installation of sealants under adverse _ < � {r weather conditions , or when temperatures are below or above # manufacturer ' s recommended temperature range for installation . Proceed with the work only when forecasted weather conditions are favorable for proper cure and development of high early bond ; strength . 3 B . ^Do not apply sealants when temperature is below 40 deg _ F . , unless authorized by the Architect . "-, C . Surface to receive sealant must be structurally sound , dry, .. , clean , free of dirt , moisture , loose particles , oil , grease , asphalt , tar , paint , wax , rust , water proofings , curing and parting compounds , membrane material , etc _ detrimental to sealant bond . D . Preparation of surfaces , including use of a primer , mixing of - materials and application shall be done in strict accordance with recommendations of manufacturer of sealing compounds . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A . General 1 . Before purchase of each specified sealant , verify its compatibility with joint surfaces , joint fillers and other materials in joint system . Provide only materials which are known to be fully compatible with actual installation conditions , as shown by manufacturer ' s published data or certification . 2 . Provide primers where required by manufacturer . 3 . Where sealant is exposed to view , provide custom colors to match adjoining surfaces ; color as approved by the Architect . Provide white or other natural color when no other standard or custom color is available . Where material is not exposed to view, provide manufacturer ' s standard color . 07900-2 - � y Y . . v .rr•R.:yt.d: ,_;.... .; .. _ ... .:a Y ... ... .any . - ., .. �w.+,.r... . .. . .. .......r _. . . :;..:x.v.:.w•-'•:- 2 . 02 EXTERIOR SEALANTS A. One-Component Polysulfide Sealant (Vertical Surface , High M ' e d d I I IMovement Joints ] * `� y. 41 . Polysulfide based , one-part elastomeric sealant , complying with Federal Specification TT-S-00230 , "Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type , Single . Component , " Class A . Type II (non-sag) unless Type I (self-leveling) recommended by manufacturer for application shown . 2 . Approved Products : a . Contech/Sonneborn , "Sonolastic One-Part , " b Sika Chemical Corporation , "Sikaflex 440 . " 1 ` -4{ RH i :q.$;z .f B . One-Component Polyurethane Sealant (Vertical Surface , High Movement Joints) 1 . Polyurethane based , one-part elastomeric sealant , complying with Fed . ,Spec . TT-S-00230 , "Sealing Compound , Elastomeric Type , Single Component , " Class A. Type II (non-sag) unless x ' Type I ( self-leveling) recommended by manufacturer for application shown . ' y rt = ' 2 . Approved Products : r. a . Contech/Sonneborn , "Sonolastic NP I , " : b . Sika Corporation , "Sikaflex la . " LL . Co Non-porous Bond Type Silicone Rubber Sealant 1 . Acid-type silicone rubber based , one-part non-sag , "" elastomeric sealant , complying with Federal Specification TT-5-001543 , "Sealing compound , Silicone Rubber Base , " Class A , for non-porous exterior joint surfaces . ., 2 . Approved Products : r� a . Dow Corning Corporation , "Silicone Rubber Sealant , " b _ General Electric Company, "Silglaze , " "Construction 1200 Sealant , " `jl c . Tremco , Incorporated , "Proglaze Construction Sealant , " nr d . Pecora Corporation , "863 Glazing and Construction Silicone . " D . Porous-Bond Type Silicone Rubber Sealant 1 . Non-acid-type silicone rubber based , one-part , non-sag , elastomeric sealant complying with Federal Specification TT-S-001543 "Sealing Compound , Silicone Rubber Base" Class A; for exterior joint surfaces , particularly porous joint surfaces . 2 . Approved Products : ow a . Dow Corning Corporation , "790 Building Sealant , "' b . General Electric Company , "Silpruf . '• 2 . 03 INTERIOR SEALANTS dO A . Acrylic Emulsion Sealant (General Interior Use only, not to be used in the installation of the vapor barrier ) +� 1 . Provide acrylic-emulsion or latex rubber_modified acrylic-emulsion sealant compound ; permanently flexible , non-staining and non-bleeding ; recommended by manufacturer for general interior exposure . MIN 07900-3 y 1 r r r ��µ. : .._ .... 2 . Approved Products : a . Contect/Sonneborn , "Sonolac" b . DAP , Incorporated , "DAP Acrylic Latex Caulk" § p; " c . Pecora Corporation , "AC-20 Acrylic Latex" d . Sika Chemical Corporation, "Sikaflex 420" e . Standard Drywall Products Company, "Acrylicalk . " f . Tremco , Incorporated , "Acrylic Latex Caulk . " B . Butyl Rubber Sealant (General Interior Use and Installation of the Vapor Barrier ) 1 . Provide sealant of polymerized butyl rubber and inert fillers (pigments) , solvent-based with minimum 75% solids , non-sag consistency, tack-free time of 24 hours or less , paintable , ;! none-staining; complying with Federal Specification TT-S-001657 , "Sealing Compound-Single Component , Butyl Rubber Based . " rQ N >.•:;� 2 . Approved Products a . ContechlSonneborn , "Butakauk - 1 b . DAP , Incorporated , "DAP Butyl-Flex" `- c . Pecora Corporation , "BC-158 Butyl-Rubber" N d . Sika Chemical Corporation , "Sikaflex 450" . e . Tremco , Incorporated , "Tremco Butyl . " C . Acoustical Sealant ( Specifically used with 'Vapor Barrier Details ) 1 . Provide acoustic sealant of either liquid or preformed ribbon (coiled with release paper) polyisobutylene-based mastic , non-drying , non-skinning , non-hardening , non-migrating , heavy-bodied as recommended by manufacturer for large joints subject to shear movement but not subject to normal joint movement . 2 . Provide interior grade as recommended by manufacturer for interior use as acoustical sealant and for similar purposes , in connection with drywall work and other joint surfaces as shown . 3 . Approved Products : a . Tremco , Incorporated , "Acoustical Sealant " b . United States Gypsum , "Acoustical Sealant . " 2 . 04 SPECIAL APPLICATION SEALANTS A . Mildew-Resistant Silicone Rubber Sealant 1 . Provide silicone rubber based , one-part , non-sag , elastomeric sealant , resistant to mildew; complying with Fed . Spec . TT-S-01543 , "Sealing Compound Silicone Rubber Base , " Class A , and with tests of ANSI A136 . 1 for mold growth ; for interior applications , subjected to attack by mildew . Provide type recommended by manufacturer for porosity of joint surfaces . 2 . Approved Products : a . Dow Corning Corp . , "Silicone Rubber Bathtub Caulk" b . General Electric Co . , "Sanitary Sealant . " 07900-4 i } .y 1 d sy*. . .. . ,. r r r 1 2 , 05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A , Joint Cleaners 1 . Provide joust cleaning compound recommended by sealant or caulking compound manufacturer , for joint surfaces to be cleaned . Be Joint Primer/Sealer 1 . Provide joint primer/sealer recommended by sealant manufacturer , for joint surfaces to be primed or sealed . C . Sealant Backer Rod 1 . _ Provide one or both of the following types of materials as required on the drawings _ a . Natural or synthetic sponge rubber conforming to ASTM D 1752 "Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and 3 Structural Construction . " b , Open or closed cell compressible rod stock polyurethane foam , or other flexible , permanent , durable non--absorptive material recommended for compatibility with sealant by the sealant manufacturer and approved by the Architect , 2 . Provide size and shape of rod which will control joint depth for sealant placement , break bond of sealant at bottom of joint , form optimum shape of sealant bead on back side , and provide a highly compressible backer to minimize possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed . 3 . Provide appropriate diameter backer rod to assure 25% minimum - compression at installation . �a D . Bond Breaker Tape 1 . Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as a recommended by sealant manufacturer , to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant . Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable , PART 3 . 00 - --EXECUTION 3 . 01 JOINT SURFACE PREPARATION A . Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealant or caulking compound . Remove dirt , insecure coatings , moisture " and other substances which would interfere with bond of sealant - or caulking compound . Be Etch concrete and masonry joint surfaces to remove excess alkalinity, unless sealant manufacturer ' s printed instructions indicate that alkalinity does -not interfere with sealant bond and performance . Etch with 5% solution , rinse thoroughly with water 41 and allow to dry before sealant installation . do 07900-5 . . 1 1, _ C . Roughen joint surfaces on vitreous coated and similar non-porous materials , where sealant manufacturer ' s data indicates lower bond strength than for porous surfaces . Rub with fine abrasive to - ' produce a dull sheen . 3 02 INSTALLATION :- A . Comply with sealant manufacturer ' s printed instructions except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified and except where manufacturer ' s technical representative directs otherwise . s S . Prime or seal joint surfaces where shown or recommended by :' r sealant manufacturer . Do no allow primer/sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces . C . Install sealant backer rod for liquid sealants , except where shown to be omitted or recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for the application shown . D , Employ only proven installation techniques , which will ensure - that sealants will be deposited in uniform , continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets , with complete "wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides . Except as otherwise indicated , fill sealant rabbet to a slightly concave surface , slightly below adjoining surfaces . Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface , fill joint to form a slight cove , so that joint will not trap moisture and dirt _ E . Install sealants to depths as shown , or if not shown , as recommended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations , measured at center ( thin ) section of bead . 1 . For joints sealed with non-elastomeric sealants and caulking compounds , fill joints to a depth in the range of 75% to 125% of joint width . F . Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces , or to migrate into voids of adjoining surfaces . G . 'Tool all joints , except for self leveling sealant , with tool dampened in mild soapy water . H . Use butyl rubber or acoustical sealant only in the installation - of the vapor barrier . Provide continuous bead at all seams and penetrations of the vapor barrier . See Specification Section 07190 , VAPOR BARRIERS , for installation of the vapor and details on the drawings . Nib 07900-6 f Y :. .r ,. . . a_ _ ' .� ,... ... .. .. a 6 .. _ 3 . 03 CURING 1111 Ao Cure sealant caulking compounds in compliance with manufacturer ' s instructions and recommendations , to obtain high early "bond strength , internal cohesive strength and surface durability , Do $" not cure in a manner which would significantly alter material ' s : . modulus of elasticity or other characteristics . 07900-7 t: VA may .: R,. r T x'� SECTION 08100 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL I oOl OI ALITY ASSURANCE . "' Comply wilth the applicable provisions of the following codes and standards except where more stringent requirements ar ?hown or specified : 1 . The Steel Door Institute ( SDI ) Publications : a . SDI 100 "Recommended Specifications - Standard :, reel Doors and Frames , " b . SDI 105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames , " .may c . SDI 107 "Hardware on Steel Doors (Reinforcement-Application). " B . Provide steel doors and frames manufactured by a single firm specializing in production of this type of work , i_. 02 SUBMITTALS ' a ` • 1 A . Required Submittals 1 . Submit steel door and frame information including b5= not limited to the following : -- a . Product data b . Shop drawings . xP 8 . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s specifications for fabrication and T installation , including data substantiating that products comply with SDI 100 and indicating classification grade and r111 model , C . Shop Drawings 1 . Provide schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on contract drawings . 2 . Provide details of each frame type , elevations of door design types , jamb and head conditions at openings , details of construction , location and installation requirements of finish hardware and reinforcement , and details of joints and di connections . Show type and locations of anchorage . SAlw detail of any required glazing frames and stops and type of thickness of glazing material . 1 . 03 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage . Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory finished doors . e B . Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage . Minor : image may be repaired provided finish items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to the Architect otherwise remove and replace damaged items as directed . R 'yT` rl� . '1W .ter. . , d N 0 Co Store doors and frames at building site under cover . Place units on ,rood blocking at least 4" high , or otherwise store on floors in a manner that will prevent rust and damage . Provide at least 1/4" air space between stacked units . Avoid use of non-vented shelters which could create a humidity chamber . If cardboard -; wrapper on door becomes wet remove carton immediately. ''# PART ZwOO - PRODUCTS rIj OI STEEL FRAMES A . Provide steel frames of the types and sizes indicated on the drawings or scheduled . Conceal fastenings unless otherwise indicated . B . Fabricate frames from 16 gauge cold rolled steel for interior and 14 gauge for exterior . c . Fabricate frames scheduled for exterior application or masonry construction and other designated locations from hot dipped galvanized steel conforming to ASTH A 525 , " Sheet Steel ; Zinc Coated , " Light Commercial Class G-60 , 0 . 60 ounce per sq . ft . Provide 26 gauge steel mortar guards at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation . T D . Fabricate with mitered and welded corners for exterior applications . E . Fabricate with mitered corners , knocked down for field assembly , for interior applications . F . After fabrication , thoroughly clean , phosphate treat and dip or spray with one coat of rust inhibitive metallic primer . 2 . 02 STEEL, DOORSr INTERIOR A . Provide S . D . I . Grade II , Heavy Duty , interior steel doors of the types and sixes indicated on the drawings or scheduled . B . Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels from 18 gauge cold-rolled or hot rolled pickled and oiled steel . C . Fabricate doors with impregnated kraft honeycomb cores , full flush construction with no seams on face of door , closed flush -. top and closed bottom edge which may be inverted bottom channel . D . After fabrication , thoroughly clean , phosphate treat and dip or spray with one coat of rust inhibitive metallic primer . 2o03 STEEL DOORS EXTERIOR INSULATED A . Provide S . D . I . Grade II , heavy duty , exterior insulated steel doors of the types and sizes indicated on the drawings or scheduled . 09100-2 ;. rd Y - 7rL .. i .. - B . Fabricate exposed faces of doors and panels from 16 gauge cold-rolled steel . C . Fabricate doors for exterior and other designated locations from r ` Y " hot dipped galvanized steel conforming to ASTM A 525 , "Sheet Steel , Zinc Coated" Light Commercial Class G-60 , .0 . 60 ox/sq . ft . Fabricate with seamless construction; no seams on door face or vertical edge , and closed flush top and closed bottom edge which ' may be inverted channel . ; D . After fabrication , thoroughly clean , phosphate treat and spray with rust inhibitive metallic primer . E . At exterior locations and elsewhere as designated , fabricate doors and panels with rigid insulated cores with the following r characteristics : 1 . Compressive strength - not less than 20 psi . 2 . Thermal resistance , (R-factor) - not less than 11 . 66 . Lk L., _,,;,. .., ., . 3 . ""U"" factor for door in panel assembly - not greater than . 09 , L 4 . Provide cores meeting the following Fire Hazard94 Classification requirements in accordance with ASTM E84 "Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials : " . 'L a . Flame Spread Rating 75 or less tY . b. Fuel Contributed Rating - 100 or less c . Smoke Developed Rating - 450 or less . 2, . 04 FINISH HARDWARE PREPARATION - A . Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware in accordance with final Finish Hardware Schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier . Comply with applicable requirements of SDI-107 "Hardware On Steel Doors" for door and frame preparation for hardware . B . Reinforce frames for scheduled finish hardware . Punch stops for silencers ; 3 on strike jambs of single doors , 2 per door at head for pairs of doors without fixed center mullion . 2 . 05 DOOR LOUVERS A . Provide sightproof stationary louvers for interior doors where louvers are indicated , constructed of inverted V-shaped or Y-shaped blades formed of 24 gauge cold-rolled steel set into 20 3 . gauge steel frame . Provide stainless steel louvers and frames in stainless steel doors . B . Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint , except do not paint stainless steel unless directed otherwise . 2 . 06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Provide glass steps and muntin bars formed from 20 gauge steel of type color and finish to match adjacent steel surfaces . , ; ; 08100-3 .0 �r - � s Y ; .R *a B . All screws and fasteners shall be manufactured from steel of type , color and finish to match adjacent steel surface _ PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01. INSTALLATION _.gb -:yam,. l .. '.}. g .'Y7 $}Yyr.�.•. ' ,Y, _ - ^F 4' ' .f, .+- .F Al A . Install steel doors , frames and accessories in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer ' s datar and as herein } ' specified . Be Placing Frames 1 . Comply with provisions of SDI-105 "Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames , " unless otherwise indicated . 2 . Except for frames located at in-place concrete or masonry , and for knock down type frames in drywall installations , f place frames prior to construction of enclosing walls and ceilings . ` 3 _ Set frames accurately in position, plumbed. , aligned and { - ° braced securely until permanent anchors are set . 4 . After wall construction is completed , remove temporary braces and spreaders leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged . C . Door Installation { 1 . Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames , within clearances specified in Steel Door Institute ( SDI ) 100 , "Standard Steel Doors and Frames . " 2 . Undercut doors as scheduled distance measured from finish floor material . 3 . 02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A . Immediately after erection , sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touch-up of compatible air-drying primer . B . Immediately prior to final inspection , remove protective plastic �! wrappings from prefinished doors . C . Check and readjust operating finish hardware items , leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating condition . D _ Protect installed doors and frames from damage or deterioration until acceptance of the work _ 08100-4 � . j eti ..;r"` 3:b1Ru r:......,.-r�.• ,o.. . +..:.,:c,x . - _ av .i5i: tr, ... ...:ia d�ki!'- .n SECTION 08360 - SECTIONAL UPWARD-ACTING OVERHEAD DOORS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 s `£ � s. . Ywfde6oi A. The work of this Section includes but is not necessarily limited r by the following : 1 . Upward-acting , sectional , metal doors , 2 . Operating hardware , 3 . Complete weather stripping , 4 . Vision panels , 5 . Manual door operators , = £x Installation , 7 . Submitting shop drawings , k Ai 1 . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE h- A . Unless otherwise acceptable to. the Architect , furnish sectional overhead door units by one manufacturer for entire project .ad . .; ; t ,- . B . hind loading ; design and reinforce sectional overhead doors to withstand a 20 lb . per sq . ft . wind load pressure . Co Acceptable manufacturers , products of the following manufacturers meeting specification requirements will be acceptable : 1 . Raynor Manufacturing Company 2 . Overhead Door Company 3 . Fimbel Door Corp . D . Framed openings ; check and approve shop drawings for steel framed openings , supplied under Section 05500 , for proper door installation requirements . 1 , 03 SUBMITTALS A . Submit shop drawings and installation drawings as may be necessary for the proper fabrication and installation of this work , including but not necessarily limited to , any listed items that may follow . B . Shop drawings ; showing complete doors , hardware and weather stripping . PART 2 , 60 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 STEEL SECTIONS A . Construct door sections from galvanized structural quality carbon steel sheets complying with ANSI/ASTH A446 , Grade A . or ANSI /ASTH A 526 , with a minimum yield strength of 33 , 000 psi , and a minimum C90 zinc coating complying with ANSI/ASTH A 525 . 1 . Steel sheet thickness : 16 gauge . - 2 . Exterior section faces : flat . s 08360-1 S : . t B . Fabricate sections from a single sheet to provide units not more than 24" high, and nominal 2" deep . Roll horizontal meeting edges to a continuous shiplap , rabbeted , or keyed weather seal , with a reinforcing flange return . L CO Enclose open section with 16 ga . galvanized steel channel end - k stiles welded in place . Provide intermediate stiles , cut to Boar ` • section profile , spaced at not more than 48" o . c . and welded in place . D . Reinforce bottom section with a continuous channel or angle conforming to bottom section profile . r E . Reinforce sections with continuous horizontal and diagonal reinforcing " as required by door width and design wind loading . ° Provide galvanized steel bars , struts , trusses or strip steel , formed to depth and bolted or welded in place . F . insulation; insulate inner core of door sections with rigid insulation to result in a section "a" factor of 0 . 12 or better . ` 1 . Burning characteristics of insulation according to Underwriters ' Laboratories Test ASTM E-840 Flame Spread Under 25 Fuel Contributed 15 Smoke Developed 90 Y " 2 . Enclose insulation with manufacturer ' s standard steel sheet = : secured to door panel . G . Finish ; after assembly , chemically treat surfaces and completely finish inside and out of door with baked-on acrylic enamel - (white) or epoxy polyamide . 2 . 02 TRACKS SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES A . Tracks , provide manufacturer ' s lift clearance double incline galvanized steel track system , sized for door size and weight and designed for maximum clearance . Provide complete track assembly including brackets , bracing and reinforcing for rigid support of ball bearing roller guides , for required door type and size . Slot vertical sections of tract at 2" o . c . for door drop safety device . Slope tracks at proper angle from vertical , or otherwise design to ensure tight closure at jambs when door unit is closed . Weld or bolt to track supports . B . Track reinforcement and supports ; provide galvanized steel track reinforcement and support members . Secure , reinforce and support tracks as required for size and weight of door to provide strength and rigidity , and to ensure against sag , sway and detrimental vibration during opening and closing of doors . Z . Support and attach tracks to opening jambs with continuous angle welded to tracks and attached to wall . Support horizontal [ceiling tracks ] with continuous angle welded to track and supported by laterally-braced attachments to overhead structural members at curve and end of tracks . 08360-2 r4T I I_.. ... .. C . Weather seals ; provide continuous rubber , neoprene , or flexible vinyl adjustable weather strip gasket at tops and compressible I" d astragal on bottoms of each overhead door . 1 . In addition , provide continuous flexible seals at door jambs x edges for a fully weather tight installation . ;' I D . Vision panels ; except as otherwise indicated , furnish insulating glass vision panels in arrangement shown . Set glass in rubber or neoprene channel glazing strips for metal framed doors as required . Provide removable stops of same material as door section frames . y: 2 . 03 HARDWARE A . Provide heavy-duty, rust-resistant hardware , with galvanized or cadmium-plated or stainless steel fasteners , to suit type of door . B . Hinges ; provide heavy steel hi.pges at each end stile and at each intermediate stile , per manufacturer ' s recommendations for size of door . Attach hinges to door sections through stiles and rails ' with bolts and lock nuts or lock crashers and nuts . Use rivets or , self-tapping fasteners only where access to nuts is not possible . " Provide double-end hinges , where required , for doors exceeding 16 ' -011 in width , unless otherwise recommended by door manufacturer . Co Rollers ; provide heavy-duty rollers , with steel ball bearings in case-hardened steel races , mounted with varying projections to suit slope of track . Extend roller shaft through both hinges where double hinges are required . Provide roller tires to suit size of track ( 3 " diameter for 3 " track ; 2" diameter for 2 " track ) and as followsz 1 . Case-hardened steel tires , for normal installations . D . Pull handles , locks and latches ; for manually-operated doors , furnish lifting handles , locks and locking device as follows : 1 . Lifting handles : Galvanized steel . 2 . Locking bars : Cremone type , operable from inside . E . Fabricate locking device assembly with spring loaded dead bolt , chromium-plated operating handle , cam plate and adjustable locking bar to engage through slots in tracks . 2 . 04 COUNTERBALANCING MECHANISMS A . Torsion spring ; hang door assembly for operation by torsion spring counterbalance mechanism , consisting of adjustable tension tempered steel torsion springs mounted on a case-hardened steel shaft , and connected to door with galvanized aircraft type lift cable . 08364-3 ' £s K; _: x0. -+' o- . .v . ..ta Fiu,Y.clra�.gyiYn . -....... .. .-zYC�i:w7 S . Provide cast aluminum or gray iron casting cable drums , grooved to receive cable . Mount counterbalance mechanism with manufacturer ' s standard ball-bearing brackets at each end of shaft with one additional mid-point bracket for shafts up to 16 ' long and 2 additional brackets at 1/3-points to support shafts k over 16 ' long , unless closer spacing is recommended by door , manufacturer . ` C . Include a spring-loaded steel or bronze cam mounted to bottom door roller assembly on each side , designed to stop door automatically if either cable breaks . Provide either a compression spring or leaf spring bumper installed at end of each : horizontal track to cushion door at end of opening operation . =Fw. 2 . 05 ELECTRIC OPERATIONS ',6 A . Operator 1 . Rotor : 1/ 3HP , 208 volt , three phase , instant reversing , rt fully enclosed . 2 . Drive : trolly or draw bar type . a . Chain driven carriage slides on two angle tracks . b . Steel arm and spring cushion automatically locks door „''' when door is completely closed . Can be easily disconnected by hand in case of power failure and re-connected without tools . B . Controls 1 . Standard 3 button push button station , surface mounted . - 2 . Provide control panel for remote operation of all over-head doors , and all materials and labor necessary for complete remote control panel to be located in dispatch office . Wiring to be in steel conduit . Panel shall include independent control switch for each over-head door and clearly indicate numbers synchronized with doors . Over-head doors shall be numbered using min . 6" high stenciled black painted numbers . 3 . Safety switch ; on bottom edge of door to insure against bodily harm and damage to door and operator should door r strike an object while it is closing . 2 . 06 MANUAL DOOR OPERATORS A . Push-up ; provide lift handles and pull rope for raising and lowering doors , operating with not more than 25 lbs . lift or pull . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Install door , track and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware , jamb and head mold stops , anchors , inserts , hangers and equipment supports in accordance with final shop ' z drawings , manufacturer ' s instructions and as herein specified . 08360-4 eh F ' tea. - , 4 .-ah 8 . Fasten vertical track assembly to framing at not less than 24" o . c _ Hang horizontal track from structural overhead framing with angle or channel hangers , gelded and bolt-fastened in place . Provide sway bracing , diagonal bracing and reinforcing as - required for rigid installation of track and door operating .� equipment . NO CO Upon completion of installation , including work by other trades , w lubricate , test and adjust doors to operate easily, free from warp , twist , or distortion and fitting weather tight for entire WN perimeter . 1,7 08360-5 y , F Id 101, Y". . > :' :• � . r .x w +@.M 1 t� { i JtY� w . . .•R. ':. w v4. -. . t :. r. .. iF�tr�C^-_ .. ayyt.'w.w\'�'!:"A v . 3i 3' � '_ $n�L S ._ �w, .'.: i ECTION 08600 - CLAD HOOD WINDOWS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL -" 1 _ _ 7° . 01 STJBMI TALS a ;, S. A A O A A A A A A A I 3> '' # d si A . Required Submittals "M1 1 . Submit window manufacturer ' s information including but not limited to the following : a . Product data . b . Samples , c . Shop drawings . PitA A ; d . iiarrantY- M k B . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s specifications , recommendations and standard details for window units , including certified test 17 laboratory reports to show compliance with requirements , A,_ ` : ,< C . Samples 1 . Submit one window unit showing all features of construction % -! 2 . Submit three samples of each standard cladding color TA < w . selection _ Reproduction of colors are not acceptable . _. r . D . Shop Drawings 1 . Submit shop drawings , including wall elevations at 1 /4" APR scale , typical unit elevations at 3 /4" scale , and full Size detail sections of every typical composite member . 2 . Show anchors , hardware , operators and other components not included in manufacturer ' s standard data . Include all glazing details . E . Warranty s 1 . Submit written warranty signed by manufacturer , installer and contractor , agreeing to replace window units which fail in materials or workmanship within 5 years of date of acceptance , 2 . Failure of materials or workmanship shall include (but not be limited to) excessive leakage or air infiltration , excessive deflections , faulty operation of sash , deterioration of finish or metal in excess of normal weathering , and defects in hardware , weather stripping , and other components of work . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CLAD HOOD WINDOWS A . General 1 . Provide vinyl clad wood awning and fixed windows as indicated with low-emissivity Type E insulating glass , screens , weather stripping and accessories as manufactured by "Andersen" or approved equal by Architect , 2 . Window unit shall provide a minimum "R" value of 3 . 2 usingA A vvA standard ASHRAE methods and factors for Computing "R" values . Y Ali. A 08600- y u.il Peu y.,.:.. . .. -,a:.a.n 2 . 02 MATERIALS A . Wood } 1 . Wood-member shall be Western Ponderosa Pine or other species , , of lumber approved by NWMA I . S . •273 , dried .to a moisture 6 . '' " ' content of 6 to 12 percent before fabrication . ryw_x. . 2 . Sash and frame members shall be treated with water repellent 6 ' . preservative after machining in accordance with NWMA I . S . 4 . B . Cladding 1 . . 35 mil . thick bonded vinyl sheaths , colon Terratone , : C . Glass and Glazing y, k 1 . High performance double pane insulating glass . D . Weather Stripping 1 . Leaf-type PVC , extruded compressible vinyl , coated from gasket , plastic channel , wool pile , as required by the involved condition . 1 E . Hardware xw 1 . Manufacturer ' s standard design . F . Screens 6 6 �a 1 . Extruded enameled aluminum frame . 2 . 18 x 16 aluminum mesh , vinyl glazed . 3 . Inside removable . G . Accessories 1 . 'Mailing fins to be furnished at all units for installation in wood frame construction . 2 . All fasteners , anchors , clips , closures , trim and accessories shall be of material compatible with windows and shall be as detailed or approved and appropriate for intended purpose . 2 . 03 WINDOW ASSEMBLIES A . fabricate units to manufacturer ' s standard rough opening dimensions and in accordance with NWMA IS-2 . B . Frame members nominally 4 1 /2 " wide machined , interlocked joints . C . Sash members : 1 1/4" +/- x 1 3 / 8 ; " bottom rail 3 1 /4" +/- with mortise and tenor corners : inside removable . D . Units to be factory glazed . E . Integral factory applied weather strip at head , jambs , sills , generally as follows : 1 . Continuous double weather strip contacting sash : a . Vinyl bulb to exterior b . Vinyl leaf at interior . 2 . Contact with head. , sill rabbets and checkrail . 08600-2 5 s ._ F . Jamb Extensions ] . Provide wood extensions as required by involved conditions as S.` approved . G Provide accessory trim in accordance with details on drawingsId PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION W 3 . 01 INSTALLATION d 16 A . Comply with manufacturer ` s specifications and recommendations for ; . installation of window units , hardware , operators and other components of work . s._ " r B . Prior to installation of window, wrap perimeter of frame with strip of polyethylene . C . Set units plumb , level and true to line , without warp or rack of ' " +: frames or sash . Anchor securely in place . 3 * 02 ADJUST AND CLEAN rpli �* A . Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide tight fit at contact points and at weather stripping , for smooth operation and - -- un weather tight closure . .� B . Clean surfaces promptly after installation of windows , exercising care to avoid damage to protective coatings and finishes . Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds , dirt and other substances . Lubricate hardware and moving parts . +� C . Initiate and maintain all protection and other precautions required to ensure that window emits will be without damage or deterioration (other than normal weathering) at time of acceptance , o8600-3 ?J64 -As dd)W . . .a.w..u.'vcOG r rvA'�'� yy, ^F.L':•: .. . - -..aTsxt..rnsw- SECTION 08700 - FINISH HARMARE P%-RT 1 . 00 - GENERAL I . O . DESCRIPTION x-, .: # . :: A . Scope of hark r. .;. 1 e c t w 1 . Furnish all finishing hardware 'as scheduled _ IV02 SAMPLES A . Submit samples of lockset , closer , butts , holder , push and pull for approval , as requested . < < IwO3 RESPC mmiLI7'Y ' ,. A . Review hardware schedule for any omissions . Report discrepancies before bid date . {x xI a 3f!"-;Y::17L . .:_:; y:, .. :�'e;:;- ;-y: � =:S '" . .:. ., .:. .. . •. .-„i :` ; ' i.: . 'k _ ,�aS,. :..: B . State manufacturer ' s name for all items to be furnished when f d submitting schedule for approval . . . 04 TEMPLATES AND INSTALLATIQN JIGS A . Furnish templates to frame manufacturer as soon aftId er award of contract as passible . Furnish jigs for accurate drilling or all ' requited items to be job installed _ LAS DOOR NUMBERS AND PLANS A . Door numbers refer to the Architect ' s General Construction Plans . Pertinent sheets of General Construction plans will be furnished to the Hardware Subcontractor . 1 _ 06 MARKINGS A . Properly mark and label all packages of hardware for the door to which it applies . Hardware subcontractor to check in all hardware with General Construction Contractor at time of delivery . 1 . 07 TAGS y' A . Provide two ( 2) fibre tags per lock with proper link for y attaching to keys , B . Stamp tags with room number as directed . C > Hardware subcontractor to attach keys to tags . 08700-1 :dps . • � ' x =" ea "' ., re�,,,-x r: r"S ' ':r s x..a. a xa i. f i vgt' Y� x { .,d r yriiyt is 1 1 dg i 1 P { :'i.,.,v: . Sw.w,_ ��,. ..."-3:.,«.:,,`..n 1?:. - ��.'. _ .t- _..,.., k::i*— ;6x..�t• A. �.rr.� ,.-.-�, 1 . 08 SUBMITTALS A . Hardware Schedule 1 . Submit a complete hardware schedule no later than 45 days I ''- after approval of the Contract . 2 . List of manufacturer ' s name , catalog number , "finish and location of each item of hardware , with pertinent details . kkk :; ZP PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 PRODUCTS A. ' _` The hardware schedule is based on the following manufacturers . See 2 . 07 for all other acceptable manufacturers . ITEM MANUFACTURER ;; _ : Hinges Stanley t ;.< ;•:w : Bumpers Ives Locksets Sargent Weatherstripping and Thresholds Pemko ' ? Closers Sargent Exit Device Sargent Push & Pull Burns 2 . 20 STRIDES A . Locks and latches to have box strikes with suitable lip length to protect trim . -- 2 . 03 THRESHOLDS & COVER PLATES A . Thresholds shall be cut to fit door jambs neatly and accurately . Be Set in wet bed of cement mortar and secure solidly and substantially to the floor with ample number of matching screws set in expansion shields . 2 . 04 KEYS AND KEYING A . Sargent Cylinders or approved equal . Be Furnish two ( 2 ) keys per cylinder ( tagged ) . All locks keyed per keying schedule . C . Send all keys directly to the owner or owner ' s representative by REGISTERED MAIL at completion of job and final approval . D . Obtain approval required and complete verification of data concerning keying from owner . E . Keys stamped with serial number as directed by owner or owner ' s representative . F . All items concerning keying , stamping and tagging are ,subject to minor revisions . 1� ed 08700 4 '' 'CF�1py :• c $ Y .m? Vk AL I .. rf ~45f3.. .�T k .?'*iP" �!ia�yi4• y. n . : ., y.+� .i . : G. All key groups keyed different from each other , H . burnish 10 copies of building masterkey . . 05 KEYING SCHEDULE I A. Group A - All storage , service ✓and mechanical room doors keyed alike and masterkeyed to building masterkey. .: , B . Group B - Entrance door keyed alike and keyed to building masterkey . C . Group C - Office suite doors keyed different and keyed to building masterkey. 2 . 06 DOOR SILENCERS ' As Provided by metal frame supplier at metal frames , 3 per single ,. door , a at head of double doors . �A 2 . 07 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS TO SASE BID , ; ' A . Mote . All acceptable items must be equal in size , weight , design , materials , finish , function and other quality of significance . 1 . Locksets : Corbin , Russivin , Yale , Lloyd Matheson and Best , 2 . Closers : Yale , Corbin , Russwin and Norton . 3 . Push-Pulls : Russwin , Yale , Corbin and Baldwin . 4 . Cylinders : 5 Pin , equals by all lock manufacturers . 5 . Butts : McKinney, Lawrence and Hager . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Locate Hardware As Follows : le Hinges - Top hinge 5" from head rabbet to top edge of barrel ; bottom hinge 10" from bottom edge of barrel to finished floor ; intermediate hinge centered between top and bottom hinges , 2 . Knobs - Center line 3 ' 2" from finished floor . 3 _ Deadlocks - Center line of cylinder 550" from finished floor . 4 . Exit Devices - Center line of crossbar 311 " from finished floor . 5 . Push Plates - Center line 4 ' 0" from finished floor . 6 . Door Pulls - Center line 306" from finished floor . 7 . Kick , Mop and Armor Plates - 1/8" from door bottom , 8 . Furnish tbrubolts for all hardware as applicable such as closers , panic devices , holders , push plates-holders , etc , 3 . 02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A . Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door , to insure proper operation or function of every unit . Replace os7ao-3 3 i} Y units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made . dt =. B . Final Adjustment 1 . Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area , return `" to the work for final adjustment of all hardware items in s such space or area . Clean operating items as necessary to z restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors . Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment _ C . Instruct owner ' s personnel in proper adjustment of hardware and ;,; j hardware finishes , during the final adjustment of hardware . ^ a 's . 2 * 03 HARDWARE SCHEDULE GROUP 1 r. �r :< Each to haves . 1 1/2 Pair Hinges FBB191 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 - NRP - US32D 04 I Door Closer EN350-PS x TB I Threshold 272A 1 Sweep 315AN 1 Set Ustp . S88D 1 Exit Device 8863-FLL-US32D _ GROUP 2 Each to have : _ 1 1/2 Pair Hinges FBB179 4 1/ 2 x 4 1/2 - US26D 1 Door Closer EN350-0 1 Wall Bumper 407S32D 1 Push Plate 54 - US32D I Pull 5425E - "US32D GROUP 3 Each to have : 1 1 /2 Pair Hinges FBB191 - 4 1 /2 x 4 1/ 2 - NRP .. US32D 1 Door Closer EN350PS x TB 1 'Threshold 171A 1 Sweep 315AN 1 Set Wstp . S88D 1 Lock 28-8004-oB-US26D GROUP 4 Each to have : 1 1 / 2 Pair Hinges FBB179 - 4 1 / 2 x 4 1 / 2-US26D 1 Wall Bumper 407 1/2 S32D 1 Lock 24-28-6G05-OB-US26D 08700-4 �. GROUP 5 Each to have : ` 1 1/2 Pair Hinges F98179 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 - US26D 1 Closer Y k 1 1 Privacy Set 3412816U65-OSL-U526D ,}?_ M> '�...:+.�;. �-:.' + ' ' i - r 2 '+y`+ -s.i. - +� GROUP 6 Each to have : 1 1/2 Pair Hinges FBB179 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 - US26D 1 Wall Bumper 407S32D I Lock 1 Looser 28-8G05-OB-US26D .<EN350-0 (Door 29 only) ad a S 3 •_mjyriv � IX I ` . GROUP 7 Each to have : 1 1/2 Pair Ningea FH8179 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 - US26D , 1 1 Door Closer =1230-0 I � 1 Tull Bumper 407S32D 1 Lock 28-8GO4-OB-US26D k 1 1. x' L f GROUP 8 y Each to have : >` 1 1/2 - Pair Hinges FBB179 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 - US26D 1 Closer EN350-0 1 Wall Bumper 407S32D " - 1 Threshold 272A 1 Set Wstp . S88D - ' ' 1 Pass . Set 28-SU15-08-US26D �* GROUP 9 Each to have : , 1 1/ 2 Pair Hinges FBB179 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 - US62D 1 Closer EN1230-0 1 Wall Bumper 407 1/ 2 S26D 1 Privacy Set 28-8U65-OB-US26D GROUP 10 Each to have : 1 1/2 Pair Hinges FBB179 - 4 1/2 x 4 1 / 2 - US26D 1 Wall Bumper 407S32D 1 Loch 24-28-6004-08-US26D +£N GROUP 11 Each to have . 09 1 1/2 Pair Hinges FBB179 - 4 1 /2 x 4 1/2 - US26D 1 Closer EN350-0 1 Wall Bumper 407S32D ddd 1 Passage Set 28-8U15-021-US26D 08700-5 r. 6. 6 r 6 r r3 I r. u::. I r I.. ,.... . •• ,. + +.mm..�/a...' .1Fc. .- - - SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING PART 1 . 00 GENERAL w 1 . 01 QUALITY ASSURANCE :J . A. Codes and Standards _G 1 . Comply with the provisions of the following codes and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified : a . Flat Glass Marketing Association , "Manual of Glazing ,-" b _ Proposed ASTM E6-P3 (Class A) _ 8 . Labels 1 . Every sheet of glass shall bear the manufacturer ' s grade label which shall remain on the glass until after inspection and approval . 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS . k A . Required Submittals 1 . Submit glass manufacturer ' s information including but not limited to the following : d a . Product data . b , Samples * c . Warranty . d . - Certificates . B . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s product specifications , including documentation of compliance with requirements , and instructions for handling , storing , installing , cleaning and protecting for each type of glass and glazing material . C . Samples 1 . Submit two 12 " x 12 " samples of the selected manufacturer ' s insulating glass . D . Insulating Glass Warranty 1 . Provide insulating glass manufacturer ' s written warranty , agreeing to , within specified warranty period , furnish FOB project site , replacement units for insulating glass units which have defective hermetic seals ( excluding that due to glass breakage) ; defined to include intrusion of moisture or - dirt , internal condensation at temperatures above � 20 deg . r . ( - 31 dell . C . ) , deterioration of internal glass coatings , and other visual evidence of seal failure or performance failure ; provided manufacturer ' s instructions for handling , installation , protection and maintenance have been adhered to during warranty period . 2 . Provide warranty period of 10 years after seal date permanently imprinted on unit , but not less than 9 years after date of substantial completion . z _ 08800-1 , s- .� 116 , - r TRF - 1V Sty C ': K's rf Id S¢9�.f..':y{V¢i'4'..' .. _ - --•�--'~iaa,.,.%.4.R. i ^ s:y¢•! =un . . .L:Ya[�ytw,. e'°1� E . Certificates 1 . Submit 2 copies of Class A certification by the Insulating Glass Certification Council ( I . G . C . C . ) . PAR T 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS do . 0 GLASS do do A . Float or Plate Glass shall conform to 'Federal Specification DD-G-451D , "Glass , Float or Plate , Sheet , Figured (Flat for Glazing , Mirrors and Other Uses ) , " Type I (primary glass) Quality q3 (glazing) , clear unless otherwise indicated . do B . Insulating glass shall be factory--fabricated units composed of 6. 1 two pieces of glass separated by dry air space with minus 20 deg . old F . dew point hermetically sealed . ., 1 . Standard insulating glass shall be float or polished plate lites for windows , with pane thickness complying with glass manufacturer ' s recommendations , total thickness complying :� ; t' r with frame manufacturer ' s allowable space for glass . do 2 . Laminated insulating glass shall be 1/8 , " 3/16" or 1/4" (with s 1/2" air space) laminated safety glass lites for sidelights . 3 . Tempered insulating glass , shall be 5/8" thick unit with 3/1+6" tempered polished plate lites for glazed entrance doors . u 4 . Provide edge construction consisting of twin primary seals of w polyisobutylene , tubular aluminum or galvanized steel spacer-bar frame with welded or soldered sealed corners , and filled with desiccant ; and secondary seal outside of bar., bonded to bath sheets of glass and bar , of polysuifide , - silicone or hot-melt butyl elastomeric sealant ( fabricator ' s option ) - 5 . Approved Products a . "Twindow , " PPG Industries , Incorporated b . "Thermopane , " Libbey-Owens-Ford Company c . "Polarpane 14 , " C-E Glass-Division , Combustion Engineering , Incorporated . C . Tempered glass shall be transparent , fully tempered plate or float glass , uncoated , quality q3 , class 1 complying with Federal Specification DD-G-1403B , "Glass Plate ( float ) , Sheet , Figured and Spandrel (Heat Strengthened and Fully "Tempered) " in thickness indicated . 2 . 02 GLAZING SEALANTS AND COMPOUNDS A . General 1 . Provide color of exposed sealant/compound to match frame finish . 2 . Comply with manufacturer ' s recommendations for selection of hardness , depending upon the location of each application , conditions at time of installation , and performance requirements as indicated . 3 . Select materials and variations or modifications carefully for compatibility with surfaces contacted in thed do { ` _ installation. _'.. 1 do do ter'; . x66 .1 ..... ,. —.:y: ;,�;yU,;uti '��' ^es:.+* " . _. . . r ,.. ,�: AN B . Provide 2-Part Polysulfide Glazing Sealant complying with Federal Specification TT-S-0027E , "Sealing Compound : Elastomeric Type , Multi-Component , •• Class A. Type II ; specially compounded and tested to show minimum of 20 year ' s resistance to deterioration in normal glazing applications . '' S. 1 . t. ti `` - . - Y C . , ,.. Provide 1-part Silicone Rubber Glazing Sealant complying with Federal Specification TT-S-001543A, "Sealing Compound Silicone rO r; �K Rubber Base , " Class A . non-sag , 1 . Provide acid type recommended by manufacturer where only nonporous bond surfaces are contacted _ 2 . Provide nonacid type recommended by manufacturer where one or more porous bond surfaces are contacted . � s'.d. m D . Preformed Butyl Rubber Glazing Sealant 1 , Provide preformed ribbon or tape (coiled with release paper) of of 3 :. p ymerized butyl (or mixture of butyl and polyisobutylene) with inert fillers (pigments ) r solvent-based ',; with minimum 95% solids , non-sag consistency, tack-free , time of 24 hours or less , paintable , non-staining , either 'with or , Y= without pre-shimming or reinforcement thread or fabric to >' . . " prevent stretch (as required to facilitate proper application ; m and glass installation) . 2 . Approved : 6 1 9 1 , a . Tremco , Incorporated , "Preshim 440 Tape , " "Polyshim , " b , Protective Treatments , Inc . , "606 Butyl Tape , " r Or O-WM c . e 3M Company , "1202T , " d . Dunn-Raney , "4360 , " e . Schnee-Morehead , "5603 , " Or 2 , 03 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A . Cleaners , Primers and Sealers . 1 . Use type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer . +A B , Setting Blocks ik 1 . Provide neoprene 70-90 durometer hardness , with proven compatibility with sealant used . C , Spacers 1 . Provide neoprene , 40-50 durometer hardness , with proven compatibility with sealants used , D . Compressible Filler Rod 1 . Provide closed-cell or waterproof-jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam , proven to be compatible with sealants used , flexible and resilient , with 5-10 psi compression strength for 25% deflection . 08800-3 < ` .. - 1 Or . ^s u . .t.n - .. _ . _ .... 'S' a-ate.:.;: ART 3vOOEXECUTION 3 . 01 GENERAL A . Comply with combined recommendations of glass and glazing ,, manufacturers and manufacturer of sealants and other materials `vq used in glazing , except where manufacturer ' s technical representatives direct otherwise . B . Glass lights shall be marked with large labels or other warning to workmen , as a deterrent to passing objects through glazed frames . r Y'SK'1 p:.aw ' Y. 3 . 02 GLAZING . 16 , A , Set all glass in a true plane , tight and straight , with proper and adequate clearance , firmly anchored to prevent rattling and looseness , with all edges cleanly cut ; do not nip to seam the edges . Tape all edges as required for setting all work in conformance with the latest edition of the "Manual of Glazing . " B . Where installed in frames without removable glazing beads on one side , glass shall be mechanically secured with phosphor-bronze spring clips , not less than two ( 2 ) ,per edge of glass . " '� : C . Except where shown otherwise , set glass in fenestration and doors =i in an approved elastic glazing compound . 1 . Glass shall be thoroughly and completely bedded on the front , back and all edges . 2 _ Compounds shall be of the specific type prepared for the material from which stops and framing are fabricated . 3 . In all cases where compound is used. , fill the glazing rebate completely with the compound which shall be smoothed to the top of glazing beads , or shall be smoothly knifed to a bevel where no glazing beads occur . D . Do not set glass in steel frames until after the surfaces with which felt or glazing compound is in contact have been prime painted as specified under other divisions of the specification . Such primed surfaces shall be free from loose dirt and dust before applying glazing compound . 3 . 03 CLEARING A . Upon completion of glazing , thoroughly clean all glass surfaces , correct all imperfections , replace all damaged glass , and remove all labels immediately after inspection and approval by the Architect . 08840-4 ?)-s - -•.»a . :YA'.:. .. S:..z. .•YFiaL•r e . .., . .. . vwf., ., Y iE•Ye.}R IV* ... . - .. ._- . . ... ... . SECTION 09250 _ INTERIOR METAL JTUD PARTITION SYSTEMS PART 1 . 0Q - GENERAL Id ,,k,:4 sue;: •. .. -�, *,.o:. :: 'i,; :.-. . .::-. . ... fir; .,:: t - DESCRIPTION A . The work of this Section includes but is not necessarily limited by the following ; I . Metal stud interior partition framing . , - 1 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE - A . Standards ; the latest editions of the following publications shall apply ; 1 . "Gypsum Drywall Construction Handbook" published by the U. S . • .� :,.•: a ,. 9 L Gyps UM Company. x - ® 8 . Fire-resistance rating ; where work is indicated forL. fire-resistance ratings , including those required to comply with k:� governing regulations , provide materials and installations identical with applicable assemblies which have been tested and listed by recognized authorities L �. 1 C . Acceptable manufacturers ; for metal framing , product names , numbers mentioned herein are those of the U . S . Gypsum Company , ' Products of the following manufacturers meeting specification requirements will be acceptable ; 1 . National Gypsum Company, 2 . Flangeklamp Corporation ( fetal Framing) 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Submit technical information , manufacturer ' s literature , samples as may be necessary for the proper performance of this work , including , but not necessarily limited to , any specific requirements that may follow, B . Manufacturer ' s data ; for information only , submit manufacturer ' s specifications , recommendations and installation instructions for each system , 1 . 44 DELIVERY , HANDLING OF _MATERIALS A , ` Stockpile studs at project flat on floor in piles . Use care regarding load limits of floor . Leave in original wrapping or containers until ready for actual use . 1 * 05 COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS/TRADES A . Coordinate with all sections of the specifications and cooperate with other trades performing work on this project whose work affects , or is affected by the work of this SectionLL . 99 9- , 'sox :, �..s : ,�' r s ..,a, e.L air: - ',;v.6�, �.,. 3if,'i .,,31G$e-;c r -. 3"' � s " w•;,. 2,,,-g xYY L ' ,�'i �'\. ' i � pr t . ♦ `a. e t � '+�'S .. :K,.."E :c.iva:... ...:y. .. {-. 'w�lsY:;. ��A`a�ei ... - .. .... aw.: .s';�, _. ._,w_:.'.r.x♦ rvi: w6Gi i d Id PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 * 01 METAL SUPPORT MATERIALS dd . ;'. ,a` d. dd A . Metal studs and runners: non-load bearing channel type sections ' 3 roll-formed from 26 gauge galvanized steel , complying with ASTH C645V Be Metal angle runners : angle sections rolled from 24 gauge galvanized steel . ' C . Runner receiver channel : 20 gauge unpunched channel member with no less than 3 1/2" flange . D. Metal furring channels : 25 gauge , 7/8" deep with 1/2" flange . :. d,ddo- .lL E . Runner channels . cold-rolled , 16 gauge steel , 1 � 1/2" with l9/32" flange . Ip PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 2e01 INTERIOR METAL STUD FRAMING 4-4 A_ Except for minimum spacings specified herein , install metal studs in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer and these Specifications . Provide runners , fasteners and other accessories to accomplish required results _ Be Align all partitions accurately according to layout on drawings . Secure floor and ceiling runners 24" o _ co to concrete with stub nails or power--driven fasteners ; to steel framing with power-driven fasteners ; to metal deck with sheet metal screws . C . Stud framing to extend above ceiling to positive anchorage at roof framing , floor framing system or when required by drawings , to underside of deck . 1 . when partition framing is parallel to roof structure and enclosure to underside of deck is not required , stud framing anchorage may be accomplished by extending and anchoring studs to furring channels or stud members spaced 24" o . c . running perpendicular to joists at bottom chords of roof floor joists . R � 2 . When enclosure to roof deck is required , frame with studs , runners for support of gypsum board tight to underside of deck . D . Position studs vertically in runners , spaced not more than 24" o . c . or as indicated on drawings . Anchor all studs located adjacent to door and window frames , partition intersections and corners to runner flanges by positive screw engagement throughJ. each stud flange and runner flange . When necessary, splice by ""' nesting two studs with a minimum lap of 8" and attach flanges ; .� together with two screws in each €lange . /� .'•rir�� t .S , ~ ,'� � 4�, q'� �, 09250-2 id Y�aE�' � F � :..Vz fi."4 S ; asp , ,H = " ry.-x9 !. _ grr a 3 .:...' .. -..•'n'y{:#r�..K k. F' lY. '1�f9~ - . . �+s ..3 nNr- ...s .. .. . aw r, a - , r.aMdr r d dd isdd S . Locate studs no more than 2" from door jamb , abutting partitions , 0 partition corners and other construction . Securely anchor studs d. to jamb and head. Anchor clips at each door frame by bolt or z t. .- &, �v, screw attachment . Over metal door frames , install > r cut-to-length section of runner with flanges slit and web bent to ' e. allow flanges to overlap adjacent vertical studs and securely screw-attach to adjacent studs . A cut-to-length stud extending from door frame header to ceiling runner shall be positioned at vertical joints over door frame , ai IrM' . F . Separate partitions from structural building frame by methods and . ' ' materials recommended by manufacturer . - _:: W ., d dG_ Provide all openings for the work of other Sections and install steel channel supports and bridging for them . Install channel >* supports far surface ,mounted items and over wall recesses . .i .. dd . .Y 09250- 3 i M rd . i, Ad .7 . ♦ 5 F ' . Rr:!= ..a .1 ., :� ,4w; +e.e.."Jrr.< . U% Y ^.`��-a L- +Fe9nld�sy'c-.w `tau• .s-Y. ddP 4. r, SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS PART 1 . 00 d GENERAL Ta, x .� 1 . 01 DUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and Standards i . Comply with "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board , GA-216 , " by the Gypsum Association , Evanston, Illinois , except where more stringent t requirements are indicated including recommendations of the manufacturer . { 2 . Comply with American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) C-36 "Gypsum Wallboard . " dd B . PObtain gypsums boards , trim accessories , adhesives and joint treatment products from a single manufacturer , or from .pa manufacturer ' s recommended by prime manufacturer of gypsum boards . 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS yV w C A . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s product specifications and installation "g instructions for each gypsum wallboard component , including other data as may be required to show compliance with these specifications . 1 . 03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Deliver gypsum wallboard materials in sealed containers and bundles , fully identified with manufacturer ' s name , brand , type do and grade ; store in a dry , well ventilated space , protected from the weather , under cover and cuff the ground . IsQ4 JOB CONDITIONS No w A . Maintain ambient temperatures at not less than 55 deg . r . , for the period of 24 hours before installation , during wallboard finishing and until compounds are dry . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 GYPSUM WALLBOARD PRODUCTS A . Gypsum Wallboard i . Sheet size shall be maximum length available which will minimize end joints . 2 . Thickness shall be as indicated on drawings . 3 . Provide exposed gypsum board with tapered long edges . 4 . Provide gypsum backing board with V-groove or square edges _,' where indicated on the drawings . 5 . Provide WR (water-resistant ) gypsum board where indicated . 09264-1 < ,{ ; ,- 8 . Trim Accessories >_ 1 . Provide manufacturer ' s standard galvanized steel beaded units with flanges for concealment in joint compound , including �::'•:� corner beads , edge trim and control joints ; except provide :Si semi-finishing type ( flange not concealed) where indicated . ' 2 . Where indicated , provide PVC semi-finishing molding of the type indicated to provide resilient abutment for edge of boards , co Joint materials shall be type recommended by the manufacturer for li- d: the application indicated , except as otherwise indicated . y 1 . Joint tape shall be perforated type . 2 . Joint compound shall be ready-six vinyl-type for interior use . NNW.k D. Miscellaneous Materials I . Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum wallboard work of the type and grade recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum board _ 2 . All fasteners shall be metal screws specially designed for owl application recommended by the manufacturer of the gypsum panels used . 3 . Concealed acoustical sealant shall be mastic type ; non-oshrinking , non-drying , non-migrating and non-staining , 4 . Exposed acoustical sealant shall be latex , acrylic or acrylic-latex type ; permanently elastic and paintable . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3t0l GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A . Meet at the project site with the installers of related work and review the coordination and sequencing of work to ensure that everything to be concealed by gypsum wallboard has been accomplished , and that chases , access panels , openings , supplementary framing and blocking and similar provisions have been completed . Supplementary framing must be in place to support door bumpers , fixtures , equipment , services , heavy trim , furnishings and similar work which shall not be supported directly on gypsum board alone . B . Install sound attenuation blankets as indicated , prior to gypsum board unless readily installed after board has been installed . C . In addition to compliance with GA-216 , comply with manufacturer ' s instructions and requirements for fire-resistance ratings ( if any) , whichever is most stringent . D . Install wall /partition boards vertically to avoid end-butt joints .M wherever possible . At stairwells and similar high walls , install boards horizontally with end joints staggered over studs . r� 09260-2 k. ..�: ..:-. . . .. .e. E . Cover both faces of studs with gypsum board in concealed spaces (above ceilings , etc . ) , except in chase walls which are properly braced internally _ #>r F . Isolate perimeter of non-load-bearing gypsum board partitions at abutments . Provide 1/4" to 1/2" space and trim edge with J-type semi-finishing edge trim _ seal joints with acoustical sealant . Do not fasten gypsum board directly to stud system runner tracks . G . Floating Construction : Where feasible , including where recommended by manufacturer , install gypsum board with "floating" internal corner construction , unless isolation of the intersecting board is indicated or unless control or expansion _ joints are indicated . r 8 . Space fasteners in gypsum board in accordance with GA-216 and manufacturer ' s recommendations , except as _otherwise indicated . w I . Where sound attenuation rated ' (STC rating) gypsum board is indicated and where double layer work or resilient furring is ` indicated , seal the work at perimeters , control and expansion joints , openings and penetrations with a manufacturer ' s recommendations for location of beads . J . Install water resistant board on walls on which plumbing fixtures aw occur . Seal ends , cut edges and penetrations with water resistant sealant before installation . - Ko Where gypsum board is base for rigid applied wall finishes , r install {gypsum backing board . rlll� L _ Allowable tolerance of wallboard systems 1 /16 " offsets between !' planes of board face and 1/4" in 8 ' 0" for plumb , level , warp and bow . �. 3 . 02 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM[ HOARD TRIM ACCESSORIES A . Where feasible , use the same fasteners to anchor trim accessory flanges as required to fasten gypsum board to the supports . Otherwise , fasten flanges by nailing or stapling in accordance with manufacturer ' s instructions and recommendations _ RV Install metal edge trim whenever edge of gypsum board would otherwise be exposed or semi-exposed , and except where plastic trim is indicated . Provide type with face flange to receive joint compound except where semi.-finishing type is indicated . Install L-type trim where work is tightly abutted to other work , and install special kerf -type where other work is is kerfed to receive long leg of L-type trim . Install U-type trim where edge is exposed , revealed , gasketed or sealant-filled ( including expansion joints) _ Use full lengths throughout . , c . Install plastic edge trim on wall panels in contact with metal door or window frames in exterior walls . 09260-3 Fs� s 3 . 03 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISHING A . Apply treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions ) , flanges of trim accessories , penetrations , fastener heads , surface defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration _ 1 . Prefill open joints and roundest or beveled edges , using type of compound recommended by manufacturer . 2 . Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards , except where a trim accessory is indicated . 3 . Apply joint compound in 2 coats (not including prefill of ; openings ) . Sand between coats and after last coat . 4 . Taping and single coat of compound is required above ceilings unless otherwise indicated . B . Omit sanding on concealed gypsum board work . CO Follow instructions of GA-216 for finishing of water-resistant .: '> wallboard as base for ceramic tile . h 3 . 04 PROTECTION Y A . Protect the gypsum wallboard work from damage and deterioration until acceptance of the work . 09260-4 5 R iwM SECTIO,N 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS E: FART 1 . 00 GENERAL " 1 . OI QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Codes and Standards 1 . Comply with applicable publications of the Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association , including "Performance - Data , Architectural Acoustical Materials . " 1902 SUBiMITTALS A_ Required Submittals 1 . Submit product information and material including but not 4 ¢ � : -i"r.limited to the following : a . Shop drawings . b . Product data . c . Certificates . d . Samples . e . Extra stock . B _ Shop Drawings . 1 * before any acoustical ceiling materials are ordered , submit complete shop drawings . 2 . Show all conditions where acoustical ceilings will meet with lei the work of other trades , details of all methods of suspension proposed to be used and layout of the grid system . r11 C . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s product specifications and installation M. instructions for each acoustical ceiling material required and for each suspension system , including certified laboratory reports and any other data required to show compliance with these specifications . 191 D . Manufacturer ' s Certification 1 . Submit a letter signed by an officer of the firm manufacturing the acoustical ceiling stating that the a+cousticacl ceiling boards and the will retain their dimensional stability and resist sag for a period of not less than 1-1f2 years following installation . E . Samples 1 . Submit two 12" x 12" samples of each type of ceiling board proposed to be used . 2 . Submit two 12" long samples of each exposed runner and molding . 09510-1 . 1 . 03 EXTRA STOCK I dF A . ' ` At the completion of all work , provide the owner with a minimum of 15 pieces of each type of ceiling tile used . Be Extra stock shall be delivered in unopened packaging . Obtain signed receipt from the owner . 1 . 04 JOB CONDITIONS dd A . " Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space has been . ; enclosed and is weather tight , wet-work in the space has been completed and is nominally dry , work above ceilings has been completed , and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity 1-Ink. 6d Id will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS ` A . General "< 1 . Except as otherwise indicated , provide manufacturer ' s standard units prepared for the mounting system indicated , and of the type recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated . 2 . Provide units that are UL tested , listed and labeled as "Class A-0-25 . " 3 . Provide units with manufacturer ' s painted washable finish , except where otherwise shown . 4 . Provide sizes shown on the drawings . S . Provide products to match appearance characteristics indicated or , if not otherwise indicated , as selected by Architect from manufacturer ' s standard colors , surface textures , and patterns available for acoustical ceiling units and exposed metal suspension system members of quality designated . Be ACP 1 . Provide units not less than 5I$" thick , square edged lay-in with light reflectance over 75* . 2 . Approved Products : 24" x 4$" Regency as manufactured by Conweb Corp . 2 . 02 CEILING SUSPENSION MATERIALS A . General 1 . Comply with ASTM C 635 "Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings" as applicable to the type of suspension system required for the type of ceiling units indicated . 2 . Coordinate with other work supported by or penetrating 4 1� through the ceilings , including light fixtures , HVAC ' r. equipment and partition system . .gg nryaa } /� M75iO-2 . . , , . B . Hanger Wires 1 . Provide galvanized carbon steel , soft tempera prestretched , not less than 12 gauge . R r: C . Approved manufacturers : 1 . Provide , direct hung system as manufactured by Armstrong, or approved equal . 2 . System numbers given are Armstrong . 1 D Systems : _. 1 . Exposed Suspension a . Provide cold rolled electro-galvanized steel system of runners , cross runners and accessories , web system , *+ conforming to intermediate classification of ASTH C 635 , °n with factory applied paint finish . (Color : white . ) b . 15/16" metal (Chicago -Metallic or approved equal . ) E . Accessories 1 . All other materials , not specifically described but required I1 : for a complete and proper installation of suspended - acoustical ceiling , shall be as selected by the contractor subject to the approval of the Architect . ` PART 3 . O0 - EXECUTION ICI 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . General 1 . Install materials in accordance with manufacturer ' s printed instructions and industry standards applicable to the work . 2 .• Establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling . 3 . Comply with reflected ceiling plans and avoid the use of less-than-half widths of units at border wherever possible . I� 4 . Avoid use of two adjacent suspension system members which are less than standard length and avoid use of any member less than shortest dimension of acoustical units . S . Suspension System 1 . Wire Hangers a . Support wire hangers only from building structural members as indicated . Locate hangers near each end and spaced 4 ' -0" along each carrying channel or direct-hung runners , unless otherwise indicated . b . Secure wire hangers by looping and wire-tying , either directly to structures or to inserts , eye-screws or other devices which are secure and appropriate for the substrate , and which will not deteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures . ":. 4 . c . Reinforce for lighting fixtures , grilles , etc . Provide .* hangers at all four corners of lighting fixtures . d . Provide additional hanger wires at midpoint of 4 ft cross teen where impaction clips are used .' . s � . � ; 09510-3 zId aatW 2 . 8dge holdings ram` - a . Install edge moldings at edges of each acoustical ceiling '£ ` area and at locations where edge of units would otherwise ` rz be exposed after completion of the work , b . Secure moldings to building construction by fastening with screw-anchors into the substrate , through holes drilled in vertical leg . Space holes not more than 3" from each end and not more than 16" o . c _ along each molding , c _ Level moldings with ceiling suspension system , to a level T tolerance of 1/8" in 12 ' -0 . " _, .. : d . Biter corners of moldings accurately to provide hair-line . joints , securely connected to prevent dislocation . , . 3 . Hain Runners tt >^ _ A L r < . a . Accurately level all main runners . b . Space main runners a maximum of four feet on centers . • 4 , Cross Grid Members a . space cross grid members as shown on the drawings and secure to main runners and wall angles in accordance with the approved shop drawings , 5 . Hake entire grid level within a tolerance of one in 500 and straight within a tolerance of one in 10000 C , Acoustical Ceiling Boards 1 . Install all acoustical ceiling boards in the suspended ceiling grid system so that linearity of facing is in one direction only , and to the approval of the Architect , 3 . 02 CLEANING A . Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings , including trim , edge moldings and suspension members , comply with manufacturer ' s instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage , B , Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage . 09510-4 r �+. 4, ? r - 4tI d L kLL ,a i- rui x ,. _ jaEV ➢^'y r`.. ' '� -EF'T`5....4r . ... . w . . - , .s.�y�.'"1Ef A To- L SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING :yoo PART 1 . 00 rr GENERAL " 'r� sgr.wr' or 1 . 01 SUBMITTALS A . General 1 . Before any resilient flooring materials are delivered to the R job site , submit a complete list of all materials proposed to �� ` be furnished and installed under this portion of the work , ; > r stating manufacturer ' s name and catalog number for each item . B Samples or r x, �. . _ 1 . Submit 2 full sets of samples of each type of flooring and . z; accessories required . C . Product Data 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s technical data and installation instructions . 2 . Submit manufacturer ' s instructions for maintenance for each ? type of flooring . ors D . Seaming Diagram 1 . Submit seaming diagram for sheet vinyl showing location of all seams . - 1 . 02 JOB CONDITIONS A . Maintain 70 deg . F . in areas to receive flooring for 48 hours prior to installation , during installation and for 48 hours after '�' completion of work . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 RUBBER BASE A . Provide 1 /8 " gauge rubber base , height as shoran on drawings , with matching end stops and premolded outside corners in manufacturer ' s standard range of colors , complying with Fed . Spec . SS-W--40 "'Wall base : Rubber , and Vinyl Plastic . " Type I . Provide standard top-set cove with resilient tile , straight base = with carpet . 2 . 02 RESILIENT TILE A . Provide 1/ 8 " thick x 12 " x 12 " thru-chip type tile . B . Color shall be selected from manufacturers ' standard range of colors , C . Acceptable Manufacturers . 1 . Armstrong ' s Imperial Modern Excelon , ; 2 . Kentile ' s Architectural series . � ` 09650-1 r _.. c:'< i` rM ..+fir':I or ' :E`.ef T.ii� -. .4P 12 � 03 RUBBER EDGE STRIPS AND THRESf€QI,DS a. Provide heavy duty robber edge strips and thresholds , tapered >de r edge , not less than 1" wide . Thickness and width shall be as required for difference in adjacent flooring surfaces . 2 . 04 ADHESIVES & PRIMER w6 d I 616 A . Provide adhesives and primer recommended by the flooring A .:: manufacturer .1. PART 3 . 00 EXECUTION .. 3 w01 PREPARATION {` A . Preparation 1 . Prior to laying flooring , broom clean or vacuum surfaces and t inspect subfloor . Start of flooring installation indicates acceptance of subfloor conditions and full responsibility for finished work . Use leveling compound where necessary. Apply primer if recommended by flooring manufacturer . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A . Install all materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer ' s recommendations . 1 . Resilient tile . a . Set true to line , level with tight joints . 2 . Base a . Install base in as long lengths as practicable , to walls , columns , pilasters , casework and other permanent fixtures . 3 . Edge Strips and Thresholds a . Install thresholds and edge strips in one piece for full width of area . Provide where there is a difference in thickness between adjacent floors except where carpet bar is to be installed . B . Remove any excess adhesive or other surface blemishes , using neutral type cleaners as recommended by flooring manufacturer . 09650-2 .. . ^'R.tK a r SECTION Q9k$0 - CARPETING PART 1900 VGENERAL ! 1601 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . Manufacturer ' s Recommendations ` 1 . The manufacturer ' s recommended methods of installation , when . approved by the Architect , shall be the basis for acceptance =; - or rejection of actual methods of installation used in this work . x 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A. Samples ri> 1 . Submit one set of samples of all colors of carpeting i available in the products specified , minimum size 18" x 27 , " ry. and 6" lengths of all carpet accessories . B . Manufacturer ' s Recommendations 1 . Accompanying the samples submittal , include two copies of the _4: manufacturer ' s currently recommended methods of installation for the materials specified . Alit; «u C . Shop Drawings 1 . Submit shop drawings showing locations of all seams proposed - to be made in the carpeting and location and identification of all carpet accessories . D . Maintenance Manual 1 . Submit manual of carpet manufacturer ' s complete recommendations for care , cleaning and maintenance of carpeting . E . Certification & Warranties 1 . Submit certification of compliance with all required testing _ 2 . Submit all applicable manufacturer ' s warranties . Ilk 1 . 03 PRODUCT HANDLING A . Protection 1 . Use all means necessary to protect carpeting materials IL before , during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades . B . Replacements 1 . In the event of damage , immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary for the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the owner . 09680-1 .: 3 x_. YLL Fr �.F, III .. ... .. LL ` 1 , 04 EXTRA STOCK ; r A . "' All usable pieces of carpet , excluding' rolls , not necessary complete the work are to be left on the job site , and placed in an orderly manner in such and area as designated by the owner , These pieces are to include a minimum of 6 pieces at least 24" square of each color selected . PART 2 , 00 - PRODUCTS . 2 . 01 CARPETING # A . Carpet : Spyglass 26 Provide by Shaw or equal approved by the Architect and conforming :r 4: ' to the following requirementsId 1 . Style : Tufted textured loop . pax 2 . Pile Filament : 'Dupont Antron III Filament Nylon , 3 . Gauge : 1/8 k 4 . Stitches per inch : 9 . 33 ' 5 _ Pile thickness : _ 185" ; 6 . Yarn weight : 26 oz _ per square yard 7 . Dye method : Colormetric . 8 . Total weight : 62 . 28 oz . per square yard , 9 . Primary backing : Polypropylene . 10 . Secondary backing : Actionbac . - 11 . Flammability a . ASTM E-84 , " Surface Burning Characteristics of Burning Materials , " Flame Spread Classification IFSC ? : 75 or less 12 , Warranties : 10 year wear warranty 2 , 02 CARPET ACCESSORIES A . Carpet Edge Guards 1 , Provide manufacturer ' s standard extruded or molded vinyl or rubber carpet edge guard , of the profile and size necessary for smooth transition at each location . Provide colors selected by Architect from standard colors available in the industry . k. B . Installation Adhesive 1 . Provide adhesive recommended by carpet manufacturer for adequate adhesion and water resistance at each application , but which will allow removal of carpet with minimum damage to carpeting materials and substrate , and which complies with requirements for overall flammability rating for carpeting installation . 09680-2 :,�. 1 1 -.:g Y�yc ... - .. yy, ti., 6.r }a , 'r .. .E r V¢x.r' / .. - ::'�-� }:. - "�/ ,. 'w s .z r. C . Seaming Cement 1 Provide hat-melt seaming adhesive of the type recommended by tdd ' x "�A -.''e the carpet manufacturer for taping seams and buttering cut r7 X7,. 'edges of carpet backing and bottom of face pile at seams , toId Ott form secure seams and eliminate pile lass at seams . D . Miscellaneous materials 1 . Provide nails , thread , tapes , adhesives and other accessary kk items and materials of types recommended by carpet manufacturer and as recommended by installer for project , ; requirements . J6 6 • 5' PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION � 4 3 . 41 PREPARATION 616 > r - ` ' A . Clean surfaces to be carpeted immediately prior to installation . Fill any cracks and voids . 14 ID Re-adhere any existing 'loose flooring and prepare surface for proper adhesion of carpet . c . Where existing flooring has been removed , fill any cracks and voids - and level surface . 3 . 02 INSTALLATION rh A . General 1 . Inspect each piece of carpeting before installation and do not install material which is imperfect in any way . 2 . Side to side color match must be exact throughout installation . 3 . Install all carpeting in strict accordance with the manufacturer ' s recommended methods of installation as approved by the Architect . 4 . All carpet shall be prepared by coating edges with latex . 5 . Make all seams as inconspicuous as possible , flat , unpuckered , completely free from glue on the exposed surface , and located only where shown on the approved shop drawings . 6 . No more than one cross seam shall be allowed in any area . No 66, seams shall occur at doorways and entries perpendicular to doorways and entries . Seams at doors shall be centered directly under the door . 7 . All carpet shall be laid in the longest possible lengths . Maintain one direction for pattern and texture , including lay of pile . a . No fill shall be less than 9 " in width and 36" in length . 9 . Carpet shall be fitted carefully and neatly around pipes , floor outlets , etc . 10 . Install carpet edge guard at locations where edge of carpet is exposed to traffic , except where another device , such as expansion joint cover system or threshold is indicated with + integral carpet binder bar or edge guard . Anchor edge guard �■ to substrate . t , assv; a d B Glue Down Installation i Apply adhesive uniformly to substrate in accordance with �4 r manufacturer ' s instructions . Butt carpet edges tigbtly together to forte seams without gaps . Roll lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform total-area bond of carpet to substrate _ Remove adhesive promptly from face of .e,e. installed carpet . ` 2 . Use additional adhesive to anchor carpet around pipes and other vertical projections . � � :. * s1s 07 L CEANING _ r r . t 31. _ Upon completion of the carpeting installation in each area , visually inspect all carpet installed in that area and . z immediately remove all dirt , soil and foreign substance from the , ; Cd exposed face . Or lee B . Inspect all adjacent surfaces and remove all marks and stains • caused by the carpet installation . C . Remove all loose pieces of face yarn with sharp scissors ; remove `` all packaging materials , carpet scraps and other debris from the = . carpet installation to the area of the job site set aside for its storage . D . Vacuum with beater type commercial machine . 3 * 04 PROTECTION A . In all public areas , provide a temporary non-staining paper pathway in the direction of traffic . 3mO5 INSPECTION A . Upon completion of the work and a condition of its acceptance , a representative of the carpet manufacturer shall inspect and give Written .approval of the installation . 09680-4 h -S . . - .. . . % +y,pJ I k"4 Ste/ .! 3 •... Xa � � s :. : 3 � SECTION 09" - PAINTING • �.. :' .is . q ` ' 'vG 3 ` o- •,rE .�—=S Sw� , r 1" � '.� _ i `'t V a :PART l . 00 GENERAL `° ",. ay J 1 . 01 SUBMITTALS A . Product Data 1 . For information only, submit manufacturer ' s product data Including paint label analysis and application instructions for each material proposed for use . Transmit a copy of each � " r=F� : - manufacturer ' s instructions to the paint applicator . ;V .ZA 2 , List each material and crass-reference to the specific paint and finish system and application . Identify by manufacturer ' s catalog number and general classification . J , j. �F-- B Samples 1. Submit samples for review of color and texture only . Compliance with all other requirements is the exclusive .; responsibility of the contractor . Provide a listing of the ` material and application for each coat of each finish sample . 2 . On 12" x 12" hardboard , provide two samples of each color and material , with texture to simulate actual conditions . Resubmit each sample as requested until acceptable sheen , color and texture is achieved . *! 3 " On actual wood surfaces , provide two 4" x 8" samples of 'each ` natural and stained wood finish as required . Label and identify each as to location and application . 1 * 02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A " Deliver all materials to the job site in original , new and Id unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer ' s name and label , and the following information : 1 . Name or title of material , �e 2 . Manufacturer ' s stock number and date of manufacture , 3 . Manufacturer ' s name , 4 . Contents by volume , for major pigment and vehicle constituents , 5 . Thinning instructions , 6 . Application instructions , 7 . Color name and number . B . = Protection 1 . Store materials at the job site in a suitable and designated area restricted to the storage of paint materials and related equipment . 2 . Insure the safe storage and use of paint materials and the prompt and safe disposal of waste . 09900-1 g . ... . � z "I ..IS 1 "'aSSs :rl'_ f3+ . •pYf :1�"+ 'P '.r"tiu« . {�.,yFy3,.'+1 w•ifiiv� .. 'a��+« ... . : .. .... -. . .. .a..�.-. .. . . .:a �s�P...C7,., . . R •.•� . ..s.nK:.an�iwe.Y+�i.+:.`�1. .-. . ."i�sk.-: 1 1 . 03 JOB CONDITIONS -' A . ... ' Apply paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted r; and the surrounding air temperatures are within the range permitted by the paint manufacturer ' s printed instructions . Be Do not apply paint in snow , rain , fog or mist ; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85% ; or to damp or wet surfaces , unless otherwise permitted by the paint manufacturer ' s printed instructions . C . Painting may be continued during inclement weather only if the �4 areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within the temperature limits specified by the paint manufacturer during application and drying periods . 1 . 04 EXTRA STOCK A . 'upon completion of this portion of the work , deliver to the owner an extra stock of paint equaling approximately one gallon of each color used , with all such extra stock in unopened clearly labeled containers . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . d1 COLORS AND FINISHES A . Surface treatments and finishes are indicated on the "schedules" of the contract documents and on the drawings . Be Color Pigments 1 . Provide pure , non-fading , applicable types to suit the substrates and service indicated . 2 . Provide paint with no lead. content . C . Paint Coordination 1 . Provide finish coats which are compatible with prime paints used . Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates . Upon request from other trades , furnish information on characteristics of finish materials proposed for use , to ensure compatible prime coats are used . 2 . Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required . 09900-2 kk 4 61, ... V. --.3M=. :H"i....... . x w-s .. r' Id.�pa, ..r ,r. ,.. ,. ,. - , .�Tkl•. sw.• ... ,w..k3$�f..Y: .rc '�' 1rc < . 96 2-. 02 MATERIAL OUALITY : Provide the best quality types q y grade of various t es of coatings as r regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers . Materials not displaying the manufacturer ' s identification as a standard , best grade product will not be acceptable . Acceptable manufacturers : Benjamin Moore , Pratt and Lambert , Glidden, Fuller O ' Brien . 4 M. Id „ '. 0 Provide undercoat paint produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats . Use only thinners approved by the paint f manufacturer , and use only within recommended limits . C Federal Specifications ; When materials are specified to comply - ',r , ; with Federal Specifications , products will be accepted which meet % or exceed the performance requirements of such Federal Specifications and comply with mll other contract requirements . 1 . Submit a statement from the manufacturer , with the Product Data , stating that material meets or exceeds the performance requirements of the Federal Specification . 2 . 03 EXTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS A . Provide the following paint - systems for the various substrates , as indicated , Surface Type Paint ,r Ferrous Metal PE 1 coat zinc chromate alkyd primer , FS TT-P645 e 2 coats gloss enamel ( alkyd ) , FS-TT-E-489 Omit primer on prime coated items except touchup Ip 2 . 04 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS A . Provide the following paint systems for the various substrates , as indicated. . e Surface Type Paint Gypsum Wallboard PSG 1 coat primer ( latex ) FS TT-P-650C . 2 coats satin enamel ( alkyd ) , FS TT-E- 508 , 509 or 529 Rood (Natural Finish) SCS 1 coat interior stain (oil ) FS TT-S-711 1 coat sanding sealer FS TT-S-176 2 coats satin finish varnish � FS TT-v-85 1 yY: Y 09900-3 E, ._ L I / Metal PSG 1 coat zinc chromate alkyd primer FS TT-P-645 U ry 2 coats semi-gloss enamel (alkyd) FS TT-E-508 , 509 or 529 Gypsum wallboard PF 2 coats self-priming spray finish (alkyd ) FART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION a.. _PP `. 3 , 01 INSPECTION A . Examine the areas and conditions under which paint is to be applied . Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory sh conditions have been corrected in an acceptable manner . B . Starting of painting[ work will be construed as acceptance of the surfaces and conditions within any particular area . C . Do not paint over dirt , rust , scale , grease , moisture , scuffed surfaces , or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of ci a durable paint film . 3 . 02 SURFACE PREPARATION A . Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in strict accordance with the paint manufacturer ' s instructions and as herein specified , for each particular substrate condition . B . Remove all hardware , hardware accessories , machined surfaces , plates , lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations . Remove , if necessary , for the complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces . Following completion of painting of each space or area , reinstall the removed items by workmen skilled in trades involved . C . Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments . Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning . Program the cleaning and painting so that contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall onto wet , newly-painted surfaces . D . Interior Wood 1 . Clean wood surfaces to be painted of all dirt , oil or other foreign substances with scrapers , mineral spirits and sandpaper , as required . Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed to view and dust off . Scrape and clean small , dry , seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white _ N .. 09900-4 et^.. shellac or other recommended knot sealer , before application of the priming coat . After priming , till holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with ~ � p putty or plastic wood-filler . Sandpaper smooth when dried . 1 2 . Prime , stain or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delivery to job _ Prime edges , ends , faces , undersides and backsides of such wood , including cabinets , counters , cases , etc . 3 . When transparent finish is required , use spar varnish for backprinining . Do not backprime waferboard wall finish . ., 4 . Seal tops , bottoms and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a qrr' id heavy coat of varnish or equivalent sealer immediately upon delivery to job . E . Ferrous Metals 1 . Clean ferrous surfaces , which are not galvanized or shop-coated , of oil , grease , dirt , loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleanings . 2 . Touch up shop applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare , where required by other sections of these specifications . >:ax - Clean and touch up with the same type shop primer . ,. `- F . Galvanized Surfaces I . Clean free of oil and surface contaminants With an acceptable non-petroleum based solvent . 4 - 3 . 03 MATERIALS PREPARATION A . Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer ' s directions , H . Store materials not in actual use in tightly covered containers . Maintain containers used in storage , mixing and application of paint in a clean condition , free of foreign materials and residue . co Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density , and stir as required during the application of the materials . Do not stir surface film into the material . Remove the film and if necessary , strain the material before using . 3 . 04 APPLICATION A . General 1 . Apply paint in accordance with the manufacturer ' s directions . Use applicators and techniques best suited for the substrate and type of material being applied . 2 . Apply additional coats when undercoats , stains or other conditions show through the final coat of paint , until the paint film is of uniform finish , color and appearance . Give special attention to insure that all surfaces , including edges , corners , crevices , welds and exposed fasteners receive ! a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces . tip. t r 0 7900 l7 _ e �' . . ♦ .�'. isaa.2t. vw• _ r.a✓ . r. g:.RiYi. d•ugp'id:R64�w• r. i ^-.1wnF'-e:. e. /�+8- 3 . Spray painting will be confined to specific surface indicated for spray painting on Painting Schedule . Any other spray painting will be permitted only upon written request and ►rill be confined to the specific surface for which written approval has been given . 4 . Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces . Paint surfaces behind_ permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before final installation of equipment . 5 . Paint interior surfaces of ducts , where visible through registers or grilles , with a flat , non-s scalar black . p paint . 6 . Paint the back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match the exposed surfaces . ..,. 7 . Finish exterior doors on tops , bottoms and side edges the same as the exterior faces , unless otherwise indicated . 7 Id 8 . Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat . 9 . omit the first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been shop-primed and touchup painted , unless otherwise =` indicated . 10 . Paint all grilles , electric panels and other pre-finished items the same as adjacent galls . 11 . Paint all unfinished items of other prime contractors -; including but not necessarily limiting to electrical conduit , heating lines , water lines , drainage , waste and vent piping exposed in areas scheduled to be finished by these documents , B . Schedule Painting 1 . Apply the first-coat material to surfaces that have been cleaned , pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration . 2 . Allow sufficient time between successive coatings to permit proper drying . Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm , does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure , and the application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat . c . Minimum Coating Thickness 1 . Apply each material at not less than the manufacturer ' s recommended spreading rate , to establish a total dry film thickness as indicated , if not indicated , as recommended by coating manufacturer . D . Prime Coats 1 . Apply prime coat to material which is required to be painted or finished , and which has not been prime coated by others . 2 . Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat , to assure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing _ 09900-6 Id �i L Eggshell Enamel Finish , ... 1 . Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture . , Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, 'irregularity in texture , skid marks , or other surface imperfections . ; F_ Pigmented (opaque) Finishes 1 . Completely cover to provide an opaque , smooth surface of. uniform finish , color , appearance and coverage _ Cloudiness , spotting , holidays , laps , brush marks , runs , sags , ropiness or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable , G . Transparent (Clear) Finishes b 1 . Use multiple coats , unless otherwise indicated , to product surface film of even luster _ Provide a finish free of laps , - cloudiness , color irregularity, runs , brush marks , orange peel , nail holes , or other surface imperfections . Provide . x :. satin finish for final coats , unless otherwise indicated . !A He Machine staining - For all exterior wood . 1 . Apply stain by machine by an authorized machine operator . 2 . Apply stain at a rate not to exceed 150 sq , ft . per U . S . •q gallon for rough surfaces , 250 sq , ft . for smooth surfaces . 3 . Flood surface with stain , expose surface by mechanical pressure rolling and finish with high speed brushing . I . Completed Work 1 . Match approved samples for color , texture and coverage . Remove , refinish or repaint work not in compliance with m specified requirements , Irl 3 . 05 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A _ Cleanup 1 . During the progress of the wont , remove from the site all discarded paint materials , rubbish , cans and rags at the end of each work day . Upon completion of painting work , clean window glass and other paint-spattered surfaces . Remove spattered paint by proper methods of washing and scraping , using care not to scratch or otherwise damage finished surfaces . H . Protection 1 . Protect work of other trades , whether to be painted or not , against damage by painting and firfishing work . Correct any damage by cleaning , repairing or replacing , and repainting , as acceptable to the Architect . C . 2 . Provide "WET PAINT" signs as required to protect newly-painted finishes . Remove temporary protection wrappings provided by others for protection of their work , after completion of painting operations .dd k, �",.x�A�lizS..sa. .sG `Q w.�•u. �-E ., £.+, . . . _ - - n:... `.' rv. a,. r f ,RL r c7" . q,, a..�.... . ,�+:+e.„. .d« F•xaV'.Mk.Y�a �_ 1F;4.fiFKs-=. w SECTION 09950. - HALL COVERING PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . 01 QUALITY ASSURANCE .0 f s*��G; A . The installation recommendations of the manufacturer of the wall covering used , when approved by the Architect /Engineer , shall be rill the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual installation methods used in this work . B . All materials shall have UL label and marking , indicating Class A � Rating . 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Samples 1 _ Submit to the Architect /Engineer 12" square samples of the full range of colors in each quality specified . r B . Manufacturer " s Recommendations 1 _ Accompanying the samples , submit to the Architect /Engineer ~;; ! two copies of the manufacturer ' s current installation owl recommendations for the material proposed to be furnished and _, installed under this section . C . Maintenance Instructions 1 . Submit 2 copies of the wall covering manufacturer ' s printed instructions for maintenance of the installed work . Include name of manufacturer , material brand name , color and texture , designation , and precautions for the use of cleaning materials and methods which could damage the wall covering . D . Replacement Materials " 1 . After completion of work , deliver to the project site not less than three lineal yds . of each type , color , and pattern of wall covering installed . 2 . Furnish replacement materials from the same manufactured sequence as the materials installed . 1 . 03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Comply with the manufacturer ' s instructions and recommendations and as herein specified . �e rrr B . Deliver materials to the project site in original packages or containers clearly labeled to identify manufacturer , brand name , quality or grade , and fire hazard classification . co Store materials in original undamaged packages or containers . Do r not store wall covering fabric in an upright position . Maintain IL temperature in storage area above 40 deg . F . 09950-1 - 'ti 1 , 04 JOB CONDITIONS k. Maintain a constant minimum temperature of not Less than 60 deg . F . at area of installation for at least 72 hours before , and 48 hours after the application of materials . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 VINYL WALL COVERING A . Provide supported vinyl material consisting of a pigmented polyvinyl chloride incorporating a mildew inhibitor , supported by a mildew resistant cotton fabric . Final topcoat shall be a resin surface _ The supporting material shall be bleached or dyed , preshrunk and mildew resistant . All materials shall conform to Federal Specification CCC-V-408 A , "'Nall Covering , Vinyl-Coated , " B _ "gall covering must be UL rated and Labeled a Class A . Co Provide vinyl fabrics equal in weight , pattern and color to the _ following : , 1 . Minimum of 2 patterns from Guard , Columbus Coated Fabrics Presidia , Type I . 2 . 02 PRIMER A _ Provide primers recommended by manufacturer of each wall covering to insure proper adhesion and future removal of wall covering without damage to substrates . 2 _ 03 ADHESIVES A , Provide adhesives recommended by the manufacturer of the wall covering used . Adhesives must be mildew-resistant and non-staining to wall covering _ B , Provide manufacturer ' s strippable- type adhesive for use with wall covering applied over plaster . C , Provide manufacturer ' s certification that recommended adhesive will permit removal ❑f wall covering from plaster surfaces without damage to plaster . PART 3 . 00- EXECUTION 3 , 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A . Inspection 1 . Verify that wall covering may he installed in accordance with the original design and the manufacturer ' s recommendations , 09950-2 +rr 3 . 02 INSTALLATION A. Preparation Remove switchplates , gall plates , and surface mounted _> - r ' fixtures , where wall covering is to be applied . 2 . Remove gall covering materials from packaging and allow to acclimatize to the area of installation 24 hours before as application , 3 . Prime and seal substrates in accordance with the wall covering manufacturer ' s recommendations for the type of substrate material to be covered . M d . Test substrates with electronic moisture meter to verify that surfaces to be covered do not exceed 4% moisture content . 8 . General . 1 . Follow manufacturer ' s installation instructions . 2 . Properly match all patterns and achieve a uniformly smooth ++ finished surface , completely free from air pockets and with +rr all wall covering firmly attached to the substrate . 3 . Apply wall covering prior to -installation of cabinets , fixtures , trim , etc . rr C _ Vinyl Wall Covering 1 . Place wall covering panels consecutively in the order they are cut from rolls , including filling of spaces above or belosi openings . Hang by reversing alternate strips except an match patterns . 2 . overlap and double cut seams , using seaming tool at all seams . Wrap wall covering and seam 6 " beyond inside and outside corners . Cutting at corners will not be accepted unless done for color change . Horizontal seams will not be rls accepted unless done for color change . Horizontal seams will not be accepted . All seams must be cut using a straight °+ edge . 3 . If defective material is discovered in the bolt , discard the defective portions . 3 . 03 CLEANING UP A. After hanging , immediately clean all wall covering surfaces , a� removing all traces of adhesive and soil ; do not use carbon- tetrachloride , cleaning solvents or any other cleaning agent not specifically recommended by the manufacturer of the wail covering . Replace any panels which cannot be completely w cleaned . B . Replace removed plates and fixtures to verify cut edges of wall covering are completely concealed _ sw C . Remove surplus materials , rubbish and debris resulting from '" installation and leave areas of work in a neat clean condition _ r1�1 09950-3 _r Or i n! •. .-.. - w .• - i/w .. .., by . .. ^Lv.-k`La. - •_._.. r. - n�3f "n'c._ SECTION 10350 w FLAGPOLE y eI Id PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A . Drawings and General Provisions of the Contract , including General and Supplementary Conditions and. Division 1 Specification w� sections , apply to work of this section . 1 , 02 DESCRIPTION A . Work included : the work of this section includes but is not °. necessarily limited by the following : 1 . Ground set flagpole 2 . Equipment 3 . Base 4 . Shop Drawings ? B . Work specified elsewhere ; refer to the sections indicated for the following related work to this section : ` - 1 . Concrete setting for base - Section 02500 2 . Pavements and site layout -- Section 02500 1903 QUALITY ASSURANCE A , Acceptable Manufacturers ; products of the following manufacturers _ meeting specification requirements will be acceptable : 1 . The Morgan Frances Co . , Inc . 2 . Lingo Inc . 3 . American Flagpole 4 . Baartol Co . , Inc . 5 . Flagpoles , Inc . 1 . 04 SUBMITTALS A . Refer to Section 01030 Special Project Procedures and Paragraph 4 . 12 of the General Conditions . B . Submit shop drawings and samples as may be necessary for the proper performance of this work , including , but not necessarily limited to , and specific requirements that may follow . C . Shop Drawings . showing complete assembly detail . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 FLAGPOLE A . Provide where indicated on the drawings a 25 ' -0" (exposed height ) aluminum flagpole . 10350 - 1 I B . Pole : cone tapered , seamless , cold drawn 6063-T6 aluminun tubing with . 188 " wall thickness . 1 . Butt diameter : 5" 2 . Top diameter : tapering to 3 " at top . . 3 . Top ball : 6" ds C . Halyard : 1/4" continuous braided cord with invisible connectors , I cadmium plated swivel snaps and aluminum cleats with locking ' ' cleat cover . , D . Base : 16 gauge galvanized steel ground tube , welded steel bottom plate , lower welded centering edges , 3/4" diameter steel lighting ground spike and spun aluminum base , >,.A--s l3 . Finish : all exposed parts to be given Architectural Class I 7k, Anodic Coating with integral color , AA-M12C22A42 . F . Furnish all items for setting in concrete base . Id I G . Model and. Manufacturer . Model "PF RTA 25G" ground set aluminum pole as manufactured Sterner or approved equal , y� FART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Install in concrete base in accordance with manufacturer ' s written instructions . 10350 - 2 r ji Y t: ` x� , .� • . ... , ' :m"# "• .. p+ k�,f'&'yi,..ZIPZ L�.--'w•rY='3•. Aw f .� SECTION 10420 -BUILDING LETTERS ° ART 1 . 00 GENERAL yfi - n sub' -3 2 ♦ -4 1y 01 RELATED } DOCUMENTS R { x A _ Drawings and general provisions of the Contract , including rrs General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections , apply to work of this section . 1 . 02 DESCRIPTION ok A 'W ork included : the work of this section includes but is not necessarily limited by the following : I . Letters on the exterior of the building . w PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS ; 2. 01 LETTERS A _ Cast aluminum letters to be manufactured by Metal Arts , Division of L & H Manufacturing Co , or approved equal -7 1 . Letters shall be custom style of size and stroke as indicated " on the drawings . 2 . Finish : # 20 baked urethane enamel . PART 3 . 00 - INSTALLATION 3 . 01 MOUNTING A . Mount to masonry wall by the PMS-3 fastening method . 1 . Aluminum studs 1/ 2" long , set with non staining cement . 10420- 1 IlllfI r d*44 �x s eo d 1 P : ' ` r.,,�yai riY{ �-y -., h. ; > '44 + r ,� . °`r 3's`x, - s :.. '' d.5 , . • i �i - -K iT ...... - ::z . -. �. .err*.4. 'a" •}ar.. 'i:. 3v`r 's�n�i.:-"5°m' '..'�s}..#. ..-cs;: � J 9W SECTION 10500 - LOCKERS IAA PART_ 1 . 00 - GENERAL atlf�w yu�s :"'tT '3' .:!� :' ' .-.. ,. fir_ £r , .; a ,N•.T . . ed A . The work of this Section includes but is not necessarily limited "' . �s by the following : 1 . Metal Lockers , 2 . Shop Drawings , 3 . Color chips for selection . lilt r 1_. 02 QUALITY ASSURANCEdd A .A Acceptable manufacturers ; products of the following manufacturers 10 meeting specification requirements will be acceptable : 1 . Lyon Metal Products , Inc . , le 2 . .. Republic Steel Corp . ,, 3 3 . Penco Products , Inc . s 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS, A. Submit shop drawings and samples for such items as may beVd necessary for the proper fabrication and installation of this work including , but not limited to, any listed items that may r3F ' follow. a . Shop drawings ; showing layout of all items this Section and necessary details of construction and installation . wa C . Samples ; submit color samples or chips of all available standard colors for selection . 1 . 04 ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES WA . Examine surfaces , materials , work installed by ether Sections which will receive the work of this Section for conditions which ?! will prevent satisfactory results in this work . S . Notify in writing the general contractor and the Architect of any such conditions so that all such defects may be corrected before starting any work . 1 C . Starting work without written notification as mentioned above shall be construed as an acceptance of surfaces , conditions as being without defects and satisfactory to receive the work of this Section . 1 . 05 COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES A . Coordinate with all sections of the specifications and cooperate with other trades performing work on this project whose work affects , or is affected by the work of this Section . µ 10500-1 �•. +LekLL[ T LL a and wbc' r - . .... -� '.id3[x f'-� , B . Obtain and verify all field dimensions and conditions affecting the work . Co While building construction is in progress visit site , coordinate } . arri t�s other trades to insure proper built-in gall blocking , : � , , �rt��, �' T ;: . anchorage for fastening , support ,. is installed in required �' , locations • PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A. :Steel : Mild annealed , cold rolled free from surface , - - . £imperfect ions _ �- #'`' B . Bolts : Cadmium plated or subjected to other rust-proofing treatment _ A . Furnish single tier metal lockers for installation where shown on , the drawings . B . Fabricate locker bodies from 24 gauge steel and door frames and doors from 16 gauge steel . C . Size ; each tier 12" side , 12" deep , 60" high . D . Provide sloping tops , closed bases and legs for all units . Doors to have standard louver arrangements . E _ Coat hooks ; manufacturer ' s standard arrangement . F . Provide padlock attachment as integral part of door handle and number plate for each door . G . Finish ; baked enamel . Colors of exposed parts to be selected from manufacturer ' s standard colors . 10500-2 r% �sF . d � 'y� ` LL .n .ymo :'di a. '- •^.,.yQ'�i�.rT. X � a . ...o..... �4.'^G.' .. Ff 9r:Sh^• l:J rw SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ' PAR 1° •fin , GEHER LA +e link. SUBMI'�1'ALS Id Y ,' WN A. Required Submittals 1 , Submit product information including but not limited to the following : a . Product data/cuts,, }' * PART 2 . 00 PRODUCTS r� 3 Y N4rq.r• , S��yy,, ! FIRE EXTINGUISHERS n , �; ti A . Dry Chemical Type : 5lb . capacity 2A-1QBC UL Rating , ABC Fire �Y ,a Class , COSMIC 5E as manufactured by J . L . Industries or approved 040PO e,,.�F.yds.,"e A2 WALL BRACKETS A. MARK MB Series as manufactured by J . L . Industries or approved €;. equal . B . Locate - where shown an Drawings . ,< 10522-1 `?F i '.! 5 y.. Y >f' x'YS ��'" �- ,�. ': -y. c g �" � y� sx �f �`, —S?7 _ .��.+„r',: • s� ,+a ' r� ,!'N #'�f �P! ,,y fft a.:x '`�$' tis V .r+ s..< s yi+ . ;`F � F b k b r t a a �4 i'F'r"',,' ♦p„�..r . .4 i-3 xLfk_ pjii V. 9, 9 9 l MpIRR•.i'.9L �IQLP'Jr: '.Y',YI...+�T'rnyi >.b/Il N.N i!v R . .. _ :. ..•.« -'Ji��'••4'J'rin M.Flf`.Y r.k t. ..s.N -YrWfF K5S�A:�' ri s^1 SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL ; d'r , `� O1 QUALITY ASSURANCE. { 1 ` ! f ail . , Inserts and Anchorages F ; 1 , Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay_ B . Accessory Locations , ' 1 . Coordinate with all other trades to insure proper and r Y ' adequate provision in framing and wall finish for the installation of the selected toilet accessories in the locations indicated or required . x r . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Product Data I I 1 . Submit manufacturer ' s technical data and installation ' instructions for each toilet accessory Include setting drawings , templates and directions for installation of anchorage devices in other work , j 1All - Be Samplos 1 . Upon request , submit full-size samples to Architect . Acceptable samples will be returned and may be used in the mr work , PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 MATERIALS A . Provide accessories fabricated in compliance with one or more of 11111 the following : 1 . Stainless Steel : AISI Type 302/304 , with satin No . 4 finish , a 22 gauge minimum , unless otherwise indicated , 2 . Mirror Glass : FS DD-G- 451 , Type I , Class 1 , Quality z2 , 1/411 thick , with silver coating , copper protective coating and non-metallic paint coating complying with FS DD-M-411 . 3 . Fasteners : Screws , bolts and other devices of stainless steel or of galvanized steel where concealed . 2 . 02 FABRICATION A . General I . Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of toilet accessory units are not permitted , except where otherwise indicated ; inobtrusive labels on surfaces not exposed to view are acceptable . Where locks are required for a particular type of toilet accessory , provide same keying throughout project , Furnish two keys for each lock . eM: iO8QO-1 w p >=-.. �F.;x�c" ". GI .-4. .n'. ! a�:T�bll•"` * t ,r,u �F ry.Q. .Jd^- _ n�. a+n1..- .'.iY.✓ JT.,r k%-:.n.. .��3!z �..Y. t B . Surface Mounted Accessories 1 . Except where otherwise indicated , fabricate units with tight seams and joints , exposed edges rolled . Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge . .. Provide4a concealed anchorage wherever possible . i - ;k C . Recessed Accessories 1 . Except where otherwise indicated , fabricate units of all welded construction , without mitered corners . Install doors or access panels with full-length stainless steel piano hinge . Provide anchorage which is fully concealed when unit is closed . 2 . 03 MANUFACTURERS A . Subject to compliance with requirements , manufacturers offering toilet accessories which may be incorporated in the work include , but are not limited to , the following 1 . Accessory Specialities Incorporated (ASI ) , Yonkers , New York , �� .. 2 . Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc . , Clifton Park , New 'York , c 3 . Bradley Corporation , Mount Laurel , New Jersey , ti 4 . The Charles Parker Company , Meriden , Connecticut , 2v04 ACCESSORIES A . The design is based on the following schedule of manufacturer ' s models . Equal products from other approved manufacturers are acceptable . - 1 . Toilet Paper Dispenser - Parker No . 668R , Type 304 , 22 gauge satin finish stainless steel , one-piece welded frame . Accepts two standard core 1000- 1500 sheet single ply or 500 sheet double ply rolls . 2 . Paper Towel Dispensers - Parker No . 6941 22 gauge satin finish stainless steel , which accommodates 300 C-fold or 500 multifold paper towels . 3 . Mirrors - Parker No . 3020S . Satin finish stainless steel frame , tempered glass , T-hanger . Sizes as indicated . 4 . Grab Bars - Parker No . 624NCA series , 1 1/4" O . D _ , concealed mounting satin finish stainless steel , bar and mounting flange welded into single unit , plated steel machine screws and lead anchors . Sizes as indicated . 5 . Robe Hook - Parker single robe hook , surface mounted , satin finish stainless steel . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturers ' instructions , using fasteners which are appropriate to substrate and recommended by manufacturer of unit . Install units plumb and level , firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated . 10800-2a`,r.'. F Ll . � 'F Y � •}� air'?� ^5'•y�` �. r r 3 . 02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING " A . Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly_ Replace damaged or defective aF ` N J.,,ut -.yiF'"p•r w 4`e�['8 ♦ -`` ` 's ec. as -' r�'YZ 1i'h. : t'�•1F" '.�i :.:". *' :i , S'x . . .: x: B . Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after r emoving labels and a protective coatings . AN 4: 10800-3 4k I � F yy �j�yy� r Sr I r r 1 6 Id fl Yq Is'�4x; ^ yid "r'.Ik Fi rat, �MP4 T•, _ .,. W` 4.- + r r -'r .• t''-w r . � `y "`•` . '' '' s`^{ �"' ;nr .. _ ?6 �.:, u•. .rnr �r ta. .:a. " h'rS ::b' .:.-'• J<. rir Yt: SECTION 10900 - WARDROBE AND CLOSET SPECIALTIES Illy _ ,q PART 1 . 00 GENERAL 44 40 do - h =',�' 01 SUB TALS s . �" . �% ' �V �- .; °°'€ „`' s "4r '. : . A_ Submit schedules , manufacturer ' s literature , samples as may be or, necessary for the proper performance of this work , including , but ^ Y` not necessarily limited to , any specific requirements that miy yYa; : >„ follow , a . fw� le02 DELIVERY HANDLING Or MATERIALS ��G ,fiY, S ,u GstJ '5 }wF ! >.rt d ..,.;43 �;f .•`. 's. : :.. :.:-F . 's a .. A Deliver all items to the job site in aanufacturer ' s original drdr ' r "' packages plainly marked so that locations of use may be T . determined without breaking the package . H �^ F .>~ .i " 3q. �:,i.v' .. - '+ .: : .. 'Stir.:r` :_. 'oY-z �, I 8 . Include in package any instructions for mounting and necessary fasteners . " PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS ! % 2 . 01 MATERIALS yrr A . f Rod and shelf unit : bonderized steel ,shelf unit with integral ` ' ' steel rod , 12" deep shelf "C" Series units as manufactured by 'i , Solar Hardware Co . , Taylorssville , Miss . , ( 1-500-647-7063 ) or rrr approved equal . - 1 . Color : white baked enamel . 2 . Expandable units : sizes as required for closets indicated on the drawings . Provide center support brackets as required for rod . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION s +iw 3 . 01 INSTALLATION A . Coordinate with the work of other sections for completion of the work . - A d .; �_. 8 . Comply with manufacturer s instructions and recommendations for i installation of the work . «p dd Vc }a ifr r 10900 1 .. r , F ,K -s -.9.r j 'r''i- ra 'i ens 1•ti r' x.. i't.aka ? imp r LL i.yFG :' ws/Cx!.�+•-»_.sx� '�. A" SECTION 11450 - APPLIANCES PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL OLTALITY ASSURANCE ,4 yOf �[ k r ri 7 �v xr r Or Am Energy Rating$ % .o, y 3 1 . Provide energy guide labels with energy cost analysis and efficiency information as required by the Federal Trade Or h Commission . UL Standards 1 Provide equipment with UL labels # - 1 ,002 SUBM, XTALS44 rr A . Product Data {T 1 Submit �aanufacturer ' s specifications and installation , f instructions for each type of equipment , including data F ,,y indicating compliance with requirements . Submit operating z and maintenance instructions for each item . B ,. Warranties r 1 _ Submit manufacturer ' s standard written warranty for each item of equipment . .: 1 . 03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE j A . Deliver products in manufacturer ' s undamaged protective - containers , after spaces to receive them have been fully �,. enclosed , PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS e! 2 . 01 UNIT KITCHEN A . Provide Dwyer , Model SR-48 or an equal approved by the Architect . B . Provide unit kitchen with the following features . 1 . Porcelain sink top with embossed drain board constructed of one-piece seamless 14-gauge titanium steel ; single-handle faucet 2 . Deep-bowl sink ( 12 1/4" x 17 3/4" x 6 1/ 2" ) with 3 1/ 2" drain and strainer . SO 3 . Coordinating backsplasher -4 . Coordinating cabinets in textured steel ; cabinets have concealed hinges and easy-to-clean surfaces . 5 . 6 . 5 cu , ft . refrigerator with interior light , push-button defrostr wipe-clean seamless interior and freezer compartment ; wired for 115-volt , two-wire , 60-cycle A . C . 6 . Provide outlet in backsplasher for microwave oven by others ( 120 v . , 1 . 2 kw , 10 amps) 7e Color as selected from Manufacturer ' s Standards . 11450-1 1 Or rr J ,a ram^ Y '3 3 'iWilk >,,. PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION . 3 . 01 INSTALLATION Ae Comply with manufacturer ' s instructions and recommendations . �A ' , . It I'd VL14Pd td s . Securely anchor units to supporting walls with concealed fasteners . Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are completely concealed . 3 02 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING !1 Test each Item of equipment to verify proper operation . x r r y ti s. Verify that accessory items required have been furnished and 7 � installed . C . a .Remove packing material from equipment and leave units in clean „f . ' condition , ready for operation . D . Remove all debris resulting from installation and leave areas of work in neat clean condition . It It tt 11450-2 M it 19 I E q. ,i J' , Id-, .� a tt i.3 xrr" y, yN e .r \ I, A :..W .n.��x. '+4+..d.♦t^ .. • ♦ J • ♦ ...N aY{ �r ��'wf .T♦,WW`}^h♦ ♦ ., t b-..r .w- [ "LIW Y. n. i�I a, SECTION 13122 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS AR 1 . QQ - GENERAL ieK r r k"< . 's. ;.* � .i eltit'.. ilu 4'"lx^y +:' R[ t a.: did ..' f ;.:y J 1 . 01 DESCRIPTION ' +* yt ' e.s .. .. , . •31 _ » r .,, . m A '' A . The work in this section includes but is not necessarily limited by the followings . rM 1 . Pre--Engineered BuildingsAd ~ } . a . Steel framing . b _ Roof panels , fasteners , supports and trim , c . Wall panels , fasteners , supports and trim , Framing for doors , windows , openings , accessories d .ate e . Furnishing anchor bolts for steel framingd. , `�• +act{ ` : . 2 . Pre-engineered building insulation for roof and walls . s '' .d . 02 QUALITY ASSURANCE ::._Aye- d 1L�..: . ,. .. A . . . ` :. , . ... A . Standards ; the latest editions of the following publications nk" shall apply: '. 1 _ "Recommended Design Practices Manual , " Metal Building Manufacturers ' Association , ; � 2 . "Steel. Construction Manual , " American Institute of Steel ' • ' Construction , 3 . "Cold Formed Steel Design 'Manual , " American Iron " and Steel Institute , 4 . "Code for Welding in Building Construction , " American Welding Society . B . Quality Assurance 1 . All bidders must submit with their bid proposal the following : A letter from the metal building manufacturer certifying that the building proposed will be furnished to meet or exceed all the contract specification requirements as stated herein and be in compliance with structural design criteria as 99 prescribed in the MBMA "Design Practices 'Manual" of recent issue , and that the building system will be available to the �= contractor for installation into the contract within the accepted time schedule . :b= 2 . The building shall be the design of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the fabrication of pre-engineered structures and a recognized member of the Metal Buildings Manufacturers ' Association . All materials shall be new . ® unused , free from defect and of American manufacture . 3 . An Armco building is indicated on the drawings . Products of the following manufacturers are acceptable , provided that they comply with this specification , including contract drawings . a . Armco Steel Corp . (with Steelox CF Roof ) . ' T b . Butler Manufacturing Co . (with MR-24 Roof ) . c . Varco-Pruden , Division AMCA Intl _ Corp , (with SSR Roof ) . ' s a 13122 1 � ` dd 4 . The building system as furnished by the manufacturer shall be a complete integrated structural and panel system with all necessary materials supplied for a weather tight and . structurally sound system conforming to proposed layout as y -shown on the contract drawings and specified herein ; design , a ' materials , material fabrication and erectioni Instructions for ' the pre-engineered metal building . Building system shall be furnished by the metal building manufacturer . 5 _ All phases of erection and construction shall be performed by r� and be the responsibility of the builder approved by the manufacturer . 6 . Erection instructions and drawings adequate to erect the building shall be supplied by the manufacturer with the building . l �s ` 7 . The contractor shall be responsible for the effect of anye deviation from the metal building manufacturer ' s erection instructions or drawings . , ;;_.. . . 42 SUBMITTALS ram " A . 'Submissions � ... 1 . Advance erection instructions and drawings adequate to allow an unfamiliar person to erect the building . 2 _ Manufacturers design loading and pier loading information . , 3 . Anchor Bolt Layout and Foundation Drawing for actual building being furnished . Design should comply with applicable codes . Drawings must carry the seal of an Architect of Professional Engineer registered in the State of New York . - 4 . The contractor shall furnish a warranty from the manufacturer , certifying that the materials or product delivered to the job meet requirements specified . However , such certification shall not relieve the contractor from the responsibility of complying with any added requirements specified herein . 1 . 04 DESIGN LOADS A . The basic design loads shall include live , wind and earthquake ( if applicable) . Manufacturer shall add this dead load of his framing to this basic design load . All other design loads , whether they be of static , dynamic or kinetic nature , shall be considered as auxiliary loads . B . Roof Loads 1 . Roof covering shall be designed for either 50 psf uniformly distributed or a 200 lb . concentrated (point ) load (over a 1 ' x 1 ' area) located at center of maximum roofing (panel ) span _ The most severe conditions shall govern . 2 . Purlins shall be designed for 50 psf uniformly distributed over the roof area which they support and , in addition , any point loads required by the mechanical or electrical contractor , i . e . heater , pipes etc . 3 . Primary framing (frames ) shall be designed for 54 psf ., ` uniformly distributed over the roof area which it supports . 13122-2 y . s,�`'.rv" :.- Cam' �SPx 3>y, i 'f-+ ,.+,�"�r'�. '. ,� • , . - . ... .. : - � Z�,,, t�a,', rp 4 . All the above loads to be in addition to the applicable dead loads and shall be applied to the horizontal projection of the roof , , 5 . For suspended mechanical and electrical equipment , see m Ad Contract Drawin s and S ecifications . J S C . Wind Load 1 . The wind load on the structure shall be 20 psf velocity pressure p proportioned and applied as horizontal and uplift „� .;.. ' forces according to the New York State Building Code and, as recommended by the Metal Building Manufacturers * Association )Y "Design Practices Manual" of current issue . { r L P. . L L I I _ L / . _ f%f 1 Y ut +x; D. Auxiliary (additional collateral ) Loads h 1 . other superimposed dynamic and/or static loads shall be considered as part of the design requirements and combined with the normal design (live and/or grind ) loads as prescribed hereafter . r . ... .. ,. 'R 1. Static Loads - heating , ventilating and lighting system . R- 2 . Horizontal thrust as transmitted through structural frame to foundations shall be thoroughly investigated by Metal ; Building Designer . E . Combination of Loads 1 . The combining of normal loads and auxiliary loads for design purposes shall be as prescribed and recommended by the Metal - Building Manufacturers ' Association "Design Practices Manual" of recent issue . F . Certification 1 . After the awarding of the contract , a complete structural ] analysis shall be submitted by the metal building manufacturer to the Architect . The structural analysis shall 'ILI OIL include sufficient sketches and details to allow a check by the Architect . 2 . 00 PRODUCTS 2 . 41 BUILDING ' S DESCRIPTION A . The pre-engineered metal building covered by this specification is to be a rigid frame structure of steel frames , rafter beams , columns , having a nominal clear span and bay spacing as indicated !: on the Contract Drawings , B . The roof slope shall be ' 1/2 in 12 . ° C . The minimum unobstructed clear height throughout the interior of the building shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings . p' 13122--3 Ld v?; a „ `S'- 7 , . ., s f. vwf 4•` a' '!' 4 r T kL c .. •! r .A 4� ."v-e ,S # WM x 1 •; s t$ LrryxL -I^r •'t,- .a.+IXw. ir: .$.a. .-s.izK' . , -. .. -. 4 .r.. ..y'AY- ._.....m5... . . : 2 . 02 ROOF COVERING AND SUPPORTS A. General P . 1 . The roof construction shall carry and Underwriters " dk r Laboratfofries Construction (Uplift) rating of not less thanddd = :Cl sans . 30 . ;M .£�• : �..".r > ��; ` x.•'�dy.' '' µ �� ., Be Roof Panels 1 . The exposed metal roof covering shall be either 24-gauge (minimum) aluminum-coated steel panels of 24-gauge (minimum) enamel-coated galvanized ( 1 . 25 ounces) steel panels and of such configuration to provide the specified load carrying v yes capabilities and deflection requirements of this specification . Roof panels shall be of "standing-seam interlocking" design . The standing seams shall have a HI . factory applied , non-hardening sealant and the seams shall be 1 continuously locked or crimped together by mechanical meansn Ly_< _, , during erection . Roof panels with Ia -tvp side seams shall not be considered acceptable . Slain standing seam ribs shall not be spaced greater than 16" on center . . . 2 . Deflection of the roof panel shall not exceed L1180 of its span when supporting the applicable vertical live loads - ' previous described . 3 . Roof panes shall be fastened to the purlins with non-exposed stainlesas" "Steel or aluminum weather-sealed type screws , . bolts , rivets or with special clips . Fasteners shall be adequately spaced to develop the uplift requirements prescribed , and provide a weather tight roof system . C . Guarantee 05, 1 . Durability of the roof panel against rupture , structural failure or perforation by corrosion shall be guaranteed for a period of 20 years by the building manufacturer . A specimen copy of the document must accompany the bid proposal clearly stating the conditions under which the guarantee is valid . D . Purlins 1 . The purlin ' s configuration , thickness and spacing shall be the building manufacturer ' s standard provided all design criteria , including deflection and insulation support requirements , are met or exceeded . 2 . The deflOcti:on of the purlin shall not exceed L/180 of its span when supporting the applicable vertical live loads previously prescribed and any collateral loads required . E . Roof Openings f 1 . Openings , 12" or smaller , may be flashed and sealed to the roof panel , providing complete structural support and weather ;M1 � tightness is maintained . 2 . Openings , larger than 12 , " round or square , shall be framed with a welded metal base fabricated from . 07" (minimum) thick ' aluminum or 16-gauge galvanized steel . The base and its appurtenance - shall be supported by the roof purlins and/or ' header framing ( if required) . The base shall have a minimum %' "- .: +W f 13122 4 r d rr kr"rV ' �' ^' 'i-T' .s- X •s: yY: 4s�, "- "'. .y5� C r'r ."Tl.r .. .. .: - mr .,. i..# „ .i., u5k'r«`•-._ .'n:.rr.:=,.R -€ w .»i ^ "'N' -krt... ... s 4 projection of 6 " above the weather surface of the roof and configuration of flanges shall match the roof panel . The flange-to-panel joint shall be sealed with a non-hardening sealant and fastened in such a manner to provide complete support and weather tightness . 3 . Provide flashing for plumbing vents and other roof penetrations . 2 . 03 WALL COVERING AND SUPPORTS dd A . Wall Panels 1 . Curtain wall type panels shall be of zinc coated steel (minimum 24-gauge) and shall be supplied with a factorybW i (baked-on or laminated) color finish . . The color finish shall . be applied to the exterior (exposed) surface of the panel and shall be of such composition as to provide 10 years of film JI and color life . Color shall be selected by the Architect from those standard with the building manufacturer . 2 . The covering width and configuration of the panel shall be the building manufacturer ' s standard provided all design criteria , including deflection , is met or exceeded . Side seams shall be interlocking , concealed or tongue-and-groove but lap seams are not acceptable (Butlerib II ) . 3 . The minimum span between the floor of the building and the first supporting girt shall be 12 ' 0 . " 4 . The wall panel shall be fastened to its support with zinc ,e coated screws or bolts located on the inside of the panel or d concealed in the joint , thus eliminating exposed primary - fasteners . Exposed (non-loadbearing ) stainless steel or aluminum screws , bolts and/or rivets shall be acceptable for Z securing trim , fascias , gutters and miscellaneous flashing to 41 either the wall or roof panels . 5 . The top , bottom and intermediate panel closures , flashing , ' fascias , gutters and trim shall be the building manufacturer ' s standard , compatible with the material furnished as wall panels and construction details documented and approved by the Architect prior to installation . 6 . Liner panel ; Butlerib Liner Panel , 36" wide x full height . ,� ;� Be Guarantee 1 . The color (baked-on or laminated) finish for the wall panels ?' shall be guaranteed by the building manufacturer for ten ( 10 ) years against blistering , peeling , cracking , flaking , I checking and chipping . Excessive color change and chalking shall be guaranteed against ten ( 10) years . Color change y shall not exceed 5 N . B . S . units per ASTM D-2244-68 and chalking shall not be less than a rating of 8 per ASTM D-659-44 . 2 . A specimen copy of the guarantee must accompany the bid , clearly stating the conditions under which the guarantee is ® valid . ` ' . 13122-5 r . . - 3 ' .'.t be, A. rP 17111, .. C . Girts 1 . The girt ' s configuration and thickness shall be the building manufacturer ' s standard provided all design criteria , including deflection and girt spacing , is met . 2 . Based on a simple span , the deflection of the girts ( supporting the wail covering) shall not exceed L/ 180 of its span when supporting the applicable design load previously described . , 2 . 04 STRUCTURAL STEEL PRIMER A _ All uncoated structural steel shall be given one ( 1 ) shop coat of rust inhibitive (primer ) paint which meets or exceeds Federal Specifications TT-&P-664 , or certification shall be submitted that Id -w- - " . it conforms to a recognized authoritative specification , such as . from a Federal or Military authority or the Structural Steel Painting Council . 2 . 05 INSULATION A . Roof insulation 1 . Non-combustible roof insulation shall be semi-rigid blanket roll type , with the/ following minimum features : a . thickness - 1 1/ 2" at tabs , 8" between supports , b . density - . 6 pcf minimum , c . 4aterials - fiberglass by Johns-Manville or Dow Corning or equal , with laminated VRP-3 vapor barrier by Stauffer Chemical Co . , or approved equal , PVC facing shall be white finish and have U . L . label affixed on each package , d . tested "U" factor through roof in winter shall be not greater than 0 . 050 e . shall have two 3 1f2 " wide tabs , f . water vapor transmission - less than O . 05 perms , go white metal support strips at 5 ' centers , h . MI -T--R insulation as fabricated by Mizell Bros . Co . , ' Greensboro , NC , ( 919 ) 294-2930 . 2 . Installation shall be by experienced workmen , installed parallel to purlins , with joints at approximately 20 ' centers . Install support strips in accordance with insulation manufacturer ' s instructions . Install PVC face toward heated areas . Install building manufacturer ' s insulation spacer on exterior side of fiberglass insulation . ' B . Wall Insulation 1 . Non-combustible wall insulation shall be semi--rigid batt type , with the following features : 13122-6 s a . thickness - 3 , " b . density - 6 PCF minimum , _ . c . materials - fiberglass by Johns-Manville or Dow Corning or equal , with laminated VRP-3 vapor barrier by Stauffer Chemical Co . , or approved equal , PVC facing shall be white finish and have U . L . label affixed on each package . 2 . Provide in width to tightly fit between ribs of panels and full height of walls . 3 . Note that additional interior wall insulation is specified in Division 7 . 2wO6 ACCESSORIES A . f Pedestrian Doors 1 . Doors and frames are provided. under Division 8 . There shall . be included all required accessories conforming to the schedule shown on the drawings and detailed under Division 8 of the Contract Specifications to properly install these doors and frames , in addition to the necessary framing and fasteners required to properly install and to replace structurally the wall panels and/or framing displaced . ' 2 . Flame cutting or burning of openings and/or wall framing shall not be permitted . B . ©verhead Doors 1 . There shall be included all door frames and required accessories conforming to the schedule shown on the drawings and detailed under Division 8 of the Contract Specifications in addition to the necessary framing and fasteners required to properly install and to replace structurally the wall panels and/or framing displaced . 2 . Provide openings through exterior wall for commercial overhead doors as shown on Contract Drawings . Provide jamb and head , girt , trim , flashing , wall panels , as required with !li all required structural bracing and support per metal building manufacturer ' s standard details . C . Louvers and Framed Openings 1 . Furnish and install louver units and framed openings as On detailed and/or located on Contract Drawings . 13122-7 i Or66 `. a . x , X.$'.', .T 4.T fsi ''it x.!- {?t t ""§�. 66 `x A F .- a " Y^' fr Y k Y•.� '&'F lAy CfC Or I ,;' 4 .r f!:43C., i a .y.i Mr.�'+'.-:J.I�wT'[ • .. 'l P.x'� -F✓ 2 . Provide louver and framed openings with all necessary framing , fasteners , clips for proper structural and weather tight installation . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION A . Erection 1 . Erection of the metal building , accessories , insulation and the interior finish , shall be performed by one of the fallowing : a . Authorized dealers or builders of the manufacturer , , b . Building manufacturer ' s crews , c . Erectors authorized by the manufacturer as trained and qualified to erect that manufacturer ' s product . 2 . The contractor shall be completely responsible for the unloading and uncrating of all the metal building systems materials . 3 . Should exterior or interior finishes be damaged prior to building acceptance by owner , the owner reserves the right to have materials or panels replaced by the contractor at the contractor ' s expense prior to final payment . Spot touch-up painting will only be permitted by written approval of the Architect . 13122- 8 .x?- y, rn�.0 .. i 1•. rx3' 'a.�4' r x ° 3 i saxfr'i.:' l ,' -. _. .�s, Fj�� ...... -r ✓r. r.'!lz, ,... _y,e. ,� n h- ._ • " ee r -7-i 'tbc�yc ss-'S,I„i' = ?•'� -[' � - *"rK'7 ^, -. 4 ' 'a°� .5+ '"•S+9s. ' 'F` - r`� ... .E.�reL�' 2uiS,=x. ' "r '.r �x y4. -v Y "✓ m� . Id •+1�c,.�' + ':,i`�N'.:-x°i, .l::.c�'f."xfrr �:.}.:...-,"•.4'u' '� .��<;. . ._�wl o .. . . ....,.. x . - . . ... _ _ :m'�:p4:ry :f: SECTION 14400 -- VEHICLE LIFT PART 1900 - GENERAL 1 . 01 Q.UALITY ASSURANCE sus A . Inserts and Anchorages Furnish inserts and anchoring devices which must be set in concrete or built into masonry ; coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay . s 4 Accessory Locations .� 1 . Coordinate with all other trades to insure proper and adequate provision in concrete slabs and foundation for the �k � ti , ` tallation of the lift in the location indicated _ 1 . 02 SUBMITTALSsp Product Data - 1 . Submit Manufacturer ' s technical data and installation instructions for the vehicle lift . Include setting drawings , templates and directions for installation of anchorage devices in other work . B . Warranties 1 . Submit-"manufacturer ' s standard written warranty for each item of equipment . 1 . 03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A . Deliver products in manufacturer ' s undamaged protective containers , after spaces to receive them have been fully enclosed . PART 2 . 00 PRODUCTS 2 . a1 FABRICATION A . Wheelbase Adjustment 4 .: 1 . Heavy duty bus lift with capacity for lifting buses with F wheelbases from one-hundred and eighty inches ( 18016) to two hundred and eighty inches (280) . 7 $ . Capacity 1 . The front movable piston shall have a lifting capacity of -18 , 000 lbs . at 250 lbs . oil pressure . 2 . The stationary rear piston shall have a lifting capacity of 25 , 000 lbs . at 250 lbs . oil pressure . 3 . The oil pressure will be developed from a electric power unit with a minimum 7 1/2 horsepower three ( 3) phase - 120/208V -- 4 wire . =k k 1 14 c . Adapters 1 . 'Front adapters shall be laterally adjustable from a maximum spread of 57 inches to a minimum spread of 42 inches . 2 . Rear adapters shall be laterally adjustable from a maximum of 42 inches to a minimum 24 inches . 3 . Necessary adapters to be supplied per hoist - two each Weaver or equal KL-133 , KL=143 and KL-241 . Do Plunger Stroke and Diameter i . Front 62 . 25 + . 25 stroke 10-5/8 inches min . diameter 2 . Rear 62 . 25 + . 25 stroke 12-5/8 min , diameter S. Lift Lock 1 . A positive , ratcheting , spring loaded automatic lift lock leg with multiple locking position to prevent accidental lowering shall be provided . 2 . This leg to be machined from solid round bar stop and shall be designed to also prevent turning of the piston assembly to preclude accidental by-pass of the stop legs . 3 . Release for lowering to be accomplished by an air operated , remote release at the control box . 2 . 02 MATERIALS A . Floor Frame Unit 1 . The frame will provide integral wheel chocks at floor level in order to accurately locate vehicle axles over the lifting saddle and adapters . The frame assembly shall also provide a recess beneath the floor for the rear saddle and standard adapters when the piston is in the down position . The assembly shall be provided with adjustment means to permit its following reasonable floor slope when the tube and plunger assembly is made plum at installation . Overall length and width of rear frame shall be 119 . 38 " x 22 . 5 " . 8 . Tube and Plunger Assembly 1 . The rear assembly shall consist of a 12-5/8" diameter piston with a casing of corresponding size to incorporate the bearing/packing system described herein . The bearing span shall be such as to insure rigidity and smooth operation of the lift . 2 . The rear assembly shall incorporate a self bleeding ; self adjusting packing systems removable plunger design ; lower plunger bearing which moves with plunger ; removable , machined packing gland which is also the top bearing incorporating a lip type wiper , lubricated flax type secondary wiper and a grease fitting/system designed to lubricate the entire periphery of the plunger . 3 . The oil inlet connection shall contain a permanent orifice to limit the lowering speed of the lift to 20 fpm at rated capacitydd 14400 - 2 , <d. . . "� ..y , Y Y .zj GrtarF'"N i f i T •x�`� . - .SR4i:�ie�a fiifaw.—... .. .i.m.c.'s�. "'-«t�'s/Fs3w';k7iu.•=' • .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. , ,:-.Go�Y�.:«�>—c . _ i.^rnisE, k x'r.c3i%�:�.'..'z'kr 'E'+mvMf 4 , The packing follower shall be supported around its entire r outer edge . 5 . Plungers shall be manufactured of steel pipe accurately machined to 12-5/8" diameter . A combination lower bearing/positive stop shall be electrically welded to the bottom of the bottom of the plunger and a bolt ring with tapped holes electrically welded to the top . 6 , Casing shall be of steel pipe with electrically welded bulkheads , flanges and plunger stops . ? . The front assembly shall consist of a 10-5/8 " diameter piston with a casing of corresponding size to incorporate the bearing/packing system described herein . The bearing span shall be such as to insure rigidity and smooth operation of the lift . a d $ The front assembly shall incorporate a self bleeding; self ^adjusting packing system ; removable plunger design ; lower plunger bearing which moves with plunger ; removable , machined packing gland which is also the top bearing incorporating a lip type wiper , lubricated flax type secondary wiper and a grease fitting/system designed to lubricate the entire periphery of the plunger . 99 The oil inlet connection shall contain a permanent orifice , to limit the lowering speed of the lift to 20 fpm at rated capacity . 10 The packing follower shall be supported around its entire outer edge . 11 . Plunger 's shall be manufactured of steel pipe accurately machined to 10-5/8" diameter . A combination lower bearing/positive stop shall be electrically welded to the - bottom of the plunger and a bolt ring with tapped holes electrically welded to the top . 12 . Casing shall be of steel pipe with electrically welded bulk-heads , flanges and plunger stops , C . Controls 14 Controls shall be furnished as determined by the requirements of the application of the complete Modular Lift with the following basic requirements . 2 . A combination Raise-Lower Valve with accessible operating handle shall be provided for direction control , 3 , Control Valves for each individual units ( tube and plunger assemblies ) of the spring-return to close type shall be furnished with accessible operating handles . 4 . An enclosure of a suitable type with valve mounting provisions shall be furnished and shall include a plate indicating the proper identity of each control handle , 5 . Valve covers , seals , etcm shall be arranged such that they may be serviced or replaced without removing the valve body from the enclosure , 6 . Provisions shall be provided to move the front post to proper position by air or hydraulic motor , ='. ; ® N ddddYcr Y 'x � > . . S ti1 3�Z.4 ...Ip af• '': .Ycr.a ..� h NWW }„( d5 ` 7 tybx _ 'S✓ f'... fY' .' GiP'k><J 'vlvu faSYYn.. .y. S . �' f. ..n �. ry 41 v'. l .y:, y •i f: h.. i :-x . e.,N,.. _n nY�. .. �wL. �.rw: r .W .:?5.`Si�i7a..�..s. �'s,�'. D . Pump 1 . Unit shall consist of a 40 gallon per minute gear pump and by-pass/regulating valve . Unit shall be furnished with a flexible pressure line connector , an electric motor as specified elsewhere herein , and shall measure 42 inches wide by 30 inches long by 55 inches high . 2 _ Reference : Weaver Model EC-62 or approved equal . Be Piping 1 . All piping to be supplied , adequately sized galvanized hydraulic pipe to be installed in trench with removable access covers . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION DI 'TNSTALLATION A . Comply with manufacturer ' s instructions and recommendations . Be Securely anchor units to supporting structure . Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning . 3 . 02 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING Y A . Test item of equipment to verify proper operation . Be Verify that accessory items required have been furnished and installed . CO Remove packing material from equipment and leave units in clean condition , ready for operation . We D . Remove all debris resulting from installation and leave areas of work in neat clean condition . 14400 - 4 _� - I d I I .rI d :. SECTION 15100 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL " 1 . 01 INTENT A . It is the intent of these contract documents that all systems , I4T . equipment etc , be installed complete and rendered operative prior to the completion of this project , B . Contractor shall provide all items , articles , materials operation and methods listed , mentioned and scheduled on the Drawings and/or herein described , including all labor , materials , . ` equipment and incidentals necessary and required for their ' .S '. completion , whether ,specifically mentioned or not . Co Provide complete installation in neat and workmanlike manner in conformance with best modern trade practice , by competent , experienced mechanics , all in accordance with requirements of local , state and federal agencies and public utility companies . 1 . 02 REFERENCESe CODES AND PERMITS A . Bork of this Division shall be subject to all Bidding Requirements , Contractor Form , General conditions and Division 1 -- General Requirements , B . References to standards , codes , specifications , recommendations shall mean the latest edition of such publications adopted and published at date of invitation to submit proposals . C . Comply with all applicable codes . D . In areas where there are no local codes applicable the New York �"` State Uniform Fire Prevention and Building Code shall be considered minimum . E . Obtain and pay for all permits and certificates of inspection required to perform and/or complete the work in accordance with applicable requirements of the Town of Queensbury . 1 . 03 VISIT TO SITE A . As there may be various conditions at the site which do not show on the accompanying drawings or which are at variance with the conditions indicated on the drawings , it is important that each bidder visit the site and acquaint himself with existing conditions , and to take these conditions into consideration when preparing his proposal . Each bidder shall obtain any information or make any measurement desired . Lack of knowledge relative to existing site conditions will not be allowed as a basis for extra compensation . 15100-1 ' du Vd 14 dfrp +.^t's...r,=»4Y5"s�. «.-.•xis'. .. 'rx` ` . ' `ri'�' 'i � w+r o..aaa r'�z�wr `bi�.r 1 . 04 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A . Contract Drawings 1 . Contract drawings are in part diagrammatic , intended to Convey the scope of work and indicate general arrangement of equipment , pipping and approximate sizes and locations of equipment and outlets . Become familiar with all conditions affecting work . Verify spaces in which work will be installed . 2 . Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements , make changes without extra contract cost . B . Carefully study and compare all contract drawings , specifications and other instructions , and report to the Architect , any error , inconsistency or omission which may be discovered . If work is started without such notice , contractor assumes responsibility for any work that has to be done over . C . Definitions 1 . "Provide . " "Furnish and install . " F� 2 . "Furnish . " "Materials Only , " ( Installations by other trades ) . 1 . 05 SUBMITTAL D ATAz SHOP DRAWTNGSr SUBSTITUTIONS & SAMPLES A . Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions and Supplemental General Conditions . Be Each data sheet or catalog in the submission shall be indexed for easy reference according to specification section and paragraph . C . Where equipment requiring different arrangement of connections from those shown is approved , furnish revised layouts , if requested , and install the equipment to operate properly , and in ' harmony with the intent of the drawings and specifications , and to make all changes in the work required by the different arrangement of the connections at no additional cost to the owner . Pay for any changes imposed on other trades by these changes . D . Inform all other trades of deviations from the base bid caused by any substitutions . Copies of this notification shall be sent to the Architect . E . Substitutions 1 . Except for items specifically indicated in the Contract documents as "no substitutions allowed , " all material , etc . ' identified by manufacturers name , catalog number , etc * shall be interpreted as establishing a minimum standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition . The judgment of the Architect as to equality shall be final . 15100-2 ,.; r .'i• '. - - .. .. - A •f -4. :... —.e'. l "x ... - . . S '-w• }Yi .. . ..�.a. t.'YLL• 2 . When a proposed equivalent is submitted , contractor shall + insure that all detailed characteristics of the equipment equal or exceed the catalog characteristics of equipment specified ; whether specifically indicated in the Specification or not . Dimensions shall conform to the space allocated for the equipment on the drawings . F . Samples 1 . Furnish to the Architect for review , with such promptness as to cause no delay in the work , any samples of material or small equipment or accessories substituted for those specified , if so requested at the time of submittal . 1 . 06 'EQUIPMENT DESIGN . INSTALLATION AND QUALITY A . ' Uniformity 1 . Equipment or material of same type or classifications , used for same purpose shall be product of same manufacturer . B . Design 1 . Equipment and accessories not specifically described or identified by manufacturer ' s catalog numbers in the Contract Documents shall be in conformance with American Society of Nechanical Engineers , Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers , Underwriters ' Laboratory or other applicable tecbnical standards , shall be suitable for performance required and shall have neat and finished appearance . C . installation 1 . Erect equipment in neat and workmanlike manner ; align , level and adjust for satisfactory operation ; install so that I connecting and disconnecting of piping and accessories can be made readily , and so that all parts are easily accessible for nw inspection , operation , maintenance & repair . D . Contractor is responsible for full coordination with all other trades . 1 . 07 CQORDINATTON A . Become acquainted with space requirements of other trades ; have materials on job and erected in conformance with building work schedule and in full coordination and cooperation with other trades . B . Install work so as to harmonize with surrounding conditions . Confer with their work . Before installing any equipment , become familiar with the Construction Drawings and other working plans , to include heating and ventilation , electrical , structural , sprinklers and plumbing , and install equipment to harmonize therewith . C . Consider location of apparatus , equipment , fixtures , piping outlets , etc . as approximate . The actual locations shall be As rt, directed and as required to suit the conditions at the tine - Of of installation . s F o ti. 1 . 08 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A . Responsibility for care and protection of pork rests with contractor until acceptance . After delivery , before and after installation , protect equipment and materials against theft , , injury or damage from all causes . B . Protect equipment outlets and pipe openings with temporary caps , plugs or burlap . C . Follow manufacturer ' s recommendations for protection of equipment and materials during storage , construction and start-up . D . Replace , at no cost to the owner , all damaged equipment , materials accessories . , 11 . 09 CUTTING AND PATCHING A . Avoid unnecessary cutting and patching , through proper planning of work , provision of pipe sleeves and cooperation with other contractors . Each contractor shall be responsible for all cutting , patching and restoration of his own work at no expense to the owner and to the satisfaction and approval of the Architect . B . In no case shall structural members be cut or notched without prior approval by the Architect . C . Finish 1 . Clean , polish the non-ferrous metal parts of fixtures , equipment connections and escutcheons . D . 'Maintain all areas in a clean , picked up manner ; remove surplus , materials and debris caused by work . E . Replace broken glass ; remove stains , spots , marks and dirt from finished work . 1 . 10 CONCRETE AND MASONRY VORK A . Each contractor shall be responsible for all concrete and masonry work required to fully execute completion of work of his trade , ( contract ) . All work shall conform to requirements of Division 3 . 1 . 11 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A . Each contractor shall be responsible for all excavation and backfill required to fully execute completion of work of his trade ( contract ) . All work shall conform to requirements of Division 2 . 1 . 12 DATA TO BE PREPARED BY CONTRACTOR � . A . Shop drawings . Ir B . Reports of test results and balancing . •• . - r dd 00 C . Operating and maintenance instructions ; lubricating charta; r' I3 . Tags and charts for equipment , systems and valves . E . "As-Built" drawings . 1 . 13 NOTICE FOR TESTS A . Give two day notice to the owner ' s agent prior to performing any tests . 1 . 14 INSTRUCTIONS A . Obtain manufacturer ' s printed installation instructions to aid in properly executing work , on equipment requiring such directions , :- I Id especially to insure that manufacturer ' s warranty is applicable . ' }•: B . Submit equipment manufacturers ` installation and operation instruction booklets ; bound and supplemented as required to form a system operating instruction . Two ( 2 ) booklets shall be left with the owner ' s representative after proper oral instruction by contractor and equipment manufacturer . 1 . 15 GUARANTEE w A . Provide the following in addition to guarantee requirements listed in Division 1 . 1 . Gua:rantee shall include service by the contractor on a design winter and summer day to adjust the systems . 1916 NOISE AND VIBRATION A . Mechanical and electrical equipment shall operate without objectionable noise or vibration . B . If such objectionable noise or vibration should be produced and transmitted to occupied portions of building by apparatus , piping or other mechanical work , make necessary changes and additions , as approved , without extra cost to owner . C . Pay particular attention to the proper installation of flexible connections , hangers for pipes , hole clearance for pipe expansion and equipment operating at rpm ' s not in excess of those specified . 1 . 17 ELECTRICAL CO-ORDINATION A . '- Division 15 Responsibility : 1 . Mount all electric power consuming equipment specified under this Division ; i . e . , motors and prewired control panels . 2 . Take responsibility for accuracy and completeness of Temperature Control Hiring . Provide all low voltage control ' wiring ( 24v) . 3 . Furnish all necessary wiring diagrams , instructions , advise , supervision , etc . , as may be necessary to accomplish wiring . ® 15100-5 z ' � _ �1 4 ' .r S slS� rrrr dd L.. kL L LVr - . t +ram+'•+Nb LLR,...+IIY�°'��... .r n s.. [J.+��:^s`w...�. 15!�'I i 4 _ The Electrical Trade shall be responsible for providing only i the field airing and equipment as indicated in the wiring schematics on the electrical drawings ; any other Wiring and/or equipment that is required and related to Division 15 work shall be the responsibility of Division 15 Trades . 5 . Xotors , motor starters , etc . provided as part of Division 15 equipment packages shall comply with Division 16 requirements . B . Division 16 Responsibility : 1 . Provide power branch circuits to equipment provided under i Division 15 . 2 . Provide control wiring and/or interconnective or equipment internal power wiring only to the extent indicated in the electrical drawings and/or specifications . 3 . Provide disconnect switches as required by code if not provided by Division 15 . 4 . Provide only motor starters , contractors , relays , pushbuttons , thermostats , interlocks , transformers , etc . which are indicated on electrical drawings and/or specifications . 15100-6 1 i e i .d 1 "i r ..... _. AM SECTION 15200 — GENERAL EQUIPMENT MATERIALS AND METHODS ai6 PART 1 . 00 — GENERAL 1 . 01 SUBMITTALS A . Pipe and Fittings - Submit a schedule indicating type or kind of pipe or fitting, material and finish for each application . B . Valves - Submit manufacturer ' s catalog sheets for each type valve . PART 2 . 00 - MATERIALS sx � PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS & JOINTS, 4 A . Pipe shall be in accordance with the legend and schedule indicated on the plans or specified otherwise . 2 . 02 PIPE NIPPLES A . Nipples 1 . Conform to requirements of U . S . Department of Commerce Commercial Standard CS 5 ; of same material and weight as pipe whereon used , except when length of unthreaded part of it standard weight nipple is less than 1 - 1/2 , " use extra heavy pipe nipple . Do not use close nipples . 2 . 03 PIPE UNIONS A . Steel Pipe - Malleable galvanized iron ; bronze ground seats ; J . P . Ward Foundries or equal . dis B . Copper Pipe - cast bronze or wrot - Elkhart 4733 Series or equal . 2 . 04 PIPE SUPPORTS HANGERS AND INSERTS A . Anchors , guides , sway braces and supports - Designed in accordance with Section 6 of ANSI Code B31 . 1 latest revision . Design to support weight of pipe and fluid therein and covering thereon . 2 . 05 SLEEVES A . Provide sleeves of sufficient diameter to permit free movement of !pipe and of sufficient diameter to pass pipe insulation . B . Sleeve materials shall be per the following schedule : 1524p-1 dd or r ..i 0 e aq . .4s Mph. v"�^ ' J , "' y3"•�.'h, ' . .- ..•-`R. .��.u1Y17^i+ r— _y..-y�ppy .�.W[ �"'w.wWw.'+l�ppl�4Ai Opening Location Sleeve Material Below grade (Buried) Extra heavy cast iron soil , pipe ; wrought iron pipe ; Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe . , Below grade to above grade Wrought iron pipe ; Schedule 40 extensions or exterior to galvanized steel pipew interior extensions . Interior locations Galvanized sheet steel with lock seam joints . 2 . 06 ESCUTCHEONS AND PLATES A . At walls , partitions , ceilings and on floors where sleeves are flush or extend only 1 /4" above finished floor , use chrome plated cast brass plates . , B . Where sleeves extend 1" above finished floor , use chrome plated cast brass plate , Ritter Fig . 36A , solid or split . C . Where sleeves extend 1-1 /2 " above finished floor , use chrome plated cast brass plate , B&C Fig . 6A , solid only , Ritter Fig . 5 , solid or split . 2 . 07 VALVES A . Valves shall bear name or trademark of manufacturer and working ' pressure cast or stamped on valve body . B . Valve requirements - Unless otherwise indicated or specified for a particular system or individual equipment unit requirements as indicated on plans , shall apply . 2 . 08 PIPE AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION ' A . Piping 1 . Pipe markers and colors shall conform to " Scheme for , Identification of Piping Systems" (ANSI A13 . 1-1981 ) , unless otherwise specified . Identify cold water and each hot water temp . system . Pressure sensitive vinyl-Seton or equal . ' B . Valves 1 . Valve Service identification Tags - No . 19 B&S Gage Brass ' with 1 /4" high lettering indicating service and valve number fasteners - Brass " S" hooks . Seton ' SBT ' Series or equal. . 2 . Valve service identification chart frame : Satin finished extruded aluminum with plexiglass glazing of size to suit 8-1 / 2 " x 11 " chart . Provide typewritten valve chart - mount in Janitors Room . C . Paint 1 . Semi.-gloss enamel (Latex Base ) . - . 15200-2 .Y. .: .' I .Y-:'.r 01.a el. 's.. wrf::riY'4.. ;A . ' - .¢'Y. ��i6Or ] '^ cy�•':.. .. .': '... . .. .. �"Rr F..K.- .. 2v09 ACCESS DOORS A . Access Door Sizes - 10" sq . , 16 ga . frame , 13 ga . door , prime coated steel , for installation in gyp . board construction . B . Binges - Concealed type ; locking device ; flush cam type , Allen key latch . C . Manufacturer - J . R . Smith Fig . 4760 or equal . PART 3 . 00 - INSTALLATION 3wOl PIPING i� A. General 1 . Arrange and install piping approximately as indicated , straight , plumb and as direct as possible . Form right angle or parallel lines with building walls . 2 . Keep pipes close to walls , partitions , ceilings and concealed in chases or soffits where provided . Offset only where necessary to follow walls as directed . Provide for expansion and contraction . 3 . Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other . Space at distance to permit applying full insulation and such that 1 " of space will remain between pipes , conduits , building construction etc , after application of insulation . 4 . Install horizontal piping as high as possible without sags or humps and in a manner which will not preclude opening and closing of doors or access to equipment . - 5 . Install all overhead piping above ceilings finished areas unless noted otherwise . All soffits furnished by Construction Contractor , 6 . Install piping such that access or removal of valves and other equipment will not be hindered or obstructed . 7 . Where so indicated or specified , conceal piping in building Yir construction . Install in time so as not to cause delay to work of other Divisions ; allow ample time for tests and approval , do not cover before approval is obtained . S . Keep fixture branches concealed to points above floor close to fixtures ; expose only as much as necessary for final connection . 9 . Where furred spaces are indicated. , keep pipes as close to structural members as possible so as to require minimum furring . B . =Protection of Open Piping 1 . Keep piping free from scale and dirt ; protect open pipe ends whenever work is suspended during construction ; use temporary plugs , burlap or other approved material for protection . C . Pipes over Electrical Equipment 1 . Do not route piping over electrical panelboards , motor starters , etc . K }F r 15200-3 Yr I. h . ...- .':: ... :.•�.,',�•w 3-.,.: . . ., - . - _ ,... ��-S.eF..—.+a '.J:w g.-...<:;'.�ivk.--S.N . t. .. ,. . ,.. . . m a-n :;icd..•K.`: D . Draining Provisions for Water Supply Piping : 1 . Grade horizontal piping at uniform slope to low points for purpose of emptying piping of water when needed . Where constant pitch cannot be maintained , establish intermediate low points and rise to new level . Grade branches to drain to main or riser . At bottom of riser , at low points provide 1/ 2" brass valves with nipple , cap . 2 . Where fixtures are connected to risers at lowest level , they may be considered as drains . 3 . 02 PIPING DIAGRAMS A _ All piping diagrams are Diagrammatic and intended to show the proper sequence of piping connections , devices and the flow . "5 8 . .. Arrange and install piping to meet the actual pipe flanges and tappings provided on the equipment by the manufacturers ; install piping to leave the maximum space around equipment . 3 . D3 UNIONS A . Provide unions where indicated and in following locations even if not indicated . 1 . In long runs of piping except drainage and gas , at intervals as directed , to permit convenient disassembly for { alterations , repairs . 2 . In bypass around equipment , 3 . In connections to hot water heaters , tanks , pumps , other equipment , requiring disconnection for repairs , replacements ; located between shut off and equipment . 4 . In drainage piping , only on inlet side of fixture trap . 5 . Do not conceal unions in walls , partitions , ceilings . Use right and left couplings only where directed . 3 . 04 PIPE FITTINGS AND JOINTS A . Install pipe fittings and joints in accordance with manufacturers and Trade Association and listing organization recommendations . ' H . Pipe joints shall be installed watertight or gas tight under pressures required for the particular application . Co For threaded pipe joints , use ' teflon ' tape or approved pipe-joint compound ; apply only on male threads . Cut pipe , nipples evenly; cut threads clean , remove burrs , ream ends to !full inside bore . Do not have threads shown on finished piping exposed in rooms . D . For soldering or sweating joints on copper water tube , Type L , K and DWV , clean and polish outer surface of tube ends and inner surface as recommended by manufacturer of solder-type fittings . 15200-4 i d r rv . .:� ...AnrN'M!,4Ku•:1. '•#� VL. LY:y: � .. - ... } 4 R SJ.:: .J.}. JY—r'v 1 .'.. . .• . . at R u. . .v.a E . All elbows shall be long radius . F . Where changes in pipe sizes occur , use only reducing fittings . For drainage piping changes in direction , use long-sweep where possible , otherwise shortsweep 1/4 bends or combination Y and 1/8 bends also Y ' s or in combination with other bends ; use sanitary T branches only for horizontal branches discharging to stacks , 3 , 05 PIPE SUPPORTSx HANGERS AND INSERTS A . Support piping by means of approved hangers an supports ; maintain required grading and pitching of lines , prevent vibration ; secure piping in place . Arrange to provide for expansion and contraction . "8 . Space hangers with maximum-center to center distance as follows : Pine Usk to 1 "" Over 1 " Pi es Cast iron soil pipe ---- At each joint or 5 ' maximum ..R Steel , brass pipe 8 ' 10 * � . Copper tube 6 ' 10 ' Ce Provide iron or steel insulation shields at hanger points of all - insulated piping , Shield shall not cut or pierce insulation or in any manner injure the vapor barrier . rIN1 - D . Trapeze hangers : May be used in where several pipes run in parallel at the same level . E . Contractor shall carefully coordinate locations of hangers and piping with construction contractor . Lack of coordination will 4 result in contractor being directed to move piping at no in additional cost to the Contract . F , one hanger shall not be hung or supported from another or other IL piping . ILI G . Perforated band iron , chain or strap hangers are not acceptable . 3 . 05 VALVES A . Provide shut-off valves to isolate sections of piping and fixtures and equipment for repairs where indicated and in following locations even if not indicated . 1 . Risers and main branches at points of take-off from their supply mains . 2 . Supplies to individual fixtures and other equipment which are not furnished with their own shut-off valve . 3 . Supplies to future equipment and future connections . 4 . Individual equipment units at inlet and outlet to permit ; removal for repairs without interfering with remainder of ^ # r 15200-5 W a �` ; k x V*11 ?L ' F°yb j�iY. r '..5" k { Er, s is +[ ,l + '?� ya"� F. -�. . ,y. � � � �'' fiT"4.-c 6+us. t;:_ 61,L „ !^l B . Provide all gater globe , check , ball , plug , air vents and other types of valves as required for complete and proper valving of the entire installation , to control flow , shut-off flow , prevent backflow , provide drainage and control pressure and temperature . Co Locate valves conveniently for operation and easy access . Stems and wheel handles shall not project into aisle space unless otherwise specified . Do not locate valves with stems below ' horizontal . Leave adequate headroom for valve operation and maintenance . D . Where valves must be concealed furnish access doors to the construction contractor for installation . 3 . 07 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS ' A . Furnish and set in under mechanical work sections , to be built in under general construction work . 8 . Set sleeves , obtain approval of their locations in ample time to permit pouring of concrete or progression of other construction work as scheduled . C . Fasten securely in floors , walls . D . Take precautions to prevent concrete , plaster , other materials being forced in space between pipe and sleeve during construction . , E . Fill space between sleeve and pipe in underground wails with oakum and caulked lead on both sides of walls ; for floors where water is to be kept out , fill with graphite and packing , and , caulking compound . F . Fill space between sleeves and pipes , ducts , through rated partitions with fire retardant caulk sealant . 3M "Fire Barrier " or equal . 3 08 ESCUTCHEONS PLATES ' A . Size 1 . Inside diameter shall fit around insulation or pipe when not insulated ; outside diameter shall cover sleeve . Where sleeve extends above finished floor , escutcheon shall clear sleeve extension . 3 . 09 WATER SUPPLY CONTAMINATION A . Make water connections to plumbing fixtures , other equipment using water in manner which will eliminate possibility of spent water from fixtures being drawn back into water supply piping . For each "cross connection" and where indicated on drawings , provide Watts No . 909 or equal backflow preventer . Size same as line size . Provide 1/ 2" PVC Sch . 40 Drain lime . _ - 15200-6 ,�Y:n 3 . 10 ACCESS DOORS A . Furnish and locate for installation by construction contractor access doors for concealed expansion joints , valves , traps , strainers , cleanouts , dampers , equipment and other parts requiring accessibility for operation and maintenance , 3 . 11 TESTS A . General 1 . Test work as specified herein and according to local code regulations . Code regulations shall govern if they conflict with specifications _ 2 . Before testing piping systems , remove or otherwise protect from damage control devices , air vents , other parts which are r not designed to stand pressure used in testing piping _ 3 . Provide test pumps , gauges , other instruments , materials , labor . 4 _ Do not cover or paint any part of piping nor connect fixtures or equipment before testing and obtaining approval _ 5e Clean piping , equipment , specialties before testing , 6 _ Where evidence of stop page appears in piping on equipment , , disconnect , clean , repair , reconnect obstructed parts . S . Disinfecting - y- - le Disinfect water main and service main with chloride of lime containing 25% chlorine or High Test Hypochlorite (H . T . H . ) containing 70% chlorine , To each 10 foot length of pipe as it is being laid , 11/ 16 ounces of chloride lime or 1 /4 ounces Id of H . T _ Hw shall be added . The disinfectant solution shall be allowed to stand in the pipe for 24 hours after which period the pipe shall be drained and flushed . C . Water Supply System Test *� 1 . Service water main. . Subject to water test under 100 psi pressure for three ( 3 ) hours with no drop in pressure . 2 _ After completing section of water supply system and before connecting fixtures , test at lowest levels where directed , to Ell hydrostatic pressure of 100 psi . Maintain this pressure with pumping for at least three ( 3 ) hours . 3 . Conduct tests of system sections in manner as approved so that no pipe or joint will be left untested . D . Drainage System Test 1 . Building Sewer , subject to following test . Plug ends ; fill building sewer with water and test to at least 10 ft . head . 2 . Roughing or Water Test a . Apply to drainage system in section when soil , waste , vent drains , stacks , branches have been installed and system is complete , except for connections to fixtures and connection of building drain to sewer . 15200-7 eL IL a ^ . n ntti Proceed as follows ; 1 . Close all openings , fill each to point of overflow so that no pipe or joint in the piping will be left untested . 2 . Allow water to stand for at least two ( 2 ) hours before starting inspection . If leaks appear , make tight , repeat tests until all joints are tight and approved . 3 . Air test may be applied when authorized , at times when weather conditions make water test impracticable . a . Conduct as follows : -Close all openings except one suitable for con- nection to testing apparatus , -Connect air compressor , force air into system until uniform pressure of 5 psi gage ; maintain Y this pressure without introducing more air for _--nt .:.least- 30 minutes E . Adjustments , Repairs , Retest 1 . Make adjustments , repairs , alterations ; as required to meet specified test results . 2 . Correct defects disclosed by tests or inspection ; replace defective parts when directed . 3 . In replacing defective parts , use only new materials ; in case of pipe , replace with same length as defective piece . 4 . Caulking or back welding or screwed joints or peening of welds will not be permitted . 5 . Repeat tests after defects have been corrected and parts replaced as directed , until pronounced satisfactory . 6 . Test and adjust PRV ' s to specified reduced pressures . 7 , Test and set safety and relief valves to relief pressures as required by governing code . 8 . Test and adjust gauges , thermometers , meters , other instru- ments , after installation , to assure accurate operation . 9 . Responsibility for damages . Bear costs of repairs and restoration of work of other trades damaged by tests or cutting that had to be done in connection with tests . F . operating Tests 1 . After work has been completed , tested and approved , test all other equipment under normal operating conditions for periods as directed , to check their speeds , power consumption , capacities , other details as required to demonstrate that , they fulfill requirements of plans , specifications and that they operate satisfactorily . 2 . During operating tests , arrange and pay for services of qualified and authorized representatives of manufacturers of equipment and controls to instruct designated operating personnel in operating and maintaining the systems , 3 . 12 CLEANING SYSTEMS A . General 1 . After satisfactory completion of pressure tests , before permanently connecting equipment , strainers , other components , clean equipment thoroughly , blow and flush piping :- for sufficient length of time as directed , so that interiors will be free of foreign matter . 15200-$ SECTION 15300 . PLUMBING PART 1 , 00 - GENERAL WIN 1 . 01 GENERALFt A_ Provide piping systems , complete with plumbing fixtures , equipment , equipment Connections , trimmings , insulation and ;kY painting , all as indicated and/or specified . IF B . Applicable portions of Sections 15100 15200 govern work of this section . IF I 1 . 02 PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK J4 A . In general, scope of work includes , but is not necessarily limited to the following : 1 . Complete systems of soil , storm waste and vent piping inside building and to 5 ' -0" outside building , including all connections . - ' 2 . Complete hot and cold water systems inside building with connections to all plumbing fixtures and equipment requiring the same - Division 2 Contractor is responsible for bringing water service into building from Municipal system . 3 . Compressed air system . 4 . Bus-- wash system , 5 . All plumbing fixtures and accessories , as indicated/specified on plans . 6 . Hangers , anchors , inserts , pipe sleeves , escutcheons , access - doors as indicated , specified or required . 7 . Insulation . Sw Final plumbing connections to equipment . 9 . Cleaning and testing, . 10 . Pipe , equipment identification and painting . 11 . Secure all permits and pay inspection fees , if required . 12 . Applicable provisions of electrical coordination . 13 . All work of every description , including labor and materials , as may reasonably be inferred as necessary to make the plumbing work complete . 1 . 03 PLUMBING CODE A . Materials , methods , details of plumbing work , not covered by plans or specifications , shall conform to "New York State Uniform Fire Prevention and Building and Code" which shall constitute 'minimum requirements as approved . 1 . 04 ABBREVIATIONS A . See Contract Drawings . 15300-1 I IF F: r IF I IF P IF k IF BLS : - Y ' S „' t ♦.� _ n '.: , , .; cy t F F1, ti dd J H' ,.,Y.W' e . -$.q 'eiMGY ° yy' L� s''k ,``- •3N`r 's:'a 3Fi.`, .. ..xr 4 n,:+'�. ARM 1 . 06 SHOP DRAWINGS A . Provide manufacturers catalog cuts and technical or descriptive data as required , but not necessarily limited to , as follows : 1 . Valves , all types specified , 2 . Plumbing fixtures , supports , trim , 3 . Insulation , 4 . Clean-outs , S . Air Compressor and Accessories , 6 . Shock arrestors , 7 . Pipe and fittings , of each material specified , ' 8 . Pipe hangers , supports , 9 . Expansion devices , joints , 14 . Access doors , 11 . Pressure reducing and pressure relief valves , 12 . 'Thermometers , 13 . Hot water heaters including, all accessories and controls . PART 2 . 00 - MATERIALS 2 . 01 GENERAL A . All materials , fixtures and appurtenances required for complete � systems shall be provided as indicated/specified on plans . PART 3 . 04 - EXECUTION -� 3 . 01 INTERIOR PIPING SYSTEMS A . General 1 . Install piping complete as shown . Erect without sags , hump or air pockets . Erect horizontal runs as closely as possible to bottom of ceiling or beams . Provide maximum practicable headroom . offset only where required to follow walls . Erect all risers plumb and true . Take branches off the top of mains at 45 deg . Run all piping parallel or perpendicular to other piping and major building lines . B . Coordinate work with other contractors - install piping so that a ' 1" minimum free space will result around all insulated piping after the insulation is applied . C . Make allowance for expansion for all mains and risers . D . Pitch 1 . Drainage Piping a . Pitch all above ground drainage and vent piping on downward pitch of 1/ 8 " per foot . 2 . water Piping a . Pitch upward from the source of supply to the bottom of the risers . Cold water piping adjacent to hot water piping shall be on the same pitch and elevation as the hot water piping . 15300-2 k .- 6d 6 - s6 ,' 46 z r ,mil iA.arb'+.'.'.�.m ersn5 .� .__. •N.�: .LYc4srtb�x'9k.H.:-5 ..w... .y .,s:.Ja . .. ;«ns k ti•gacS': .i 3 . 02 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM 3# A . General 1 . Provide complete water supply system as indicated/specified : also refer to Section 15200 and plans . Be Provide the following minimum pipe sizes to fixtures unless " drawings indicate larger sizes ; fir Size of Connection Ir Fixtures Cold Water Not Water Mop Service Basin , Lavatories , Sinks and showers . 1/210 1/2" Water Closets ( tank) 1/2" --- �% x C . Vacuum Breakers 1 . Provide in accordance with the requirements of the New York State Department of Health . 3 . 03 DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ral A . Refer to Section 15200 and plans . , B . General 1 . Provide complete as indicated/specified . Include all soil , as waste , vent piping , drains , traps , cleanouts , etc . Connect - all fixtures and equipment . Pitch properly . Leave building at inverts noted . If not noted , provide at least 3 ' -6" cover . _ h C . Underground Drainage Piping . 1 . Make changes in direction by the use of Wye fitting and 1/ 8 irr bends or combination thereof ; provide cleanouts . ,w 2 . Sizes as indicated , minimum 2 . " x . D . Sizes 1 . Size as indicated , size of drain from fixture to be no smaller than the outlet size of fixture trap . Unless ,I otherwise noted , the sizes of drainage piping : Fixture Size of Drainage Pivinv Water Closets 411 Floor Drains 3 " Mop Sink Basin , Shower Drains 2" :Lavatory , Sinks 1-1I2 " E . Fixture Connections M 1 . Run drainage piping as close to fixtures as tw possible . F . Vents 1 . Make offsets in vent systems with 45 deg . fittings , drainage pattern fittings not required . 15300-3 ANg, y Id - _ .Pi V. M. .-Y ._ .. 1K.^2]. 4. • r SM1F' RY�.;+`G%Y:Lei:. c t r --pp ' '�: •• G . Roof Vents ' 1 . Extend through the roof : increase vents smaller than 3 " to 3 " before passing through the roof ; extend 12" above roof . Provide flashing collars compatible with building system to construction contractor for installation . 3 . 04 CLEANOUTS A . Install to allow sufficient clearance to use cleaning tools . B . Provide access doors where required . C . Cleanouts to be full size of the pipe served . D ._�-=- Cleanouts in exposed steel_, pipe-screM „plug into drainage or vent fitting . E . Cleanous in exposed cast iron soil pipe-screw cleanout plug into female threaded cast iron ferrule caulked into the hub of the soil pipe . F . In addition to cleanouts indicated , install cleanouts at the following points in all drainage systems , even if not indicated on the drawings . -� 1 . One at the house end of long horizontal runs , and thereafter on . centers of not greater than 50 ' for 4" or less , 100 ' for 6 " to 10" pipe size . 3 . fly SHOWER DRAINS A . General , 1 , Sizes as indicated . 'Install complete with strainers and connections , in position to be built into the floor under general construction work . Set at the proper elevations with top of strainer flush with finished floor level . 3 . 06 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND APPURTENANCES A . Install in conformance with best trade practice and manufacturers , instructions . B . Provide all miscellaneous appurtenances required for complete I nstallation . C . General , 1 . Provide properly support and connect all plumbing fixtures and equipment complete with all trimmings , fittings , etc . , as indicated/specified . All surfaces of plumbing fixtures coming in contact with walls or floors shall be reasonably flat . Fill void spaces between the fixtures and the floors or wall with white , permanent plastic , " silicone . " 15300-4 4. "' W his D . Trimmings : yr„ 1 . All supply and waste fittings , faucets , traps , stop valves , escutcheons , pipe , sink strainers , metal trim , etc . , in connection with the plumbing fixtures and equipment to be brass or bronze ; all exposed surfaces to be polished and m" chromium plated . Maguire or equal . 2 . Unions on the fixture side of traps : Slip or flanged joint unions of cast brass with soft rubber or leather gaskets , as us approved . 3 . Traps . Minimum water seal of 2 ; " provide cast brass cleanout plug at bottom of each fixture trap . an 3 . 07 HOT WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS Install in conformance with manufacturers instructions . B . Pipe relief valves to f" A . F . F . WN 3 . 08 PLUMBING CONNECTIONS A . General as 1 . Install roughing in neat and workmanlike manner . if ' equipment is furnished and installed by others , obtain from contractor furnishing the various items of equipment exact roughing dimensions for plumbing services to such equipment . rr B . Final Plumbing Connections to Equipment 1 . Make all final plumbing connections to equipment furnished and installed by others . Move such equipment and replace same as necessary for the sake of making final connections . C . Final Connections to Equipment in Plumbing Contract 1 . Provide stop valve in each supply line servicing each piece of equipment furnished under the Plumbing Contract . Install on inlet side of all other operating and control valves . so Also install union between stop valve and each piece of equipment furnished under the Plumbing Contract , and on both sides of pressure reducing valves ; arrange so that the equipment can be removed or put out of service without shutting down the main supply lines . 3 . 09 COORDINATING WORK A . General 1 . Install work so as to harmonize with surrounding conditions ; +� confer with other contractors so that mark shall properly harmonize with their work . wq B . Consider location of apparatus , equipment , fixtures , piping outlets , etc * as approximate . The actual locations shall be as directed and as required to suit the conditions at the time of * the installation . u . 15300-5X` ` SECTION 15500 - MECHANICAL FART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . 01 GENERAL A . Applicable portions of Sections 15100 & 15200 govern work of this section . 1 . 02 SCOPE OF THE WORK A . Provide mechanical system complete with all connections as indicated and/or specified including , but not necessarily limited to the following 1 . Split system beating/cooling assembly including oil fired furnace , evaporator , air corded condenser , refrigerant , piping and controls complete for fully operational system . 2 . Air distribution systems (supply , return) including ductwork , registers , diffusers etc . 3 _ Oil heating systems (service & storage bays ) , 4 . Exhaust 'Ventilation Systems including ductwork & fans . 5 . All temperature controls and central wiring . ( 24V) 6 . Insulation where applicable . 7 . Electrical coordination . '? 8 . Cleaning , testing , start-up , balancing of the above . di 9 . All- work of every description mentioned in this specification or indicatedincluding labor and materials as needed to make the mechanical work complete , 1 . 03 ABBREVIATIONS A . See Contract drawings , so 1 . 04 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTAL DATA j A . Provide shopdrawings and descriptive data g p per Division 1 ( including wiring diagrams ) for the following : 1 . Split system components , 2 . Oil heating systems , 3 . Carbon monoxide system , 4 . Fans ( all types ) , 5 . Diffusers , registers , dampers , 6 . Flues , 7 . Controls , 8 . As-Built ductwork shop drawings . -.9 . Oil Tank and Oil Accessories 1 . 05 OVERLOAD PROTECTION A . All motors smaller than 1/2 HP shall have built-in overload protection , 15500-1 . 0. �A T '!^'- }f Kt �irrJN IN� kroGTuY tx Y iF ..: '} If...'i5�.'r.$Fi,"�R• .as ,ter ,M r i 1 . 06 COORDINATION OF TRADES A . The various mechanical trades and equipment suppliers are advised to see the schematic wiring diagrams on the electrical drawings . The electrical trade is responsible for providing only the field control and power airing to mechanical systems shown schematically on the electrical drawings ; any additional wiring and equipment that is required and related to Division 15 work is the responsibility of Division 15 trades . Coordination between equipment suppliers , the electrical trade and mechanical trade is imperative . Any discrepancies , errors of omission , additional items required , shall be brought to the Engineer ' s attention in writing . Lack of coordination shall not be a basis for additional compensation . 1- f!7 CONNECTIONS TfT EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS A. This Contractor shall be responsible for final connections to equipment furnished under other Sections . Connections shall include , but not necessarily be limited to : 1 . Breeching connection to water heater - A . 2 . Fuel oil connections to water heater - A . .' 3 . Duct connections to vent-a-Lights . PART 2 . 0+0 - BOUT PMENT AND MATERIALS 2 . 01 GENERAL A . All materials , equipment and apppurtenance required for complete - systems shall be provided as indicated/specified herein and/or on plans . 2 . 02 PREFABRICATED CHIMNEY SYSTEMS A . Factory built chimney shall be designed and installed in accordance with the requirements of the NFPA 31 and 211 , All components shall be UL listed . All fuel type , B . Factory fabricated , round sectional , double walled , stainless steel insulated chimney with twist lock end joint . Insulation between the inner and outer wall shall be a low K value rigid thermal insulation allowing chimney to be UL listed for 2" clearance from combustible construction with 1700 degree F . flue gases . Provide chimney fittings , supports , anchor plates , pipe adapter , roof flashing , insulation shield , storm collar , and , - other miscellaneous items as required and of the same manufacturer as the chimney . Termination cap shall be of the round dome type with upper an lower skirt . Metalbestos Model SS-II or equal , by Metivent , Thor , Amerivent . 2 . 03 BREECHING A . 20 gauge galvanized sheet metal , longitudinal groove type seam , slip fit circumferential joints with 4" engagement between sections . 15500-2 k .. ��yy��yy.. + ""x ,J1 llr $ . 04 OIL FIRED FURNACE d4 A . Furnace : 22 gage insulated steel cabinet with baked enamel. finish , horizontal type unit , suitable for addition of cooling or coil module for air conditioning . -4 1 , Blowers : centrifugal type blower , rubber isolater mounted , 4 „ permanently lubricated , dynamically and statically balanced , 120V - i phase motor , multi-speed direct drive . 2 . Burner : flame retention type , cadmium sulfide flame detector , automatic limit controls single stage fuel pump . 3 . Combustion Chamber : Aluminum silica construction . ` 4 _ Flat Filter ; provide section with 2 sets filters mount in return air section at unit , fp S . Controls : wail mounted low voltage i24V3 thermostat with Id night setback capability - provide all required relays , r at •..control. transformers.. _ terminal:. blocks , . •ta . f*r cumplete system Provide all low voltage wiring ( 24V) , 6 . Provide barometric damper in flue from furnace , Field Type IN, or equal . {v 7 . Capacity and Model : Heating . 125 MBH input /100 MBH output , . 9GPH nozzle , 1/3 HP blower , 1725 CFM 0 _ 5"ESP , 120V, Carrier Model. 58HS size 100 Series 110 CA or equal . 1A11 �` B _ Cooling Cecil Module . +� 1 . Casing shall be insulated and constructed of galvanneal steel , bonderized and finished with baked enamel . , 2 . Encased Coil shall operate properly in horizontal position , Coil shall be 3 rows deep with a nominal fin spacing of 13 fins per in , and have a face area of not less than 3 . 79 square feet and be constructed with aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to nonferrous tubing with all joints brazed ultrasonically . Coil shall have factory installed : Id refrigerant metering device ; refrigerant line fittings which permit mechanical connections ; condensate pan with primary and auxiliary drain connections on each . 3 . Capacity and Model , nominal 4 tuns cooling capacity , 1725 CFM, Carrier Model 28HQ048 or equal . Co Outdoor Section , 1 . Air-cooled condensing unit in the location and manner shown :A�; on the plan . The unit shall be properly assembled and tested at the factory for use with Refrigerant 22 . Nominal unit electrical characteristics shall be 208V, 1-phase . 60 Hertz . Carrier Model 38TK048 or equal . 2 . Condenser coil shall be of nonferrous construction , have yy aluminum plate fins , mechanically bonded to seamless copper � - tubes , Coil shall be circulated for subcooling . 3 . Condenser fan and motor - unit shall have direct-driven , propeller-type fan arranged for vertical discharge . Condenser fan motors shall have inherent protection , and shall be of the permanently lubricated type , resiliently mounted ; fan shall have a safety guard , 15500-3 . ' '# r • f � "K j i ♦s "r, i 4 . Compressor - Unit compressor shall be of serviceable hermetic design with external spring isolators and shall have an automatically reversible oil pump . 5 . Controls shall be factory wired . Safety devices shall consist of high and low pressure switches and compressor overload devices . 6 . Casing shall make unit fully weatherproof for outdoor installation of galvanneal steel , zinc phosphatized and finished with baked enamel with openings provided for power and refrigerant connections . Panel shall be removable to provide access for servicing . 7 . Connections - Only one liquid line , one suction line and one power supply connection shall be required for unit . ' K�:�•, • :. D . Controls : Contractor/supplier shall provide all control devices and wiring to allow the system to operate in the proper manner in response to the space thermostat . Provide all terminal blocks , enclosures , relays (all types) , control transformers , etc . an , control wiring . 'Thermostat shall be single stage heating and cooling type with automatic changeover , 24V . , manufacturer identified or Honeywell . 2 . 05 OIL FIRED UNIT BEATERS A . Provide units with centrifugal blower , totally enclosed , split-phase glower motor with internal overloads , and an adjustable belt drive . Each unit shall be equipped with an OSHA-type blower guard , design-certified by Underwriters Laboratories and be UL listed . The manufacturer of this equipment must have a minimum of four ( 4) years field operating experience . The units shall be completely packaged and arranged for ceiling suspension with four-point threaded suspension sockets . They shall be equipped for use with #2 oil utilizing a pressure-atomizing gun-type power burner , a two-stage fuel pump , and electric spark ignition with an automatic cad-cell flame safety system with manual reset . Equipped with aluminized steel combustion chamber with a pre-formed ceramic fiber lining and aluminized steel secondary surfaces . Each shall include flame observation ports , Cot sample port , and service and clean-out access panels . B . Controls : Each unit is to be equipped with a combination fan and limit switch with manual fan switch for safety and comfort control . The units are to be for 115-volt supply with a 24-volt control transformer . Provide low voltage thermostat - Honeywell -or equal with guard and locking cover . C . Provide barometric damper in flue from each unit - Field type M or equal . D . Capacity and Model : 118MBN input /94 MDR output , , 85 GPH nozzle , 1 / 3 HP Blower , 120 Volt . REZNOR Model QUB-95 or equal . 15500-477 LI Id y .3#ue�ei�2z.ri-:"ic.. .ads �vM yo..m�"`!L`�.� .s.."`..sdfv- ^. . . . . - ice. a...., .. .. .._ . - , . . nsr, .- -':`': . .:..,rv.�...?.r-.�...-. :r' �.'okf-jrr.• L A . Loading Conditions - Tank shall meet the following design criteria : 1 . Internal Load : primary and secondary tanks shall withstand 5 psi air pressure test with 5 to 1 safety factor . Contractor shall individually test tanks prior to installation as this IS to test for leakage . Maximum test pressure is 5 psi . 2 . Vacuum Test : Every tank shall be mercury vacuum tested by the tank manufacturer to assure structural integrity. Primary tank shall be tested to 11 . 5 inches and secondary tank tested to 9 . 5 inches mercury vacuum . 3 . Surface Loads : Tank shall withstand surface H-20 axle loads when properly installed according to current manufacturers installation instructions . � 4 . Tanks shall support accessory equipment such as heating � � ' V coils , drop tubes , submersible pumps , ladders when installed according, to tank manufacturers recommendations and limitations . B . Product Storage : iW I 1 . Tanks shall be capable of storing petroleum with specific gravity up to 1 . 1 . 2 . Both primary and secondary tanks shall be individually vented a to atmospheric pressure . The tanks are not designed as pressure vessels . 3 . Tanks shall be capable of storing gasoline or gasohol ( 10% l ethanol and 90% gasoline mixture ) , jet fuel , diesel fuel , AV gas , potable water at ambient underground temperature or fuel oil at temperatures not to exceed 150 degrees F . C . Tank shall be equipped with 22 " I . D . manway . Street manway cover shall have four 4" NPT fittings welded in place . D . Materials : Tanks (primary and secondary) shall be manufactured with 100% iso hthalic p polyester resin and .,glass fiber reinforcement with no sand fillers . E . Annular Space : Tank shall a space between the primary and +, secondary shell walls to allow for the free flow and containment of all leaked products from the primary tank . Space also allows the insertion of a monitoring device through a monitoring fitting . 4 . Accessories : A . Anchor Straps - Provide FRP anchor straps as manufactured by tank manufacturer . Number and location of straps shall be specified in current literature by tank Manufacturer . B . Manway 1 . Manway shall be flanged an 22 " i . do complete with UL listed gaskets , bolts and covers . 2 . Location as shown on drawings . 3 . Manway extension tubes shall be FRP and 24" long , for manways shown on drawings . 4 . Steel manwaycover shall have four - 4" NPT fittings welded g � in place . d ' ; 15500-6 _ a "s:.w:!.. ,w . ' n.. s .... .. .. u:`s,w.:.. . .; Y . . . - . . , . .x-.-•r4wn+:'..r- .w. r . . t-....I�'S'�.b... . . `..r:.�Yi�1.wrS: 1 1 2 . 06 HASTE OIL FURNACES A : General : Each system7luhail be provided complete with furnace , transfer oil pump , oilffilters , moisture filter for oil line , pressure" regulators ; barometric dampers , low voltage ( 24V) thermostat . B . Furnace : horizontal xi. ling suspended , adjustable lowered discharge , 4-1/ 2- HP blower , 120 volt , direct drive split capacitor motor . UL "listed , 20vauge cabinet , 8 " flue , 3000 CFM 0 950 RPM, .': Adjustable firing rate( .( . 6 - 1 . 3 GPH) oil , Clean Air Model CB-86-AH - or equal . C . Combustion `-Chamber shlylayll� be constructed of 11 ga . steel with 11 , ga . stainle+sw�bteel ihtterior shielding . Secondary heat exchange shall be� 16 gaa - steel . D . Burner : - low pressureA air atomizing type . ' E . Controls : Bonnet famsewitch , bonnet limit switch , oil primary control. , air and oiljablenoid valves , spark ignition , radium sulfide flame detector , compressed air control , barometric dampers , low voltage (424) thermostat , transformers . F . Oil Transfer Pump : Su'ntec , Webster or equal , 1/4 HP max . , 120 Volt. 2 . 07 FUEL OIL TANK AND ACCESSORIES A . Fuel oil Tank . 1 . Quality -Assurance . A . Acceptable Manufanturer : Owens-Corning , Model DWT-2P ( 6 ) -2 , 500 or equal by Xerxes . B . Governing Standards , primary tank . 1 . SATM- standard document number D4021-81 . 2 . Underwriters Labratories , Inc . (UL ) File MH 9061 for storage of flammable liquids . A UL certification plate shall be attached to each 3t ank . 3 . NFPk30 Flammable :nn Combustible Liquids Code and NFPA31 Standard for Instlaliation of Oil Burning Equipment . C . Governing Standards secondary tank : , -1 . UL File Hfr 9061 for storage of flammable liquids . A UL certification plate shall be attached to ' each tank . 2 . NFPA30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code and NFPA31 Standard of oil Burning Equipment . 2 . Submittals — Refer to Division one . 3 . Double Wall Fibeilglass Reinforced Plastic (£RP ) Underground Storage Tanks with a Primary ( internal ) tank and a Secondary '(external ) tank , �2500 gallon capacity, 72" 1 , D x 12 ' 7" long . Y !?. ..,.. nnxiA«sr ,� ?�',- , .s, �.i.': :+dci• ., r r C . Fill Tube 1 . Tube shall be FRP and factory installed by manufacturer . 2 . Location as shown on drawings . 3 . Tubes shall be 4" diameter with 6" steel fittings and a 6" x 4" double tapped reducer bushing . D . NPT Threaded Fittings : 1 . All threaded fittings shall be a of a material construction consistent with the requirements of the ULlabel . 2 . All standard thread fittings shall be half couplings and o- shall be 4" in diameter . Reducers are to be used for smaller sizes where shown and provided by Contractor . E . Monitor Fittings : 1 . Tank shall have two test monitor fittings consisting of a 2" NPT fitting on the preliminary tank and a 6" NPT fitting directly above the secondary tank . -:F F . Monitor System Accessories . 1 . Manufacturer/Supplier provided . 2 . Hydrostatic tank monitoring system , antifreeze brine solution to provide freeze protection to -40 degrees F . - 3 . Morsel RSIO reservoir sensor with normally closed switching contacts , lead cable , UL listed NEMA 4X , high-level float switch . _ 4 . Electronic control panel with one monitoring circuit , weatherproof , NEMA 4X , UL listed , 120 volt , warning bell , wall mounted , alarm bell silence switch , alarm test button , normal light , Model SBOO11A . B . Fuel Oil Specialties 1 . Fusible Shutoff valves : Firomatic or equal . 2 . Fuel Oil Strainer : General Model # 1A-25A or equal . 3 . Oil Saftey Valve : 'Webster Model OSVA38 or equal. . 4 . Thermal Switch : Firomatic #TS-150 or equal with standard 4 " round junction box . 5 . Dual Tank Bushing : OEM 14476 ( 2 x 1 /2 " x 1/2 " ) or equal . 6 . vent Cap : Mushroom type with bird screen . OEM #4024 or equal ( 1-1 / 2 " ) , 7 . Fill Cap : Lockable hinged type , OEM #4173 or equal ( 3 ) . 8 . Check Valve : All brass construction , Firomatic # 200--HVC or equal . 9 . Tank Fill Alarm : Whistling type , install in vent line . Scully #WL101 or equal . 10 . Vacuum Breaker : Webster #48598 or equal . 11 . Fuel Oil transfer Pump : Pump/Motor unit , direct coupled , f integral check valve , combination vacuum/pressure guage , pressure relief valve . Webster Model SPM-15-1 or equal . 1/6 HP , 120V - 1 phase , type 2R Ill pump , 10 GPH maximum firing . 12 . Level Gauge : Hydraulic type , 2500 gal . , Levelometer Midget Model or equal x, A 3 L '. 5500-T a dd i z is ti µ r .,� i ; Y2 j�s. h. .. •` =r.Y� .',. .., �.,. �,.: .. r ; ..t..;. ..: - --�.: . ,.:..w� F �'� }CART 3 EXECUTION 3 . 01 ALL EQUIPMENT , MATERIALS , ETC ._ A _ All equipment , materials , etc . shall be installed in complete accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions and the requirements of applicable listing agencies and codes . 3 . 02 PREFABRICATED CHIMNEY AND BREECHING A . Prefabricated chimney shall extend from inside through building construction to exterior . Provide insulation shield to keep insulation properly spaced from chimney where chimney passes through insulation . Chimney shall penetrate roof and be complete with flashing , storm collar and termination cap . B . Breeching shall be installed inside building only . Flue piping shall be kept clear of combustible construction . 1 3 . 03 OIL FIRED FURNACES A . Test for leaks after units are set in place , chimney and breeching are in place and prior to installing controls , trim , jacket , and before connecting to heating system . B . Electrical wiring -- The electrical Contractor is responsible only for power wiring shown on the electrical drawings . All other power and control wiring required to render the system operative is the responsibility of the H&V Contractor . All wiring in the mechanical room shall be in metallic conduit ( EMT) and installed in accordance with the current edition of the National Electrical Code . ' C . Start-Up , Service , Guarantee : 1 . Factory trained representative of the equipment manufacturer shall perform initial calibration and testing as required , shall start-up the equipment and place equipment and controls E in completely automatic operation . He shall also be ' available for purposes of instructing the Owner ' s personnel in the operation and maintenance of the equipment . 2 . Demonstrate to Owner ' s satisfaction for a minimum of 48 hours continuous operation that the equipment provided operates satisfactorily and in accordance with the intent of these specifications . Fuel for above operational test furnished by this Contractor . 3 . Provide bi-monthly check of the functioning of the burners and control components ; repair or replace defective parts , and perform required corrective maintenance during first year of operation at no cost to Owner . D . Combustion Test : 1 . Adjust draft regulator to obtain draft ( as measured. With , water gauge ) recommended by manufacturer . 2 . Adjust burner for optimum performance . Provide three copies of written results including CO2 reading ; draft reading ; ,stack temperature and computed efficiency to Architect . rt, 15500-8 w ,... :.' . . L Y 3 . 05 OIL SYSTEM INSTALLATION YL r A . Install tank and accessories in accordance with NFPA-30t 31 and other governing standards . See Detail on Drawing N-1 . B . Tank shall be tested & installed with pea gravel or crushed stone according to current Double Wall installation instructions provided with the tank . " 15500-9 do ur rr a wr rr1 y 1 dd 11 PA yr; w r 3w Id _T'. - .,..+e.4. x,. .. . ... 4...` �.-`�. , . .:. .> ... _ r.:a.•..:• SECTION 16010 - GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1900 -- GENERAL 14 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . Provide all labor , materials , equipment , and services to perform all operations required for the complete installation and related work as required in all Contract Documents . i , d2 INTENT OF DOCUMENTS rY A 1 . "Provide" means furnish , install and connect ready for use ; ' 2 . ..,,Furnish" means supply and deliver to job or where ' directed ; 3 . "As approved" or "Approved" means Architect ' s approval ; 4 . "Ace directed" means Architect ' s directions or instructions ; 5 . "Concealed" means ;fork installed in shafts , chases or recesses , behind furred walls , above ceilings , either permanent or removable ; 6 . "Exposed" means all work not identified as concealed ; B . 1 . All labor , tools , materials , plant , transportation , related items , etc . , essential for installation of work . 2 . All sy,atems complete an left in good operating condition . a. 3 . Any apparatus , appliance , material or Work not shown on Drawings but mentioned in Specifications , or vice versa . 4 . Any accessories , reasonably inferable from Drawings and Specifications , necessary to make Work complete and ready #A for operations . rd C . All Sections of these Specifications shall apply in full , 1 . To all phases of Electrical Work , 2 . To Contractor and his respective subcontractors , D . Notes or instructions shown on any one Drawing , apply where applicable , to all other Drawings , E , Reference to a technical society , instruction , association or governmental authority is in accordance with following abbreviations : 1 . ANSI - American National Standards Institute 2 , NYBFU - New York Board of Fire Underwriters di 3 . NEC - National Electric Code , NFPA 70 4 . = MEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers ` Association 5 . NFPA - National Fire Protection Association 6 . UL - Underwriters ' Laboratories , Inc . rr1! F . Install all Work in compliance with : 1 . New 'York Board of Fire Underwriters 2 . National Electric Code , NFPA 70 , current edition . ;: 3 . New York State Building Code . 4 . Life Safety Cade , NFPA~101 5 . Plans and Specifications in excess of requirements of codes i and regulations and not contrary to same . c -P 6 . Local utility s x ',r'� � tS�.r�§ T.f. �V } V �' c ' '.� �•- ...r ,. .e .. :ati. r ': x ... ,.,-.. '1aa:.� s s 'sea'..r.. . u3 SUBMITTALS ' A . Submit shop drawings on all items of equipment and materials to be furnished and installed . 1 . 04 INSPECTIONS A. Apply for and obtain all required permits and inspections , pay all fees and charges for same . B . Provide certificate of approval from New York Board of Fire , Underwriters prior to request for final payment . 1. 05 TESTS - A . Perform all operations required for the complete testing of all systems , equipment and related work as shown on Drawings or specified herein and in accordance with all applicable requirements of the specifications . B . Before final acceptance all specified tests shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Architect , or his representative who shall be sole judge of the acceptability of such tests and who may direct the performance of any such additional tests as he deems necessary in order to determine the acceptability of the systems , equipment , material , and workmanship . Any additional tests required by the Architect will be made at no additional costs to the Owner . 1 . 06 CONCEALMENT A Conceal all conduit and wiring in finished spaces except as noted . 11 . 07 - SLEEVES. INSERTS CHASES , RECESSES , OPENINGS , ETC . A . This Contractor shall provide sleeves , recesses , wall openings and all other openings required in all surfaces for Electrical Work . All damaged surfaces shall be repaired to match existing adjacent surfaces . 1 . 08 EQUIPMENT TNSTALLATIQN A . Arrange for each equipment manufacturer to : 1 . Carefully check Drawings and Specifications as they affect " their particular equipment , before roughing . 2 . Furnish manufacturer ' s printed installation instructions for each piece of equipment . 1 . 09 CU'I'TTNG AND PATCHTNG A . Unless otherwise called for : 1 . Neatly cut all structures as required for installation of Work included under this Contract . Do not cut structural r members ._.. 16010-2 . s 909 ,... +. yJ� .n ti.X.J MMS�...L•�3'.. ".^MN..V ' .:%4, iYSA�11Au L.'^'-a 2 , Patch all Work disturbed by installation of this Work including , but not limited to , insulation , walls and wall covering , ceiling and floor covering , etc . , to match adjacent finish in approved manner . " 3 , Assume responsibility for all Work damaged during course of installation . 1 . 10 OBSTACLES . INTERFERENCE AND COORDINATION A . General Requirements it 1 . Verify all offsets , fittings , changes in elevation , interferences , etc . , as part of Contract to accommodate Work to obstacles and interferences encountered . 8 . Interferences 1 . Install Work so that all items are operable and serviceable and avoid interfering with operation of doors , etc . 1 . 11 INSTRUCTION OF OWNEM S REPRESENTATIVE W A , Before request for final acceptance of Work , furnish instruction of designated representatives of Owner , in proper operation and gr•� care of systems and equipment . < 1 . 12 SUPPORTS A . This Contractor shall include cost of all materials and labor necessary to provide all required supports , bases , braces , etc . , to properly support his Contract equipment . All supports , etc . , shall meet the approval of the Architect . 1 . 13 CLEANING A . Clean all equipment provided under this Contract , including : 1 . Building by removing all debris , left as a result of this Work . Clean as often as necessary , and when directed . 1 . 14 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A , Before installation , store materials and equipment as follows : 1 . Protecting against theft or damage from any cause and replacing items stolen or damaged , at no cost to Owner . B . After installation and until final acceptance , this Contractor responsible for : 1 . Protecting materials and equipment from damage . 2 . Replacing damaged or marred equipment prior to final acceptance . Jo15 TEMPORARY POWER„ AND LIGHT ~ A , .Provide temporary power and light throughout the construction $Nd ' � '_ s period , as follows : 16010-3 L "' wk y. 1 Obtain power from Utility , 150A 120/ 240V single phase 3 , wire . 26 Provide one 150W lamp and one receptacle in each room , 6 of each in garage areas . 3 . Remove complete at end of construction . 4 . Electrical Contractor to pay for all energy usage Charges . 1 . 16 SCOPE or WORK A . Include in bid all labor , materials , tools , plant , , transportation , equipment , insurance , temporary protection , permits , taxes and all necessary an related items required to provide various systems shown and described and generally as follows : 1 . Power and distribution . 2 . Lighting systems . 3 . Wiring of HVAC system . 4 . Alarm Signal and Detection System . 5 , Telephone System . 16010-4 i dd. 1 - 1 1. , k i rr s 1 } Y ..i. . i F s M I op .. f < d'S - a7'i 4 .e r . sSCa+-.c r. -'n-.Y1rWu,f .• ..w<. . s�_ .. . .. ...� 'F.. ..Rbr.,a. sFa.:.:-.�i,s.^'$„:...."7r' 'kme..v, :7 `a SECTION 16100 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL .rr 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . Provide all labor , materials , equipment and services to perform .,� all operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in all Contract Documents . pro 1 . 02 GENERAL TIRING METHODS A . Wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces except as noted , 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . None , PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 * 01 OUTLET JUNCTION AND PULLBOXES Ae Type * 1 . Galvanized , stamped steel shall be provided when recessed in r constriction . _ 2 . Conduit type for exposed wiring at electric service equipment , B . Size : CO Covers ; Provide design and style to suit outlet box and electric facility . D . Make : Appleton , Crouse-Hinds , O . Z . , National , Steel City , Raco , ire Pyle-National , . , PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . O1 OUTLETr JUNCTION AND PULLBOXES A . Wherever required , securely supported from buildings construction . q 16100-1 m'. SECTION 16110 - RACEWAYS irr PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL Mw . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . Provide all labor , materials , equipment and services to perform rr all operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in all Contract Documents , 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . None . 10. _ : . PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONDUIT ra A . Types : 1 . PVC sch . 40 , for service conduit and EMT at service equipment . 2 . Flexible conduit shall be interlock type , galvanized steel } with galvanized steel fittings . 3 . Bushings for metal conduit terminations shall be the - - - ia insulated type throat , with grounding type locknut ahead of bushing , B , Make : as 1 , Conduit . General Electric , National , Pittsburgh Standard , Republic , Allied Tube ,. Youngstown , Wheatland . 2 . Fittincas : Crouse-Hinds , Appleton , Steel City , Raco , T&B , rrl Efcor , Tomic , O * Z . 3 . Hangers : Kindorf , Unistrut , Witch . PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3 . 01 EQUIPMENT A . All equipment and systems as shown on the Drawings or specified herein shall be installed in accordance with all local and state codes and regulations having jurisdiction . 3 * 02 WIRING A . Wiring in service , Parts , Tools , and Car Wash shall be exposed in EMT conduit , Wiring shall comply with ART 511 of NEC in Service , Parts , Tools , and Car Wash , " 1511Q-1 �e 1 Imp Wd yt SECTION 16124 CONDUCTORS PART 1 . 00 - -GENERAL 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A_ Provide all labor , materials , equipment and services to perform w all operations required for the complete installation and related work as required in all Contract Documents , rir 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . None , PART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS ° 2 . 01 WIRE AND CABLE A . Conductors : 1 . New conductors shall be annealed copper , 98% conductivity , rm 2 . Provide No . 12 AWG minimum size for branch circuit wiring , B . Insulation * 1 . 600 volt rating for branch circuits , - ++� 2 . Nov 12 - through No . 8 AWG : dry locations , where concealed , use type NM , solid conductor , otherwise THWN and EMT . All wiring in service , parts , tools , and wash shall be exposed in EMT . _ C . Make : Anaconda , General Cable , Rome Cable , Circle , General rrr Electric , Essex , Okonite , PART 3 . OA - EXECUTION 3 . Ol EQUIPMENT A . All equipment and systems as shown on the drawings or specified herein shall be installed in accordance with all local and state codes and regulations having jurisdiction . 3w02 HIRE AND CABLE A . Splices and connections shall be made in accessible outlets , pullboxes or junction boxes using mechanical connectors similar i to Buchanan splice caps , Ideal wire nuts or T&B Sta-kon joints , for Size Nov lb and smaller , Ak 1512(!-1 I Id F 4- s, �r LSECTION 16130 - WTRING DEVICES r PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL J e Ol 'WORK INCLUDED A . Provide all labor , materials , equipment and services to perform all operations required for the complete installation and related. Work as required in all Contract Documents , In„ 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS A . Wiring devices , ." r . . PART 2 . 00 - .PRODUCTS 2 . 01 CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES A . General use , interior type shall be duplex , 20 ampere , two-pole three-wire , 125 volts AC , grounding , specification grade , with side and back terminal connections , ivory , " B . Make - I , + Duplex receptacles : General use , 125 volts , ivory 20 - -- Mir amperes : Arrow-Hart 6739 , Bryant 5362 , General Electric 4108 , Hubbell 5362 , P&S 6300 , Sierra 1464 , Slater 5362 , and equivalent for 15 amperes rating , W 2 . GFI - Hubbell , 52621 , ivory . 3 . Other receptacles as shown - Hubbell or equal , 2w02 DEVICE COVER PLATES im A . Ivory , smooth . r. � B . Make : Arrow-Hart , Bryant , General Electric , Hubbell , P&S , Sierra . LPART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION 3a0l All new receptacles shall be installed , at 18 in . AFF unless noted , 3 . 02 Provide grounding for general use receptacles and GFI receptacles as required by NEC and where shown , t 116130-1 r.:!4 ' s :..v s 3y -.�' 3 wr AM SECTION 16400 - SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . OI WORT{ INCLUDED A . Provide all labor , materials , equipment , and services to perform all operations required for the complete installation and related Work included in the Contract Documents . .1 02 WORKMANSHIP A . Install all materials ,and equipment in accordance with approved recommendations of the manufacturers to conform to these Plans _ and Specifications . tT B . Use only workman skilled in this type of Work . c . Furnish evidence of previously completed satisfactory and similar jobs , if required . 1 . 03 SUBMITTALS A . Submit shop drawings on all items of equipment and accessories Provided under this Section . This shall include , but not be limited to , the following :No 1 . Panelboards , 2 . Individual circuit breakers and disconnect switches . QA N 1 . 04 WARRANTY A . The manufact"rer shall warrant the equipment specified herein to be free from defects in material and workmanship whether functional or nonfunctional , and shall replace or repair without cost to the Owner , any defects which , with normal usage , appear s or otherwise manifest themselves within one ( 1 ) year of Owner ' s acceptance . 1 . 05 DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL SERVICE A . Service Characteristics : i . Service characteristics are 120/208V , 3 phase , 4 wire . 2 . Provide new service to new meter service equipment as shown on the plans . dll Ir 16400-1 r SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING �Ir PART S. . 00 - GENERAL n 1 . 01 WORK INCLUDED A . Provided all labor , materials , equipment and services to perform all operations required for the complete installation and related Work as required in all Contract Documents , 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS rrrl A . All items required . ART 2 . 00 - PRODUCTS 2 . 01 LAMPS i A . Incandescent : 1 . As described for each fixture . 2 . Medium base , 125 volt ; inside frosted unless specifically " are schedule otherwise . � ., B . Fluorescent : _ _ 1 . As described, for each fixture . 2 . Standard cool white ( 35W) . C . Make : 1 . . General Electric , Sylvania , Westinghouse , or equal . 2 . 02 BALLASTS id A , Fluorescent : �,. 1 . Rapid start , high power factor , CBM , ETL certified , U . L . labeled Class P , energy saver type . iki 2 . "A" sound rated for lamp ballasts . W� w 4 L s� 16500-1 *jT . - X dd Gz ..:F^Y F. . .:.t .'.'i"i -:. yWF.�11R0•Y.' . '... '.. ^I�'P^'•f�if:.. :::' . .' _ -- -'.:. r - . . +. .. . ...Yn. ..J- tr-14 : .r • .» ... 4b a'wRt�"A *c ..4,K:. . .n .r =�GY'a^iY[�'[lS iw SECTION 16720 - ALARM , SIGNAL & , DETECTION SYSTEM PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL 1 . OI QUALITY ASSURANCE .:U A _ Codes and standards 1 . Comply with appropriate sections of the following codes except where more stringent requirements are shown on plans , a . NFPA 72A--E b . National Electrical Code c . NFPA 1001 Life Satety Code d . All authority jurisdiction 2 . All equipment shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories . The control shall be specifically listed for commercial fire and commercial burglary , 3 . The products used shall be the standard product of a manufacturer engaged in production of this type of equipment for five ( 5) years . The Manufacturers Representative shall provide certification of affiliation (not less than 3 years ) and training from the manufacturer . I , 02 SUSMTTTALS A . Shop Drawings 1 , W-fring and schematic diagrams of the complete system as proposed to be installed ( standard diagrams will not be accepted ) , DO Manufacturer Catalog Sheets 1 . Manufacturer cut sheets for all products , including UL cross listing for smoke detectors , C . Service Companies 1 . Name , address and telephone number of nearest certified service organization providing 24 hour service and operating 24 hour receiving central station with compatible receiver and remote programmer for specified equipment , D . System Operation 1 . Provide a functional written description of the systems operating characteristics , E . Electrical 1 , Total electrical loads of the complete system in supervisory and alarm conditions , and battery standby capacity calculations . 16720 - 1 is Id Y a °mow. S "±.,L Y e ll I a,<:;. .".,. " 1 .;i`2: _ ",.. 'T yam*� .$ !Y 1` � •• i � 3j ; . � �YS ��' %AV 1 F . Points List ' 1 . Point lists indicating all active points with their characteristics , spare point and potential system capability . 2 . 00 PRODUCTS 2 . 01 SYSTEM COMPONENTS A . The system shall consist of an Omegalarm Model 8112G2 Control communicator or approved equal with options indicated , a Seaboard Long Range Radio transmitter approved or equal and all peripheral devices indicated on drawings . 1 . The Omegalarm 8112G2 Control Communicator shall be configured to accept popit zone expansion modules , octo , relay modules and subcontrols necessary to operate the system as indicated on the riser . The 8112G2 shall have a 400 event memoryr a minimum of 70 personal arming codes and scheduled events operation in software as well as remote programming that will upload as well as download the controls information , 2 . The Long Range Radio transmitter shall be a Seaboard Model LS8 providing 8 transmitting zones with reset as well as automatic test timer . 3 . Passive Infrared detectors shall be visonic model 3000 providing passive infrared detection in the area located on the plans . Exact lens selection will be determined by the installer to avoid false indication and cover the most area possible . , 4 . Magnetic Contacts shall be Sentrol Model 1078W for flush mounting in steel personnel doors and Model 1085V for surface mounting on the overhead door and Model 2545 for ' mounting on the vault door . 5 . Manual Pull Stations Model LNG will be a dual action station with key reset required for restoral . 6 . Smoke Detector Model DS200 will be photelectric type with integral heat sensor . The detector should be cross listed for compatibility with the control panel . 7 . Heat Detector Model 302 rate anticipation type with fixed ' 200 degree trip for use in garage area . Heat Detector Model 601 rate of rise with fixed 135 degree trip for use in the office areas . ' $ . Horn/ Strobe Combination Unit Model MASS12-24 9 . In event of system alarm due to smoke or thermal detector activation , provisions shall be included and provided to automatically shut-down exhaust fans EF-30 EF-41 EF-5 and EF-6 (E . F . -Exhaust Fan ) and office area Burner /Blower unit above corr . 007 ceiling , with a manual re-start integral with system . PART 3 . 00 EXECUTION . 01 WIRE INSTALLATION A . Comply with manufacturer recommended installation instruction's with attention to wire size except where larger is specifically specified * All wires shall be run in EMT conduit in all exposed d areas and shall be plenum type cable. . when run above false 4 -ceilings . ?` r 4 * 1 . Fire alarm circuit wire shall be 16AWC or larger . jy 2 . Fire alarm signal wire shall be 14AWG or larger . 3 . Security signal wire as well as device power wire shall be 16AWG or larger . 3 . 02 OPERATION ° M A . Office staff shall enter through the front office door , disabling �w the office perimeter and interior switches by entering their personal identification code on the office keypad . Their sar,Ee code shall operate the keypad located in the dispatch area to disarm the remaining perimeter and interior sensors with the exception of the vault . The dispatch keypad shall allow access to dispatch via the interior office door and for the drivers via the side entrance . Entry shall be announced on both keypads by an early warning tone alerting authorized personnel the alarm is active . 4 B . The vault shall be controlled by a sperate keypad that will control all vault security devices . C . All keypad operations shall send an open/close report to the central station identifying the station and condition of the change , 3 . 03 GUARANTEE A . The contractor will provide all service , parts and labor necessary to maintain a perfectly operating system for the period of one year after written approval of completion is issued by the architect . 3 . 04 LABELLING A . The contractor will provide laminated plastic zone listings by each keypad . 16720 - 3 k ' Gj Y ..... r x rt.. .. i..n:✓,. : ..J:�. s.w. -,.._ . ... .+v1 11 d , c Y'4 L r ' >e Iw SECTION 16$00 - HEATING & COOLINGr VENTILATING ' PART 1 . 00 - GENERAL fir . O1 WORK INCLUDED A . All labor , materials equipment , and services to perform all operations required for the complete installation and related _ work as required in all Contract Documents . iW 1 . 02 SUBMITTALS � + A . None , 1 . 03 GENERAL REOUIREMENTS A . Provide : 1 . Complete wiring of heating and ventilation system . 2 . All required disconnect switches . 3 . Wiring in accordance with manufacturer ' s drawings , PART 2 . 00 -, PRODUCTS (As shown on drawings ) PART 3 . 00 - EXECUTION _i 3 . O1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL it A . Completely coordinate installations to operable systems , provide complete and a . Electric contractor will furnish labor and materials to make the following installations related to the work of Mechanical Contractor : 1 . All power wiring including mounting and wiring of thermostats and starters . 2 . All 120 Volt control wiring shall be provided by the Electric contract . 3 . Except as noted an the drawings , all motor controls provided by the Electric Contractor . 8 00 rt .. C . ✓2�Yr".�.4N16+�RA' .:Yj. a,.... i+w.ti hC.+.h�''? �`.''+d!�a.. :. :'i1J..i:AAGld".'�i vY`... . . r I r RICHARD Ee JONES ASSOCIATES ARCHITECTS 0 INTERIOR DESIGNERS 119 AVIATION ROAD QUEENSBURY , NY 12804 (518) 793-1015 JOB # 8910 GREATER GLENS FALLS TRANSIT FACILITY QUEENSBURY AVENUE QUEENSBURY , NEW YORK 12804 ADDENDUM NO . 4 JULY 27r 1989 The contract documents are revised as stipulated herein . This Addendum No . 4 , consisting of Addendum Items No . 1 through No . 3 on one page shall become a part of the Contract Documents for the above project and its receipt shall be noted on the contractors Bid Form . PROJECT MANUAL ADDENDUM ITEM NO . 1 . section 07530 - Flexible sheet roofing system , page 07530-4 , Article 2 . 02r paragraph A , change as follows . membrane thickness shall not be less than 60 mils . DRAWINGS ADDENDUM ITEM idO . 2 . On drawings A-1 through A-$ , change all references to roof insulation to read : "R-19 composite board rigid insulation . " 3 . Drawing A- 6 , Delete all of the roof penetration details and substitute the attached. details . END OF ADDENDUM NO . 4 F + EPDM WITH LAP SPLICE WATER LAP SEALANT CUTOFF MASTIC PRE-MOLDED INSULATION PIPE Ai SEAL STAINLESS MEMBRANE STEEL CLAMPING RING -SPLICING CEMENT LAP SEALANT ° . e . e •e ETA i G o rowti%4 TP ansO 9zeF HOT PIPE SEALANT METAL RAIN HOOD COLLAR EPDM WITH LAP SPLICE N TPEATED pp r'1 W400 NAILER ' V INSULATION 0 MEMBRANE � � I 1 f2" MIN a °V 040 94 Iaop G v o�4° i•• '�"'! MIN 3" MIN aaa all a•.a ae°• 0 V%*Mdb a" ui .a . W 1 J a a ~' e 0 Z LL ax • •, o fE W� �G • . � • .+mow. Z ".rF•d yQ i1 -0 e. On C,e Ea f } Z 'e•'•' ee W z f•drf'": Z z Q t7 Q Q N .a,4 e.a r. �. f da Z F Z W 2 F¢ •d . ¢ L °•• r rr, I os U W 0 dea Lif z J O • • d 0 2 ai • 0. ul ` r ° U 6 QOw +!J ae .� p j t3 onr�"a'cr5 w a U � Nw a Dan °a ?� ,4::•;q' z ¢ it ¢ Q Z CL wd: .' r _ e x LLS 66OJ t¢ �i i11 Il fat. L pies +, a ut► ti � ] RiCHARD E. JONES ASSOCIATES J ARCHITECTS • INTERIOR DESIGNERS 119 AVIATION ROAD QUEENSBURY, NY 12804 (518) 793-1015 JOB #8910 GREATER GLENS FALLS TRANSIT FACILITY QUEENSBURY AVENUE QUEENSBURY , NEW YORK 12804 ADDENDUM NO . 5 July* 28 , 1989 The contract documents are revised as stipulated herein . This Addendum No . 5 , consisting of Addendum Items No . 1 through No . 5 on one page shall become a part of the Contract Documents for the above project and its receipt shall be noted on the Contractors Bid Form . PROJECT MANUAL, ADDENDUM ITEM NO . 1 . Section 01800 - Alternates , Page 01800-1 , Article 1 . 02 , Paragraph E , Dine 8a , change to read as follows : "This substitution deletes the requirement for roof drains in the Vehicle Storage and Service portions of the building only . Approximately 20 Linear ft . of the 8 " diameter storm drain shall be deleted up to the connection of the 4" diameter line from the office area . Provide a cleanout at grade at the end of the 8 " line . DRAWINGS ADDENDUM ITEM NO . 2w on drawing S-1 , note regarding wail between Service and wash areas , change to read . " 1 ' -10" wide x I " -0 " deep concrete footing top of foundation wall to be 8 " below finished floor . " 3 . On drawing S- 2 , Section 5- 2 , brush applied water proofing to be Thoroseal Foundation Coating as manufactured by Thoro System Products Inc . , or approved equal . 4 . On drawing A-3 , Section DIA-1 , change vinyl flashing at base of wall to read , "Fabric Flashing" . 5 . On drawing A-7 , Window Schedule , change type designation ' A ' listed in schedule to ' B ' . and change type designation ' B ' listed in schedule to ' A % * END OF ADDENDUM NO . 5